Symantec NetBackup

Troubleshooting Guide
UNIX, Windows, and Linux

Release 7.0.1

Symantec NetBackup Troubleshooting Guide

The software described in this book is furnished under a license agreement and may be used
only in accordance with the terms of the agreement.
Documentation version: 7.0.1

Legal Notice
Copyright 2010 Symantec Corporation. All rights reserved.
Symantec and the Symantec Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Symantec
Corporation or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. Other names may be trademarks
of their respective owners.
This Symantec product may contain third party software for which Symantec is required
to provide attribution to the third party (Third Party Programs). Some of the Third Party
Programs are available under open source or free software licenses. The License Agreement
accompanying the Software does not alter any rights or obligations you may have under
those open source or free software licenses. Please see the Third Party Legal Notice Appendix
to this Documentation or TPIP ReadMe File accompanying this Symantec product for more
information on the Third Party Programs.
The product described in this document is distributed under licenses restricting its use,
copying, distribution, and decompilation/reverse engineering. No part of this document
may be reproduced in any form by any means without prior written authorization of
Symantec Corporation and its licensors, if any.
THE DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS,
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT,
ARE DISCLAIMED, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO
BE LEGALLY INVALID. SYMANTEC CORPORATION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH THE FURNISHING,
PERFORMANCE, OR USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
IN THIS DOCUMENTATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
The Licensed Software and Documentation are deemed to be commercial computer software
as defined in FAR 12.212 and subject to restricted rights as defined in FAR Section 52.227-19
"Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights" and DFARS 227.7202, "Rights in
Commercial Computer Software or Commercial Computer Software Documentation", as
applicable, and any successor regulations. Any use, modification, reproduction release,
performance, display or disclosure of the Licensed Software and Documentation by the U.S.
Government shall be solely in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Symantec Corporation
350 Ellis Street
Mountain View, CA 94043
http://www.symantec.com
Printed in the United States of America.
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Technical Support
Symantec Technical Support maintains support centers globally. Technical
Supports primary role is to respond to specific queries about product features
and functionality. The Technical Support group also creates content for our online
Knowledge Base. The Technical Support group works collaboratively with the
other functional areas within Symantec to answer your questions in a timely
fashion. For example, the Technical Support group works with Product Engineering
and Symantec Security Response to provide alerting services and virus definition
updates.
Symantecs support offerings include the following:

A range of support options that give you the flexibility to select the right
amount of service for any size organization

Telephone and/or Web-based support that provides rapid response and

up-to-the-minute information

Upgrade assurance that delivers software upgrades

Global support purchased on a regional business hours or 24 hours a day, 7

days a week basis

Premium service offerings that include Account Management Services

For information about Symantecs support offerings, you can visit our Web site
at the following URL:
www.symantec.com/business/support/
All support services will be delivered in accordance with your support agreement
and the then-current enterprise technical support policy.

Contacting Technical Support

Customers with a current support agreement may access Technical Support
information at the following URL:
www.symantec.com/business/support/
Before contacting Technical Support, make sure you have satisfied the system
requirements that are listed in your product documentation. Also, you should be
at the computer on which the problem occurred, in case it is necessary to replicate
the problem.
When you contact Technical Support, please have the following information
available:

Product release level

Hardware information

Available memory, disk space, and NIC information

Operating system

Version and patch level

Network topology

Router, gateway, and IP address information

Problem description:

Error messages and log files

Troubleshooting that was performed before contacting Symantec

Recent software configuration changes and network changes

Licensing and registration

If your Symantec product requires registration or a license key, access our technical
support Web page at the following URL:
www.symantec.com/business/support/

Customer service
Customer service information is available at the following URL:
www.symantec.com/business/support/
Customer Service is available to assist with non-technical questions, such as the
following types of issues:

Questions regarding product licensing or serialization

Product registration updates, such as address or name changes

General product information (features, language availability, local dealers)

Latest information about product updates and upgrades

Information about upgrade assurance and support contracts

Information about the Symantec Buying Programs

Advice about Symantec's technical support options

Nontechnical presales questions

Issues that are related to CD-ROMs or manuals

Support agreement resources

If you want to contact Symantec regarding an existing support agreement, please
contact the support agreement administration team for your region as follows:
Asia-Pacific and Japan

[email protected]

Europe, Middle-East, and Africa

[email protected]

North America and Latin America

[email protected]

Contents

Technical Support ............................................................................................... 4

Chapter 1

Introduction .......................................................................... 13
About Troubleshooting .................................................................
Define the problem .......................................................................
What was the error indication? .................................................
What were you doing when the problem occurred? .......................
Record all information ..................................................................
Troubleshooting the problem .........................................................
About gathering information for problem reports ..............................
General information ...............................................................
Gathering information for NetBackup-Java .................................

Chapter 2

13
13
13
14
15
16
16
17
18

Troubleshooting procedures ............................................. 21

About troubleshooting procedures ..................................................
Preliminary troubleshooting ..........................................................
Troubleshooting installation and configuration problems ....................
Resolving installation problems ................................................
Resolving common configuration problems ................................
General test and troubleshooting procedures ....................................
Testing the master server and clients ........................................
Testing media server and clients ...............................................
Resolving network communication problems ..............................
Verifying host name and service entries .....................................
Using bpclntcmd ....................................................................
Host name and service entry examples - UNIX .............................
Using the Host Properties window ...................................................
Resolving full disk problems ..........................................................
Troubleshooting frozen media ........................................................
Resolving PBX problems ................................................................
Checking for PBX installation ...................................................
Checking that PBX is running ...................................................
PBX must be set correctly ........................................................
PBX logging ..........................................................................
PBX security ..........................................................................

21
22
27
27
28
33
33
37
40
48
52
53
60
61
62
66
66
67
67
68
69

Contents

Required NetBackup daemon or service not available ....................

New network interface cards ..........................................................
Backup performance and NIC cards .................................................
SERVER entries in bp.conf file ........................................................
Resolving unavailable storage units problems ...................................
Troubleshooting NetBackup in a SAN environment ............................
NetBackup enterprise lifecycle: best practices .............................
Using CommandCentral Storage to troubleshoot
NetBackup ......................................................................
Common NetBackup troubleshooting use cases ............................

Chapter 3

70
71
71
72
73
73
74
75
76

Using logs and reports ....................................................... 79

About using logs and reports .......................................................... 79
Where is the log and report information? ......................................... 80
Reports ...................................................................................... 81
Status for user operations .............................................................. 83
UNIX system logs ......................................................................... 83
Debug logs on servers ................................................................... 83
Unified logging ...................................................................... 83
Configuring and using unified logging ....................................... 93
Submitting unified logging files to &CompanyName;
support ......................................................................... 100
Legacy NetBackup logging ..................................................... 101
Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup ............ 111
Debug logs on UNIX clients .......................................................... 113
Unified logging on UNIX clients .............................................. 113
Legacy logging on UNIX clients ............................................... 113
Controlling log size on UNIX clients ......................................... 115
Client logging file name format on UNIX clients ......................... 115
How to set logging levels on UNIX clients .................................. 116
Debug logs on PC clients .............................................................. 116
Unified logging on PC clients .................................................. 116
Legacy debug logging on PC clients .......................................... 116
Controlling log size on PC clients ............................................. 119
Client logging file name format on PC clients ............................. 120
How to set logging levels on PC clients ..................................... 120
Windows Event Viewer logging option ........................................... 120
Enabling the logging tool ....................................................... 121
eventlog file entries .............................................................. 121
Example ............................................................................. 122
Troubleshooting the Administration Console for UNIX ...................... 123
Required disk space for logging and temporary files ................... 124

Contents

Enabling detailed debug logging ..............................................

Query string overview .................................................................
Data types for fields ..............................................................
String constants ...................................................................
Query string examples ...........................................................

Chapter 4

Using NetBackup utilities ................................................ 129

About using NetBackup utilities ....................................................
Analysis utilities for NetBackup debug logs .....................................
Installation requirements ......................................................
Output format .....................................................................
Limitations .........................................................................
How to run the log analysis utilities .........................................
Network troubleshooting utilities ..................................................
NetBackup support utility (nbsu) ...................................................
When to use nbsu .................................................................
nbsu progress display ............................................................
nbsu output .........................................................................
nbsu and NetBackup status codes ............................................
Notes on running nbsu ..........................................................
NetBackup consistency check (NBCC) .............................................
When to use NBCC ................................................................
NBCC progress display ..........................................................
Server aliases file .................................................................
NBCC output ........................................................................
Notes on running NBCC .........................................................
NetBackup consistency check repair (NBCCR) ..................................
NBCCR files .........................................................................
The nbcplogs utility ....................................................................

Chapter 5

125
126
126
128
128

129
129
130
130
131
131
134
135
135
136
137
139
140
141
142
142
145
146
147
149
150
151

NetBackup status codes and messages ........................ 153

About NetBackup status codes and messages ................................... 153
NetBackup status codes ......................................................... 154
NetBackup Messages ............................................................. 397

Chapter 6

Media and device management status codes and

messages ....................................................................... 421
About media and device management status codes and
messages ............................................................................ 421
Using debug logs .................................................................. 422
Media Manager status codes ................................................... 422

10

Contents

Device configuration status codes ............................................

Device management status codes ............................................
Robotic status codes ..............................................................
Robotic error codes ...............................................................
Media and device management messages ........................................

Chapter 7

480
505
527
544
549

Disaster recovery ............................................................... 569

About disaster recovery ...............................................................
Recommended backup practices ....................................................
Selecting files to back up ........................................................
Bare Metal Restore ...............................................................
Critical policies ....................................................................
Full backup after catalog recovery ...........................................
Online catalog backups ..........................................................
Online catalog backup disaster recovery files .............................
Automated recovery .............................................................
Online catalog disaster recovery information email ....................
Identifying the correct catalog backup ......................................
Catalog recovery time ............................................................
Master and media server backups ............................................
Disk recovery procedures for UNIX and Linux ..................................
Recovering the master server disk for UNIX and Linux ................
Recovering the NetBackup media server disk for UNIX and
Linux ...........................................................................
Recovering the client disk ......................................................
Disk recovery procedures for Windows ...........................................
Recovering the master server disk for Windows .........................
Recovering the NetBackup media server disk for Windows ...........
Recovering the client disk ......................................................
Catalog recovery from an online backup .........................................
Recovering the entire catalog from an online backup ..................
Recovering the catalog image file ............................................
Recovering relational database files from an online catalog
backup .........................................................................
Recovering NetBackup access management components from a
hot backup ....................................................................
Recovering the catalog using a copy of an online catalog
backup .........................................................................
Recovering the catalog without the disaster recovery file .............
Recovering the user-directed online catalog from the CLI ............
Restoring files from an online catalog backup ............................
Unfreezing online catalog recovery media .................................

569
570
570
570
571
571
571
571
571
572
572
572
572
573
573
578
578
579
580
586
586
589
589
598
608
612
613
613
618
621
622

Contents

Clustered NBU server recovery for UNIX and Linux ..........................

Replacing a failed node on a UNIX or Linux cluster .....................
Recovering the shared disk on a UNIX or Linux cluster ................
Recovering the entire UNIX or Linux cluster ..............................
Clustered NBU server recovery for Windows ...................................
Replacing a failed node on a Windows VCS cluster ......................
Recovering the shared disk on a Windows VCS cluster ................
Recovering the entire Windows VCS cluster ..............................

Appendix A

Backup and restore functional overview ...................... 631

About backup and restore functional overview .................................
Backup and restore startup process ...............................................
Backup and archive processes .......................................................
Job scheduling .....................................................................
EMM server and master server ................................................
Backups and archives - UNIX clients ..............................................
Backup process ....................................................................
Backup with multiple data streams ..........................................
Snapshot backup and Windows open file backups .......................
SAN client ...........................................................................
Backups and archives - Windows .............................................
Backups and archives - NetWare clients ....................................
Synthetic backups ................................................................
NetBackup online, hot catalog backup ......................................
Restore processes .......................................................................
Restoring UNIX and Linux clients ............................................
Restoring SAN client (UNIX or Windows) ..................................
Restoring Windows clients .....................................................
Restoring NetWare clients .....................................................
Restoring catalog backups ......................................................
NetBackup directories and files .....................................................
NetBackup directory structure - UNIX ......................................
Contents of /usr/openv/netbackup ..........................................
NetBackup programs and daemons ................................................
NetBackup catalogs .....................................................................

Appendix B

623
623
624
625
626
627
627
628

631
632
632
632
633
633
634
638
639
642
645
646
647
650
652
652
656
659
660
662
663
664
666
667
680

Media and device management functional

description .................................................................... 683
Media and device management startup process ................................
Media and device management process ..........................................
Shared Storage option management process ....................................
Barcode operations .....................................................................

683
685
687
689

11

12

Contents

Media and device management components .................................... 691

Appendix C

Networks and hostnames ................................................ 701

Background for troubleshooting .................................................... 701

Appendix D

Robotic test utilities .......................................................... 707

About robotic test utilities ............................................................ 707
Robotic tests on UNIX ................................................................. 707
Robotic tests on Windows ............................................................ 708

Index ................................................................................................................... 711

Chapter

Introduction
This chapter includes the following topics:

About Troubleshooting

Define the problem

Record all information

Troubleshooting the problem

About gathering information for problem reports

About Troubleshooting
This chapter explains the steps to take if you encounter a problem while you use
NetBackup. Other chapters provide more specific information.
Note: The term "media server", as distinct from "master server" or "server", may
or may not apply to the NetBackup server product. It depends on the context.
When you troubleshoot a server installation, be aware that only one host exists:
the master and the media server are one and the same. You can ignore references
to a media server on a different host.

Define the problem

The first step in troubleshooting is to define the problem.

What was the error indication?

To define the problem, you must know what went wrong. Sometimes the resolution
of the problem also requires that you know what went right.

14

Introduction
Define the problem

Error messages are usually the vehicle for telling you something went wrong. So
the first thing to do is to look for an error message. If you dont see an error
message in an interface, but still suspect a problem, check the reports and logs.
NetBackup provides extensive reporting and logging facilities. These can provide
an error message that points you directly to a solution.
The logs also show you what went right and the NetBackup operation that was
ongoing when the problem occurred. For example, a restore operation needs media
to be mounted, but the required media is currently in use for another backup. The
log information that NetBackup provides is available:
See About using logs and reports on page 79.
The following chapters provide interpretations of NetBackup (and Media Manager)
status codes and messages.

What were you doing when the problem occurred?

Another important part in troubleshooting the problem is to define what you tried
to do in the first place.
Some questions to ask are as follows:

What operation was tried?

What method did you use? For example, more than one way exists to install
software on a client. Also more than one possible interface exists to use for
many operations. Some operations can be performed with a script.

What type of server platform and operating system was involved?

If your site uses both the master and the media servers, was it a master or a
media server?

If a client was involved, what type of client was it?

Have you performed the operation successfully in the past? If so, what is
different now?

What is the service pack level?

Do you use operating system software with the latest fixes supplied, especially
those required for use with NetBackup?

Is your device firmware at a level, or higher than the level, at which it has been
tested according to the posted device compatibility lists?

Introduction
Record all information

Record all information

As you define and troubleshoot a problem, always try to capture potentially
valuable information, such as the following:

NetBackup progress logs

NetBackup Reports

NetBackup Utility Reports

NetBackup debug logs

Media and Device Management debug logs

On UNIX NetBackup servers, check for error or status messages in the system
log or standard output.

Error or status messages in dialog boxes

On Windows, NetBackup servers, check for error or status information in the

Event Viewer Application and System log.

Record this information for each try. A benefit of this approach is that you can
compare the results of multiple tries. A record of tries is also useful for others at
your site and for customer support in the event that you cannot solve the problem.
Explanations of the various logs are available.
See About using logs and reports on page 79.
On UNIX systems, the /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/goodies/support script
creates a file containing data necessary for customer support to debug any
problems you encounter. For more details, consult the usage information of the
script by using support -h.
If your troubleshooting try is unsuccessful, customer support can provide further
assistance. Before you call, have the following information ready:

The following product, platform, and device information:

Product and its release level.

Server hardware type and operating system level.

Client hardware type and operating system level, if a client is involved.

Storage units being used, if it is possible that storage units are involved.

If it looks like a device problem, be ready to supply the following device

information: The types of robots and drives and their version levels along
with Media and Device Management and system configuration information.

Software patches to the products that were installed.

15

16

Introduction
Troubleshooting the problem

The service packs and hotfixes that were installed.

What is the definition of the problem as described earlier in this chapter?

Copies of logs or core dumps (if any) can also be required.

Have you had this problem before? If so, was there a successful resolution and
what did you try that time?

Has the configuration recently changed? If so, what changed?

If necessary, can you communicate with technical support through ftp, email,
or fax? These are useful for when you send information such as copies of logs.

The following topic contains the information you need and also provides methods
for gathering information.
See About gathering information for problem reports on page 16.

Troubleshooting the problem

After you define the problem, use the following information in the other chapters
of this manual to correct it:

When you have a status code or message, the recommended corrective action
is available.
See About NetBackup status codes and messages on page 153.
See About media and device management status codes and messages
on page 421.

If no status code or message exists, or the actions in the status code chapters
do not solve the problem, check the following topic:
See About troubleshooting procedures on page 21.
Those procedures describe an effective approach for isolating common
problems.

If you dont find the solution, contact customer support.

The &CompanyName; Technical Support site has a wealth of information that
can help you solve NetBackup problems.
For comprehensive troubleshooting details, refer to the following URL:
www.symantec.com/business/support/

About gathering information for problem reports

Fill out the following information when you contact support to report a problem.

Introduction
About gathering information for problem reports

General information
Date: _________________________
Table 1-1

Servers (master_and_media)

Platform types and host

names

Table 1-2

Product version and patch

levels

OS Levels

Product version and patch

levels

Firmware levels

Tested firmware level that

is listed in the NetBackup
hardware compatibility
list

Clients

Platform types and host

names

Table 1-3

OS Levels

Devices

Robotic library and drive

models

What were you doing when the problem occurred? (for example, a backup on a
Windows client)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
What were the error indications? (for example, status code, error dialog box)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
Did this problem occur during or shortly after any of the following:
_____ Initial installation
_____ Configuration change (explain)

17

18

Introduction
About gathering information for problem reports

_____ System change or problem (explain)

_____ Have you observed the problem before? (If so, what did you do that time?)
Logs or other failure data you have saved:
_____ All log entries report
_____ Media and Device Management debug logs
_____ NetBackup debug logs
_____ System logs (UNIX)
_____ NetBackup Configuration Validation Utility Output (UNIX)
_____ Event Viewer Application and System logs (Windows)
Can you communicate with us through any of the following:
_____ ftp
_____ telnet
_____ email
_____ fax

Gathering information for NetBackup-Java

If you encounter problems with the NetBackup-Java applications, use the following
methods to gather data for &CompanyName; support.
The following scripts are available for gathering information:

The NetBackup-Java administration application startup script, jnbSA, logs

data to a log file in /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/user_ops/nbjlogs. At
startup, the script tells you which file in this directory it logs to. Normally,
this file does not become very large (usually less than 2 KB). Consult the file
/usr/openv/java/Debug.properties for the options that can affect the
contents of this log file.

The NetBackup-Java administration application on Windows logs data to a log

file if NetBackup is installed on the computer where the application was started.
It logs on install_path\NetBackup\logs\user_ops\nbjlogs.
If NetBackup was not installed on this computer, then no log file is created.
To produce a log file, modify the last "java.exe" line in the following to redirect
output to a file: install_path\java\nbjava.bat.

The /usr/openv/java/get_trace script provides a Java virtual machine stack

trace for support to analyze. This stack trace is written to the log file that is
associated with the instance of execution (see previous bullet).

Introduction
About gathering information for problem reports

The /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/goodies/support script creates a file

containing data necessary for customer support to debug any problems you
encounter. For more details, consult the usage information of the script by
using support -h.

To get debug data for support to analyze

If the application does not respond for a long time, it may be hung. However,
some operations can take quite a while to complete, especially Activity Monitor
and Reports applications. Wait for several minutes before you assume that
the operation is hung.
If there is no response within several minutes, run
/usr/openv/java/get_trace under the account where you started the Java
application. This script causes a stack trace to write to the log file.
For example, if you started jnbSA from the root account, start
/usr/openv/java/get_trace as root. Otherwise, the command runs without
error, but fails to add the stack trace to the debug log. This failure occurs
because root is the only account that has permission to run the command
that dumps the stack trace.

Run /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/goodies/support to get data about your

configuration. Run this script after you complete the NetBackup installation
and every time you change the NetBackup configuration.

Provide the support-script output and log file to &CompanyName; support.

19

20

Introduction
About gathering information for problem reports

Chapter

Troubleshooting procedures
This chapter includes the following topics:

About troubleshooting procedures

Preliminary troubleshooting

Troubleshooting installation and configuration problems

General test and troubleshooting procedures

Using the Host Properties window

Resolving full disk problems

Troubleshooting frozen media

Resolving PBX problems

New network interface cards

Backup performance and NIC cards

SERVER entries in bp.conf file

Resolving unavailable storage units problems

Troubleshooting NetBackup in a SAN environment

About troubleshooting procedures

This chapter has procedures for finding the cause of NetBackup errors. These
procedures are general in nature and do not try to cover every problem that can
occur. They do, however, recommend the methods that usually result in successful
problem resolution.

22

Troubleshooting procedures
Preliminary troubleshooting

The &CompanyName; Technical Support site has a wealth of information that

can help you solve NetBackup problems. See the following site for comprehensive
troubleshooting details:
www.symantec.com/business/support/
When you perform these procedures, try each step in sequence. If you already
performed the action or it does not apply, skip to the next step. If it branches you
to another topic, use the solutions that are suggested there. If you still have a
problem, go to the next step in the procedure. Also, alter your approach according
to your configuration and what you have already tried.
Preliminary troubleshooting explains what to check first. It branches off to other
procedures as appropriate.
Troubleshooting installation and configuration problems apply specifically to
installation problems and configuration problems.
General test and troubleshooting procedures define general methods for finding
server and client problems and should be used last.
Note: The term "media server", as distinct from "master server" or "server", does
not apply to the NetBackup server product. When you troubleshoot a NetBackup
server installation, ignore any references to media server. (This note does not
apply to NetBackup Enterprise Server.)

Preliminary troubleshooting
Preliminary troubleshooting explains what to check first and branches to other
procedures as appropriate.

Troubleshooting procedures
Preliminary troubleshooting

To troubleshoot problems with NetBackup

Ensure that your servers and clients are running supported operating system
versions and that any peripherals you use are supported. Refer to the
NetBackup release notes and the NetBackup device compatibility lists on the
following Web site:
http://www.symantec.com/business/support/

Use the All Log Entries report and check for NetBackup errors for the
appropriate time period. This report can show the context in which the error
occurred. Often it provides specific information, which is useful when the
status code can result from a variety of problems.
If the problem involved a backup or archive, check the Backup Status report.
This report gives you the status code.
If you find a status code or message in either of these reports, perform the
recommended corrective actions.
See About NetBackup status codes and messages on page 153.
See About media and device management status codes and messages
on page 421.

Check the system log on UNIX or the Event Viewer Application and System
log on Windows if the following is true: the problem pertains to media or
device management and one of the following is true:

NetBackup does not provide a status code.

You cannot correct the problem by following the instructions in NetBackup

status codes and messages.

You cannot correct the problem by following the instructions in media

and device management status codes and messages.

These logs can show the context in which the error occurred. The error
messages are usually descriptive enough to point you to a problem area.

Read the applicable enabled debug logs and correct any problems you detect.
If these logs are not enabled, enable them before you retry the failed operation.
See About using logs and reports on page 79.

If you performed corrective actions, retry the operation. If you did not perform
corrective actions or the problem persists, continue with the next step.

If you see the problem during a new installation, during an upgrade

installation, or after you make changes to an existing configuration, see the
following:
See Troubleshooting installation and configuration problems on page 27.

23

24

Troubleshooting procedures
Preliminary troubleshooting

Ensure that the server and client are operational. If you experienced a server
or a client disk crash, procedures are available on how to recover the files
that are critical to NetBackup operation.
See About disaster recovery on page 569.
Verify that you have enough space available in the disk partitions that
NetBackup uses. If one or more of these partitions is full, NetBackup processes
that access the full partition fail. The resulting error message depends on the
process. Possible error messages: "unable to access" or "unable to create or
open a file."
On UNIX systems, use the df command to view disk partition information.
On Windows systems, use Disk Manager or Explorer.
Check the following disk partitions:

The partition where NetBackup software is installed.

On the NetBackup master or media server, the partition where the

NetBackup databases reside.

The partition where the NetBackup processes write temporary files.

The partition where NetBackup logs are stored.

The partition where the operating system is installed.

Enable verbose logging either for everything or only for areas you think are
related to the problem.
See About using logs and reports on page 79.

Determine which daemons or processes are running. Follow the procedures

for UNIX or Windows NetBackup servers.

To troubleshoot problems on UNIX NetBackup servers

Run the following:

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpps -a

If the master server is also the EMM server, ensure that the nbemm and the
nbrb services are running. If these services are not running, start them by
entering the following:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbemm
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbrb

If both nbemm and nbrb are not running, they must be started in this sequence.
If only one is not running, start it by using the appropriate command.

Troubleshooting procedures
Preliminary troubleshooting

The nbpem and the nbjm services must be running on the master server. If
these services are not running, start them by entering the following:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbjm
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbpem

If both nbjm and nbpem are not running, they must be started in this sequence.
If only one is not running, start it by using the appropriate command.

If either the NetBackup request daemon (bprd) or database manager daemon

(bpdbm) is not running, run this command to start them:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/initbprd

If any of the following media and device management processes are not
running:

ltid (ltid only needs to be running if drives are configured on the server)

vmd (volume)

avrd (automatic volume recognition), only if drives are configured on the

server

Processes for all configured robots

Stop the device daemon, ltid, by running:

/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/stopltid

To verify that the ltid, avrd, and robotic control daemons are stopped, run:
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/vmps

If you use ACS robotic control, the acsssi and the acssel processes continue
to run when ltid is stopped. For more information about how to stop these
daemons, refer to the following:
See the Automated Cartridge System (ACS) chapter in the NetBackup Device
Configuration Guide.

Stop any robot control daemons that continue to run when ltid is terminated.
Then, start all daemons by running:
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ltid

For debugging, start ltid with the -v (verbose) option.

25

26

Troubleshooting procedures
Preliminary troubleshooting

To troubleshoot problems on Windows NetBackup servers

The following services must be running. If these services are not running,
start them by using the NetBackup Activity Monitor or the Services application
in the Windows Control Panel:
To start all of them, run install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup.exe.
The following services must be running on NetBackup master servers:

NetBackup Request Manager service

NetBackup Policy Execution Manager service

NetBackup Job Manager service

NetBackup Database Manager service

NetBackup Device Manager service (if the system has configured devices)

NetBackup Volume Manager service

NetBackup Client service

If the master server is also the EMM server, the following services must be
running:

NetBackup Enterprise Media Manager service

NetBackup Resource Broker service

The following services must be running on NetBackup media servers:

NetBackup Device Manager service (if the system has configured devices)

NetBackup Volume Manager service

NetBackup Client service

The following service must be running on NetBackup clients (including

NetBackup Remote Administration Consoles):

NetBackup Client service

Use the NetBackup Activity Monitor to see if the following processes are
running:

avrd (automatic media recognition), only if drives are configured on the

server

Processes for all configured robots.

See the NetBackup Administrators Guide for Windows, Volume I.

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting installation and configuration problems

If these processes are not running, stop and restart the NetBackup Device
Manager service. Use the NetBackup Activity Monitor or the Services
application in the Windows Control Panel.

If you had to start any of the processes or services in the previous steps, retry
the operation.
If they are running or the problem persists, refer to the following procedure:
See General test and troubleshooting procedures on page 33.
If you cannot start any of these processes or services, check the appropriate
debug logs for NetBackup problems.
See About using logs and reports on page 79.
When these processes and services start, they continue to run unless you
stop them manually or a problem occurs on the system. On Windows systems,
we recommend that you add commands for starting them to your startup
scripts, so they restart in case you have to reboot.

Troubleshooting installation and configuration

problems
Use this procedure to resolve installation and common configuration issues.

Resolving installation problems

Before you install or use NetBackup on a Linux client, verify that the inetd (or
xinetd) service is started on that machine. This service ensures proper
communication between the NetBackup master and the Linux client.
To resolve installation and configuration issues, ask the following questions:

Can you install the software on the master and the media servers by using the
release media?
Some reasons for failure can be as follows:

Not logged on as an administrator on a Windows system (you must have

permission to install services on the system)

Permission denied (ensure that you have permission to use the device and
to write the directories and files being installed)

Bad media (contact customer support)

Defective drive (replace the drive or refer to vendors hardware

documentation)

27

28

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting installation and configuration problems

Improperly configured drive (refer to the system and the vendor

documentation)

Can you install NetBackup client software on the clients?

Note: You cannot install PC client software from a UNIX NetBackup server.
Do the following:

For an install to a trusting UNIX client, verify the following: The correct
client name is in your policy configuration and the correct server name is
in the client /.rhosts file.
If the install hangs, check for problems with the shell or the environment
variables for the root user on the client. The files to check depend on the
platform, operating system, and shell you use. For example, your .login
on a Sun system runs an stty (such as stty ^erase) before it defines your
terminal type. If this action causes the install process to hang, you can
modify the .login file to define the terminal before you run the stty. Or,
move the client .login to another file until the install is complete.

For an install to a secure UNIX client, check your ftp configuration. For
example, you must use a user name and password that the client considers
valid.

Is the problem related to general network communications?

See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

Resolving common configuration problems

If this installation is an initial installation or if you changed the configuration,
check for these problems before proceeding:
To resolve configuration issues, check for these problems

Check for the following device configuration problems:

Configuration for robotic drive does not specify the robot.

Drive is configured as wrong type or density.

Incorrect Robotic Drive Number.

SCSI ID for the robotic control is specified instead of the logical Robot
Number that is assigned to the robot.

The same robot number is used for different robots.

SCSI ID for the drive is specified instead of a unique Drive Index number.

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting installation and configuration problems

A platform does not support a device or was not configured to recognize

it.

Robotic device is not configured to use LUN 1, which some robot hardware
requires.

On UNIX, drive no-rewind device path is specified as a rewind path.

On UNIX, tape devices are not configured with "Berkeley style close." This
feature is configurable on some platforms. NetBackup requires it. See the
NetBackup Device Configuration Guide for more information.

On UNIX, tape devices (other than QIC) are not configured as "variable
mode." This feature is configurable on some platforms. NetBackup requires
it. When this condition exists, you can frequently perform backups but
not restores. Further explanation is available.
See NetBackup status code: 174 on page 255.
Also see the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

On UNIX, pass-through paths to the tape drives have not been established.
Also see the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

Check for the following problems with the daemons or services:

Daemons or services do not start during reboot (configure system so they

start).

Wrong daemons or services are started (problems with media server start
up scripts).

Configuration was changed while daemons or services were running.

On Windows, the %SystemRoot%\System32\drivers\etc\services file

does not have an entry for vmd, bprd, bpdbm, and bpcd. Also, ensure that
the processes have entries for configured robots. A list of these processes
is available.
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I.

On UNIX, the /etc/services file (or NIS or DNS) does not have an entry
for vmd, bprd, bpdbm, or robotic daemons.

If you found and corrected any configuration problems, retry the operation
and check for NetBackup status codes or messages in the following:

Check the All Log Entries report for NetBackup errors for the appropriate
time period. This report can show the context in which the error occurred.
Often it provides specific information, which is useful when the error can
result from a variety of problems.
If the problem involved a backup or archive, check the Backup Status
report. This report gives you the status code.

29

30

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting installation and configuration problems

If you find a status code or message in either of these reports, perform

the recommended corrective actions.
See About NetBackup status codes and messages on page 153.
See About media and device management status codes and messages
on page 421.

Check the system log on UNIX or the Event Viewer Application and System
log on Windows if the problem pertains to media or device management.
One of the following is true:

NetBackup does not provide a status code

You cannot correct the problem by following the instructions in the

status codes chapters

Check the appropriate enabled debug logs. Correct any problems you
detect.
If these logs are not enabled, enable them before your next try.
See About using logs and reports on page 79.

If you performed corrective actions, retry the operation. If you did not perform
corrective actions or the problem persists, go to the next section.
See General test and troubleshooting procedures on page 33.

Resolving device configuration problems

An auto-configuration warning message appears in the second panel of the Device
Configuration Wizard if the selected device meets any of the following conditions:

Not licensed for NetBackup server

Has some inherent qualities that make it difficult to auto-configure

The following messages relate to device configuration, along with their

explanations and recommended actions:
Message: Drive does not support serialization
Explanation: The drive does not return its serial number. Note that some
manufacturers do not support serial numbers. Although automatic device
configuration does not function optimally, the drive can be manually configured
and operated without its serial number.
Recommended action: Ask the manufacturer for a newer firmware version that
returns serial numbers (if available), or manually configure and operate the drive
without a serial number.
Message: Robot does not support serialization

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting installation and configuration problems

Explanation: The robot does not return its serial number or the serial numbers
of the drives that are contained within it. Note that some manufacturers do not
support serial numbers. Although automatic device configuration does not function
optimally, the robot and drives can be manually configured and operated without
serial numbers.
Recommended action: Ask the manufacturer for a newer firmware version that
returns serial numbers (if available). Or manually configure and operate the robot
and drives without serial numbers.
Message: No license for this robot type
Explanation: NetBackup server does not support the robotic type that is defined
for this robot.
Recommended action: Define a different robot. Only use the robotic libraries that
NetBackup server supports.
Message: No license for this drive type
Explanation: The drive type that is defined for this drive that the NetBackup
server does not support.
Recommended action: Define a different drive. Only use the drives that NetBackup
supports.
Message: Unable to determine robot type
Explanation: NetBackup does not recognize the robotic library. The robotic library
cannot be auto-configured.
Recommended action:

Download a new device_mapping file from the Symantec support web site, and
try again.

Configure the robotic library manually.

Use only the robotic libraries that NetBackup supports.

Message: Drive is stand-alone or in unknown robot

Explanation: Either the drive is stand-alone, or the drive or robot does not return
a serial number. Note that some manufacturers do not support serial numbers.
Although automatic device configuration does not function optimally, the drive
or robot can be manually configured and operated without a serial number.
Recommended action: Ask the manufacturer for a newer firmware version that
returns serial numbers (if available), or manually configure and operate the drive
robot without serial numbers.
Message: Robot drive number is unknown

31

32

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting installation and configuration problems

Explanation: Either the drive or robot does not return a serial number. Note that
some manufacturers do not support serial numbers. Although automatic device
configuration does not function optimally, the drive or robot can be manually
configured and operated without a serial number.
Recommended action: Ask the manufacturer for a newer firmware version that
returns serial numbers (if available). Or manually configure and operate the drive
and robot without serial numbers.
Message: Drive is in an unlicensed robot
Explanation: The drive is in a robotic library that cannot be licensed for NetBackup
server . Since the robot cannot be licensed for NetBackup server , any drives that
were configured in that robot are unusable.
Recommended action: Configure a drive that does not reside in the unlicensed
robot.
Message: Drive's SCSI adapter does not support pass-thru (or pass-thru path does
not exist)
Explanation: A drive was found that does not have a SCSI pass-through path
configured. Two possible causes for this message are as follows:

The drive is connected to an adapter that does not support SCSI pass-through.

The pass-through path for this drive has not been defined.

Recommended action: Change the drives adapter or define a pass-through path

for the drive. SCSI adapter pass-through information is available.
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.
Message: No configuration device file exists
Explanation: A device has been detected without the corresponding device file
necessary to configure that device.
Recommended action: Refer to the chapter for your system type in the NetBackup
Device Configuration Guide for information on how to create device files.
Message: Unable to determine drive type
Explanation: The NetBackup server does not recognize the drive. The drive cannot
be auto-configured.
Recommended action:

Download a new device_mapping file from the Symantec support web site, and
try again.

Configure the drive manually.

Use only the drives that NetBackup supports.

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

Message: Unable to determine compression device file

Explanation: A drive was detected without the expected compression device file
used to configure that device. Automatic device configuration tries to use a device
file that supports hardware data compression. When multiple compression device
files exist for a drive, automatic device configuration cannot determine which
compression device file is best. It uses a non-compression device file instead.
Recommended action: If you do not need hardware data compression, no action
is necessary. The drive can be operated without hardware data compression.
Hardware data compression and tape drive configuration help are available.
Refer to the chapter for your system type in the NetBackup Device Configuration
Guide.

General test and troubleshooting procedures

If the Preliminary troubleshooting or Troubleshooting installation and
configuration problems procedures do not reveal the problem, perform the
following procedures. Skip those steps that you have already performed.
The procedures assume that the software was successfully installed, but not
necessarily configured correctly. If NetBackup never worked properly, you probably
have configuration problems.
Repeat the checks that are mentioned in the Troubleshooting installation and
configuration problems procedure when you encounter errors.
In particular, look for device configuration problems.
You may also want to perform each backup and restore twice. On UNIX, perform
them first as a root user and then as a nonroot user. On Windows, perform them
first as a user that is a member of the Administrators group. Then perform them
as a user that is not a member of the Administrator group. In all cases, ensure
that you have read and write permissions on the test files.
The explanations in these procedures assume that you are familiar with the
functional overview information.
See About backup and restore functional overview on page 631.

Testing the master server and clients

This procedure tests the master server and clients.

33

34

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

To test the master server and clients

Enable appropriate debug logs on the master server.

See About using logs and reports on page 79.
If you do not know which logs apply, enable them all until you solve the
problem. Delete the debug log directories when you have resolved the problem.

Configure a test policy (set backup window to be open while you test). Name
the master server as the client and a storage unit that is on the master server
(preferably a nonrobotic drive). Also, configure a volume in the NetBackup
volume pool and insert the volume in the drive. If you dont label the volume
by using the bplabel command, NetBackup automatically assigns a previously
unused media ID.

To verify that the NetBackup daemons or services are running on the master
server, do the following:

To check the daemons on a UNIX system, execute:

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpps -a

To check the services on a Windows system, use the NetBackup Activity

Monitor or the Services application in the Windows Control Panel.

Start a manual backup of a policy by using the manual backup option in the
NetBackup administration interface. Then, restore the backup.
These actions verify the following:

NetBackup server software is functional, which includes all daemons or

services, programs, and databases.

NetBackup can mount the media and use the drive you configured.

If a failure occurs, first check the NetBackup All Log Entries report. For the
failures that relate to drives or media, verify that the drive is in an UP state
and that the hardware functions.
To isolate the problem further, use the debug logs.
A functional overview sequence of events is available.
See About backup and restore functional overview on page 631.
If the debug logs do not reveal the problem, check the following:

Systems Logs or Event Viewer System logs

Event Viewer Application and System logs on Windows systems

vmd debug logs on the EMM database host for the device

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

bptm debug logs

See the vendor manuals for information on hardware failures.

If you use a robot and the configuration is an initial configuration, verify that
the robotic drive is configured correctly.
In particular, verify the following:

The same robot number is used both in the Media and Device Management
and storage unit configurations.

Each robot has a unique robot number.

On a UNIX NetBackup server, you can verify only the Media and Device
Management part of the configuration. To verify, you use the tpreq command
to request a media mount. Verify that the mount completes and check the
drive on which the media was mounted. Repeat the process until the media
is mounted and unmounted on each drive from the host where the problem
occurred. If this works, the problem is probably with the policy or the storage
unit configuration. When you are done, tpunmount the media.

If you previously configured a nonrobotic drive and your system includes a

robot, change your test policy now to specify a robot. Add a volume to the
robot. The volume must be in the NetBackup volume pool on the EMM
database host for the robot.
Start with step 3 to repeat this procedure for the robot. This procedure verifies
that NetBackup can find the volume, mount it, and use the robotic drive.
If you have difficulties with the robot, try the test utilities.
See About robotic test utilities on page 707.
Do not use the Robotic Test Utilities when backups or restores are active.
These utilities prevent the corresponding robotic processes from performing
robotic actions, such as loading and unloading media. The result is that it can
cause media mount timeouts and prevent other robotic operations like robotic
inventory and inject or eject from working.

Add a user schedule to your test policy (the backup window must be open
while you test). Use a storage unit and media that was verified in previous
steps.

Start a user backup and restore of a file by using the client-user interface on
the master server. Monitor the status and the progress log for the operation.
If successful, this operation verifies that the client software is functional on
the master server.
If a failure occurs, check the NetBackup All Log Entries report. To isolate the
problem further, check the appropriate debug logs from the following list.

35

36

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

Explanations about which logs apply to specific client software are available.
See About using logs and reports on page 79.
These logs exist only if you enabled debug logging in step 1. On a UNIX system,
the debug logs are in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/ directory. On a
Windows system, the debug logs are in the install_path\NetBackup\logs\
directory.
Debug log directories exist for the following processes:

bparchive (UNIX only)

bpbackup (UNIX only)

bpbkar

bpcd

bplist

bprd

bprestore

nbwin (Windows only)

bpinetd (Windows only)

Reconfigure your test policy to name a client that is located elsewhere in the
network. Use a storage unit and media that has been verified in previous
steps. If necessary, install the NetBackup client software.

Create debug log directories for the following processes:

bprd on the server

bpcd on the client

bpbkar on the client

nbwin on the client (Windows only)

bpbackup on the client (except Windows clients)

bpinetd (Windows only)

Explanations about which logs apply to specific client types are available.
See About using logs and reports on page 79.

10 Perform a user backup and then a restore from the client that is specified in
step 8.
These actions verify the following:

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

Communications between the client and the master server

NetBackup software on the client

If an error occurs, check the following:

All Log Entries report

The debug logs that you created in the previous step

A likely cause for errors is a communications problem between the server

and the client.

11 When the test policy operates satisfactorily, repeat specific steps as necessary
to verify other clients and storage units.

12 When all clients and storage units are functional, test the remaining policies
and schedules that use storage units on the master server. If a scheduled
backup fails, check the All Log Entries report for errors. Then follow the
suggested actions in the status codes chapters.

Testing media server and clients

If you use media servers, verify their operation as explained in the following steps.
Before proceeding, eliminate all problems on the master server.
See Testing the master server and clients on page 33.
To test the media server and clients

Enable appropriate legacy debug logs on the servers

See About using logs and reports on page 79.
If you are uncertain which logs apply, enable them all until you solve the
problem. Delete the legacy debug log directories when you have resolved the
problem.

Configure a test policy with a user schedule (set the backup window to be
open while you test) by doing the following:

Name the media server as the client and a storage unit that is on the media
server (preferably a nonrobotic drive).

Add a volume on the EMM database host for the devices in the storage
unit. Ensure that the volume is in the NetBackup volume pool.

Insert the volume in the drive. If you do not pre-label the volume by using
the bplabel command, NetBackup automatically assigns a previously
unused media ID.

37

38

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

Verify the following: all NetBackup daemons or services are running on the
master server and Media and Device Management daemons or services are
running on the media server.
Do one of the following:

To perform this check on a UNIX system, run:

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpps -a

To perform this check on a Windows system, use the Services application

in the Windows Control Panel.

Perform a user backup and then a restore of a file. Perform these operations
from a client that has been verified to work with the master server.
This test verifies the following:

NetBackup media server software

NetBackup on the media server can mount the media and use the drive
that you configured

Communications between the master server processes nbpem, nbjm, nbrb,

EMM server process nbemm, and media server processes bpcd and bpbrm

Communications between media server process bpbrm and client processes

bpcd and bpbkar

For the failures that relate to drives or media, ensure that the drive is in an
UP state and the hardware functions.
If you suspect a communications problem between the master and the media
servers, check the debug logs for the involved processes.
If the debug logs dont help you, check the following:

On a UNIX server, the System log

On a Windows server, the Event Viewer Application and System log

vmd debug logs

See the vendor manuals for information on hardware failures.

If you use a robot and the configuration is an initial configuration, verify that
the robotic drive is configured correctly.
In particular, verify the following:

The same robot number is used both in the Media and Device Management
and storage unit configurations.

Each robot has a unique robot number.

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

On a UNIX server, you can verify only the Media and Device Management
part of the configuration. To verify, use the tpreq command to request a
media mount. Verify that the mount completes and check the drive on which
the media was mounted. Repeat the process until the media is mounted and
unmounted on each drive from the host where the problem occurred. Perform
these steps from the media server. If this works, the problem is probably with
the policy or the storage unit configuration on the media server. When you
are done, use tpunmount to unmount the media.

If you previously configured a nonrobotic drive and a robot was attached to

your media server, change the test policy to name the robot. Also, add a
volume for the robot to the EMM server. Verify that the volume is in the
NetBackup volume pool and in the robot.
Start with step 3 to repeat this procedure for a robot. This procedure verifies
that NetBackup can find the volume, mount it, and use the robotic drive.
If a failure occurs, check the NetBackup All Log Entries report. Look for any
errors that relate to devices or media.
If the All Log Entries report doesnt help, check the following:

On a UNIX server, the system logs on the media server

vmd debug logs on the EMM server for the robot

On a Windows system, the Event Viewer Application and System log

In an initial configuration, verify that the robotic drive is configured correctly.

Do not use a robot number that is already configured on another server.
Try the test utilities.
See About robotic test utilities on page 707.
Do not use the Robotic Test Utilities when backups or restores are active.
These utilities prevent the corresponding robotic processes from performing
robotic actions, such as loading and unloading media. The result is that it can
cause media mount timeouts and prevent other robotic operations like robotic
inventory and inject or eject from working.

When the test policy operates satisfactorily, repeat specific steps as necessary
to verify other clients and storage units.

When all clients and storage units are in operation, test the remaining policies
and schedules that use storage units on the media server. If a scheduled
backup fails, check the All Log Entries report for errors. Then follow the
suggested actions in the status codes chapters.

39

40

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

Resolving network communication problems

The following procedure is for resolving NetBackup communications problems,
such as those associated with NetBackup status codes 54, 57, and 58. This
procedure consists of two variations: one for UNIX clients and another for PC
clients.
Note: In all cases, ensure that your network configuration works correctly outside
of NetBackup before trying to resolve NetBackup problems.

UNIX clients
For UNIX clients, perform the following steps. Before you start this procedure,
add the VERBOSE option to the /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file. Also, create
a bpcd debug log directory on your server and clients and a bprd log directory on
the server. During subsequent retries, the debug logs provide detailed debug
information, which can help you analyze the problem.
To resolve network communication problems with UNIX clients

If this configuration is a new or a modified configuration, check the following:

Check any recent modifications to ensure that they did not introduce the
problem.

Ensure that the client software was installed.

Ensure that the client operating system is one of those supported by the
client software.

Check the client names, server names, and service entries in your
NetBackup configuration as explained in the following topic:
See Verifying host name and service entries on page 48.
Two other checks that you can make on host names are as follows:

Use the hostname command on the client to determine the host name
that the client sends with requests to the server.

Check the bprd debug log (verbose) on the server to determine what
occurred when the server received the request.

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

Pay special attention to NIS or the DNS updates that are required. Failure
to update these services properly is a common source of network problems
with NetBackup.

Verify network connectivity between client and server by trying to ping the
client from the server.
ping clientname

Where clientname is the name of the client as configured in the NetBackup

policy configuration, /etc/hosts, and also in NIS and DNS (if applicable).
For example, to ping a client that is named ant:
ping ant
ant.nul.nul.com: 64 byte packets
64 bytes from 199.199.199.24: icmp_seq=0. time=1. ms
----ant.nul.nul.com PING Statistics---2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 1/1/1

Also, try ping from the client to the server.

If ping succeeds in both instances, it verifies connectivity between the server
and client. If ping fails, you have a network problem outside of NetBackup
that must be resolved before you proceed.
Note that some forms of the ping command let you ping the bpcd port on the
client as in:
ping ant 13782

or
ping ant bpcd

Check that the client listens on the correct port for bpcd connections by
running one of the following commands (depending on platform and operating
system).
netstat -a | grep bpcd
netstat -a | grep 13782 (or the value that is specified during the install)
rpcinfo -p | grep 13782 (or the value that is specified during the install)

For example, assume that the client is a Solaris system and you run:
netstat -a | grep 13782

41

42

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

If there is no problem with the port, the results are similar to:
tcp 0 0

*.13782 *.* LISTEN

The LISTEN indicates that the client listens for connections on this port.
If there is a problem, this line does not appear and one of the following three
conditions exists:

/etc/services (or applicable NIS file) does not have the correct bpcd

entry. The correct /etc services entry is:

bpcd

13782/tcp

bpcd

/etc/inetd.conf (or applicable NIS or DNS file) does not have the correct
bpcd entry. The correct /etc/inetd.conf entry is:
bpcd stream tcp nowait root /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpcd bpcd

/etc/inetd.conf was changed but was not re-read. Correct this condition

by running one of the following (whichever works):

/bin/ps -ef | grep inetd
kill -HUP the_inetd_pid

Or
/bin/ps -aux | grep inetd
kill -HUP the_inetd_pid

On a Hewlett-Packard platform, use inetd -c to send a SIGHUP to inetd.

If the problem is with an AIX client, do the following: use SMIT to verify that
the InetServ object policy was updated with information about the bpcd
process (/etc/inetd.conf and /etc/services information).
If you modify the InetServ object policy by using SMIT, the inetexp command
automatically runs. If you edit the InetServ object policy by using an ODM
editor, do the following: run the inetexp command to export the InetServ
object policy to the /etc/inetd.conf and /etc/services files. This command
keeps these files in sync with the InetServ object policy.
If you change the /etc/inetd.conf or /etc/services file by using SMIT, the
inetimp command automatically updates the InetServ object policy. If you
change either file, run the following command to inform the inetd daemon
of the changes to its configuration file: refresh -s inetd or kill -1
InetdPID

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

43

telnet to bpcd on the client. If it succeeds, keep the connection until after

you perform step 5, then terminate it with Ctrl-c.

telnet clientname 13782

Where clientname is the name of the client as configured in the NetBackup

policy configuration, /etc/hosts, and also in NIS and DNS (if applicable).
For example,
telnet ant bpcd
Trying 199.999.999.24 ...
Connected to ant.nul.nul.com.
Escape character is ^].

In this example, telnet can establish a connection to the client ant.

If the telnet succeeds, then inetd on the client is configured correctly.

It can pass its connection to bpcd and NetBackup should also be able to
establish a connection.

If telnet doesnt work, ensure that the inetd.conf file and /etc/services
files on both the server and client are correct and match. By default, these
are as follows:
In /etc/services:
bpcd

13782/tcp

bpcd

In /etc/inetd.conf:
bpcd stream tcp nowait root /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpcd bpcd

Then, run kill -HUP to reread the /etc/inetd.conf file as explained in

step 3.
Also, update the applicable NIS or DNS files.
If these files are correct and you cannot connect to the client, you may
have network routing problems or a problem with the port assignment.
(See the next step.)

Check that the client listens on the correct port for the telnet connection to
bpcd. To check, run one of the following commands (depending on platform
and operating system).
netstat -a | grep bpcd
netstat -a | grep 13782 (or the value that is specified during install)
rpcinfo -p | grep 13782 (or the value that is specified during install)

44

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

For example, assume the client in step 4 is a SunOS system that is named ant.
The telnet is from a NetBackup server that is named whale:
netstat -a | grep 13782

One of the following conditions occurs:

If the port is not the problem, you see the following:

tcp 0 0
tcp 0 0

ant.nul.nul.com.13782 whale...com.1516
*.13782 *.* LISTEN

ESTABLISHED

In the first line of the result, ESTABLISHED indicates that the telnet
connection was established to bpcd through port 13782 on the client.
The LISTEN in the second line indicates that the client listens for further
connections on this port.
We suggest that you not change the port number for bpcd or other
NetBackup services. Do so only if there is no alternative. Then, remember
that all NetBackup servers and clients in the configuration must use this
new port assignment.

If there is a process other than bpcd that uses the port, try to reboot the
client to clear the problem. If the problem is still not fixed, it may be
necessary to change one of the service numbers (preferably for the other
service). To change a service number, modify the /etc/services files
Then send SIGHUP signals to the inetd processes on your clients.
/bin/ps -ef | grep inetd
kill -HUP the_inetd_pid

Or
/bin/ps -aux | grep inetd
kill -HUP the_inetd_pid

On a Hewlett-Packard platform, use inetd -c to send a SIGHUP to inetd.

Also make applicable NIS or DNS updates.

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

If the problem is with an AIX client and you make changes to the
/etc/inetd.conf and /etc/services information, do the following: Use
SMIT to verify that the InetServ object policy was updated. See step 4.

To verify client to master server communications, use the bpclntcmd utility.

When -pn and -sv run on a NetBackup client, they initiate inquiries to the
NetBackup master server (as configured in the client bp.conf file). The master
server then returns information to the requesting client. More information
is available about bpclntcmd.
See Using bpclntcmd on page 52.

PC clients
This procedure helps you resolve network communication problems with PC
clients.
To resolve network problems

Before you retry the failed operation, do the following:

Increase the logging level on the client (see the clients user guide).

On the NetBackup server, create a bprd debug log directory and on the
clients create a bpcd debug log.

On the NetBackup server, set the Verbose level to 1 on the

TroubleShooting tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog box. To
display this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface.
Then click NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu.
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

If this client is new, verify the client and the server names in your NetBackup
configuration.
See Verifying host name and service entries on page 48.

Verify basic network connectivity between client and server by pinging from
the server to the client and vice versa. Use the following command:
ping hostname

Where hostname is the name of the host as configured in the following:

NetBackup policy configuration

WINS

DNS (if applicable).

45

46

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

hosts file in system directory %SystemRoot%\system32\drivers

\etc\hosts (Windows XP or 2003)

If ping succeeds in all instances, it verifies basic connectivity between the

server and client.
If ping fails, you have a network problem outside of NetBackup that must be
resolved before you proceed. As a first step, verify that the workstation is
turned on. Not being turned on is a common source of connection problems
with PC workstations.

On Microsoft Windows or NetWare clients, check the NetBackup Client service.

Do one of the following tasks:

Ensure that the service is active by checking the logs or by doing one of
the following:

On Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 clients, use the Services

application in the Control Panel to verify that the NetBackup Client
service is running. Start it if necessary.

On NetWare clients, enter modules bpcd.nlm from the NetWare server

console to verify that the NetBackup client daemon is running. If
necessary, type bpstart.ncf from the NetWare server console to start
the NetBackup client daemon.

Check the bpcd debug logs for problems or errors. Instructions are available
on how to enable and use these logs.
See About using logs and reports on page 79.

Verify that the same NetBackup client Service (bpcd) port number is
specified on both the NetBackup client and server (by default, 13782). Do
one of the following:

On Microsoft Windows, check the NetBackup Client Service Port

number:
Start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the client. On the
File menu, click NetBackup Client Properties. In the NetBackup Client
Properties dialog box on the Network tab, check the NetBackup Client
Service Port number.
Verify that the setting on the Network tab matches the one in the
services file. The services file is located in:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services (Windows)

The values on the Network tab are written to the services file when
the NetBackup Client service starts.

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

On NetWare clients, see the BPCD setting in the

SYS:VERITAS\NBUCLT\NetBack\BP.INI file.

On UNIX NetBackup servers, the bpcd port number is in the

/etc/services file. On Windows NetBackup servers, see the Client
Properties dialog box in the Host Properties window.
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.
Correct the port number if necessary. Then, on Windows clients and
servers, stop and restart the NetBackup Client service. On NetWare clients,
stop and restart the NetBackup client daemon (bpcd).

Do not change NetBackup port assignments unless it is necessary to resolve

conflicts with other applications. If you do change them, do so on all
NetBackup clients and servers. These numbers must be the same
throughout your NetBackup configuration.

Verify that the NetBackup Request Service (bprd) Port number on Microsoft
Windows and NetWare clients is the same as on the server (by default, 13720).

On Microsoft Windows clients (use the same method as in step 4).

On NetWare clients, see the BPRD setting in the

SYS:VERITAS\NBUCLT\NetBack\BP.INI file.

Or, instead of the first bullet: On UNIX NetBackup servers, the bprd port
number is in the /etc/services file. On Windows NetBackup servers, set
these numbers in the Client Properties dialog box in the Host Properties
window.
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

Verify that the hosts file or its equivalent contains the NetBackup server
name. The hosts files are the following:

%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts (Windows XP or 2003)

SYS:etc\hosts (NetWare)

/etc/hosts (UNIX)

Verify client-to-server connectability by using ping or its equivalent from

the client (step 3 verified the server-to-client connection).

If the clients TCP/IP transport allows telnet and ftp from the server, try
these as additional connectivity checks.

For a NetWare client, ensure that the server does not try to connect when a
backup or restore is already in progress on the client. If you try more than
one job at a time on these clients, it results in a "cant connect" or similar
error.

47

48

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

10 Use the bpclntcmd utility to verify basic client to master server

communications. When -pn and -sv run on a client, they initiate inquiries
to the master server (as configured in the server list on the client). The master
server then returns information to the requesting client.
See Using bpclntcmd on page 52.

11 Use the bptestbpcd utility to try to establish a connection from a NetBackup

server to the bpcd daemon on another NetBackup system. If successful, it
reports information about the sockets that are established.
See Using bpclntcmd on page 52.

12 Verify that the client operating system is one of those supported by the client
software.

Verifying host name and service entries

This procedure is useful if you encounter problems with host names or network
connections and want to verify that the NetBackup configuration is correct. Several
examples follow the procedure.
For more information on host names, see the following:

See Background for troubleshooting on page 701.

The "Rules for using host names in NetBackup" section in the NetBackup
Administrators Guide, Volume II

To verify the client and the server host names in NetBackup

Verify that the correct client and server host names are configured in
NetBackup.

On Windows servers, Windows clients, and NetWare nontarget clients,

check the following:

The General tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog box.

The Server to use for backups and restores drop-down list in the
Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type dialog box.
To display these dialog boxes, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore
interface on the client. For the General tab, click NetBackup Client
Properties on the File menu. For the Server to use for backups and restores
drop-down, click Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type on the
File menu.

Do the following:

On the Server to use for backups and restores drop-down list, ensure
that a server entry exists for the master server and each media server.

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

On Windows systems, the correct server must be designated as the

current master server in the list. If you add or modify server entries
on the master server, stop and restart the NetBackup Request service
and NetBackup database manager services.
On UNIX systems, if you add or modify SERVER entries on the master
server, stop and restart bprd and bpdbm.

On the General tab, verify that the client name setting is correct and
matches what is in the policy client list on the master server.

On a master or a media server, ensure that a server entry exists for

each Windows administrative client to use to administer that server.

Ensure that host names are spelled correctly in the bp.conf file (UNIX)
or in the servers list (Windows) on the master server. If a host name
is misspelled or cannot be resolved by using gethostbyname, the
following error messages are logged on the NetBackup error log:
Gethostbyname failed for
<host_name>:<h_errno_string> (<h_errno>)
One or more servers was excluded from the server
list because gethostby name() failed.

You can also make these changes on the appropriate tabs in the properties
dialog boxes on a Windows NetBackup server
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

On UNIX NetBackup servers and clients and Macintosh clients, check the
server and the client name entries in the bp.conf file by doing the
following:

Ensure that a SERVER entry exists for the master server and each media
server in the configuration. The master server must be the first name
in the list.
If you add or modify SERVER entries on the master server, stop and
restart bprd and bpdbm before the changes take effect.

The bp.conf of the master server does not require the addition of other
clients, other than the master server as CLIENT_NAME = master server
name. The name is added by default.
The bp.conf file is in the /usr/openv/netbackup directory on UNIX clients
and it is in the Preferences:NetBackup folder on Macintosh clients.

Users on UNIX clients can also have a personal bp.conf file in their home
directory. A CLIENT_NAME option in $HOME/bp.conf overrides the option
in /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf.

49

50

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

On NetWare clients, check the SYS:VERITAS\NBUCLT\NetBack\BP.INI file

to ensure the following:

A SERVER entry exists for the master server and each media server in
the configuration. The master server must be the first name in the list.

The ClientName entry and the entries in the [clients] section are correct
and match what is in the policy client list on the master server.

On the master server, verify that you have created any of the following
required files:

/usr/openv/netbackup/db/altnames files (UNIX)

install_path\NetBackup\db\altnames files (Windows)

Pay particular attention to requirements for host.xlate file entries.

Verify that each server and client have the required entries for NetBackup
reserved port numbers.
The examples following this procedure show the default port numbers. Do
not change NetBackup port assignments unless it is necessary to resolve
conflicts with other applications. If you do change them, do so on all
NetBackup clients and servers. These numbers must be the same throughout
your NetBackup configuration.

On NetBackup servers, check the services files to ensure that they have
entries for the following:

bpcd and bprd

vmd

bpdbm

Processes for configured robots (for example, tl8cd).

See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I for a list of these

processes.
On UNIX, the services file is /etc/services. On Windows, the services
file is %SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services.

On UNIX, Windows, and NetWare clients, verify the NetBackup client

daemon or service number, and the request daemon or service port
number.

On UNIX clients, check the bprd and the bpcd entries in the
/etc/services file.

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

On Microsoft Windows clients, verify that the NetBackup Client Service

Port number and NetBackup Request Service Port number match
settings in the services file:
Start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the client. On the
File menu, click NetBackup Client Properties. In the NetBackup Client
Properties dialog box on the Network tab, select the following: The
NetBackup Client Service Port number and NetBackup Request Service
Port number.
The values on the Network tab are written to the services file when
the NetBackup Client service starts.
The services file is in the following location:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services (Windows)

On NetWare clients, check the BPCD and the BPRD entries in the
SYS:VERITAS\NBUCLT\NetBack\BP.INI file.

On UNIX servers and clients, check the /etc/inetd.conf file to ensure that
it has the following entry:
bpcd stream tcp nowait root /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpcd bpcd

On Windows servers and clients, verify that the NetBackup Client service is
running.

If you use NIS in your network, update those services to include the NetBackup
information that is added to the /etc/services file.

NIS, WINS, or DNS host name information must correspond to what is in the
policy configuration and the name entries in the following:

On Windows NetBackup servers, Microsoft Windows clients, and NetWare

nontarget clients:

Check the General tab:

Start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the client. On the
File menu, click NetBackup Client Properties. In the NetBackup Client
Properties dialog box, click the General tab.

Check the Server to use for backups and restores drop-down list:
On the File menu, click Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type.
In the Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type dialog box, click
the Server to use for backups and restores drop-down list.

The bp.conf file on UNIX servers and clients and Macintosh clients.

The \veritas\nbuclt\netback\bp.ini file on NetWare clients.

51

52

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

Also, verify that reverse DNS addressing is configured.

To confirm the setup of the following, use the NetBackup bpclntcmd utility:
the IP addresses and hostnames in DNS, NIS, and (or) local hosts files on each
NetBackup node.

Using bpclntcmd
The bpclntcmd utility resolves IP addresses into host names and host names into
IP addresses. It uses the same system calls as the NetBackup application software.
The following directory contains the command that starts the utility:
install_path\NetBackup\bin (Windows)
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin (UNIX)

On Windows, run this command in an MS-DOS command window so you can see
the results.
The Bpclntcmd options that are useful for testing the functionality of the host
name and IP address resolution are -ip, -hn, -sv, and -pn. The following topics
explain each of these options:
bpclntcmd -ip IP_Address

The -ip option lets you specify an IP address. bpclntcmd uses gethostbyaddr()
on the NetBackup node and gethostbyaddr() returns the host name with the IP
address as defined in the following: the nodes DNS, WINS, NIS, or local hosts file
entries. No connection is established with the NetBackup server.
bpclntcmd -hn Hostname

The -hn option specifies a host name. bpclntcmd uses gethostbyname() on the
NetBackup node to obtain the IP address that is associated with the host name
defined in the following: the nodes DNS, WINS, NIS, or local hosts file entries.
No connection is established with the NetBackup server.
Use -ip and -hn to verify the ability of a NetBackup node to resolve the IP
addresses and host names of other NetBackup nodes.
For example, to verify that a NetBackup server can connect to a client, do the
following:

On the NetBackup server, use bpclntcmd -hn to verify the following: The
operating system can resolve the host name of the NetBackup client (as
configured in the client list for the policy) to an IP address. The IP address is
then used in the nodes routing tables to route a network message from the
NetBackup server.

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

On the NetBackup client, use bpclntcmd -ip to verify the following: The
operating system can resolve the IP address of the NetBackup server. (The IP
address is in the message that arrives at the clients network interface.)

bpclntcmd -pn
When the -pn option is run on a NetBackup client, it initiates an inquiry to the
NetBackup master server. The server then returns information to the requesting
client. First, the server is the Current Server in the server list). Then it displays
the information that the server returns.
The following is an example of the use of bpclntcmd:
bpclntcmd -pn
expecting response from server rabbit.friendlyanimals.com
dove.friendlyanimals.com dove 123.145.167.3 57141

The following is true of the preceding command:

expecting response from server rabbit.friendlyanimals.com is the

master server entry from the server list on the client.

dove.friendlyanimals.com is the connection name (peer name) returned by

the master server. The master server obtained this name through
gethostbyaddress().

dove is the client name configured in the NetBackup policy client list.

123.145.167.3 is the IP address of the client connection at the master server.

57141 is the port number of the connection on the client.

bpclntcmd -sv
The -sv option displays the NetBackup version number on the master server.

Host name and service entry examples - UNIX

This topic shows five examples of host name and service entries for UNIX systems.

Example 1: UNIX master server and client

The example in Figure 2-1 shows a UNIX master server with one UNIX client.

53

54

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

Figure 2-1

Example 1: UNIX master server and client

UNIX
Master Server

jupiter

Ethernet
Policy Client List

mars

jupiter
mars

UNIX
Client

usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf
SERVER=jupiter
CLIENT_NAME=jupiter
usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf
/etc/inetd.conf
bpcd ... (see note 1)

SERVER=jupiter
CLIENT_NAME=mars
/etc/inetd.conf

/etc/services
bpcd ... (see note 1)
# NetBackup services
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpdbm 13721/tcp bpdbm
# Volume Manager services #
vmd 13701/tcp vmd
tl8cd 13705/tcp tl8cd
.
.

/etc/services
# NetBackup services
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd

Notes:
1. The complete inetd.conf entry is:
bpcd stream tcp nowait root /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpcd bpcd
2. All other applicable network configuration must also be updated to reflect the
NetBackup information. For example, this information could include the /etc/hosts file
and NIS, and DNS (if used).

Example 2: UNIX master server and media server

Figure 2-2 shows a UNIX NetBackup media server named saturn. Note the addition
of a SERVER entry for saturn in the bp.conf files on all the systems. This entry is
second, beneath the one for the master server jupiter.

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

Example 2: UNIX master and media servers

Figure 2-2
UNIX
Master Server

UNIX
Media Server

jupiter

saturn

Ethernet
Policy Client List

mars

UNIX
Client

jupiter
mars
saturn
usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf

usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf

usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf

SERVER=jupiter
SERVER=saturn
CLIENT_NAME=jupiter

SERVER=jupiter
SERVER=saturn
CLIENT_NAME=mars

SERVER=jupiter
SERVER=saturn
CLIENT_NAME=saturn

/etc/inetd.conf

/etc/inetd.conf

/etc/inetd.conf

bpcd ... (see note 1)

bpcd ... bpcd (see note 1)

bpcd ... bpcd (see note 1)

/etc/services

/etc/services

/etc/services

# NetBackup services
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpdbm 13721/tcp bpdbm
# Volume Manager services #
vmd 13701/tcp vmd
tl8cd 13705/tcp tl8cd
odld 13706/tcp odld
.
.

# NetBackup services
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd

# NetBackup services
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpdbm 13721/tcp bpdbm
# Volume Manager services #
vmd 13701/tcp vmd
tl8cd 13705/tcp tl8cd
odld 13706/tcp odld
.
.

Notes:
1. The complete inetd.conf entry is:
bpcd stream tcp nowait root /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpcd bpcd
2. All other applicable network configuration must also be updated to reflect the NetBackup
information. For example, this information could include the /etc/hosts file and NIS, and DNS (if
used).

Example 3: UNIX PC clients

Figure 2-3 shows a NetBackup master server with PC clients, defined here as
Windows, NetWare, or Macintosh clients. Server configuration is the same as it
is for UNIX clients.These clients do not have inetd.conf entries.

55

56

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

Figure 2-3
UNIX
Master Server

Example 3: UNIX PC clients

jupiter
Ethernet

Policy Client List

mars

jupiter
mars
saturn
pluto

NetWare Target
Client

saturn

Windows
Client

bp.ini
usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf
SERVER=jupiter
CLIENT_NAME=jupiter

[bp]
ClientName=mars
[servers]
master=jupiter

/etc/inetd.conf
bpcd ... (see note 1)

[clients]
browser=jupiter

NetBackup Client Properties dialog box

/etc/services

[tcpip]
bpcd=13782
bprd=13720

Servers

# NetBackup services
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpdbm 13721/tcp bpdbm
# Volume Manager services #
vmd 13701/tcp vmd
tl8cd 13705/tcp tl8cd
odld 13706/tcp odld
.
.

Server List: jupiter

General
Client Name: saturn
Network
NetBackup Client Service Port 13782
NetBackup Request Service Port 13720

Notes:
1. The complete inetd.conf entry is:
bpcd stream tcp nowait root /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpcd bpcd
2. All other applicable network configuration must also be updated to reflect the NetBackup information.
For example, this information could include the /etc/hosts file and NIS, and DNS (if used).

Example 4: UNIX clients in multiple networks

Figure 2-4 shows a client that is a router to clients in another network. The client
host name on the master server side is mars and the host name that is presented
to the client pluto is meteor.

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

Figure 2-4
UNIX
Master Server

Example 4: UNIX clients in multiple networks

jupiter

UNIX
Media Server

saturn

Ethernet

mars
Policy Client List

UNIX
Client

jupiter
mars
saturn
pluto

meteor
Ethernet

usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf
pluto

SERVER=jupiter
SERVER=saturn
CLIENT_NAME=jupiter

UNIX
Client

usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf
/etc/inetd.conf
bpcd ... bpcd (see note 1)

SERVER=jupiter
SERVER=saturn
CLIENT_NAME=mars

/etc/services

/etc/inetd.conf

# NetBackup services
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpdbm 13721/tcp bpdbm
# Volume Manager services #
vmd 13701/tcp vmd
tl8cd 13705/tcp tl8cd
odld 13706/tcp odld
.
.

bpcd ... bpcd (see note 1)

usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf
SERVER=jupiter
SERVER=saturn
CLIENT_NAME=pluto
/etc/inetd.conf
bpcd ... bpcd (see note 1)

/etc/services
# NetBackup services bpcd
13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd

/etc/services
# NetBackup services bpcd
13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd

Notes:
1. The complete inetd.conf entry is:
bpcd stream tcp nowait root /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpcd bpcd
2. All other applicable network configuration must also be updated to reflect the NetBackup information.
For example, this information could include the /etc/hosts file and NIS, and DNS (if used).

In example 4, we first examine the configuration of the router system. The

NetBackup policy client list shows this system as mars because that is the name
of the interface to the master server. Other than the client name setting, this
setup has no special configuration to note. This name must be set to mars, because
mars is the name that the master server recognizes.

57

58

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

The second client, pluto, is also configured no differently than if it were in the
same network as the master server. If all the standard networking files (hosts,
NIS, DNS, WINS, and routing tables) are set up correctly, all the required network
connections can be made.
However, to restore files from pluto would be a problem in the following situation:
the mars, meteor system is a type of router that hides the name of the originating
host when it routes requests between the two networks. For example, a router
between an Ethernet and a token ring network exhibits this behavior.
To illustrate what occurs, assume that pluto is on FDDI (token ring) and the server
is on Ethernet. Then a user on pluto starts a restore. The router can use the name
of its network interface to pluto (meteor) as the peer name when it forwards the
request to the server. The server interprets the request as coming from a host
that is named meteor. It does not allow the restore because meteor is not in the
client list.
To resolve this problem, the administrator creates an altnames directory on the
master server and adds a file for meteor to that directory.
On a Windows NetBackup server, the file path is:
install_path\netbackup\db\altnames\meteor

On a UNIX NetBackup server, the file path is:

/usr/openv/netbackup/db/altnames/meteor

Then, the administrator adds the following line to this file:

pluto

The master server now recognizes as legitimate any of the restore requests with
a peer name of meteor and client name of pluto.
Refer to the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I, for more information
on altnames configuration.
Regardless of the type of router, the configuration for the media server, saturn,
is the same as in example 2. If a media server is involved in a backup or restore
for pluto, the master server provides the following: the correct peer name and
client name for the media server to use to establish connections.

Example 5: UNIX server that connects to multiple networks

Figure 2-5 shows an NBU server with two Ethernet connections and clients in
both networks. The server host name is jupiter on one and meteor on the other.

Troubleshooting procedures
General test and troubleshooting procedures

Example 5: UNIX server connects to multiple networks

Figure 2-5
UNIX
Client

mars

saturn

UNIX
Media Server

Ethernet

jupiter
meteor

UNIX
Master Server
Ethernet

Policy Client List

jupiter
mars
saturn
pluto

pluto

UNIX
Client

usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf
usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf
SERVER=jupiter
SERVER=meteor
SERVER=saturn
CLIENT_NAME=mars

SERVER=jupiter
SERVER=meteor
SERVER=saturn
CLIENT_NAME=jupiter
/etc/inetd.conf

usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf
SERVER=jupiter
SERVER=meteor
SERVER=saturn
CLIENT_NAME=pluto

bpcd ... (see note 1)

/etc/services

/etc/inetd.conf

# NetBackup services
bpcd 13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd
bpdbm 13721/tcp bpdbm

bpcd ... bpcd (see note 1)

/etc/services
# NetBackup services bpcd
13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd

# Volume Manager services #

vmd 13701/tcp vmd
tl8cd 13705/tcp tl8cd
odld 13706/tcp odld
.
.

/etc/inetd.conf
bpcd ... bpcd (see note 1)
/etc/services
# NetBackup services bpcd
13782/tcp bpcd
bprd 13720/tcp bprd

Notes:
1. The complete inetd.conf entry is:
bpcd stream tcp nowait root /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpcd bpcd
2. All other applicable network configuration must also be updated to reflect the NetBackup information. For
example, this information could include the /etc/hosts file and NIS, and DNS (if used).

Example 5 illustrates a UNIX server that connects to multiple networks.

59

60

Troubleshooting procedures
Using the Host Properties window

The NetBackup policy client list specifies jupiter as the client name for the master
server. The list can show either jupiter or meteor but not both.
Another important item to note is the configuration of the NetBackup server list.
The NetBackup server list on the master server has entries for both jupiter and
meteor. The reason for both is that when the server does a backup, it uses the
name that is associated with the client it backs up. For example, it uses the meteor
interface when it backs up pluto and the jupiter interface when it backs up mars.
The first server entry (master server name) is jupiter because that is the name
used to back up the client on the master server.
The NetBackup server list for the other systems also has entries for both the
jupiter and the meteor interfaces. This setup is recommended to keep the server
entries the same on all clients and servers in the configuration. It would be
adequate to list only the master-server name for the local network interface to
the client system or media server. (For example, list meteor for pluto.)
For the network that is shown, the only configurations that are required are the
differences for the policy client list and the server list. If all the standard
networking files (hosts, WINS, NIS, DNS, and routing tables) are set up correctly,
all required network connections can be made.
As in example 4, there would be a problem to restore the files in the following
situation: the master server system is a router that hides the originating host
name when it routes requests between networks. For example, if pluto were on
FDDI (token ring), the master server would use meteor as the peer name when it
forwards the request to NetBackup. NetBackup would then interpret the request
as coming from a host that is named meteor, which was not in the client list. The
restore would fail.
The solution, in this case, is also identical to the solution that is discussed in the
following:
See Figure 2-4 on page 57.

Using the Host Properties window

The Host Properties window in the NetBackup Administration Console provides
access to many configuration settings for NetBackup clients and servers. For
example, you can modify the server list, email notification settings, and various
timeout values for servers and clients. The following are general instructions for
using this window.
Many procedures in this guide also refer to the NetBackup Client Properties
dialog box in the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on Microsoft Windows
clients. This dialog box lets you change NetBackup configuration settings only

Troubleshooting procedures
Resolving full disk problems

for the local system where you are running the interface. Most settings in the
NetBackup Client Properties dialog box are also available in the Host Properties
window.
For more information, see the online Help or the NetBackup Administrators Guide,
Volume I.
To access configuration settings through Host Properties

Start the NetBackup Administration Console.

Click Host Properties.

Select the servers or clients where you want to make the change.

On the Actions menu, select Properties.

In the properties dialog box, select the appropriate tab and make your change.

Resolving full disk problems

If the NetBackup installation directory fills up, such as with logging files, a number
of problems can result. NetBackup may become unresponsive. For example,
NetBackup jobs may remain queued for long periods, even though all NetBackup
processes and services are running.
To diagnose and correct a full disk problem

The NetBackup Resource Broker (nbrb) log may have database connection
errors in it. These errors indicate failed tries to establish connections to the
nbemm database. The following is an example of such errors in the nbrb log:
7/20/2005 12:33:47.239 [RBDatabase::connectDatabase()] ODBC
connection failed.
ErrMsg: [Sybase][ODBC Driver][Adaptive Server Anywhere]Disk
write failure
'Fatal error: disk write failure C:\Program
Files\VERITAS\NetBackupDB\data\NBDB.log' -- transaction rolled
back ErrCode:
-1Sqlstate: HY000

The nbrb log (originator ID 118) is written in /usr/openv/logs (UNIX) or

install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows). More information is available
about unified logging.
See About using logs and reports on page 79.

To correct the situation, clear up disk space in the directory where NetBackup
is installed by doing the following:

61

62

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting frozen media

You may need to delete log files manually, reduce logging levels, and adjust
log retention to have log files automatically deleted sooner.
More information is available about logging levels, log file retention, and
how to configure unified logging.
See About using logs and reports on page 79.

Consider moving the NetBackup unified logging files to a different file

system.
See Changing log file locations on page 84.

Use the Activity Monitor to verify that the NetBackup relational database
service is running. This service is the NB_dbsrv daemon on UNIX and the
"Adaptive Server Anywhere - Veritas_NB" service on Windows.

If the NetBackup relational database service is stopped, note the following:

Do NOT stop the nbrb service. If you stop the nbrb service while the
NetBackup relational database service is down, it can result in errors.

Restart the NetBackup relational database service.

Verify that the NetBackup relational database service is running. If it is not

and you remove files to free up disk space, you may not fix the problem. The
relational database service must be restarted to allow the Resource Broker
(nbrb) to allocate job resources.

Troubleshooting frozen media

Frozen media can cause a number of problems including one of the following
status codes: 84, 85, 86, 87 and 96.
When troubleshooting frozen media, be aware of the following:

The media server that freezes the media stores the actual FROZEN status of
that media in its media database (MediaDB). Every media server including the
master server has its own unique media database.

Use the bpmedialist command to access the MediaDB information, including

the media status (Frozen, Full, or Active).

To unfreeze the media, use the bpmedia command. Specify the media server
that contains that frozen record in the command syntax. Unfreeze the media
one at a time.

Frozen media does not necessarily mean that the media is defective. NetBackup
may freeze media as a safety measure to prevent further errors, drive damage,
or data loss.

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting frozen media

63

Investigate any patterns to the media IDs, tape drives, or media servers involved
when media is frozen.

The following logs are useful when troubleshooting frozen media:

UNIX and Linux:

The bptm log from the media servers that froze the media:
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bptm

The Admin messages or syslog from the operating system.

Windows:

The bptm log from the media servers that froze the media:
install_dir\VERITAS\NetBackup\logs\bptm

The Windows Event Viewer System Log

The Windows Event Viewer Application Log

The verbosity of the bptm process log should be set to 5 to troubleshoot any media
and drive-related issues. This log does not use excessive drive space or resources
even at an elevated verbosity. When media is frozen, the bptm logs may contain
more detailed information that the Activity Monitor or Problems Report. Set the
btpm verbosity for bptm on individual media servers by changing their logging
levels under Host Properties on the NetBackup Administration Console.
The following conditions can cause media to freeze:

The same media has excessive errors during backup. The log entry is as follows:
FREEZING media id E00109, it has had at least 3 errors in the last
12 hour(s)

Causes and resolutions for this problem include:

Dirty drives. Clean the drives that are freezing media. One of the first
symptoms of a dirty drive is frozen media. Clean the drive according to the
manufacturer's suggestions.

The drive itself. Check for tape device errors reported by the operating
system logs or by the device driver. If any are found, follow the hardware
manufacturer's recommendations for this type of error.

Communication issues at the SCSI or Host Bus Adapter (HBA) level. Check
for SCSI or HBA device errors reported by the operating system logs or by
their driver. If any are found, follow the hardware manufacturer's
recommendations for this type of error.

64

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting frozen media

Ensure that the tape drives appear on the hardware compatibility list as
supported for NetBackup. This list is located on the following
&CompanyName; support web site:
http://www.symantec.com/business/support/overview.jsp?pid=15143

Ensure that the media is supported for use with the tape drive by the tape
drive vendor.

An unexpected media is found in the drive.

Incorrect media found in drive index 2, expected 30349,
found 20244, FREEZING 30349

The following circumstances can cause this error:

NetBackup requests a media ID to be mounted in a drive. If the media ID

that is physically recorded on the tape is different than the NetBackup
media ID, the media freezes. This error occurs if the robot needs to be
inventoried, or if barcodes have been physically changed on the media. The
error can also occur if another NetBackup installation previously wrote to
the media with different barcode rules.

The drives in the robot are not configured in order within NetBackup, or
are configured with the wrong tape paths. Drive configuration that use the
correct robot drive number is important to the proper mounting and
utilization of media. The robot drive number is normally set based on the
relationship of the drive serial number with the drive serial number
information from the robotic library. This number must be determined and
validated before you consider the device configuration complete.

The media contain a non-NetBackup format.

FREEZING media id 000438, it contains MTF1-format data and cannot
be used for backups
FREEZING media id 000414, it contains tar-format data and cannot
be used for backups
FREEZING media id 000199, it contains ANSI-format data and cannot
be used for backups

These tapes have usually been written outside of NetBackup, and have found
their way into the library. By default, NetBackup will only write to a blank
media or other NetBackup media. Other media types (DBR, TAR, CPIO, ANSI,
MTF1 and recycled Backup Exec BE-MTF1 media) will be frozen as a safety
measure. Change this behavior by using the following procedure:
On UNIX and Linux:

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting frozen media

To allow NetBackup to overwrite foreign media, add the following to the bp.conf
file located at /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf for the related media server:
ALLOW_MEDIA_OVERWRITE
ALLOW_MEDIA_OVERWRITE
ALLOW_MEDIA_OVERWRITE
ALLOW_MEDIA_OVERWRITE
ALLOW_MEDIA_OVERWRITE
ALLOW_MEDIA_OVERWRITE

=
=
=
=
=
=

DBR
TAR
CPIO
ANSI
MTF1
BE-MTF1

Stop and restart the NetBackup daemons for the changes to take effect.
On Windows:
On the Administration Console, proceed to Host Properties | Media Server
Open the properties for the media server in question.
Select the Media tab.
The Allow Media Overwrite property overrides the NetBackup overwrite
protection for specific media types. To disable overwrite protection, select one
or more of the listed media formats.
Stop and restart the NetBackup services for the changes to take effect.
Do not select a foreign media type for overwriting unless it is certain that this
media type should be overwritten.
For more details on what each media type is, see the NetBackup System
Administrator's Guide.

The media is a tape formerly used for the NetBackup catalog backup.
FREEZING media id 000067: it contains Symantec NetBackup (tm)
database backup data and cannot be used for backups.

This media is frozen because it is an old catalog backup tape which NetBackup
does not overwrite by default. The bplabel command must label the media to
reset the media header.

The media is intentionally frozen. You can use the bpmedia command to
manually freeze media for a variety of administrative reasons. If no record
exists of a specific job freezing the media, the media may have been frozen
manually.

The media is physically write protected. If the media has a write-protect notch
that is set for write protection, NetBackup freezes the media.

To unfreeze frozen media, enter the following bpmedia command:

# bpmedia -unfreeze -m mediaID -h media_server

65

66

Troubleshooting procedures
Resolving PBX problems

The media_server variable is the one that froze the media. If this item is unknown,
run the bpmedialist command and note the "Server Host:" listed in the output.
The following example shows that media server denton froze media div008:
# bpmedialist -m div008
Server Host = denton
ID

rl images allocated
last updated
density kbytes restores
vimages expiration
last read
<------- STATUS ------->
-----------------------------------------------------------------------DIV08

1
1

04/22/2005 10:12 04/22/2005 10:12

05/06/2005 10:12 04/22/2005 10:25

hcart
FROZEN

35

Resolving PBX problems

The Enterprise Media Manager (EMM) services and other services of NetBackup
require a common services framework that is called Private Branch Exchange
(PBX). Like vnetd, PBX helps limit the number of TCP/IP ports that the CORBA
services of NetBackup use.
In troubleshooting PBX, consider the issues that are described in this section.
Note: If PBX is not installed or is configured incorrectly, NetBackup is
unresponsive.

Checking for PBX installation

NetBackup requires the &CompanyName; Private Branch Exchange service (PBX).
PBX can be installed before NetBackup or during NetBackup installation.
See the NetBackup Installation Guide.
If you uninstall PBX, you must re-install it.
To see if PBX is installed

Look for the following directory on the NetBackup master server:

On UNIX: /opt/VRTSpbx

On Windows: install_path\VxPBX

Check the version of PBX, enter the following:

On UNIX: /opt/VRTSpbx/bin/pbxcfg -v

Troubleshooting procedures
Resolving PBX problems

On Windows: install_path\VxPBX\bin\pbxcfg -v

Checking that PBX is running

After you know that PBX is installed on the NetBackup master server, you need
to verify that it is running.
To see if PBX is running

On UNIX, check for the PBX process:

ps | grep pbx_exchange

To start PBX on UNIX, type the following:

/opt/VRTSpbx/bin/vxpbx_exchanged start

On Windows, make sure the "Symantec Private Branch Exchange" service is

started. (Go to Start > Run and enter services.msc.)

PBX must be set correctly

Two settings are vital to the correct functioning of PBX: Auth User (authenticated
user) and Secure Mode. When PBX is installed, these are automatically set as
required.
To verify the PBX settings

To display the current PBX settings, do one of the following:

On UNIX, type the following:

/opt/VRTSpbx/bin/pbxcfg -p

Example output:
Auth User:0 : root
Secure Mode: false
Debug Level: 10
Port Number: 1556
PBX service is not cluster configured
Auth User must be root and Secure Mode must be false.

On Windows, type the following:

install_path\VxPBX\bin\pbxcfg -p

Example output:

67

68

Troubleshooting procedures
Resolving PBX problems

Auth User:0 : localsystem

Secure Mode: false
Debug Level: 10
Port Number: 1556
PBX service is not cluster configured
Auth User must be localsystem and Secure Mode must be false.

Reset Auth User or Secure Mode as needed:

To add the correct user to the authenticated user list (UNIX example):
/opt/VRTSpbx/bin/pbxcfg -a -u root

To set Secure Mode to false:

/opt/VRTSpbx/bin/pbxcfg -d -m

For more information on the pbxcfg command, refer to the pbxcfg man
page.

PBX logging
PBX uses unified logging. PBX logs are written to the following:

/opt/VRTSpbx/log (UNIX)

install_path\VxPBX\log (Windows)

The unified logging originator number for PBX is 103. More information is available
about unified logging.
See Unified logging on page 83.
Error messages regarding PBX may appear in the PBX log or in the unified logging
logs for nbemm, nbpem, nbrb, or nbjm. The following is an example of an error
that is related to PBX:
05/11/05 10:36:37.368 [Critical] V-137-6 failed to initialize
ORB:
check to see if PBX is running or if service has permissions to
connect to PBX. Check PBX logs for details

Use the vxlogview command to view PBX and other unified logs. The originator
id for PBX is 103. For more information, see the vxlogview man page. You can
also refer to the following topic:
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.

Troubleshooting procedures
Resolving PBX problems

To change the logging level for PBX, enter the following:

pbxcfg -s -l debug_level

where debug_level is a number from 0 to 10. 10 is the most verbose.

PBX may log messages by default to the UNIX system logs (/var/adm/messages
or/var/adm/syslog) or to the Windows Event Log. As a result, the system logs
may fill up with unnecessary PBX log messages, since the messages are also written
to the PBX logs (/opt/VRTSpbx/log on UNIX and <install_path>\VxPBX\log on
Windows). To disable PBX logging to the system or event logs, enter the following
command:
# vxlogcfg -a -p 50936 -o 103 -s LogToOslog=false

You do not have to restart PBX for this setting to take effect.

PBX security
The PBX Secure Mode must be set to false. If Secure Mode is true, NetBackup
commands such as bplabel and vmoprcmd do not work. PBX messages similar to
the following appear in /opt/VRTSpbx/log (UNIX) or install_path\VxPBX\log
(Windows).
5/12/2008 16:32:17.477 [Error] V-103-11 User MINOV\Administrator
not authorized to register servers
5/12/2008 16:32:17.477 [Error] Unauthorized Server

To correct a PBX security problem

Set Secure Mode to false by entering the following:

On UNIX:
/opt/VRTSpbx/bin/pbxcfg -d -m

On Windows:
install_path\VxPBX\bin\pbxcfg -d -m

Verity the PBX security settings by entering the following:

pbxcfg -p

Stop NetBackup:

On UNIX:

69

70

Troubleshooting procedures
Resolving PBX problems

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown

Stop PBX:

On UNIX:
/opt/VRTSpbx/bin/vxpbx_exchanged stop

On Windows: Go to Start > Run, enter services.msc, and stop the

"Symantec Private Branch Exchange" service.

Start PBX:

On UNIX:
/opt/VRTSpbx/bin/vxpbx_exchanged start

On Windows: Go to Start > Run, enter services.msc, and start the

"Symantec Private Branch Exchange" service.

Start NetBackup:

On UNIX:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

Required NetBackup daemon or service not available

If NetBackup does not work as configured, a required NetBackup service may have
stopped. For example, backups may not be scheduled or may be scheduled but are
not running. The nature of the problem depends on which process is not running.
When a NetBackup service is not running and another process tries to connect to
it, messages similar to the following appear in /usr/openv/logs for PBX. (The
unified logging originator for PBX is 103.)
05/17/05 10:00:47.179 [Info] PBX_Manager:: handle_input with fd = 4
05/17/05 10:00:47.179 [Info] PBX_Client_Proxy::parse_line, line =
ack=1

Troubleshooting procedures
New network interface cards

05/17/05 10:00:47.179
extension=EMM
05/17/05 10:00:47.180
05/17/05 10:00:47.180
05/17/05 10:00:47.180

[Info] PBX_Client_Proxy::parse_line, line =

[Info] hand_off looking for proxy for = EMM
[Error] No proxy found.
[Info] PBX_Client_Proxy::handle_close

To correct not having a daemon or service available

Start the needed service.

In this example, the missing NetBackup service is EMM. To start the needed
service, enter the nbemm command (UNIX) or start the NetBackup Enterprise
Media Manager service (Windows; Start > Run, enter services.msc).

If necessary, stop and restart all NetBackup services.

On UNIX:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

New network interface cards

If the network interface card (NIC) in a NetBackup master or media server is
changed, or if the servers IP address changes, CORBA communications may be
interrupted in a variety of ways. To address this situation, stop and restart
NetBackup.

Backup performance and NIC cards

If backup or restore jobs are running slowly, verify that the network interface
cards (NIC) are set to full duplex. Half duplex often causes poor performance.
For help on how to view and reset duplex mode for a particular host or device,
consult the manufacturers documentation.

71

72

Troubleshooting procedures
SERVER entries in bp.conf file

To view and reset duplex mode for a host or device (if the manufacturers
documentation does not help)

Log in to the host that contains the network interface card(s).

Enter the following command to view the current duplex setting.

ifconfig -a

On some operating systems, this command is ipconfig.

Example output from a NAS filer:
e0: flags=1948043<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,MULTICAST,TCPCKSUM> mtu
1500
inet 10.80.90.91 netmask 0xfffff800 broadcast 10.80.95.255
ether 00:a0:98:01:3c:61 (100tx-fd-up) flowcontrol full
e9a: flags=108042<BROADCAST,RUNNING,MULTICAST,TCPCKSUM> mtu 1500
ether 00:07:e9:3e:ca:b4 (auto-unknown-cfg_down) flowcontrol full
e9b: flags=108042<BROADCAST,RUNNING,MULTICAST,TCPCKSUM> mtu 1500
ether 00:07:e9:3e:ca:b5 (auto-unknown-cfg_down) flowcontrol full

In this example, the network interface that shows "100tx-fd-up" is running

in full duplex. Only interface e0, the first in the list, is at full duplex.
A setting of "auto" is not recommended, because devices can auto negotiate
to half duplex.

The duplex mode can be reset by using the ifconfig (or ipconfig) command.
For example:
ifconfig e0 mediatype 100tx-fd

For most hosts, you can set full-duplex mode permanently, such as in the
hosts /etc/rc files. Refer to the hosts documentation for more information.

SERVER entries in bp.conf file

On Solaris and Linux systems, every SERVER entry in a client bp.conf file must
be a NetBackup master or media server. That is, each system that is listed as a
SERVER must have either NetBackup master or media server software installed.
The client service on some clients cannot be started if the client name is incorrectly
listed as a server.
If a bp.conf SERVER entry specifies a NetBackup client-only machine, SAN client
backups or restores over Fibre Channel may fail to start. In this case, determine
if the nbftclnt process is running on the client. If it is not running, check the

Troubleshooting procedures
Resolving unavailable storage units problems

nbftclnt unified logging file (OID 200) for errors. You may see the following in the
nbftclnt log:
The license is expired or this is not a NBU server. Please check
your configuration. Note: unless NBU server, the host name can't be
listed as server in NBU configuration.

Remove or correct the SERVER entry in the bp.conf file, restart nbftclnt on the
client, and retry the operation.
Note: The nbftclnt process on the client must be running before you start a SAN
client backup or restore over Fibre Channel.

Resolving unavailable storage units problems

NetBackup jobs sometimes fail because storage units are unavailable, due to drives
that are down or configuration errors, such as referencing an incorrect robot
number. NetBackup processes log messages to the NetBackup error log that help
you pinpoint and resolve these types of issues.
In addition, the Job Details dialog box available from the Activity Monitor contains
messages that describe the following:

The resources that the job requests

The granted (allocated) resources.

If a job is queued awaiting resources, the Job Details dialog lists the resources for
which the job waits. The three types of messages begin with the following headers:
requesting resource ...
awaiting resource ...
granted resource ...

Troubleshooting NetBackup in a SAN environment

NetBackup administrators may encounter any or all of the following common
problems in a SAN (Storage Area Network) environment:

Intermittent backup failures

Connectivity issues (drives that are down)

SAN configuration changes

If the SAN administrator rezones the network or masks an array in use by

NetBackup, the following can occur: some of the machines or devices that

73

74

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting NetBackup in a SAN environment

NetBackup needs may not be available. Either action causes backups to fail and
drives to go down. The only information available to the NetBackup administrator
is an error 83 (media open error) or error 84 (media write error) status code.
You can use Veritas CommandCentral Storage (or the earlier SANPoint Control)
to check elements of the SAN configuration. For example, you can check whether
a particular device is connected as well as the zoning and masking on the SAN.
Sometimes a switch or a Windows box is interrupted and sends out a reset
command. Since NetBackup doesnt automatically maintain persistent bindings,
the reset command can cause drives to be mapped differently. CommandCentral
Storage can help find the problem by showing the changes in the drive mappings,
although it cannot automatically fix the problem.
For information on SharedDisk, refer to the "SharedDisk troubleshooting checklist"
in the NetBackup Shared Storage Guide.
For information on how to implement persistent bindings, refer to the NetBackup
Device Configuration Guide.
NetBackup lets you launch CommandCentral Storage in-context. The
CommandCentral Storage Web GUI precisely displays the area of the SAN
configuration you plan to troubleshoot.

NetBackup enterprise lifecycle: best practices

SAN-related problems generally involve the use of Shared Storage Option (SSO).
The two types of NetBackup users generally are as follows:

Operators who have limited access to hosts and to the fabric of the SAN

System administrators who have administrator privileges, but no access to

the fabric

The SAN administrator generally operates outside the NetBackup domain entirely.
Troubleshooting NetBackup is difficult when it involves the SAN because
administrative responsibility tends to be spread out. No one person has a clear
picture of the overall backup structure.
CommandCentral Storage provides a consistent view of the entire SAN against
which to measure performance. It gives NetBackup administrators the data they
need to request changes of and collaborate with the SAN administrators. It helps
NetBackup administrators when they design, configure, implement, or modify
solutions in response to changes in backup environments (hardware, applications,
demand).
CommandCentral Storage can help those responsible for managing a backup
system in a SAN environment by integrating SAN management and backup
operation information.

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting NetBackup in a SAN environment

CommandCentral Storage can provide support during the following backup

lifecycle stages:

Design
Use CommandCentral Storage during the design phase to determine the
following:

Where to deploy a backup system on the SAN

If SAN redesign is required to meet backup windows at minimum hardware

cost and application impact
For example, a backup design may not require the purchase of additional
switches if it takes into account the following: the performance trending
reports that CommandCentral Storage keeps to determine the pattern of
fabric utilization.
Or perhaps if you re-zone the fabric through CommandCentral Storage, it
may provide sufficient bandwidth for meeting backup window requirements.
In addition, CommandCentral Storage can provide visibility into recovery
designs and fabric performance in the event of large restores that critical
business operations require.

Configuration, testing
Generally, backup systems are tested before implementation to obtain
benchmarks and adjust (tune) the system for maximum efficiency.
CommandCentral Storage can provide the performance metrics for end-to-end
I/O capabilities for all elements in the backup path. Additionally,
CommandCentral Storage can provide valuable environmental information
for qualifying the backup environment as well as a baseline for future
troubleshooting configuration management.

Implementation, reconfiguration, production

CommandCentral Storage can help to determine whether a host can see through
the entire I/O path to the target backup device by pinpointing connectivity
issues.

Using CommandCentral Storage to troubleshoot NetBackup

You can use CommandCentral Storage in the following ways to troubleshoot
NetBackup in a SAN environment:

In-context launch
The ability to launch CommandCentral Storage and access an overview of the
SAN from NetBackup in context is valuable for determining root cause problems
quickly. In addition, because NetBackup administrators and SAN administrators

75

76

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting NetBackup in a SAN environment

are often in different groups, the fragmented operations that lead to resolution
delays may be avoided. With CommandCentral Storage, the NetBackup
administrator has a view of the overall health of the SAN as part of the initial
troubleshooting process.

Connectivity and device check

The CommandCentral Storage view of the SAN environment can help you detect
any failure in the topology.
In addition, having an environment inventory to provide to support for
troubleshooting is valuable to the support process.

General troubleshooting tools

Some ways to investigate a backup failure are as follows:

Launch CommandCentral Storage in context from NetBackup to check fabric

health.

Check reports for fabric events occurring around the time NetBackup generated
the error log.

Common NetBackup troubleshooting use cases

The following use cases demonstrate how CommandCentral Storage can be
integrated into a NetBackup troubleshooting procedure to investigate the SAN
context of a backup system. Most common NetBackup problems on SANs revolve
around connectivity issues.

Use Case 1: NetBackup cannot access drives or robots

Typically found as an error 213 (no storage units available for use) in NetBackup,
this problem represents a loss of connectivity. This issue is a problem because
NetBackup freezes tapes with two write failures, even when SAN problems cause
the failures.
Symptom: Backup jobs fail
To troubleshoot the inability to access drives or robots

Check the NetBackup device monitor to see whether a device is down. If a

device is down, try to bring it back up.

If the drive is still down, check the following for status 219 (the required
storage unit is unavailable) and 213 (no storage units available for use) on
the media server:

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting NetBackup in a SAN environment

Syslog

Device logs

NetBackup logs

Check the NetBackup logs for status 83, 84, 85, and 86. These codes relate to
write, read, open, position failures to access the drive.

Try a robtest to determine connectivity.

If there is no connectivity, the likely problem is with hardware.

From the master server, select the robot or device the storage unit is associated
with.

Launch CommandCentral Storage for a view of the media server and devices.

Check the fabric connectivity (whether any I/O path devices are down).

Use Case 2: NetBackup device discovery cannot see a robot or

drive
The NetBackup administrator installs a new device and runs the Device
Configuration Wizard to discover and configure it. The wizard does not see the
newly installed device.
CommandCentral Storage topology is a good visual tool for checking connectivity
between the hosts and the devices. You can use it to see if a network cable was
dislodged or if some other problem exists.
This use case may be encountered when you configure off-host backups. Off-host
backups require the media server to be able to see all devices with which it conducts
the backup: disk array, disk cache, data mover, library, and drive. Connectivity
must be correct. In addition, the bptpcinfo command in NetBackup Snapshot
Client generates a 3pc.conf configuration file for running the backup. Often the
WWN (world wide name) for some devices is incorrect. You can use
CommandCentral Storage to verify that the contents of the 3pc.conf file correlate
to the actual fabric configuration.
For a description of off-host backup, the bptpcinfo command, and the 3pc.conf
file, refer to the NetBackup Snapshot Client Configuration document.
For help accessing this document, see "Snapshot Client Assistance" in the
NetBackup Snapshot Client Administrators Guide.
Symptom: After you run the Device Configuration Wizard, the new device does
not appear in the discovered devices list.

77

78

Troubleshooting procedures
Troubleshooting NetBackup in a SAN environment

To troubleshoot the inability to see (discover) a robot or drive

Run device discovery again.

If the new device is still not seen, the likely problem is with hardware. Launch
CommandCentral Storage.

If the new device does not appear in the CommandCentral Storage topology,
check SAN hardware connections to determine whether or not the device is
connected.
If the new device shows up as disconnected or offline, contact the SAN
administrator and check switch configuration.
Compare this troubleshooting procedure to a similar problem without the
benefit of CommandCentral Storage, such as Robotic status code: 214, robot
number does not exist.
See Robotic status code: 214 on page 532.

Rerun the Device Configuration Wizard.

Use Case 3: Intermittent drive failure

A drive fails and causes a backup to fail, but on examination the drive looks fine.
Sometimes a problem with a switch or bridge either before or during the backup
job causes the job to fail and takes down the drive. This problem is one of the most
difficult to diagnose. By the time the NetBackup administrator looks at the SAN
everything may be fine again. To use CommandCentral Storage to troubleshoot
this issue, do the following: check for alerts around the time of the job failure and
see if a SAN problem occurred that would have caused the job to fail.
Another possibility is that another application reserved the device. A SCSI device
monitoring utility is required to resolve this issue, which neither CommandCentral
Storage nor NetBackup currently supplies.
Symptom: The backup job fails intermittently and the drive is down intermittently.
No errors appear in the error log other than that the job failed.
To troubleshoot an intermittent drive failure problem

Select a drive inside the NetBackup Device Monitor. Launch CommandCentral

Storage in the drive context to see whether the drive is connected to the SAN.

Check CommandCentral Storage alert reports to see whether a SAN problem

existed that would have affected the drive during the time the backup job
failed.

Chapter

Using logs and reports

This chapter includes the following topics:

About using logs and reports

Where is the log and report information?

Reports

Status for user operations

UNIX system logs

Debug logs on servers

Debug logs on UNIX clients

Debug logs on PC clients

Windows Event Viewer logging option

Troubleshooting the Administration Console for UNIX

Query string overview

About using logs and reports

NetBackup uses several different logs and reports to help you troubleshoot any
problems that you encounter.
Note: The log-entry format in the NetBackup logs is subject to change without
notice.

80

Using logs and reports

Where is the log and report information?

Note: The term "media server", as distinct from "master server" or "server", does
not apply to the NetBackup server product. When you troubleshoot a NetBackup
server installation, ignore any references to media server. (This note does not
apply to NetBackup Enterprise Server.)

Where is the log and report information?

Users need to know where log and report information is on their systems.
Figure 3-1 shows the location of the log and report information on the client and
the server and the processes that make the information available.

Using logs and reports

Reports

Figure 3-1

Log and report location

SERVER

CLIENT

Error
Catalog

File Catalog

NetBackup
Database
Manager

NetBackup
Administration
Interface

Status
Logs

Client Debug
Logs

Master Server
Server Programs

Master or Media Server

Client
Programs

Media
Catalog

Server Debug
Logs

System Logs
System Messages
Windows Event Log

More information is available on the programs and daemons that are mentioned
in this figure.
See About backup and restore functional overview on page 631.

Reports
NetBackup provides the standard reports that show most of the status information
and error information. To run these reports, use the NetBackup Administration
Console.

81

82

Using logs and reports

Reports

See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I, for instructions and detailed
descriptions about these reports.
Table 3-1 provides a summary of the reports.
Table 3-1

NetBackup reports

Report

Description

Status of Backups

Displays status information and error information on the jobs

that complete within the specified time period. If an error has
occurred, a short explanation of the error is included. On UNIX
systems, environment variables allow modification of character
lengths of some fields.

Client Backups

Displays the detailed information on the jobs that complete within

the specified time period.

Problems

Lists the problems that the server has logged during the specified
time period. This information is a subset of the information in the
All Log Entries report.

All Log Entries

Lists all log entries for the specified time period. This report
includes the information from the Problems report and Media
Logs report.

Images on Media

Lists the contents of the media as recorded in the NetBackup image

catalog. You can generate this report for any type of media
(including disk) and filter it according to client, media ID, or path.

Media Logs

Displays the media errors or the informational messages that are

recorded in the NetBackup error catalog.

Tape Reports

Displays the information about the images that are stored on tape
media (such as tape logs, tape contents, and tape summary).

Disk Reports

Displays the information about the images that are stored on disk
media (such as disk logs, and disk storage unit and disk pool
status).

Audit Reports

Displays a record of user-initiated actions in a NetBackup

environment. Auditing lets you track changes to NetBackup
policies, host properties, and storage units. It can also track
changes to NetBackup runtime objects such as labeling or expiring
media, initiating a restore job, and canceling or suspending a job.
More information is available on audit reports.
Refer to the Auditing NetBackup Administration chapter of the
NetBackup Administrator's Guide, Vol. I.

Using logs and reports

Status for user operations

Status for user operations

NetBackup lets you view status on the progress of user operations.
See the NetBackup Backup, Archive, and Restore Getting Started Guide for
information on the Task Progress tab.

UNIX system logs

The NetBackup server daemons and programs occasionally log information
through the syslogd man page. syslogd then shows a message or writes the
information in an appropriate system log or the console log.
See the syslogd man page for the locations of system log messages on your system.
See Enabling system logs on page 106.

Debug logs on servers

If a problem requires more information than is available through the normal logs
and reports, consult the debug logs. They show detailed information about specific
processes.
The following sections describe the two forms of debug logging: unified logging
and legacy logging.

Unified logging
Unified logging creates log file names and messages in a standardized format.
Certain NetBackup processes use unified logging.
A list of the processes that use unified logging is available.
See Table 3-2 on page 86.

Log locations
All unified logs are written to the /usr/openv/logs directory (UNIX) and the
install_path\NetBackup\logs folder (Windows). Unlike legacy logging, you do
not need to create logging subdirectories. Log files for originator IDs are written
to a subdirectory with the name specified in the log configuration file.

83

84

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Changing log file locations

The unified logging files can consume a lot of disk space. You can direct them to
a different location, if needed.
To direct unified logs to a different file system, enter the following:

On UNIX:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/vxlogcfg -a -p NB -o Default -s
LogDirectory=new_log_path

Where new_log_path is a full path, such as /bigdisk/logs.

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\vxlogcfg -a -p NB -o Default
-s LogDirectory=new_log_path

Where new_log_path is a full path, such as D:\logs.

Message types
The following three kinds of messages can appear in unified logging files:

Application log messages include informational, warning, and error messages.

Application messages are always logged and cannot be disabled. These messages
are localized.
An example of an application message follows:
05/02/09 11:02:01.717 [Warning] V-116-18 failed to connect to
nbjm, will retry

Diagnostic log messages are the unified logging equivalent of the legacy debug
log messages. They can be issued at various levels of detail (similar to verbose
levels in legacy logging). These messages are localized.
An example of a diagnostic message follows:
05/05/09 14:14:30.347 V-116-71 [JobScheduler::doCatIncr] no
configured session based incremental catalog schedules

Debug log messages are intended primarily for &CompanyName; engineering.

Like diagnostic messages, they can be issued at various levels of detail. These
messages are not localized.
Note: Like diagnostic messages, debug messages can be disabled with the
vxlogcfg command.

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

An example of a debug message follows:

10/29/09 13:11:28.065 [taolog] TAO (12066|1) Transport_Cache_Manager::bind_i, 0xffbfc194 -> 0x7179d0
Transport[12]

Unified logging file name format

Unified logging uses a standardized naming format for log files, as follows:
productID-originatorID-hostID-date-rotation.log

The following shows the meaning of each of the variables in the log file name:
product ID

Identifies the product. The NetBackup product ID is 51216.

originatorID

Identifies the log writing entity, such as a process, service, script, or

other software.

hostID

Identifies the host that created the log file. Unless the file was moved,
this ID is the host where the log resides.

date

Shows when the log was written, in YYMMDD format.

rotation

A numbered instance of a log file for a given originator. This

numbering is used for log file rotation.
See Unified logging file rollover on page 92.

Example log file name:

/usr/openv/logs/nbpem/51216-116-2201360136-041029-0000000000.log

Where:
51216

The product ID (entity ID) for NetBackup.

116

The originator ID of the nbpem process (the NetBackup policy

execution manager).

2201360136

The host ID for the host that created this log.

041029

The date in YYMMDD format.

85

86

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

0000000000

The rollover number that indicates the instance of this log file. By
default, log files roll over based on file size. If the file reaches
maximum size and a new log file is created for this originator, the new
file is designated 0000000001.
See Unified logging file rollover on page 92.

Server processes that use unified logging

The unified logging originator ID lists the processes. More than one process may
use an originator ID.
See the UNIX and Windows client sections later in this chapter for the client
processes that use unified logging.
All logs with the following IDs are written to the /usr/openv/logs subdirectory
on UNIX or to the install_path\NetBackup\logs subdirectory on Windows
(except as noted in this table).
Table 3-2 lists the NetBackup server processes that use unified logging.
Table 3-2

Unified logging: originator IDs and NetBackup processes

Originator ID

Processes that use the originator ID

103

Private Branch Exchange service (PBX). Writes logs to

/opt/VRTSpbx/log (UNIX) and install_path\VxPBX\log
(Windows).

111

nbemm: Enterprise Media Manager (EMM). This process runs only on

the EMM server.

116

nbpem: NetBackup Policy Execution Manager. This process runs only

on the master server.

117

nbjm: NetBackup Job Manager. This process runs only on the master
server.

118

nbrb: NetBackup Resource Broker. This process runs only on the EMM
server.

119

bmrd and bmrbd: Bare Metal Restore (BMR) master (or boot) server
daemons. bmrbd runs on the BMR boot server.

121

bmrsavecfg: Bare Metal Restore data collection utility. bmrsavecfg

runs on the NetBackup client, not server.

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Table 3-2

Unified logging: originator IDs and NetBackup processes (continued)

Originator ID

Processes that use the originator ID

122

bmrc: The Bare Metal Restore utility that UNIX clients use to
communicate to the BMR master server during a restore. bmrc
originates on the BMR boot server and runs on the restoring client.

123

bmrs: the Bare Metal Restore commands and database interface.

124

bmrcreatefloppy.exe: (Windows only) used by the Bare Metal Restore

commands that create floppy disks. bmrcreatefloppy.exe runs on the
BMR boot server.

125

bmrsrtadm: The Bare Metal Restore utility that creates a shared

resource tree and bootable CDs, and runs on the BMR boot server.

126

bmrprep: The Bare Metal Restore utility that prepares BMR servers
for a client restoration.

127

bmrsetupmaster and bmrsetupboot: Bare Metal Restore

installation, configuration, and upgrade processes.

128

Bare Metal Restore libraries get their log messages from this catalog.

129

bmrconfig: The Bare Metal Restore utility that modifies a client's

configuration.

130

bmrpkg and bmrcreatepkg: Bare Metal Restore utilities to add the

following: Windows drivers, service packs, and hotfixes to the BMR
master server so they can be used in a restore.

131

bmrrst.exe and bmrmap.exe (Windows systems only). Utilities that

restore Windows Bare Metal Restore clients. They run on the restoring
client.

132

nbsl: NetBackup Service Layer.

134

ndmpagent: NDMP Agent daemon that manages NDMP backup and

restore.

137

Controls the logging level in the NetBackup libraries. The application

and diagnostic messages are for customer use; debug messages are
intended for &CompanyName; engineering.

140

Media server user interface for the Enterprise Media Manager (EMM).

142

bmrepadm: a utility that manages the Bare Metal Restore external

procedures that are used during a restore.

87

88

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Table 3-2

Unified logging: originator IDs and NetBackup processes (continued)

Originator ID

Processes that use the originator ID

143

mds: the media selection component and device selection component

of Enterprise Media Manager (EMM).

144

Device Allocator, for shared drives.

146

The &CompanyName; OpsCenter reporting service, part of

&CompanyName; OpsCenter.

147

The &CompanyName; OpsCenter Client, part of &CompanyName;

OpsCenter.

148

The &CompanyName; OpsCenter Server, part of &CompanyName;

OpsCenter.

151

NDMP protocol messages, avrd, and robotic processes.

154

bmrovradm: a utility that manages custom override functions for Bare

Metal Restore.

156

Controls the logging level in the (ACE/TAO) CORBA components for

any process that uses a CORBA interface. The default level is 0 (only
important messages are logged). This logging is intended for
&CompanyName; engineering.

Note: If you are instructed to increase the logging level by

&CompanyName; support, you must increase the debug level for OID
137 to 4 or higher.

Warning: A debug logging level greater than 0 generates large

amounts of data.
158

Remote access interface for NetBackup clients.

159

Transmater for NetBackup clients.

163

NetBackup Service Monitor (svcmon), which monitors the NetBackup

services and attempts to restart a service that unexpectedly
terminates.

166

NetBackup Vault.

178

Disk Service Manager (DSM), which performs set and get operations
on disk storage and disk storage units.

199

nbftsrvr: the FT Server process, part of SAN Client.

200

nbftclnt: the FT Client process, part of SAN Client.

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Table 3-2

Unified logging: originator IDs and NetBackup processes (continued)

Originator ID

Processes that use the originator ID

201

FT Service Manager (FSM) component of the Enterprise Media Manager

(EMM), for SAN Client.

210

Exchange Firedrill Wizard for NetBackup clients.

219

The Resource Event Manager (REM) is a CORBA loadable service that

runs inside nbemm. REM works with the Disk Polling Service to monitor
free space and volume status, and to watch for disk-full conditions.

220

Disk polling service for NetBackup clients.

221

The Media Performance Monitor Service (MPMS). This service runs

on every media server within RMMS and gathers CPU load and free
memory information for the host.

222

Remote monitoring and Management Service (RMMS), which is the

conduit through which EMM discovers and configures disk storage
on media servers.

226

The storage lifecycle manager (libssmgr), which controls lifecycle

image duplication operations.

230

The Remote Disk Service Manager interface (RDSM) that runs within
the Remote Manager and Monitor Service. RMMS runs on media
servers.

231

Event Manager Service (nbevtmgr). nbevtmgr provides asynchronous

event Management Services for cooperating participants.

248

BMR launcher (bmrlauncher). A utility in the Windows BMR Fast

Restore image that configures the BMR environment.

254

Recovery assistant for Sharepoint Portal Server for NetBackup clients.

261

Artifact generator generated source.

263

NetBackup Administration Console for Windows (nbconsole).

271

Legacy error codes.

272

The Expiration Manager (libexpmgr), which handles capacity

management and image expiration for storage lifecycle operations.

286

Encryption Key Management service

293

NetBackup Audit service

89

90

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Table 3-2

Unified logging: originator IDs and NetBackup processes (continued)

Originator ID

Processes that use the originator ID

294

NetBackup Audit messages

360

NetBackup Client Oracle utility

363

nbars: Database Agent Request server process call

How to set logging levels

Unified logging is enabled by default to log debug messages at a low volume and
diagnostic and application messages at the highest volume (finest detail).
To change the logging level

In the NetBackup Administration Console, expand NetBackup Management

> Host Properties.

Select Master Servers, Media Servers, or Clients.

In the Details pane, click the server or client to view the version and platform.
Then, double-click to view the properties.

In the left pane, click Logging.

Note the Global logging level setting.

If you make changes with Global logging level, it affects the logging level
that both unified logging and legacy logging use.

The following, however, are not affected:

PBX logging

Media and device management logging (vmd, ltid, avrd, robotic daemons,
media manager commands)

Any unified logging processes whose debug level has been changed from the
default setting

Set logging levels for PBX.

See PBX logging on page 68.
For logging information on media manager, see the following:
See Media and device management legacy debug logs on page 105.
To set verbosity levels for legacy logging without affecting unified logging, use
the bp.conf and vm.conf files.
See How to set legacy logging levels on page 110.

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

To set the logging level for unified logging without affecting legacy logging, use
the vxlogcfg command.
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.
The NetBackup Administration Console Global logging level field allows values
of 0 to 5.
Table 3-3 lists the kind of detail each level includes.
Table 3-3

Global logging levels

Logging level

Information to be logged

Very important low-volume diagnostic and debug messages

This level adds verbose diagnostic and debug messages

Adds the progress messages

Adds the informational dumps

Adds the function entry and exits

Finest detail: everything is logged

Note the following:

In the Global logging level field of the Administration Console, a zero (0) level
specifies the minimum level of logging for both legacy and unified logging.
However, for diagnostic and debug messages in unified logging, the logging
level can be turned off completely (no diagnostic messages or debug messages
are logged). This level cannot be set with the Global logging level field in the
NetBackup Administration Console. You can set it with the vxlogcfg command.
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.

A change to Global logging level affects the logging level of all NetBackup and
Enterprise Media Manager (EMM) processes on the server or client. (The
exceptions are PBX and media and device management logging.) This setting
overrides any previous settings.

If you make a change to the VERBOSE level in the bp.conf file, it only affects
the legacy logging level.

It you make a change with the vxlogcfg command, it only affects the unified
logging level.

91

92

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Unified logging file rollover

To prevent log files from becoming too large, or to control when or how often they
are created, you can set a log "rollover" parameter. When a file size or time setting
is reached, the current log file is closed. New log messages for the logging process
are written to (rolled over to) a new log file.
Log rollover can occur according to any of the following options as set by the
vxlogcfg command:

File size (this option is the default), as defined by the MaxLogFileSizeKB option.

Local time, as defined by the RolloverAtLocalTime option.

Periodic (elapsed time), as defined by the RolloverPeriodInSeconds option.

File size or Local time, whichever limit is encountered first

File size or Periodic, whichever limit is encountered first

To set these options, use the vxlogcfg command with the RolloverMode option.
An example that uses vxlogcfg is available:
See vxlogcfg command on page 96.
By default, log-file rollover is based on file size (5120 KB). When a log file reaches
5120 KB in size, the file is closed and a new one is created.
The following example file names show log file rollover, with rotation ID
incremented:
/usr/openv/logs/nbpem/51216-116-2201360136-041029-0000000000.log
/usr/openv/logs/nbpem/51216-116-2201360136-041029-0000000001.log
/usr/openv/logs/nbpem/51216-116-2201360136-041029-0000000002.log

Logs for the processes that are listed in Table 3-2 can use rotation. Certain legacy
logs can also use rotation.
See Legacy logging file rotation (robust logging) on page 107.

Log file recycling (removing older log files)

Two ways to automatically delete log files are as follows:

Unified logging files can be automatically deleted when the number of log files
exceeds a certain number. The NumberOfLogFiles option on the vxlogcfg
command defines that number. An example of vxlogcfg usage is available:
See vxlogcfg command on page 96.

The Keep logs For setting can delete both unified logs and legacy logs. This
parameter is located in the Clean-up dialog box under Host Properties in the
NetBackup Administration Console.

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Note the following regarding the Keep logs For setting:

Logs that age beyond the number of days that the Keep logs For setting specifies
are deleted for unified and legacy logging.

Unified logging log files can also be deleted explicitly using the vxlogmgr
command. If vxlogmgr does not manually delete or move files, the Keep logs
For setting removes the old logs for both unified and legacy logging.

If the vxlogcfg LogRecycle option is ON (true), the Keep logs For setting is
disabled for unified logs. In this case, unified logging files are deleted when their
number (for a particular originator) exceeds the number that is specified by
NumberOfLogFiles on the vxlogcfg command.

Configuring and using unified logging

This section describes commands for controlling unified logging with examples.
To access logging controls in the NetBackup Administration Console, click Host
Properties > Master/Media Server > Properties > Logging. Also, three commands
that manage unified logging are also available and described in this section. These
commands are located in /usr/openv/netbackup/bin (UNIX) and
install_path\NetBackup\bin (Windows).

vxlogview command
Use this command to view the logs that unified logging creates. These logs are
stored in subdirectories in /usr/openv/logs on UNIX or install_path\logs on
Windows.
Unlike the files that are written in legacy logging, you cannot view unified logging
files with a text editor. The unified logging files are in binary format, and some
of the information is contained in an associated resource file. Only the vxlogview
command can assemble and display the log information correctly.
You can use vxlogview to view NetBackup log files as well as PBX log files.
To view PBX logs using the vxlogview command, do the following:

Ensure that you are an authorized user. For UNIX and Linux, you must have
root privileges. For Windows, you must have Administrator privileges.

Specify the PBX product ID by entering -p 50936 as a parameter on the

vxlogview command line.

vxlogview examples
Example 1

93

94

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Display the log messages for NetBackup that show only the date, time, message
type, and message text:
vxlogview --prodid 51216 --display D,T,m,x

Example 2
Display the log messages for originator 116 (nbpem) that were issued during the
last 20 minutes:
vxlogview -o 116 -t 00:20:00

Note that you can specify -o nbpem instead of -o 116.

Example 3
Display the log messages for nbpem that were issued during a particular time
period:
vxlogview -o nbpem -b "05/03/05 06:51:48 AM" -e "05/03/05
06:52:48 AM"

Example 4
You can use the -i option instead of -o, to specify an originator:
vxlogview -i nbpem

The vxlogview -i option searches only the log files that the specified process
(nbpem) creates. The originator ID of these files in the log file name is 116. By
limiting the log files that it has to search, vxlogview returns a result faster. By
comparison, the vxlogview -o option searches all unified log files for messages
that are logged by the specified process.
Note: If you use the -i option with a process that is not a service (no originator ID
in the file name), vxlogview returns the message "No log files found." In this case,
use the -o option instead of the -i option. Typically, the NetBackup process is a
service if it appears in the Activity Monitor of the NetBackup Administration
Console, under the Daemons tab (UNIX) or Services tab (Windows).
Example 5
You can search the logs for a particular job ID:
vxlogview -i nbpem | grep "jobid=job_ID"

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

95

Note: The jobid= search key should contain no spaces, and jobid= must be
lowercase.
When searching for a job ID, you can use any vxlogview command options. This
example uses the -i option with the name of the process (nbpem).

vxlogmgr command
Use this command to manage unified logging files, such as to move or delete logs.
Example 1
List all unified log files for the nbrb service:
vxlogmgr -s -o nbrb

Example output:
/usr/openv/logs/nbrb/51216-118-1342895976-050503-0000000000.log
/usr/openv/logs/nbrb/51216-118-1342895976-050504-0000000000.log
/usr/openv/logs/nbrb/51216-118-1342895976-050505-0000000000.log
Total 3 file(s)

If the vxlogcfg NumberOfLogFiles option is set to 1, the following deletes the

two oldest log files for the nbrb service:
vxlogmgr -d -o nbrb -a

Example output:
Following are the files that were found:
/usr/openv/logs/nbrb/51216-118-1342895976-050504-0000000000.log
/usr/openv/logs/nbrb/51216-118-1342895976-050503-0000000000.log
Total 2 file(s)
Are you sure you want to delete the file(s)? (Y/N):
Y
Deleting
/usr/openv/logs/nbrb/51216-118-1342895976-050504-0000000000.log ...
Deleting
/usr/openv/logs/nbrb/51216-118-1342895976-050503-0000000000.log ...

Example 2
Delete the unified log files that NetBackup created in the last 15 days:
vxlogmgr -d --prodid 51216 -n 15

Example 3

96

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Delete all unified log files for originator nbrb:

vxlogmgr -d -o nbrb

Example 4
Delete all unified log files for NetBackup:
vxlogmgr -d -p NB

vxlogcfg command
Use this command to configure unified logging settings. For instance, use vxlogcfg
to change logging levels and rollover settings.
Note the following items:

vxlogcfg is the only way to turn off diagnostic and debug messages in unified

logging. In legacy logging, the writing of messages cannot be turned off, only
minimized.

The vxlogcfg settings for robust file logging (MaxLogFileSizeKB and

NumberOfLogFiles) also affect certain legacy logs.
See Legacy logging file rotation (robust logging) on page 107.

Absolute paths must be specified, not relative ones.

Controlling log file size

By default, the maximum log file size in unified logging is 5120 KB. After a log
file reaches 5120 KB, the file closes and a new log file opens.
You can change the maximum file size with the vxlogcfg commands
MaxLogFileSizeKB option. The following example changes the default maximum
log size to 2048 KB for product NetBackup:
vxlogcfg -a -p 51216 -o Default -s MaxLogFileSizeKB=2048

Note: For MaxLogFileSizeKB to be effective, the vxlogcfg commands

RolloverMode option must be set to FileSize.
The following sets the default NetBackup rollover mode:
vxlogcfg -a --prodid 51216 --orgid Default -s
RolloverMode=FileSize

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

MaxLogFileSizeKB can be set per originator. If it is not configured for a given

originator, that originator uses the default value. The following example overrides
the default value for service nbrb (originator 118).
vxlogcfg -a -p 51216 -o nbrb -s MaxLogFileSizeKB=1024

To make nbrb follow the default setting again, execute:

vxlogcfg -r -p 51216 -o nbrb -s MaxLogFileSizeKB

Setting rollover mode

The following example sets the NetBackup (prodid 51216) rollover mode to
periodic:
vxlogcfg -a --prodid 51216 --orgid 116 -s RolloverMode=Periodic
RolloverPeriodInSeconds=86400

This example sets rollover mode for nbpem (originator ID 116) to periodic. It also
sets the interval until the next nbpem log file rollover to 24 hours (86400 seconds).

Setting log recycling

The following example sets automatic log file deletion for nbemm logs (originator
ID 111):
vxlogcfg -a --prodid 51216 --orgid 111 -s RolloverMode=FileSize
MaxLogFileSizeKB=5120 NumberOfLogFiles=999999 LogRecycle=TRUE

This example sets nbemm rollover mode to file size, and turns on log recycling.
When the number of log files exceeds 999999, the oldest log file is deleted.
See Controlling the number of log files with vxlogmgr on page 98.

Setting debug level and diagnostic level

The following example sets the debug level and diagnostic level for all the
originators of product ID NetBackup (51216):
vxlogcfg -a --prodid 51216 --orgid ALL -s DebugLevel=0
DiagnosticLevel=1

For further details on these commands, refer to the NetBackup Commands manual
or to the man pages.

97

98

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Listing unified logging settings

The following vxlogcfg example shows how to list the active unified logging
settings for a given originator (the nbrb service). Note that MaxLogFileSizeKB,
NumberOfLogFiles, and RolloverMode are included in the output.
vxlogcfg -l -o nbrb -p NB

Output:
Configuration settings for originator 118, of product 51,216...
LogDirectory = /usr/openv/logs/
DebugLevel = 5
DiagnosticLevel = 5
LogToStdout = False
LogToStderr = False
LogToOslog = False
RolloverMode = FileSize
MaxLogFileSizeKB = 5120
RolloverPeriodInSeconds = 43200
RolloverAtLocalTime = 0:00
NumberOfLogFiles = 4
OIDNames = nbrb
L10nLib = /usr/openv/lib/libvxexticu.so
L10nResource = nbrb
L10nResourceDir = /usr/openv/resources
SyslogIdent = VRTS-NB
SyslogOpt = 0
SyslogFacility = LOG_LOCAL5
LogFilePermissions = 436

Controlling the number of log files with vxlogmgr

You can use the vxlogmgr command with the vxlogcfg commands
NumberOfLogFiles option to manually delete log files.
For example, you currently have 10 unified logging files and the vxlogcfg
commands NumberOfLogFiles option is set to 2. Enter the following to keep the
two most recent log files and delete the rest for all originators:
vxlogmgr -a -d

The following applies to all NetBackup originators:

vxlogmgr -a -d -p NB

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

The following applies to all PBX originators:

vxlogmgr -a -d -p ics

The following deletes log files for the nbrb service only:
vxlogmgr -a -d -o nbrb

Controlling disk space usage with vxlogmgr

Periodically run the vxlogmgr -a command (such as through a cron job) to delete
logs and monitor the disk space that unified logging uses.
The disk space that a given originator uses can be calculated as follows:
NumberOfFiles for originator * MaxLogFileSizeKB for originator

The total disk space NetBackup unified logs consume is the sum of the disk space
that each originator consumes. If none of the originators overrides the
NumberOfFiles and MaxLogFileSizeKB settings, then the total disk space that
unified logging consumes is as follows:
Number of NetBackup originators * default MaxLogFileSizeKB *
default NumberOfFiles

To see the current unified logging settings, use the vxlogcfg command as shown
in the following topic:
See Listing unified logging settings on page 98.
For example, assume the following:

vxlogmgr -a -p NB is configured as a cron job with a frequency of 1 hour.

No NetBackup originators override default settings for MaxLogFileSizeKB or

NumberOfFiles.

The number of active NetBackup originators on the host is 10. (This total may
be typical of a NetBackup master server that is not running BMR or NDMP.)

The default NumberOfFiles is equal to 3.

The default MaxLogFileSizeKB is equal to 5120.

Given these conditions, unified logging consumes:

Number of NetBackup originators * default MaxLogFileSizeKB *
default NumberOfFiles.

Which is 10 * 5120 * 3 KB, or 15360 kilobytes of disk space at the end of each hour.

99

100

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Submitting unified logging files to &CompanyName; support

This topic describes an example of how to gather unified logs for NetBackup.
To gather unified logs for NetBackup

Create a directory:
mkdir /upload

To copy unified logs (for NetBackup only) to the /upload directory:

vxlogmgr -p NB -c --dir /upload

Example output:
Following are the files that were found:
/usr/openv/logs/bmrsetup/51216-157-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log
/usr/openv/logs/nbemm/51216-111-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log
/usr/openv/logs/nbrb/51216-118-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log
/usr/openv/logs/nbjm/51216-117-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log
/usr/openv/logs/nbpem/51216-116-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log
/usr/openv/logs/nbsl/51216-132-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log
Total 6 file(s)
Copying
/usr/openv/logs/bmrsetup/51216-157-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log ...
Copying
/usr/openv/logs/nbemm/51216-111-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log ...
Copying
/usr/openv/logs/nbrb/51216-118-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log ...
Copying
/usr/openv/logs/nbjm/51216-117-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log ...
Copying
/usr/openv/logs/nbpem/51216-116-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log ...
Copying
/usr/openv/logs/nbsl/51216-132-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log ...

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Change to the /upload directory and list its contents:

cd /upload
ls

Output:
51216-111-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log
51216-116-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log
51216-117-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log
51216-118-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log
51216-132-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log
51216-157-2202872032-050125-0000000000.log

Tar the log files:

tar -cvf file_name.logs ./*

Legacy NetBackup logging

Certain NetBackup processes use unified logging.
See Unified logging on page 83.
All other NetBackup processes use legacy logging.

Enabling legacy logging

In legacy debug logging, each process creates logs of debug activity in its own
logging directory. To enable legacy debug logging on NetBackup servers, create
the appropriate directories for each process for the following platforms:

On UNIX:
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs
/usr/openv/volmgr/debug

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\logs
install_path\Volmgr\debug

Information is available about how to enable the Status Collector Daemon:

See Enabling the status collector daemon on page 107.
Tables are available that list the log directories that you must create.

101

102

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

See Table 3-4 on page 102.

See Table 3-5 on page 105.
Note: You must create these directories before logging can take place. If these
directories exist, NetBackup creates log files in the directory for the associated
process. A debug log file is created when the process begins.

Note: On a Windows server, you can create the debug log directories at once, under
install_path\NetBackup\logs, by running the following batch file:
install_path\NetBackup\Logs\mklogdir.bat.
Media servers have only the bpbrm, bpcd, bpdm, and bptm debug logs.

NetBackup server legacy debug logs

Table 3-4 describes the server legacy debug logs.
Table 3-4

NetBackup legacy logs (not media and device management)

Debug log directory Create directory under

to create

Associated process

admin

Administrative commands.

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)
install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)

bpbrm

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)

NetBackup and restore manager.

install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)
bpcd

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)
install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)

bpdbjobs

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)

NetBackup client daemon or manager. The

NetBackup Client service starts this process
NetBackup jobs database manager program.

install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)
bpdm

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)

NetBackup disk manager.

install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)
bpdbm

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)
install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)

NetBackup database manager. This process

runs only on master servers. On Windows
systems, it is the NetBackup database
manager service.

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Table 3-4

NetBackup legacy logs (not media and device management)

(continued)

Debug log directory Create directory under

to create
bpjava-msvc

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)
install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)

Associated process
The NetBackup-Java application server
authentication service that is started when
the NetBackup Java interface applications
start. On UNIX servers, inetd starts it. On
Windows servers, the Client Services service
starts it.
This program authenticates the user that
started the application.

bpjava-susvc

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)
install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)

bprd

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)
install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)

bpsynth

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)
install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)

bptm

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)

The NetBackup program that bpjava-msvc

starts upon successful logon through the
logon dialog box that is presented when a
NetBackup-Java interface starts. This
program services all requests from the Java
user interfaces on the NetBackup master or
media server host where bpjava-msvc is
running (all Windows platforms).
NetBackup request daemon or manager. On
Windows systems, this process is called the
NetBackup Request Manager service.
The NetBackup process for synthetic backup.
nbjm starts bpsynth. bpsynth runs on the
master server.
NetBackup tape management process.

install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)
syslogs

You must enable system logging to

troubleshoot ltid or robotic software. See
the syslogd man page.

System log.

103

104

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Table 3-4

NetBackup legacy logs (not media and device management)

(continued)

Debug log directory Create directory under

to create

Associated process

user_ops

The user_ops directory is created during

the install of NetBackup on all servers and
clients. NetBackup Java interface programs
use it for the following: temporary files and
for job and progress log files that the user
Backup, Archive, and Restore program
(jbpSA) generates. This directory must exist
for successful operation of any of the Java
programs and must have public read, write,
and execute permissions. user_ops
contains a directory for every user that uses
the Java programs.

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)
install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)

In addition, on NetBackup-Java capable

platforms, the NetBackup Java interface log
files are written in the nbjlogs
subdirectory. All files in the user_ops
directory hierarchy are removed according
to the setting of the KEEP_LOGS_DAYS
configuration option.
vnetd

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX)
install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows)

The Symantec network daemon, used to

create "firewall friendly" socket connections.
Started by the inetd(1M) process.

Note: Logging occurs in either the

/usr/openv/logs directory or the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs if the
vnetd directory exists there. If the vnetd
directory exists in both locations, logging
occurs only in
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vnetd.

More information is available on the programs and daemons that write the logs.
See About backup and restore functional overview on page 631.
On UNIX systems, also refer to the README file in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs
directory.

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Media and device management legacy debug logs

The debug log directories that are written to /usr/openv/volmgr/debug (UNIX)
or install_path\Volmgr\debug (Windows) enable logging for the media
management processes and device management processes.
Note the following items:

NetBackup creates one log per day in each of the debug directories.

Information is available about the format of the log file names.

See Legacy logging file name format without log file rotation on page 109.

On UNIX: To disable vmd debug logging, either delete or rename the

/usr/openv/volmgr/debug/daemon directory.

On Windows, to disable debug logging for the NetBackup Volume Manager

service, either delete or rename the install_path\Volmgr\debug\daemon
folder.

NetBackup retains debug logs for the number of days you specify with the
DAYS_TO_KEEP_LOGS = entry in the vm.conf file. (The default is infinite
retention.)
For instructions on how to use this entry, see the NetBackup Administrators
Guide, Volume II.

Table 3-5 describes the media management legacy debug log and device
management legacy debug logs.
Table 3-5

Media and device management legacy debug logs

Debug log directory Create directory under

to create

Associated process

acsssi

/usr/openv/volmgr/debug (UNIX)

Debug information on transactions between

NetBackup and the Storage Tek ACSLS
server.

daemon

/usr/openv/volmgr/debug (UNIX)

Debug information for vmd (NetBackup

Volume Manager service, Windows) and its
associated processes (oprd and rdevmi).
Stop and restart vmd after creating the
directory.

install_path\Volmgr\debug (Windows)

ltid

/usr/openv/volmgr/debug (UNIX)
install_path\Volmgr\debug (Windows)

Debug information on ltid, the Media

Manager device daemon (UNIX), or on the
NetBackup Device Manager service
(Windows), and on avrd. Stop and restart
ltid after creating the directory.

105

106

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Table 3-5

Media and device management legacy debug logs (continued)

Debug log directory Create directory under

to create
reqlib

/usr/openv/volmgr/debug (UNIX)
install_path\Volmgr\debug (Windows)

robots

/usr/openv/volmgr/debug (UNIX)
install_path\Volmgr\debug (Windows)

tpcommand

/usr/openv/volmgr/debug (UNIX)
install_path\Volmgr\debug (Windows)

vmscd

Associated process
Debug information on the processes that
request media management services from
vmd or EMM. Stop and restart vmd after
creating the directory.
Debug information on all robotic daemons,
which includes tldcd, tl8cd, and tl4d
daemons. Stop and restart robotic daemons.
Debug information for device configuration,
including the tpconfig and the
tpautoconf commands and the NetBackup
Administration Console.

/usr/openv/volmgr/debug/ (UNIX)

Debug information for the NetBackup Status

Collection daemon. Stop and restart vmscd
install_path\Volmgr\debug\ (Windows)
after creating the directory.

Enabling system logs

On UNIX, NetBackup automatically records robotic and network errors in the
system logs by using syslogd. On Windows, NetBackup records robotic and drive
errors in the Event Viewer Application log. On both operating systems, log entries
are also made when robotically controlled drives change between UP and DOWN
states.
On UNIX: enable debug logging to the system logs by including the verbose option
(-v) on the command that you use to start a daemon.
The command you use is one of the following:

The ltid command that started the device management processes. If the -v
option is included on the ltid command, all daemons that were started as a
result also have the -v option in effect.
Or

A command to start a specific daemon (for example, acsd -v).

To troubleshoot ltid or robotic software, you must enable system logging. See
the syslogd(8) man page for information on setting up system logs. Errors are
logged with LOG_ERR, warnings with LOG_WARNING, and debug information
with LOG_NOTICE. The facility type is daemon.

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

Note: On HP-UX, the sysdiag tool may provide additional information on hardware
errors.

Enabling the status collector daemon

To enable debug logging for the NetBackup Status Collection Daemon (vmscd),
create the following directory before you start nbemm.
As an alternative, you can stop and restart nbemm after creating the following
directory:

On UNIX: /usr/openv/volmgr/debug/reqlib

On Windows: install_path\Volmgr\debug\reqlib\

Controlling legacy logs

NetBackup retains legacy debug logs for the number of days that are specified in
the Keep Logs global attribute (28 days by default). Then it deletes them.
Instructions are available on how to change Keep Logs.
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I.
A robust logging feature is also available for controlling the size of debug logs
that certain NetBackup processes create.
See Legacy logging file rotation (robust logging) on page 107.
Debug logs can grow very large. Enable them only if unexplained problems exist.
Delete the logs and the associated directory when they are no longer needed.

Legacy logging file rotation (robust logging)

To control the size of legacy logs written by certain NetBackup processes, a feature
called robust logging can be used. This feature does not apply to media and device
management logging.
See Media and device management log retention on page 108.
This feature involves file rotation, as used in unified logging.
See Unified logging file rollover on page 92.
To limit the amount of disk space that the logs consume, do the following: set the
maximum size for a log file and the number of log files to keep in a logging
directory.

107

108

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

When a log file grows to its maximum size, it closes and a new file is opens. If the
new file exceeds the number of log files that is allowed for the directory, the oldest
file is deleted.
Logs created by the following NetBackup processes can use log rotation (robust
logging):

bpbkar (client process only)

bpbrm

bpcd

bpdbm

bpdm

bprd

bptm

For the legacy logs created by other NetBackup processes (but not media and
device management), use the Keep Logs For setting as follows:

Windows: In the Host Properties > Properties > Clean-up dialog box

UNIX: In the Host Properties > Properties > Global Attributes dialog box

The Keep Logs For setting ultimately applies to all legacy logs. If this setting is
10 and robust file logging settings allow logs to exist more than 10 days, the logs
are deleted on day 11.

Media and device management log retention

For media and device management legacy logs, use the DAYS_TO_KEEP_LOGS
setting in the vm.conf file to control log file rotation. This file is located in
/usr/openv/volmgr/ (UNIX) and install_path\Volmgr\ (Windows). For example,
enter the following in the vm.conf file:
DAYS_TO_KEEP_LOGS = 3

Configuring legacy log rotation

This procedure shows how to configure legacy log rotation.

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

To configure the legacy log rotation

Go to Host Properties > Master Servers > Properties > Logging and click the
Enable robust logging box to enable legacy log rotation. This item applies to
legacy logs only.
By default, the maximum file size is 5120 KB and the number of files that are
kept per log directory is 3.
If Enable robust logging is disabled, the standard log-file behavior remains
in effect: one log file is created per log directory per day, and log deletion is
based on the Keep Logs For setting.

To change the maximum file size, or number of log files per directory, use
the MaxLogFileSizeKB and NumberOfLogFiles options on the vxlogcfg
command.
The vxlogcfg command is located in /usr/openv/netbackup/bin (on UNIX)
and install_path\NetBackup\bin (on Windows).
For example:
vxlogcfg -a -p 51216 --orgid Default -s
MaxLogFileSizeKB=2048,NumberOfLogFiles=10

This example sets the maximum file size to 2048 KB and sets the maximum
number of log files per log directory to 10.
It sets the default values for all unified logging processes and for the legacy
processes for NetBackup (product ID 51216). A list of these processes is
available:
See Legacy logging file rotation (robust logging) on page 107.
More examples of the vxlogcfg command are available.
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.
You can also refer to the vxlogcfg man page or to the NetBackup Commands
manual.

Legacy logging file name format without log file rotation

Two log file name formats are used in legacy logging. The format depends on
whether or not the log uses file rotation (robust logging).
In the standard legacy log system, a NetBackup process creates one debug log file
per day.
The log file name is of the following format:

On UNIX: log.mmddyy

109

110

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

For example: log.040805

On Windows: mmddyy.log
For example: 040105.log

Legacy logging file name format with log file rotation

In the legacy logging system with Enable Robust Logging enabled, a NetBackup
process creates a certain number of log files. Each file grows to a certain size
before it closes and a new one is created. The file name is of this format:
mmddyy_nnnnn.log

For example: 040105_00001.log

Where nnnnn is a counter or a rotation number for the log file. When the counter
exceeds the setting for number of log files, the oldest log file is deleted. The
NumberOfLogFiles option on the vxlogcfg command sets the number of log files.
For compatibility with existing scripts, the debug log file naming format does not
change. If log files are already created with the standard legacy naming format
and then robust file logging is enabled, the following occurs: only the new log files
for the processes that robust logging governs use the new file rotation naming
format.
Any mixture of new and old log file names in a legacy debug log directory is
managed according to the following: the Keep Logs For setting and the robust
logging settings, when applicable.
See Legacy logging file rotation (robust logging) on page 107.

How to set legacy logging levels

You can set legacy logging levels to increase the amount of information that
processes can write in the logs.
The following settings affect legacy logging, except media and device management.

On Windows or UNIX systems, set the Global Logging Level to a higher level,
in the Logging dialog box. (Click Host Properties > Master Server Properties
> Logging tab > Logging dialog box.)
Note: This setting affects legacy logging (but not media and device management
logging) and unified logging.
More information is available for synthetic backup.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

On UNIX, add a VERBOSE entry in the /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file.

VERBOSE by itself sets the verbose value to 1. For more log detail, enter VERBOSE
= 2 or a higher value. This setting affects legacy logging only.
Warning: High verbose values can cause debug logs to become very large.

Use the Logging dialog box to set the logging level for individual processes.
(Click Host Properties > Master Server Properties > Logging tab > Logging
dialog box.) Or, specify the verbose flag (if available) when you start the
program or daemon.
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I.

In media and device management legacy logging, only two levels exist: not verbose
(the default), and verbose. To set the verbose (higher) level, add the word VERBOSE
to the vm.conf file. Create the vm.conf file if necessary and restart ltid and vmd
after you add the VERBOSE entry.
On UNIX, add VERBOSE to the /usr/openv/volmgr/vm.conf file.
On Windows, add VERBOSE to the install_path\Volmgr\vm.conf file. This entry
affects logging levels in the Event Viewer Application and System log.

Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup

To debug problems with synthetic backups, you must include in the problem
report a complete set of logs.
The two types of logs to include are as follows:

Log files that unified logging creates

For information about how to gather unified logging files relevant to the
problem, see the following:
See Submitting unified logging files to &CompanyName; support on page 100.

Log files that legacy logging creates

If the following legacy log directories have not been created, you must create
the directories. Set the debug level to 5 and then rerun the job.

Create the following directories on the master server:

install_path/netbackup/logs/bpsynth
install_path/netbackup/logs/bpdbm
install_path/netbackup/logs/vnetd

Create the following directories on the media server:

111

112

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on servers

install_path/netbackup/logs/bpcd
install_path/netbackup/logs/bptm
install_path/netbackup/logs/bpdm

Set the logging level as follows:

Use the Global logging level option on the Logging tab in the Master Server
Properties dialog box.
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

Rerun the job and then gather the logs from the directories that you created.
The bptm logs are required only if the images are read from or written to
a tape device. The bpdm logs are needed only if the images are read from or
written to disk.
If the images are read from multiple media servers, the debug logs for bptm
or bpdm must be collected from each media server.

Try file
Include the try file for the job ID from the following directory:
install_path/netbackup/db/jobs/trylogs/jobid.t

For instance, if the job ID of the synthetic backup job was 110, then the try file is
named 110.t.

Policy attributes
Capture the output from the following command and send it to Support with the
rest of the information:
install_path/netbackup/bin/admincmd/bppllist policy_name -L

where policy_name is the name of the policy for which the synthetic backup job
was run.

List of storage units

Capture the output from the following command and send it to Support with the
rest of the information:
install_path/netbackup/bin/admincmd/bpstulist -L

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on UNIX clients

Debug logs on UNIX clients

Most UNIX client logs are of the legacy type, with the exception of a few Bare
Metal Restore processes, as explained in this section.

Unified logging on UNIX clients

The following are the UNIX client processes that use unified logging:

nbftclnt: originator ID 200.

bmrsavecfg: originator ID 121.

bmrc: originator ID 122. bmrc originates from the BMR boot server, which may

or may not be a NetBackup server, and runs on the restoring client.

nbbrowse: originator ID 359. NetBackup Client Browser.

nbcs: originator ID 366. Client service.

A description is available of unified logging file name format and other details:
See Unified logging on page 83.
Unified logging is enabled by default.

Legacy logging on UNIX clients

To enable legacy debug logging on UNIX clients, create the appropriate directories
in the following directory path:
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs

The following table lists the legacy debug log directories that apply to UNIX clients.
Additional information on legacy logging is available:
See Legacy NetBackup logging on page 101.
Note: Create the directories with access modes of 777 so that user processes can
write to the log files.
Table 3-6 describes the UNIX client debug logs for legacy logging.

113

114

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on UNIX clients

Table 3-6

UNIX client debug logs: Legacy logging

Debug log
directory

Associated process

bp

Menu driven client-user interface program.

bparchive

Archive program. Also useful for debugging bp.

bpbackup

Backup program. Also useful for debugging bp.

bpbkar

Program that is used to generate backup images.

bpcd

NetBackup client daemon or manager.

bphdb

Program that starts a script to back up a database on a NetBackup

database agent client. See the system administrator's guide for the
appropriate NetBackup database agent for more information.

bpjava-msvc

The NetBackup-Java application server authentication service that

inetd starts during startup of the NetBackup Java interface
applications. This program authenticates the user that started the
application.

bpjava-usvc

The NetBackup program that bpjava-msvc starts upon successful

logon through the logon dialog box that is presented when a
NetBackup-Java interface is started. This program services all
requests from the Java administration and user interfaces on the
host where bpjava-msvc is running.

bplist

Program that lists backed up and archived files. Also useful for
debugging bp.

bpmount

Program that determines local mount points and wildcard expansion

for Multiple Data Streams.

bporaexp

Command-line program on clients to export Oracle data in XML

format. Communicates with bprd on server.

bporaexp64

64-bit command-line program on clients to export Oracle data in

XML format. Communicates with bprd on server.

bporaimp

Command-line program on clients to import Oracle data in XML

format. Communicates with bprd on server.

bporaimp64

64-bit command-line program on clients to import Oracle data in

XML format. Communicates with bprd on server.

bprestore

Restore program. Also useful for debugging bp.

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on UNIX clients

Table 3-6

UNIX client debug logs: Legacy logging (continued)

Debug log
directory

Associated process

db_log

For more information on these logs, see the NetBackup guide for
the database-extension product that you use.

mtfrd

These logs have information about the mtfrd process, which is used
for phase 2 imports and restores of Backup Exec media.

tar

tar process during restores.

user_ops

The user_ops directory is created during the install of NetBackup

on all servers and clients. The NetBackup Java interface programs
use it for the following: temporary files and for job and progress log
files that the user Backup, Archive, and Restore program (jbpSA)
generates. This directory must exist for successful operation of any
of the Java programs and must have public read, write, and run
permissions. This directory contains a directory for every user that
uses the Java programs.
In addition, on NetBackup-Java capable platforms, the NetBackup
Java interface log files are written in a subdirectory that is called
nbjlogs. All files in the user_ops directory hierarchy are removed
according to the setting of the KEEP_LOGS_DAYS configuration
option.

Controlling log size on UNIX clients

For the unified logging files that the Bare Metal Restore process bmrsavecfg
creates, you can control logging with log file rotation.
See Unified logging file rollover on page 92.
For the legacy logging files that the bpbkar and the bpcd processes create, you
can control logging with log file rotation.
See Legacy logging file rotation (robust logging) on page 107.
For all other client logs, logs are kept for the number of days that are specified in
the following setting: Keep status of user-directed backups, archives, and restores
for on the Host Properties > Clients > Properties > UNIX Client > Client Settings
dialog box.

Client logging file name format on UNIX clients

A description of logging file name format is available.

115

116

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on PC clients

See Unified logging file name format on page 85.

See Legacy logging file name format without log file rotation on page 109.

How to set logging levels on UNIX clients

To increase the amount of information that client processes write in the logs, go
to the Logging dialog box. (Click Host Properties > Clients > Properties > Logging
dialog box.)

Debug logs on PC clients

Most PC client logs are of the legacy type, with the exception of a few Bare Metal
Restore processes, as explained in this section.

Unified logging on PC clients

The following are Windows client processes that use unified logging:

nbftclnt: originator ID 200

bmrsavecfg: originator ID 121.

bmrc: originator ID 122. bmrc originates from the BMR boot server, which may

or may not be a NetBackup server, and runs on the restoring client.

bmrrst.exe and bmrmap.exe: originator ID 131. These originate from the BMR
boot server, which may or may not be a NetBackup server, and run on the
restoring client.

nblbc: originator ID 351. NetBackup Live Browse Client.

nbgre: originator ID 352. NetBackup Granular Restore.

nbbrowse: originator ID 359. NetBackup Client Browser.

nbcs: originator ID 366. Client service.

A discussion of file name format and other unified logging details is available.
See Unified logging on page 83.
Unified logging is enabled by default.

Legacy debug logging on PC clients

To enable detailed legacy debug logging on Microsoft Windows or NetWare target
clients, create the appropriate directories in the following locations:

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on PC clients

Note: These are the default locations in which to place these directories. You can
specify another location during client installation.

Windows clients - C:\Program Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\Logs\

NetWare clients - SYS:VERITAS\NBUCLT\NetBack\logs\

Table 3-7 lists the legacy debug log directories that apply to these clients:
Table 3-7

PC client debug logs: Legacy logging

Debug log directory NetBackup client

Associated process

bp

NetWare target

Client-user interface program for

NetWare.

bpinetd

Windows2003

Client service logs. These logs

have information on the
bpinetd32 process.

bparchive

Windows 2003

Archive program that is run from

the command line.

bpbackup

Windows 2003

The backup program that is run

from the command line.

bpbkar

Windows 2003

Backup and archive manager.

These logs have information on
the bpbkar32 process.

bpcd

All Windows and NetWare

clients

NetBackup client daemon or

manager. These logs have
information on communications
between the server and client. On
NetWare clients, these logs also
contain the log information for
the backup and restore processes.

bpjava-msvc

The NetBackup-Java
bpjava-msvc
application server
authentication service that the
Client Services service
starts during startup of the
NetBackup Java interface
applications. This program
authenticates the user that
started the application. (On all
Windows platforms.)

117

118

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on PC clients

Table 3-7

PC client debug logs: Legacy logging (continued)

Debug log directory NetBackup client

Associated process

bpjava-usvc

NetBackup program that

bpjava-usvc
bpjava-msvc starts upon
successful login through the
Login dialog box that is
presented when a
NetBackup-Java interface is
started. This program services
all requests from the Java
administration and user
interfaces on the NetBackup
host where bpjava-msvc is
running.(On all Windows
platforms.)

bplist

Windows 2003

List program that is run from the

command line.

bpmount

Windows 2003

The program that is used to

collect drive names on the client
for multistreaming clients.

bprestore

Windows 2003

The restore program that is run

from the command line.

bpsrv

NetWare nontarget

NetBackup service utility. This

program allows the system with
the user interface to
communicate with the NetBackup
for NetWare client.

tar

Windows 2003

tar process. These logs have

information about the tar32
process.

Using logs and reports

Debug logs on PC clients

Table 3-7

PC client debug logs: Legacy logging (continued)

Debug log directory NetBackup client

user_ops

Windows 2003

Associated process
The user_ops directory is
created during the install of
NetBackup on all servers and
clients. The NetBackup Java
interface programs use it for the
following: temporary files and for
job and progress log files that the
user backup, archive, and restore
program (jbpSA) generates. This
directory must exist for
successful operation of any of the
Java programs and must have
public read, write, and run
permissions. user_ops contains
a directory for every user that
uses the Java programs.
In addition, on NetBackup-Java
capable platforms, the NetBackup
Java interface log files are written
in a subdirectory that is called
nbjlogs. All files in the
user_ops directory hierarchy
are removed according to the
setting of the KEEP_LOGS_DAYS
configuration option.

Controlling log size on PC clients

For the unified logging files that the Bare Metal Restore process bmrsavecfg
creates, you can control logging with log file rotation.
See Unified logging file rollover on page 92.
For the legacy logging files that the bpbkar and the bpcd processes create, you
can control logging with log file rotation.
See Legacy logging file rotation (robust logging) on page 107.
For all other client logs, note the following:

For Windows clients, logs are kept for the number of days that are specified
in the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface. On the File menu, click
NetBackup Client Properties > General tab: Keep status of user-directed
backups, archives, and restores for.

119

120

Using logs and reports

Windows Event Viewer logging option

For NetWare clients, logs are kept the number of days that are specified in file
\veritas\nbuclt\netback\bp.ini (under Keep_Logs_Days).

Client logging file name format on PC clients

A description of logging file name format is available.
See Unified logging file name format on page 85.
See Legacy logging file name format without log file rotation on page 109.

How to set logging levels on PC clients

To increase the amount of information that client processes write in the logs:

On Windows clients, set the debug level with the Verbose field on the
TroubleShooting tab of the NetBackup Client Properties dialog box. On the
Backup, Archive, and Restore interface, click File > NetBackup Client Properties.

For the unified logging files that the Bare Metal Restore process bmrsavecfg
creates, you also can control logging level with the vxlogcfg command.
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.

On NetWare clients, change the value of the level and the tcp parameters in
the debug section of the bp.ini file. For instructions, see the NetBackup user
guide for the client.
An increase in the log level can cause the logs to grow very large; increase the
logging level only if unexplained problems exist.

Windows Event Viewer logging option

NetBackup Windows master servers can be configured so messages from
NetBackup reports are written to the Windows Event Viewer Application Log. You
can see these messages in the Application Log and also use third party tools to
monitor the Application Log for these messages.
To route unified logging application and diagnostic messages for an originator
to the Application Log, set the "LogToOslog" value to true for that originator.
For example, execute the following to route the application and diagnostic
messages for nbrb to the Windows event log:
vxlogcfg -a -o nbrb -p NB -s "LogToOslog=true"

Note: For this setting to be effective, restart NetBackup services.

Using logs and reports

Windows Event Viewer logging option

Enabling the logging tool

This topic shows you how to enable the logging tool.
To enable the logging tool

Create the following file on the NetBackup master server:

install_path\NetBackup\db\config\eventlog

Add an entry (optional) to the eventlog file that specifies the severity and
type of NetBackup messages that are written. The following is an example:
56 255

eventlog file entries

The eventlog entry has the following two parameters:

The first parameter controls the messages that NetBackup writes to the
Application Log, which are based on severity level.

The second parameter controls the type of messages that NetBackup writes
to the Application Log.

Both parameters are specified as decimal numbers and equate to a bitmap that
expresses these values.
Severity:
1 = Unknown
2 = Debug
4 = Info
8 = Warning
16 = Error
32 = Critical
Type:
1 = Unknown
2 = General
4 = Backup

121

122

Using logs and reports

Windows Event Viewer logging option

8 = Archive
16 = Retrieve
32 = Security
64 = Backup Status
128 = Media
Device

If the file is empty, the default severity is Error (16) and the default type is Backup
Status (64).
If the file has only one parameter, it is used for the severity level. The default
value of Backup Status (64) is used for the type.

Example
Assume you want to include all types of messages that have severity levels of
warning, error, and critical. In this instance, the entry is:
56 255
Where:
56 = severity= the sum of warning, error, and critical (8 + 16 + 32)
255 = type = the sum of all types (1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 + 64 +128)
The following is an example of a message that is written in the Windows Event
Viewer Application Log:
16 4 10797 -1 cacao bush nbpem backup of client bush exited with
status 71

The meaning of each field is as follows (left to right):

severity = 16 (Error)
type = 4 (Backup)
jobid = 10797
job group ID = 1
server = cacao
client = bush
process = nbpem
text = backup of client bush, which exited with status 71

Using logs and reports

Troubleshooting the Administration Console for UNIX

Troubleshooting the Administration Console for UNIX

Most errors in the NetBackup Administration Console for UNIX appear in the
following: an attention dialog box or in an error message pane in the lower right
area of the console. If they appear elsewhere, they are Java exception errors, which
are not documented in this guide. They may appear in the status line (bottom) of
the NetBackup Administration window. They also may appear in the log file that
contains the stdout or the stderr messages that Java APIs or the NetBackup
Administration Console write.
The following are the four kinds of error messages that appear in the NetBackup
Administration Console:

NetBackup status codes and messages.

See About NetBackup status codes and messages on page 153.
See About media and device management status codes and messages
on page 421.
Operations performed in the Administration Console can result in errors that
are recognized in other parts of NetBackup.
These errors usually appear exactly as documented in the NetBackup status
codes and messages.
Note: A status code does not always accompany the error message.
To find the status code, look up the message in the alphabetical listing of the
following topic
See NetBackup Messages on page 397.
Then use the status code to find the full description of the message in the first
half of that chapter.

NetBackup Administration Console: application server status codes and

messages.
See About NetBackup status codes and messages on page 153.
These messages have status codes in the 500 range. Messages with status codes
500, 501, 502, 503 and 504 begin with "Unable to login, status:". Messages with
status codes 511 and 512 may or may not begin with "Unable to login, status:".
A status code does not always accompany the message (see note).

Java exceptions
Either the Java APIs or NetBackup Administration APIs generate these. These
messages begin with the name of the exception. For example:
java.lang.ClassCastException

123

124

Using logs and reports

Troubleshooting the Administration Console for UNIX

or
vrts.nbu.NBUCommandExecutionException

Java exceptions usually appear in one of the following three places:

In the status line (bottom) of the NetBackup Administration window

In the log file generated by the jnbSA or jbpSA commands

When it is set up, in the output file of the Windows Display Console .bat
file. More information is available about detailed debug logging.
See Enabling detailed debug logging on page 125.

Operating system errors

If messages appear that do not match those documented in this manual, they
probably are errors in the operating system.

Required disk space for logging and temporary files

The Administration Console requires disk space in the following locations for
successful operation:

On the host that is specified in the login dialog box

In /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/user_ops

On the host where the Console was started

In /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/user_ops/nbjlogs

If space is not available in the respective file systems, you may experience the
following: long waits for application response, incomplete data, reduced
functionality, and unexpected error messages.
The following are some of the results you may receive:

No response during login

"Cannot connect" socket errors during login to the NBJava application server

Reduced functionality in the NetBackup interface, for example, only the Backup,
Archive, and Restore and Files System Analyzer nodes appear in the tree

An error dialog box with the "Unable to login, status: 35 cannot make required
directory" message

An error dialog box with "/bin/sh: null: not found (1) "message

Empty warning dialog boxes

Using logs and reports

Troubleshooting the Administration Console for UNIX

An error dialog box with the message "An exception occurred:

vrts.nbu.admin.bpmgmt.CommandOutputException: Invalid or unexpected
class configuration data: <the rest of the message will vary>"

Enabling detailed debug logging

The NetBackup Administration Console is a distributed application that allows
administration of remote NetBackup servers. All administration is accomplished
through the application server of the NetBackup Administration Console. This
application server is made up of an authentication service and a user service.
The login request from the login dialog box is sent to the authentication service
for validation. The user name and password have to be valid in the Windows/UNIX
authentication files and process.
After validation, the authentication service starts a user service under the users
account. Thereafter, all NetBackup administrative tasks are performed through
an instance of the user service. Additional user service processes are initiated to
process requests from the Console.
On both UNIX and Windows, the authentication service is the bpjava-msvc
application and the user service is the bpjava-susvc or bpjava-usvc application.
To enable detailed debug logging

On the NetBackup client or server that is specified in the login dialog box,
create the following: bpjava-msvc, bpjava-susvc (if a NetBackup server),
and bpjava-usvc (if a NetBackup client) debug log directories in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs directory (UNIX) or in
install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows). For more information on debug
logs, see the following:
See Debug logs on servers on page 83.

On the UNIX machine where you run the jnbSA or jbpSA commands, add the
following line to the Debug.properties file in the /usr/openv/java directory.
debugMask=2

The log file name is displayed in the xterm window where you ran the jnbSA
or jbpSA commands.

125

126

Using logs and reports

Query string overview

If you use the NetBackup Java Windows Display Console, add the following
line to the Debug.properties file in the NetBackup Java installed folder (for
example, C:install_path\VERITAS\java):
debugMask=2

If you use the Windows Display Console on a host where NetBackup is not
installed, you have to do the following: edit the nbjava.bat file located in the
NetBackup Java-installed folder to redirect output to a file. See the nbjava.bat
file for details.

Query string overview

Following are details on the -w (- -where) QueryString option on the vxlogview
command for unified logging.
Query string is a text expression similar to a database WHERE clause that is used
to retrieve log entries from the unified logging system. The expression is a
combination of relational operators, constant integers, constant strings, and
names of log fields that evaluate to a single value. Expressions are grouped by the
logical operators such as AND and OR.
Query String Syntax
The supported relational operators are as follows:
<
>
<=
>=
=
!=

less than
greater than
less than and equal to
greater than and equal to
equal to
not equal to

The supported logical operators are as follows:

&& logical AND
|| logical OR

Data types for fields

Table 3-8 shows data types for fields with a description and an example.

Using logs and reports

Query string overview

Data types

Table 3-8
Field name

Type

Description

Example

PRODID or prodid Integer or string

Provide the product ID or the

abbreviated name of product.

PRODID = 100 or PRODID = 'NBU'

ORGID or orgid

Integer or string

Provide the originator ID or the

abbreviated name of the
component.

ORGID = 1 or ORGID = 'VxAM'

PID or pid

Long Integer

Provide the process ID

PID = 1234567

TID or tid

Long Integer

Provide the thread ID

TID = 2874950

STDATE or stdate Long Integer or

string

Provide the start date in seconds or STDATE = 98736352 or STDATE =

in the locale specific short date and '4/26/04 11:01:00 AM'
time format. For example, a locale
may have format 'mm/dd/yy
hh:mm:ss AM/PM'

ENDATE or stdate Long Integer or

string

Provide the end date in seconds or ENDATE = 99736352 or ENDATE =

in the locale specific short date and '04/27/04 10:01:00 AM'
time format. For example, a locale
may have format 'mm/dd/yy
hh:mm:ss AM/PM'

PREVTIME or
prevtime

String

Provide the hours in 'hh:mm:ss'

PREVTIME = '2:34:00'
format. This field should be used
only with operators =, <, >, >= and
<=

SEV or sev

Integer

Provide one of the following

possible severity types:

INFO or info

WARNING or warning

ERR or err

CRIT or crit

EMERG or emerg

SEV = 0 or SEV = INFO

127

128

Using logs and reports

Query string overview

Data types (continued)

Table 3-8
Field name

Type

Description

Example

MSGTYPE or
msgtype

Integer

Provide one of the following

possible message types:

MSGTYPE = 1 or MSGTYPE = DIAG

DEBUG or debug - debug

messages
DIAG or diag - diagnostic
messages
APP or app - application
messages
CTX or ctx - context messages.

CTX or ctx

Integer or string

AUDIT or audit - audit messages

Provide the context token as string CTX = 78 or CTX = 'ALL'

identifier or 'ALL' to get all the
context instances to be displayed.
This field should be used only with
the operators = and !=.

String constants
String constants should be given in single quotes. For example, prodid = 'NBU'
Start and end date can be provided as follows: either as a string constant of the
regional display short date format or a long value of number of seconds that
elapsed since midnight January 1, 1970.

Query string examples

The following are some query string examples:
1. (PRODID == 100) && ((PID == 178964) || ((STDATE == '2/5/09
00:00:00 AM') && (ENDATE == '2/5/03 12:00:00 PM'))
2. ((prodid = 'NBU') && ((stdate >= 11/18/09 0:0:0 AM) && (endate
<= 12/13/09 13:0:0 AM))) || ((prodid = 'BENT') && ((stdate >=
12/12/09 0:0:0 AM) && (endate <= 12/25/09 25:0:0 PM)))
3. (STDATE <= 04/05/09 0:0:0 AM) - This query will retrieve log
messages, which are logged on or before 2009-05-04 for all the
installed Symantec products.

Chapter

Using NetBackup utilities

This chapter includes the following topics:

About using NetBackup utilities

Analysis utilities for NetBackup debug logs

Network troubleshooting utilities

NetBackup support utility (nbsu)

NetBackup consistency check (NBCC)

NetBackup consistency check repair (NBCCR)

The nbcplogs utility

About using NetBackup utilities

Several utilities are available to help diagnose NetBackup problems. The Analysis
Utilities for NetBackup debug logs and the NetBackup Support Utility (nbsu) are
especially useful in troubleshooting.

Analysis utilities for NetBackup debug logs

The debug log analysis utilities enhance NetBackups existing debug capabilities
by providing a consolidated view of a job debug log.
NetBackup jobs span multiple processes that are distributed across servers.
A description of the two kinds of logging that are used, legacy logging and unified
logging, is available.
See About using logs and reports on page 79.

130

Using NetBackup utilities

Analysis utilities for NetBackup debug logs

To trace a NetBackup job requires that you view and correlate messages in multiple
log files on multiple hosts. The log analysis utilities provide a consolidated view
of the job debug logs. The utilities scan the logs for all processes that are traversed
or run for the job. The utilities can consolidate job information by client, job ID,
start time for the job, and policy that is associated with the job.
The available utilities are as follows:

backuptrace copies to standard output the debug log lines relevant to the

specified backup jobs, including online (hot) catalog backups

restoretrace copies to standard output the debug log lines relevant to the

specified restore jobs

bpgetdebuglog is a helper program for backuptrace and restoretrace

duplicatetrace consolidates the debug logs for the specified NetBackup

duplicate jobs and writes them to standard output.

importtrace consolidates the debug log messages for the specified NetBackup

import jobs and writes them to standard output.

verifytrace consolidates the debug log messages for the specified verify job(s)

and writes them to standard output.

Installation requirements
The log analysis utilities are available for all platforms that are supported for
NetBackup servers.
Note: Though the utilities must be initiated on supported platforms, they can
analyze debug log files from most NetBackup UNIX and Windows client and server
platforms.

Output format
The format of an output line is as follows:
daystamp.millisecs.program.sequence machine log_line

The following is a short description of each part of the outline line format:
daystamp

The day of the log in yyyymmdd format.

millisecs

The number of milliseconds since midnight on the local machine.

program

The name of program (BPCD, BPRD, etc.) being logged.

Using NetBackup utilities

Analysis utilities for NetBackup debug logs

sequence

Line number within the debug log file.

machine

The name of the NetBackup server or client.

log_line

The line that appears in the debug log file.

Limitations
While the log analysis utilities cover a variety of logs, the following exceptions
occur:

Media and device management logs are not analyzed.

The legacy debug log files must be in standard locations on the servers and
clients.
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/<PROGRAM_NAME>/log.mmddyy on UNIX and
<install_path>/NetBackup/Logs/<PROGRAM_NAME>/mmddyy.log on Windows.
An option may be added later that allows the analyzed log files to reside on
alternate paths.
Note: For the processes that use unified logging, no log directories must be
created.

The consolidated debug log may contain messages from unrelated processes.
You can ignore messages with time stamps outside the duration of the job
from the following: bprd, nbpem, nbjm, nbrb, bpdbm, bpbrm, bptm, bpdm, and
bpcd.

How to run the log analysis utilities

This section describes each utility and the conditions for using it. For each
commands parameters, limitations, and examples of use, use the command with
the -help option. All the following commands require administrative privileges.
See the NetBackup Commands manual.
Table 4-1 is a description of each log analysis utility.

131

132

Using NetBackup utilities

Analysis utilities for NetBackup debug logs

Table 4-1
backuptrace

Log analysis utilities

The backuptrace utility can be used for regular file system,
database extension, and alternate backup method backup jobs. It
consolidates the debug logs for specified NetBackup jobs. The
utility writes the relevant debug log messages to standard output
and sorts the messages by time. backuptrace attempts to
compensate for time zone changes and clock drift between remote
servers and clients. The format of the output makes it relatively
easy to sort or grep by time stamp, program name, and server or
client name.
The backuptrace utility works with the nbpem, nbjm, and nbrb
logs on the master server. You should enable debug logging for
bpbrm and bptm or bpdm on the media server and for bpbkar on
the client. For best results, set the verbose logging level to 5.
Enable debug logging for the following: bpdbm and bprd on the
master server and for bpcd on all servers and clients in addition
to the processes already identified.

restoretrace

restoretrace consolidates the debug logs for specified

NetBackup restore jobs. The utility writes debug log messages
relevant to the specified jobs to standard output and sorts the
messages by time. restoretrace attempts to compensate for
time zone changes and clock drift between remote servers and
clients. The format of the output makes it relatively easy to sort
or grep by time stamp, program name, and server or client name.
At a minimum, you must enable debug logging for bprd on the
master server. Enable debug logging for bpbrm and bptm or bpdm
on the media server and tar on the client. For best results, set
the verbose logging level to 5. Enable debug logging for bpdbm on
the master server and for bpcd on all servers and clients.

bpgetdebuglog

bpgetdebuglog is a helper program for backuptrace and

restoretrace. It can also be useful as a stand-alone program
and is available for all NetBackup server platforms.
bpgetdebuglog prints to standard output the contents of a
specified debug log file. If only the remote machine parameter is
specified, bpgetdebuglog prints the following to standard
output: the number of seconds of clock drift between the local
machine and the remote machine.

Using NetBackup utilities

Analysis utilities for NetBackup debug logs

Table 4-1
backupdbtrace

Log analysis utilities (continued)

backupdbtrace consolidates the debug log messages for specified
NetBackup database backup jobs and writes them to standard
output. It sorts the messages by time. backupdbtrace attempts
to compensate for time zone changes and clock drift between
remote servers and clients.
At a minimum, you must enable debug logging for admin on the
master server, and for bptm and bpbkar on the media server. For
best results, set the verbose logging level to 5 and enable debug
logging for the following: bpdbm on the master server and bpcd
on all servers in addition to the processes already identified.

duplicatetrace

duplicatetrace consolidates the debug logs for the specified

NetBackup duplicate jobs and writes them to standard output. It
sorts the messages by time. duplicatetrace attempts to
compensate for time zone changes and clock drift between remote
servers and clients.
At a minimum, you must enable debug logging for admin on the
master server and for bptm or bpdm on the media server. For best
results, set the verbose logging level to 5 and enable debug logging
for the following: bpdbm on the master server and bpcd on all
servers and clients in addition to the processes already identified.

importtrace

importtrace consolidates the debug log messages for the

specified NetBackup import jobs and writes them to standard
output. It sorts the messages by time. importtrace attempts to
compensate for time zone changes and clock drift between remote
servers and clients.
At a minimum, you must enable debug logging for admin on the
master server, and for bpbrm, bptm and tar on the media server.
For best results, set the verbose logging level to 5 and enable debug
logging for the following: bpdbm on the master server and bpcd
on all servers and clients in addition to the processes already
identified.

133

134

Using NetBackup utilities

Network troubleshooting utilities

Table 4-1
verifytrace

Log analysis utilities (continued)

verifytrace consolidates the debug log messages for the
specified verify job[s] and writes them to standard output. It sorts
the messages by time. verifytrace attempts to compensate for
time zone changes and clock drift between remote servers and
clients.
At a minimum, you must enable debug logging as follows: for
admin on the master server and for bpbrm, bptm (or bpdm) and
tar on the media server. For best results, set the verbose logging
level to 5 and enable debug logging for the following: bpdbm on
the master server and bpcd on all servers and clients in addition
to the processes already identified.

Network troubleshooting utilities

A set of utility programs (commands) verifies various aspects of network
configuration inside and outside NetBackup to ensure that there is no
misconfiguration. The utilities also provide user-friendly messages for any errors
they find.
Network configuration broadly falls into two categories:

Hardware, operating system, and NetBackup level settings. Examples include

correct DNS lookups, firewall port openings, and network routes and
connections. The NetBackup Domain Network Analyzer (nbdna) verifies this
configuration.

A set of utilities including bptestcd and bptestnetconn verifies the NetBackup

level settings. These settings include CONNECT_OPTIONS and CORBA endpoint
selection.

Table 4-2

Network configuration utilities

bptestnetconn

The bptestnetconn command performs several tasks that aid in

the analysis of DNS and connectivity problems with any specified
list of hosts, including the server list in the NetBackup
configuration. To help troubleshoot connectivity problems
between services that use CORBA communications, bptestnetconn
can perform and report on CORBA connections to named services.

bptestbpcd

The bptestbpcd command tries to establish a connection from a

NetBackup server to the bpcd daemon on another NetBackup
system. If successful, it reports information about the sockets that
are established.

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup support utility (nbsu)

Table 4-2
nbdna

Network configuration utilities (continued)

Network connectivity evaluation in a NetBackup domain is difficult
because NetBackup domains can scale to hundreds of servers, and
thousands of clients across complex network topologies.
The NetBackup Domain Network Analyzer (nbdna) evaluates
hostnames in the NetBackup Domain. The nbdna utility
self-discovers the NetBackup domain and evaluates hostname
information, then tests connectivity to these hostnames and
validates their network relationship status.

For more information on these utilities, refer to the Commands manual.

NetBackup support utility (nbsu)

The NetBackup support utility (nbsu) is a command line tool. It queries the host
and gathers appropriate diagnostic information about NetBackup and the operating
system. nbsu provides a wide range of control over the types of diagnostic
information gathered. For instance, you can obtain information about NetBackup
configuration settings, about specific troubleshooting areas, or about NetBackup
or media management job status codes.
nbsu resides in the following location:

On UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/support/nbsu

On Windows: install_path\NetBackup\bin\support\nbsu.exe

For a description of the nbsu command options, refer to the nbsu man page. More
information is available.
See the NetBackup Commands manual.

When to use nbsu

&CompanyName; recommends that you run nbsu in the following circumstances:

To obtain baseline data on your NetBackup installation. If you encounter

problems later, this data can be useful.

To document changes in your NetBackup or operating system environment.

Run nbsu periodically to keep your baseline data up to date.

To help isolate a NetBackup or operating system issue.

To report issues to &CompanyName; support.

135

136

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup support utility (nbsu)

nbsu progress display

By default, nbsu displays its progress to standard output. First it lists environment
queries; then it lists the diagnostic commands that it runs.
Example nbsu output:
C:\Program Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\bin\support>nbsu
1.0 Determining initial nbsu settings
1.1 Determining OS environment
1.2 Determining OS host services
1.3 Determining identified network interface hostnames
1.4 Determining NetBackup environment
2.0 Querying nbsu diagnostic lists
2.1 Determining nbsu diagnostics to run
3.0 Executing nbsu diagnostics
Executing diagnostic DEV_scsi_reg
Registry query of HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\hardware\DeviceMap\Scsi\
Executing diagnostic MM_ndmp
"C:\Program Files\VERITAS\volmgr\bin\set_ndmp_attr" -list
"C:\Program Files\VERITAS\volmgr\bin\set_ndmp_attr" -probe
<hostname>
"C:\Program Files\VERITAS\volmgr\bin\set_ndmp_attr" -verify
<hostname>
Executing diagnostic MM_tpconfig
"C:\Program Files\VERITAS\\Volmgr\Bin\tpconfig" -d
4.0 nbsu successfully completed the identified diagnostic commands.
Creating support package...
Microsoft (R) Cabinet Maker - Version 5.2.3790.0
Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved..
770,201 bytes in 36 files
Total files:
36
Bytes before:
770,201
Bytes after:
105,503
After/Before:
13.70% compression
Time:
0.67 seconds ( 0 hr 0 min 0.67 sec)
Throughput:
1119.27 Kb/second
Cleaning up output files...

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup support utility (nbsu)

137

The results are located in the

.\output\nbsu\lou4_master_20070409_160403 directory...

nbsu output
nbsu writes the information it gathers to text files in the following directory:
On UNIX:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/support/output/nbsu/hostname_timestamp

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\support\output\nbsu\hostname_timestamp
The NetBackup environment where nbsu runs determines the particular files that
nbsu creates. nbsu runs only those diagnostic commands that are appropriate to
the operating system and the NetBackup version and configuration. For each
diagnostic command that it runs, nbsu writes the command output to a separate
file. As a rule, the name of each output file reflects the command that nbsu ran
to obtain the output. For example, nbsu created the NBU_bpplclients.txt by
running the NetBackup bpplclients command and created the OS_set.txt file
by running the operating systems set command.

Output files: format

Each output file begins with a header that identifies the command(s) that nbsu
ran. If output from more than one command was included in the file, the header
identifies the output as an "internal procedure."
Figure 4-1 shows the actual command(s) and output follow the header.
Figure 4-1

Example nbsu output file: ipconfig command (excerpt)

--------------------- Network ipconfig information report ------------------------------------------- Command used ---------------------------> "C:\WINDOWS\system32\ipconfig" /all
Windows IP Configuration
Host Name . . . . . . .
Primary Dns Suffix . .
Node Type . . . . . . .
IP Routing Enabled. . .
WINS Proxy Enabled. . .
DNS Suffix Search List.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

:
:
:
:
:
:

host1
Hybrid
No
No
company.com

138

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup support utility (nbsu)

Figure 4-2 shows an example of part of the nbsu output file for the bpgetconfig
command.
Figure 4-2

Example nbsu output file: bpgetconfig command (excerpt)

------------------ NetBackup bpgetconfig information report ---------------------------- nbsu diagnostic name and internal procedure used ------------NBU_bpgetconfig - NBU_get_bpgetconfig_info
------------------------------- Command Used ------------------------------> "C:\Program Files\VERITAS\netbackup\bin\admincmd\bpgetconfig" -g host1 -L
Client/Master = Master
NetBackup Client Platform = PC, Windows2000
NetBackup Client Protocol Level = 6.5.0
Product = NetBackup
Version Name = 6.5Alpha
Version Number = 650000
NetBackup Installation Path = C:\Program Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\bin
Client OS/Release = Windows2003 5
------------------------------- Command Used ------------------------------> "C:\Program Files\VERITAS\netbackup\bin\admincmd\bpgetconfig"
SERVER = host1
SERVER = host2
SERVER = host3
SERVER = host4
SERVER = host5
SERVER = host6
SERVER = host7

If the executed command returned a non-zero status, an EXIT STATUS header

indicates the status. For example:
----------------------- EXIT STATUS = 227 -------------------------

As part of the internal processing of each command that a diagnostic command

runs, nbsu redirects each commands STDERR to an internal file. If the command
writes information to STDERR, nbsu captures this information and includes a
STDERR header along with the information. For example:
----------------------------- STDERR -----------------------------bpclient: no entity was found (227)

Output files: archiving and compression

If a supported archive program is available on the host where nbsu runs, nbsu
bundles its output files into an archive file. If a supported compression utility is
available, nbsu compresses the archive file. Otherwise, the individual output files
remain unarchived and uncompressed.
An example of a compressed archive file that nbsu created is as follows:

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup support utility (nbsu)

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/support/output/nbsu/host1_master_20060814_
164443/host1_master_20060814_164443.tar.gz

where host1 is the name of the host on which nbsu ran. master indicates that the
host is a NetBackup master server.
nbsu supports tar for archive and gzip for compression. &CompanyName; may
add support for other archive and compression utilities in the future. For an
up-to-date list of supported archive and compression utilities, run the nbsu -H
command on your installed version of NetBackup.
Note: Archiving and compression utilities are usually available on UNIX and Linux
systems. On Windows, it may be necessary to install these programs. Note that
the archiving utility must be referenced in the system PATH environment variable.

Archiving by means of nbsu -xml

If no archive utility is installed on your system, do the following: use the -xml
option of the nbsu command to create a single .xml file in place of the individual
output files. The single .xml file contains all the diagnostic information that the
individual files contain. Use this command to conveniently bundle nbsu output
for &CompanyName; support.

nbsu and NetBackup status codes

You can use nbsu to gather diagnostic information about certain NetBackup or
Media Manager status codes. nbsu gathers this information by running one or
more NetBackup commands whose output may indicate the cause of the problem.
The commands that nbsu runs may be mentioned under "Recommended Actions"
for a particular status code in either of the following: See About NetBackup status
codes and messages on page 153.
See About media and device management status codes and messages on page 421.
For example, to gather diagnostic information about status code 25, enter:
nbsu -nbu_e 25

This command runs only the diagnostic commands that are related to NetBackup
status code 25. Since fewer commands are run, the result may be a smaller set of
output files.
A description of the output files that nbsu generates is available.
See Output files: format on page 137.

139

140

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup support utility (nbsu)

To determine what information nbsu can collect for a particular status code, run
nbsu with the -l option:
nbsu -l -nbu_e 25

Note: You can also use a NetBackup exit script to call nbsu. The script passes the
NetBackup status code to nbsu to gather associated diagnostics for a job.

Notes on running nbsu

The following are items that can help you run the nbsu utility:

For an nbsu description, examples, and how to gather diagnostic information

to send to &CompanyName; support, refer to the nbsu command.
See the NetBackup Commands manual.

For troubleshooting, run nbsu when the system is in the same state as when
the problem occurred. For example, do not stop and restart the NetBackup
processes after the error occurs or make a change to the server or network.
nbsu may not be able to gather key information about the problem.

If a NetBackup component is not operational (for example, bpgetconfig does

not return information), nbsu may be unable to properly report on the system.
For these cases, use the -nbu_down command line option to bypass the need
for NetBackup to be operational.
For a full description of the nbu_down command line option, see the
NetBackup Commands manual.

If you encounter problems running nbsu

If nbsu does not perform as expected, try the following:

By default, nbsu sends error messages to standard error (STDERR) and also
includes the messages in its output files under the header STDERR. Note the
following alternate ways to view nbsu error messages:

To redirect the nbsu error messages to standard output (STDOUT), enter

the following:

On UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/support/nbsu 2>&1

On Windows: install_path\NetBackup\bin\support\nbsu.exe 2>&1

To send all nbsu screen output including error messages to a file, enter:
nbsu 2>&1 > file_name

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup consistency check (NBCC)

where 2>&1 directs standard error into standard output, and file_name
directs standard output into the designated file.

To generate debug messages that relate to nbsu, enter:

# nbsu -debug

The messages are written to the nbsu_info.txt file. Information is available

about the location of this file.
See nbsu output on page 137.

nbsu_info.txt file
The nbsu_info.txt file provides an overview of the environment where nbsu is
run, and contains the following:

General operating system and NetBackup information on the environment

that nbsu detects

A list of diagnostics that were run

A list of diagnostics that returned a non-zero status

This information may indicate why nbsu returned particular values, or why it did
not run certain commands.
If nbsu does not produce adequate information or if it seems to perform incorrectly,
do the following: run nbsu with the -debug option to include additional debug
messages in the nbsu_info.txt file.

NetBackup consistency check (NBCC)

NBCC is a command line utility that is used to analyze the integrity of portions
of the NetBackup configuration and catalog/database information as they pertain
to tape media. This analysis includes review of NetBackup storage units, the EMM
server, volume pools, tape media, and backup images associated with tape media.
NBCC does the following:

Queries the operating system for configured Host Services and creates/reads
the nbcc-server-aliases file for hostname normalization

Through examination of the NetBackup configuration, identifies potentially

tape based NetBackup media servers

Gathers database/catalog information

Analyzes the consistency of the gathered configuration and database/catalog

information

141

142

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup consistency check (NBCC)

Creates a packaged bundle for &CompanyName; Technical Support review

NBCC resides in the following location:

On UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/support/NBCC

On Windows: install_path\NetBackup\bin\support\NBCC.exe

For a description of the NBCC command options, refer to the NBCC man page.
More information is available.
See the NetBackup Commands manual.

When to use NBCC

&CompanyName; recommends that you run NBCC in the following circumstances:

To check the consistency of the NetBackup configuration and catalog/database

information from a tape media perspective

To gather and create a package bundle when directed to do so by

&CompanyName; Technical Support

NBCC progress display

By default, NBCC displays its progress numerically to standard output.
Example NBCC output that has been edited for brevity:
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3

2.0

Gathering initial NBCC information

Querying configured network interfaces
Building hostname services information
...
Obtaining initial NetBackup configuration information
...
If NBCC DOES NOT detect any catalog inconsistencies, would you
like NBCC to create a support package? [Y/y,N/n] Y
Gathering required NetBackup configuration information
Is the master server or any media server in
a fail-over cluster? [Y/y,N/n] N
Would you like NBCC to update the
D:\Program Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\bin\support\config\
nbcc-server-aliases file with additional hostnames and/or IP
addresses that are detected during processing? [Y/y,N/n] Y

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup consistency check (NBCC)

143

Would you like to verify each addition prior to the update?

[Y/y,N/n] N
If NBCC is unable to determine the NetBackup version for ANY
detected media server, is there a SINGLE version of NetBackup
you would like associated to these media servers? [Y/y,N/n] Y
Please enter the NetBackup primary version number [3,4,5,6] 6
2.1

Reading the initial list of IP addresses and associated hostnames

from the D:\Program Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\bin\support\config\
nbcc-server-aliases file

2.2

Verifying the IP addresses and hostnames contained in the

D:\Program Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\bin\support\config\
nbcc-server-aliases file

2.3

Pinging primary hostnames...

2.4

Building NetBackup retention level list...

2.5

Building NetBackup storage unit list...

2.6

Obtaining EMM server names...

2.7

Obtaining tpconfig NDMP configuration information...

The following NDMP Attach hosts were detected in EMM, but are
not active in EMM:

2.8

Obtaining NetBackup unrestricted media sharing status...

Configuration state = NO
Obtaining NetBackup Media Server Groups...
No Server Groups configured
Gathering required NetBackup catalog information
Start time = 2009-01-14 12:20:59

2.9
3.0

3.1
3.2

3.3

Gathering NetBackup EMM conflict table list

Found 0 EMM conflict records
Building NetBackup Image database contents list
...
Found 5890 images in the Image database
Obtaining NetBackup version from media servers

144

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup consistency check (NBCC)

3.4

3.5
3.6

3.7
3.8
3.9

Building EMM database Media and Device configuration

attribute lists
...
Found 212 media records in the EMM database
Building EMM database Unrestricted Sharing Media attribute lists
Found 0 Unrestricted Sharing media records in the EMM database
Building the EMM database Volume attribute list...
Getting the EMM database Volume attributes from EMM server
master1 ...
Found 586 Volume attribute records in the EMM database
Building NetBackup volume pool configuration list
Server master1
Building NetBackup scratch pool configuration list
Server master1
Gathering NetBackup EMM merge table list
Found 0 EMM merge table records
Summary of gathered NetBackup catalog information
...
Catalog data gathering took 499 seconds to complete
***WARNING***
** It took more than 60 seconds to collect all of the DB data.
**
** If backups are running, there is a risk that the data collected
** might not be consistent, because the DBs may have been updated
** while the data was being collected.
**
** If backups are running and it is possible, please stop all
** backups and run NBCC again.
**
** If it is not possible to stop all backups, just let
** NBCC complete.
...

4.0

Verifying required catalog components were gathered

5.0

Beginning NetBackup catalog consistency check

Start time = 2009-01-14 12:29:19

5.2

Processing EMM database Volume attribute records, pass 1 (of 2),

586 records to be processed
Processed 586 EMM database Volume attribute records.

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup consistency check (NBCC)

145

5.3

Checking for duplicate EMM server host names in Volume

attribute data
5.4 Processing Image DB, pass 1 (of 2), 5890 to be processed
5890 images processed on pass 1
5.5 Processing EMM database Media attribute records, pass 1 (of 3),
212 records to be processed
Processed 212 EMM database Media attribute records.
5.7 Check for duplicate media server names in the EMM database
Media attribute data
5.8 Processing EMM database Media attribute records, pass 2 (of 3),
212 records to be processed
CONSISTENCY_ERROR Oper_16_4
5.9

NetBackup catalog consistency check completed

End time = 2009-01-14 12:29:21

6.1

Processing detected NetBackup server entries

Summary of NBCC server processing
...
Report complete, closing the
.\output\nbcc\master2_NBCC_20090114_121931\nbcc-info.txt
output file.

Server aliases file

NBCC generates the nbcc-server-aliases file that contains IP addresses and the
related primary and associated alias hostnames. The nbcc-server-aliases file is
created in the following directory.
On UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/support/config/

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\support\config\
The following example shows a sample server alias file listing.
#
#
#
#
#
#
#

This file is used by NBCC as a basis for determining primary and

associated alias hostnames as described in the NBCC -help output.
List the primary IP address, all secondary IP addresses, the primary
hostname and all aliases used for the same server by NetBackup in
bpgetconfig SERVER related entries, storage units and Volume database
hosts (eg, fully-qualified hostnames, hostnames associated with other

146

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup consistency check (NBCC)

# network interfaces on the server, cluster node names) on a single line.

#
#
# Note: Any hostnames that contain upper-case characters are converted
#
to lower-case characters by NBCC for processing.
#
# Accurate representation of both primary and secondary IP addresses and
# primary and associated hostnames are important for both the gathering
# and consistency checking of the NetBackup catalog data.
#
# Format of entries in the "nbcc-server-aliases" file:
#
#
primary_IP [ secondary_IP ... ] primary_name alias [ alias ... ]
#
# Examples:
#
# ##.##.###.### ##.##.###.## nbserver NBserver nbserver.lab.symantec.com
# ##.##.###.### ##.##.###.## nbmaster-bkup nbmaster zeus zeus-bkup
#
# Any entries that are added to this file must NOT start with a '#'.
#
# All lines starting with a '#' are ignored by NBCC.
#
# Empty lines are ignored by NBCC.
#
10.10.100.10 nbu_server.com nbu_server
10.10.111.10 nbu_server1.com nbu_server1
10.10.112.10 nbu_server2.com nbu_server2

NBCC output
NBCC writes the information it gathers to packaged files in the following directory.
On UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/support/output/nbcc/hostname_NBCC_timestamp

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\support\output\nbcc\hostname_NBCC_timestamp

Output files: archiving and compression

If a supported archive program is available on the host where NBCC runs, NBCC
bundles its output files into an archive file. If a supported compression utility is

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup consistency check (NBCC)

available, NBCC compresses the archive file. Otherwise, the individual output files
remain unarchived and uncompressed.
An example of a compressed (UNIX) archive file that NBCC created is as follows:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/support/output/NBCC/host1_NBCC_20060814_
164443/host1_NBCC_20060814_164443.tar.gz

where host1 is the name of the host where NBCC had been run.
On UNIX platforms, NBCC supports the tar , compress and gzip utilities for UNIX
file archiving and compression. On Windows platforms, NBCC supports the tar,
Makecab and gzip utilities for Windows File archiving and compression.

Notes on running NBCC

The following are items that can help you run the NBCC utility:

For an NBCC description, examples, and how to gather NetBackup

catalog/database information to send to &CompanyName; support, refer to
the NBCC -help command, or do the following:
See the NetBackup Commands manual.

NBCC is designed to be run on NetBackup master servers.

In some cases, a non-functioning operating system or NetBackup process or

service can prevent NBCC from running properly or completing. As NBCC
progresses through the interrogation of various operating system or NetBackup
components, it outputs what it is going to process to STDOUT. As NBCC
processes catalog/database components, it displays how many records have
been processed. The number of records processed is in direct relationship to
the size of the catalog/database being processed. If NBCC detects a failure,
related information will be output to STDERR. Information to STDOUT or
STDERR are also output to the nbcc-info.txt file (if available).

If you encounter problems running NBCC

If NBCC does not perform as expected, try the following:

Use a text editor to look for error notices in the nbcc-into.txt file.

By default, NBCC sends error messages to standard error (STDERR) and also
includes the messages in its output files under the header STDERR.

If NBCC does not produce adequate information or if it seems to perform

incorrectly, run NBCC with the -debug option to include additional debug
messages in the nbcc-info.txt file.

147

148

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup consistency check (NBCC)

For troubleshooting, run NBCC when the system is in the same state as when
the problem occurred. For example, do not stop and restart the NetBackup
processes after the error occurs or make a change to the server or network.
NBCC may not be able to gather key information about the problem.

nbcc-info.txt file
The nbcc-info.txt file provides an overview of the environment where NBCC is
run, and contains the following:

General operating system and NetBackup configuration information on the

environment that NBCC detects

A copy of the NBCC processing information that was displayed to STDOUT or

STDERR.

This information would indicate the processing that NBCC had done.
The Processing detected NetBackup server entries section of the nbcc-info.txt
contains a Summary of NBCC server processing. This information summarizes
the results of the processing of detected server entries.
The following example show a successful summary of server processing from the
nbcc-info.txt file.
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Primary and associated alias hostnames:
+
+ server_1
+
+ Primary and associated IP addresses:
+
+ 100.100.10.1
+
+ Sources:
+
+ config_file bpstulist nbemmcmd
+
+ MediaDB host = up
VolDB host = no Disk STU host = no
+
+ Member of Server Group = no
+
+ Media server NetBackup version = 6.5
+
+ Primary hostname ping results:
+
+ Successful
+
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

The following example shows a failed summary of server processing from the
nbcc-info.txt file.
-----------------------------------------------------------------+
- Primary and associated alias hostnames:
+
- server_2
+
- Primary and associated IP addresses:
+
- 100.100.10.100

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup consistency check repair (NBCCR)

- Sources:
+
- config_file nbemmcmd
+
- MediaDB host = down VolDB host = no Disk STU host = no
+
- Member of Server Group = no
+
- Media server NetBackup version = 6.X
+
- Primary hostname ping results:
+
- Failed - No IP address detected
+
-----------------------------------------------------------------+

NetBackup consistency check repair (NBCCR)

The NetBackup consistency check repair (NBCCR) utility is a command line tool
that processes database-catalog repair actions. It automates the application of
approved suggested repair actions. &CompanyName; Tech Support analyzes data
collected by the NBCC utility and site-specific configuration information. This
analysis results in the generation of a suggested repair actions (SRA) file. Before
NBCCR is run, Tech Support interacts with the customer to determine which
repairs are needed. Undesirable repair actions are deleted or commented out of
the SRA file. Each line of the SRA file contains one repair action paired with an
associated parameter.
The NBCCR utility executes each repair action in several stages:

Data collection. NBCCR first collects information required to perform a repair.

Repair qualification. Immediately before the suggested repair is applied,

NBCCR verifies that the current status of the tape still qualifies for the
requested repair. It recognizes that time has passed and the environment may
have changed since the data was collected. If so, it reports in a history file that
the repair is not qualified.

Repair. Finally, NBCCR performs up to three steps of repair for every repair
entry in the SRA file. An element may be modified to enable the repair and
steps may be necessary after the repair. It implements the repairs with proven
syntax, so ad hoc scripting occurs. If the repair fails during the repair operation,
NBCCR tries to roll back the repair so that the corrective action does not
introduce any new errors.

NBCCR resides in the following location:

On UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/support/NBCCR

On Windows: install_path\NetBackup\bin\support\NBCCR.exe

For a description of the NBCCR command options, refer to the NBCCR man page.
More information is available.
See the NetBackup Commands manual.

149

150

Using NetBackup utilities

NetBackup consistency check repair (NBCCR)

NBCCR files
NBCCR accepts one input file and creates two output files.

NBCCR accepts as input the Suggested Repair Action (SRA) file named
NBCCA.SRA.txt. The file resides in the same directory as the utility.

NBCCR creates NBCCR.History.txt, a history file of all the repair actions

attempted, and places it in the same directory as the utility.

It also creates an output file, NBCCR.output.txt. See the two sample output
files that follow.

While the NBCCR utility runs, the following file appears in the same location as
the NBCCR utility:
KeepOnTruckin.txt

To terminate NBCCR while it processes repairs, delete this file. This action causes
NBCCR to complete the current repair, then shut down. Any other interruption
causes undetermined results.

Sample output files

The following are two sample contents of the NBCCR.output.txt file showing the
results of two MContents repairs. One where all images were found on tape and
one where one or more images were not found, on the tape
This sample shows that all images were found on the tape. The MContents repair
action is successful.
MContents for ULT001 MediaServerExpireImagesNotOnTapeFlag
ExpireImagesNotOnTape flag not set
ULT001 MContents - All images in images catalog found on tape
MContents ULT001 status: Success

The following sample show an unsuccessful repair action. NBCCR did not find one
or more images on the tape, so the repair action is not performed.

MContents for ULT000 MediaServerExpireImagesNotOnTapeFlag

ExpireImagesNotOnTape flag not set
Did NOT find Backup ID winmaster_1234315163 Copy 1 AssignTime 2009-02-11 \
01:19:13 (1234315153) on ULT000
Leaving winmaster_1234315163 Copy 1 on ULT000 in ImageDB
ULT000 MContents - One or more images from images catalog NOT found on tape
MContents ULT000 status: ActionFailed

Using NetBackup utilities

The nbcplogs utility

The nbcplogs utility

When you troubleshoot a customer problem, you must gather and copy the correct
logs to debug the issue. The log types (NBU, vxul, vm, pbx,...) may be in many
places. The process of getting the logs to &CompanyName; support can be difficult
and time consuming.
The nbcplogs utility is intended to simplify the process of copying logs by
specifying the following options:

A time frame for the logs.

The log types that you want to collect.

Bundling and in-transit data compression.

In addition, you can preview the amount of log data to be copied.

More information on the nbcplogs utility is available in the Commands manual.

151

152

Using NetBackup utilities

The nbcplogs utility

Chapter

NetBackup status codes

and messages
This chapter includes the following topics:

About NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

This chapter lists all the status codes and messages that NetBackup provides.
Codes that relate to Media and device management are available.
See Media and device management messages on page 549.
This chapter is divided into two parts:

The first section lists the NetBackup status codes in numerical order and
includes an explanation of what occurred along with recommended actions.
See NetBackup status codes on page 154.

The second section lists the same status codes but sorts them alphabetically
according to the message.
See NetBackup Messages on page 397.

If you see a status code without its associated message text, use the bperror
command to determine the message, its explanation, and recommended action.
On UNIX and Linux systems:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/admincmd/bperror -statuscode
nstatuscode [-recommendation]

On Windows systems:

154

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\bperror -statuscode
statuscode [-recommendation]

where statuscode is the number of the message.

The following example shows how you use bperror to access error code
information:
On UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/admincmd/bperror -statuscode
150

On Windows: install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\bperror -statuscode

150
termination requested by administrator
The process is terminating (or has terminated) as a direct
result of a request from an authorized user or process.

The &CompanyName; Technical Support site has a wealth of information that

can help you solve NetBackup problems. See the following site for comprehensive
troubleshooting details:
www.symantec.com/business/support/

NetBackup status codes

The following is a complete list of the NetBackup status codes that are listed in
numerical order:
Note: The term "media server", as distinct from "master server" or "server", does
not apply to the NetBackup server product. When you troubleshoot a Server
installation, ignore any references to media server. (This note does not apply to
NetBackup Enterprise Server.)

NetBackup status code: 0

Message: the requested operation was successfully completed
Explanation: No problems were detected with the requested operation.
Recommended Action: No action is needed, unless a database was backed up
through a database extension product (for example, NetBackup for Oracle or
NetBackup for SQL Server). In those instances, code 0 means the backup script
(that started the backup) ran without error. However, you must check other status
as explained in the related NetBackup manual to see if the database was
successfully backed up.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 1

Message: the requested operation was partially successful
Explanation: A problem was detected that may require corrective action during
the requested operation.
Recommended Action: Check the All Log Entries report and also the progress
log (if there is one).
The following are some of the problems that can appear under status code 1:

A file or a directory path is more than 1023 characters long.

For NetBackup Snapshot Client, the maximum path name length is 1000
characters for snapshot backups, not 1023. When the snapshot is created, a
new mount point is added to the beginning of the file path. If the new mount
point plus the original file path exceeds 1023 characters, the backup fails with
status code 1. The progress log includes the entry "ERR-Skipping long dir
path."

You cannot open a file.

The file may have been locked for some reason.

The following information applies only to UNIX and Linux systems:

NetBackup cannot get the link name of a file.

The following information applies only to UNIX and Linux systems:

NetBackup cannot process a sparse file.

A read error that was encountered in a file.

File is of an unknown type, or may be hidden.

The following information applies only to UNIX and Linux systems:

The lstat system call fails on a file that is eligible to be backed up. This error
may be a permission problem.

The following information applies only to UNIX and Linux systems:

A file cannot be locked that has mandatory locking enabled.

A synthetic backup job may terminate with a status code 1 under the following
conditions:
- No images were found to synthesize (status code = 607).
- TIR info has been pruned from component images (status code = 136).
- Image format is unsupported (status code = 79).

155

156

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

The synthetic backup job logs the actual status code in the NetBackup error
log. Refer to the documentation for the corresponding NetBackup error code
for the corrective action to take.

A BMR job may terminate with status code 1 in the following situation:
You save the BMR configuration and it returns an error even though the child
jobs completed successfully. For information, examine the Detailed Status tab
of the Job Details dialog box, or the nbjm unified log (originator ID 117).

A policy that contains multiple backup scripts starts a scheduled backup of a

UNIX database extension client. If it fails with a status code 1, some of the
backup scripts returned a failure status.

On clients using Windows Open File Backups (WOFB) to back up open or active
files, the following may occur:
Volume snapshots were not enabled successfully for the backup.
The following logging messages should appear in the bpbkar32 logs if volume
snapshots were not successfully enabled.
If multistreamed backup jobs are enabled, log messages similar to the following
appear that indicate volume snapshots were not enabled for the multistreamed
backup job:
11:05:44.601 AM: [1536.724] <4> tar_backup::V_AddToFI_XBSAObj:
INF - Volume snapshots not enabled for: D:\Directory1

If multistreamed backups were not enabled, log messages similar to the

following appear, which indicate volume snapshots were not enabled for the
non-streamed backup job:
1:59:41.229 PM: [2076.2088] <4>
V_Snapshot::V_Snapshot_CreateSnapshot: INF ===============================
1:59:41.229 PM: [2076.2088] <4>
V_Snapshot::V_Snapshot_CreateSnapshot: INF create snapshots for D:\Directory1
1:59:41.229 PM: [2076.2088] <4>
V_Snapshot::V_Snapshot_CreateSnapshot: INF C:\Program Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\bin\bpfis
"D:\ Directory1"
1:59:41.799 PM: [2076.2088] <4>
V_Snapshot::V_Snapshot_ParseBpfisOutput: INF
creation, FIS_ID: 1058813981
1:59:41.799 PM: [2076.2088] <4>
V_Snapshot::V_Snapshot_ParseBpfisOutput: INF
EXIT STATUS 11: system call failed

Attempting to

CREATE request:
create -fim VSP

- Snapshot

- Snapshot creation

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

1:59:41.799 PM: [2076.2088] <4>

V_Snapshot::V_Snapshot_CreateSnapshot: INF - Snapshot creation
was not successful
1:59:41.799 PM: [2076.2088] <4>
V_Snapshot::V_Snapshot_CreateSnapshot: INF ===============================

In this case, examine the bpfis logs for error messages regarding snapshot
creation failures. More details are available on the bpfis logs.
See the NetBackup Snapshot Client Administrators Guide.
In the bpfis logs, the following messages may appear when snapshot creation
fails for Windows Open File Backup:
First message:
04:01:14.168 [376.2364] <32> onlfi_fi_split: VfMS error 11; see
following messages:
04:01:14.168 [376.2364] <32> onlfi_fi_split: Fatal method error
was reported
04:01:14.168 [376.2364] <32> onlfi_fi_split: vfm_freeze_commit:
method: VSP, type: FIM, function: VSP_make
04:01:14.168 [376.2364] <32> onlfi_fi_split: VfMS method error
3; see following message:
04:01:14.168 [376.2364] <32> onlfi_fi_split: snapshot services:
snapshot creation failed: invalid argument(s).

Cause: VSP was not enabled because the VSP snapshot for the backup did not
meet the specified minimum time in the Busy File Wait VSP setting.
Either increase the Busy File Timeout VSP setting (recommended setting: 300
seconds or more) or submit the backup job when the volume has less activity.
Second message:
04:17:55.571 [1636.3224] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: snapshot services:
(null): There was an unexpected error while preparing the VSP
snapshot transaction. Dumping the parameter array to provide
more information: Error 112 from VSP_Prepare

Cause: VSP was not enabled for the backup because the client for the VSP
Snapshot Cache files does not have enough free disk space.
Free up disk space on the volumes being backed up.
Third message:
If Microsoft Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) is used as the Windows Open
File Backup snapshot provider and snapshot creation fails, refer to the
following: Event Viewers Application and System Logs for error information.

157

158

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

A snapshot error may have occurred. Also, you may have clients that use the
Windows Open File Backup option to back up open or active files. In this case,
a log message in the bpbkar32 debug log appears, which indicates that a
snapshot error occurred.
The following is an example of a snapshot error:
8:51:14.569 AM: [1924.2304] <2> tar_base::V_vTarMsgW: ERR Snapshot Error while reading test.file

See the recommended actions under status code 156.

The granular processing operation of an Exchange Granular backup job has

failed to complete successfully. Check the bpbkar debug log for more
information. A legacy (non-VSS) backup still truncates transaction logs if the
job ends with status 1 because a granular processing operation failed. In this
situation, the backup image is suitable for database recovery.

NetBackup status code: 2

Message: none of the requested files were backed up
Explanation: A backup or archive did not back up any of the files in the file list.
This status code applies primarily to automatic backups using Lotus Notes or SQL
database agents, when all the backups that are job related have failed. Or, an
Enterprise Vault backup has failed. It should not occur for standard file system
backups.
Open a NetBackup support case (recommended in &CompanyName; document
276903.pdf) if you encounter this error for the following: a UNIX, Linux, or
Windows file system backup, or for database agents other than SQL Server or
Lotus Notes.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

The following information applies only to Lotus Notes:

This error occurs when archive style logging is not enabled for the Lotus
Domino server on UNIX. It also occurs when another backup of the transaction
logs is in progress.

For troubleshooting guidance, such as a list of logs to gather, and for details
on particular issues, refer to the &CompanyName; support document
276903.pdf.

See the troubleshooting topic of the appropriate guide for a description of

troubleshooting tools:

NetBackup for Microsoft SQL Server Administrators Guide

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup for Lotus Notes Administrators Guide

NetBackup for Enterprise Vault Agent Administrators Guide

NetBackup status code: 3

Message: valid archive image produced, but no files deleted due to non-fatal
problems
Explanation: The backup portion of the archive command reported problems so
the files were not deleted.
Recommended Action: Examine the progress log or status of the archive on the
client to determine if you need to retry the archive after correcting the problem.
If the problem is not serious and the files were backed up, you can manually delete
the files. To verify which files were backed up, use the NetBackup client-user
interface in restore mode and browse the files in the archive.
A possible cause for files not being deleted is that you do not have the necessary
permissions. NetBackup cannot delete files unless you are the user that owns the
files, a superuser on UNIX, or an administrator on Windows.

NetBackup status code: 4

Message: archive file removal failed
Explanation: The backup portion of the archive completed was successful but
the delete failed.
Recommended Action: Verify that you have permission to delete the files and
that the read-only flag is not set for the files. On UNIX and Linux clients, verify
that you have write permission to the directories that contain the files. Since the
backup was successful, you can delete the files that were backed up. (If you do not
have the necessary permissions, have the system administrator delete the files.)

NetBackup status code: 5

Message: the restore failed to recover the requested files
Explanation: Errors caused the restore to fail.
Recommended Action: Perform the following items in the order presented:

Ensure that the clients server list contains entries for the master server and
any media servers that can be used during a backup or restore.

Examine the status or the progress log on the client for messages on why the
restore failed. Also, check the All Log Entries report on the server.

Check ownership and permission on directories where files are restored.

159

160

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Correct the problems that you find and retry the restore.

If you tried to restore files from a FlashBackup backup after a NetBackup patch
was installed, the patch may not have been installed properly. Follow the
installation instructions in the patch readme file and make sure the libsfr.so
file is copied as instructed.

NetBackup status code: 6

Message: the backup failed to back up the requested files
Explanation: Errors caused the user backup to fail.
Recommended Action: Do the following as appropriate:

Verify that you have read access to the files. Check the status or the progress
log on the client for messages on why the backup failed. Correct problems and
retry the backup.

The following information applies only to Windows clients:

Verify that the account used to start the NetBackup Client service has read
access to the files.

The following information applies only to Macintosh clients:

This code can be due to multiple backups being tried simultaneously on the
same client.
Some possible solutions are as follows:

Adjust the backup schedules.

If the client is only in one policy, set the policy attribute, Limit jobs per
policy, to 1.

Set the NetBackup global attribute, Maximum jobs per client, to 1 (note
that this limits all clients in all policies).

For a UNIX or Linux database extension client (for example, NetBackup for
Oracle), this status code can indicate a problem with the script that controls
the backup.
Check the progress report on the client for a message such as Script exited
with status code = number (the number varies). The progress log usually
names the script.
Check the script for problems. Also, check that the troubleshooting logs created
by the database extension. See the NetBackup guide that came with the database
extension for information on the scripts and the troubleshooting logs.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 7

Message: the archive failed to back up the requested files
Explanation: Errors caused the user archive to fail.
Recommended Action: Verify that you have read access to the files. Check the
progress log or the status on the client for messages on why the archive failed.
Correct problems and retry the archive.
On Windows clients, verify that the account used to start the NetBackup services
has read access to the files.

NetBackup status code: 8

Message: unable to determine the status of rbak
Explanation: On DomainOS clients, rbak is used to do restores. If rbak does not
exit with a status message, NetBackup cannot determine whether the restore
worked or not.
Recommended Action: Check for a new core file to see if rbak quit abnormally.
Check the ps output to see if rbak is hung. If so, cancel it and try again. Check the
progress log for any unusual messages from rbak.

NetBackup status code: 9

Message: an extension package is needed, but was not installed
Explanation: A NetBackup extension product is required to perform the requested
operation.
Recommended Action: Install the required extension product.

NetBackup status code: 10

Message: allocation failed
Explanation: The system memory allocation fails because of insufficient system
memory available. A possible cause is that the system is overloaded with too many
processes and not enough physical or virtual memory.
Recommended Action: Free up memory by terminating any unneeded processes
that consume memory. Add more swap space or physical memory.

NetBackup status code: 11

Message: system call failed

161

162

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: A system call has failed. This status code is used for a generic system
call failure that does not have its own status code.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the All Log Entries and Problems reports to determine the system call
that failed and other information about the error.

nbjm and nbproxy return status code 11 when an exception is processed, such

as when nbproxy obtains policy or configuration information. Examine the

nbjm unified log (originator ID 117) or the nbproxy legacy log for more detail
on the cause of the error.

A frequent cause is that the servers file system is full. For example, you may
see a message similar to the following in the Problems report or bpdbm debug
log:
06/27/95 01:04:00 romb romb
failed (11)
06/27/95 01:04:01 romb romb
process

db_FLISTsend failed: system call

media manager terminated by parent

06/27/95 01:05:15 romb romb backup of client romb that exited with status 11
(system call failed)
On UNIX and Linux systems, run a df command on the
/usr/openv/netbackup/db directory.
If the df command does not reveal the problem, check the bpdbm debug logs
or do a grep for the message
system call failed

In relevant files under the directory /usr/openv/netbackup/db/error/

On Windows systems, verify that the disk partition where NetBackup is
installed has enough room.

Verify that the system is not running out of virtual memory. If virtual memory
is the problem, turn off unused applications or increase the amount of virtual
memory.
To increase virtual memory on Windows, do the following in the order
presented:

Display the Control Panel.

Double-click System.

On the Performance tab, set Virtual Memory to a higher value.

The following information applies only to UNIX and Linux clients:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Check for a semaphore problem. This error may occur because the system does
not have enough allocated semaphores. It is most commonly seen on Solaris
servers when an RDBMS is also running.
The symptoms of the problem vary. In some cases, error messages in the
NetBackup log indicate a backup failure due to an error in semaphore operation.
Another symptom is the inability of the NetBackup device manager daemon,
ltid, to acquire a needed semaphore.
System requirements vary; thus, no definite recommendations can be made.
One customer running NetBackup and ORACLE on a Solaris server made the
following changes to the /etc/system file and then rebooted the system (boot
-r). The changes were adequate.
set
set
set
set

semsys:seminfo_semmni=300
semsys:seminfo_semmns=300
semsys:seminfo_semmsl=300
semsys:seminfo_semmnu=600

Set these attributes to a value great enough to provide resources to all

applications on your system.

Examine other debug logs or the progress log or status on the client. Examine
the nbjm unified log (originator ID 117) for more detail on the cause of the
error.

NetBackup status code: 12

Message: file open failed
Explanation: An open of a file failed.
A disk storage unit tries to write to or create a directory on the root device of the
NetBackup server or media server. In this case, the Activity Monitor job details
log contains the message "not permitted to root device." By default the absolute
path or specified directory for a disk storage unit cannot be on the root file system
(or system disk). You must explicitly enable them to be there when the storage
unit is created.
Recommended Action: Do the following as appropriate:

If you want the path for the disk storage unit to reside in the root file system:
Open the Change Storage Unit dialog box in the Administration Console and
select the check box: "This directory can exist on the root file system or system
disk."

If the specified path for the disk storage unit is not in the root file system or
system device, do the following: Verify that the path is in a mounted file system.

163

164

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If the specified path for the disk storage unit is in the root file system or system
device but does not need to be: Use the Change Storage Unit dialog box to
specify a different (non-root) path in a mounted file system.

Check the NetBackup Problems report. Try to determine the file and why the
error occurred. A possible cause is a permission problem with the file. For
detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for the
process that returned this status code. Then, retry the operation and check
the resulting debug log.

For NetBackup Lotus Notes, point-in-time restore jobs may fail with a status
12. These jobs are initiated from the master server by using either the
NetBackup Administration Console or the Backup, Archive, and Restore
interface. Their failure is reported in the NetBackup tar log file. (For Windows,
this file is located in the install_path\NetBackup\logs\tar folder. For UNIX
and Linux, it is located in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/tar folder.) If the
install path of the NetBackup master server is different from the install path
of the NetBackup client, the following occurs: The automatic restore of Lotus
transaction log extents during recovery of the Lotus database fail. Note that
the Activity Monitor shows a status 0 (successful). The tar log on the client,
however, shows success for the restore but a failure (status 12) for the Lotus
database recovery.
Perform the restore job from the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on
the NetBackup client.

For NetBackup Snapshot Client, status code 12 may appear in the

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bptm or bpdm log with the following:
tpc_read_config failed: cannot open file
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/3pc.conf

This status code may indicate that the policy is configured with either of the
following: The NetBackup media server or Third-Party Copy Device as the
off-host backup method, but the 3pc. file does not exist or is in the wrong
location.
Instructions are available on how to create the 3pc. file.
See the NetBackup Snapshot Client Administrators Guide.

For a FlashBackup policy, if the CACHE= entry follows the source data entry,
the backup fails with status code 12. Messages such as the following appear
in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar logs on the client:
09:55:33.941 [6092] <16> bpfsmap: ERR - open_snapdisk: NBU
snapshot enable failed error 3
09:55:33.942 [6092] <32> bpfsmap: FTL - bpfsmap: can't open
snapshot disk /dev/rdsk/c4t1d0s3 errno 0

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

09:55:33.950
status = 12:
09:55:33.956
open failed
09:55:33.957
complete

[6092] <16> bpbkar Exit: ERR - bpbkar FATAL exit

file open failed
[6092] <4> bpbkar Exit: INF - EXIT STATUS 12: file
[6092] <2> bpbkar Exit: INF - Close of stdout

Change the order of the backup selections list so that the CACHE entry precedes
the source data entry. (The source data entry specifies the raw partition that
contains the file system to be backed up.)

NetBackup status code: 13

Message: file read failed
Explanation: A read of a file or socket failed.
The possible causes include as follows:

A network communication problem has occurred on the master server, media

server, or one of the clients.

An I/O error that occurred during a read from the file system.

Read of an incomplete file or a corrupt file.

A socket read failure that is caused by a network problem or a problem with

the process that writes to the socket.

A problem specific to NetBackup Snapshot Client (see recommended actions).

The first EV-SQL backup after a NetBackup installation failed.

See the Troubleshooting section of the NetBackup for Enterprise Vault Agent
Administrators Guide.

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and why the problem
occurred.

Check that network communication works properly.

See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

For a FlashBackup client, check the /var/adm/messages log for errors like the
following:
Mar 24 01:35:58 bison unix: WARNING: sn_alloccache: cache
/dev/rdsk/c0t2d0s3 full - all snaps using this cache are now
unusable

165

166

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

This error indicates that the cache partition is not large enough. If possible,
increase the size of the cache partition. Or, if multiple backups use the same
cache, reduce the number of concurrent backups. To reduce the number,
reschedule some of them or reschedule the entire backup to a time when the
file system is less active.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for the
process that returned this status code. Then retry the operation and check the
resulting debug log.

Ensure that the latest service packs for all products and components (SQL,
Exchange, Notes, etc.) have been installed.

Ensure that all the network hardware (NICs, hubs, switches, routers, etc.)
throughout the environment are set to full duplex, not half duplex.

Check the following items regarding the NICs in your system:

Upgrade to the latest NIC drivers throughout the system.

Ensure that all NICs are set to full duplex, not half duplex.
See Backup performance and NIC cards on page 71.

Increase the timeout settings on the NIC.

If NIC teaming is implemented, deactivate for testing purposes.

Replace the NIC itself on the affected client or server.

For NetBackup Snapshot Client, status code 13 may appear in the

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar log.
The log can indicate the following:

The files to back up reside on an IDE drive as opposed to SCSI. The off-host
backup method was set to either NetBackup media server or Third-Party
Copy Device. If you use off-host backup, the disk that contains the client
files must be a SCSI or Fibre Channel device.
If the disk is an IDE drive, you may see the following in the /usr/openv/
netbackup/logs/bpfis log:
get_disk_info: FTL - /var/tmp/caa026fEU disk_inquiry failed.
Errno = 25: Inappropriate ioctl for device

The following listing may appear in the

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar log:
bpbkar: INF - Processing /var
bpbkar: ERR - get_disk_info() failed, status 13
bpbkar: ERR - tpc_get_disk_info() failed: err 13

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

bpbkar: ERR - bpbkar FATAL exit status = 13: file read failed
bpbkar: INF - EXIT STATUS 13: file read failed

The files to back up exist on a file system that is not mounted. The file
system that is specified as the snapshot source must be mounted. If the
snapshot source is not mounted but the mount point is present, NetBackup
may do the following: Try to take a snapshot of the directory preceding the
directory that was specified as the snapshot source.

For the NetBackup media server method, you may need to increase the
client read timeout value. In some environments, NetBackup may require
more read time than the default value allows. If the client read timeout is
insufficient, the backup may fail, which causes this error.
To increase the client read timeout for all clients, do the following: In the
NetBackup Administration Console, go to Host Properties > Master Servers
> double-click the master server, then go to Properties > Timeouts. Then
increase the client read timeout.

NetBackup status code: 14

Message: file write failed
Explanation: A write to a file or socket failed.
Possible causes include the following:

An I/O error that occurred during a write to the file system.

Write to a socket failed. Cause of this failure: A network problem or a problem

with the process that reads from the socket.

Writing to a full disk partition.

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and why the problem
occurred.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for the
process that returned this status code. Then retry the operation and check the
resulting debug log.

Make sure that routers, bridges, and other network devices are all at "full"
duplex.
See Backup performance and NIC cards on page 71.

Use a "sniffer" program to determine the number of packets being rejected or

re-requested.

167

168

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

On Windows systems, the client bpbkar log may contain a 10054 "Connection
Reset Error"error (usually indicates a hardware error). Somewhere between
the NetBackup client and server, the connection was reset. When NetBackup
receives this error, it cannot continue the backup. This error has been attributed
to the following:

A hiccup in the network.

A bad network interface card on a NetBackup client.

A bad network interface card on the NetBackup server.

Faulty routers.

Any other applications that interfere with NetBackup connections.

On Novell systems, status code 14 has also been attributed to network issues.
Try a "sniffer" program.

The error occurs while you use the NetBackup-Java interface: The application
server (bpjava processes) for the NetBackup-Java interface probably ran out
of disk space in the file system containing
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/user_ops. The application server writes
temporary files into directories in the /user_ops directory. Try clearing up
disk space in the file system.

NetBackup status code: 15

Message: file close failed
Explanation: A close of a file or socket failed.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where
and why the problem occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information, create
a debug log directory for the process that returned this status code. Then retry
the operation and check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 16

Message: unimplemented feature
Explanation: The specified operation is not implemented. This error should not
occur through normal use of NetBackup.
Recommended Action: Save all error information and call customer support.

NetBackup status code: 17

Message: pipe open failed

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: Occurs in NetBackup client menu and Vault areas.

Recommended Action: Save all error information and call customer support.

NetBackup status code: 18

Message: pipe close failed
Explanation: A pipe close failed when one process tries to start a child process.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on why
the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log
directory for the process that returned this status code. Then retry the operation
and check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 19

Message: getservbyname failed
Explanation: A call to getservbyname() failed. The getservbyname()function
uses the name of the service to find a service entry in the services file. (Or NIS
services map on UNIX and Linux if it is configured.)
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on why the failure occurred.

On a UNIX or Linux system, check that /etc/services and NIS services map
(if applicable) have entries for the NetBackup services: bpcd, bpdbm, and bprd.

On a Windows system, verify that the

%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services file shows the correct entries

for the NetBackup Internet processes: bpcd, bpdbm, and bprd.

Ensure that the following numbers match the settings in the services file:
The NetBackup Client Service Port number and NetBackup Request Service
Port number on the Network tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog
box. To display this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface
and click NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu. The values on the
Network tab are written to the services file when the NetBackup Client service
starts.
See Verifying host name and service entries on page 48.

Check the level of network activity. An overloaded network can cause this
error.

If these actions do not reveal the problem, create a debug log directory for the
process that returned this status code. Then retry the operation and check the
resulting debug log.

169

170

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 20

Message: invalid command parameter
Explanation: One or more command parameters were not valid. This error can
occur when incompatible levels of NetBackup are installed on a master and its
media server(s) or client(s). For example, a NetBackup master server has NetBackup
7.0 and the media server or the client has NetBackup 6.0.
This error can also occur if the wrong parameters are used when you run a
command line.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues.

If the error occurs when you run a command on the command line, verify that
the parameters are valid.

This status code may occur if nbjm passes parameters but does not have a
required parameter. Check the nbjm unified logs (originator ID 117) for the
list of parameters that were passed.

The following information pertains to NetBackup Snapshot Client.

If the following appears in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bptm log as

enabled on a third-party copy backup, multiplexing was enabled on a
third-party copy backup.:
bptm: cannot perform Third-Party-Copy for multiplexed backups
send_brm_msg: ERROR 20

bptm: EXITING with status 20

The Third-Party Copy Device off-host backup method is incompatible with
multiplexing (the writing of two or more concurrent backup jobs to the
same storage device). You must disable multiplexing for any third-party
copy backups. If multiplexing is enabled, the backup fails.

The media server may not have the correct 3pc. file entry for the client
disk that is needed for the backup.
The following appears in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar log:
14:45:00.983 [15773] <4> bpmap_mm_get_devid: GET_DEVICE_INDEX 1
EMC:SYMMETRIX:601092014000
14:45:00.986 [15773] <4> bpbkar child_send_keepalives: keepalive
child started, pid = 15822
14:47:02.029 [15773] <4> bpmap_mm_get_devid: keepalive child:
15822 killed
14:47:02.030 [15773] <4> bpmap_mm_get_devid: DEVICE_INDEX -1

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

171

14:47:02.031 [15773] <16> bpmap_send_extend: ERR - can't obtain

device id string EMC:SYMMETRIX:601092014000
14:47:33.167 [15773] <16> bpbkar Exit: ERR - bpbkar FATAL exit
status = 227: no entity was found
14:47:33.167 [15773] <4> bpbkar Exit: INF - EXIT STATUS 227: no
entity was found
14:47:33.168 [15773] <2> bpbkar Exit: INF - Close of stdout
complete

This shows that a particular device cannot be found in the 3pc. file on the
media server (14:47:02.031 [15773] <16> bpmap_send_extend: ERR can't obtain device id string EMC:SYMMETRIX:601092014000).
The problem is one of the following:

The 3pc. file on the media server is outdated. Recreate the 3pc. file.

The media server is not on the same Fibre Channel network as the
third-party copy device and client disk. As a result, the 3pc. file does
not have a correct entry for the client disk. Run the bptpcinfo command
with the -x client_name option; this option adds the client disk to the
3pc. file. For each disk that is added to the file by means of bptpcinfo
-x client_name, you may need to add the devices worldwide name
(wwn=).
See the NetBackup Snapshot Client Configuration online document.
See "Snapshot Client Assistance" in the NetBackup Snapshot Client
Administrators Guide.

The HP VxFS snapshot mechanism requires a dedicated cache partition

for each snapshot. A check is made in the mount table to make sure that
the cache partition is not already in use. If the cache partition is already
in use, status code 20 occurs.
Check the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar log for a message similar
to the following:
bpfsmap: FTL - bpfsmap: snapshot cache already in use,
/dev/arrayvg/vol4c
bpbkar Exit: ERR - bpbkar FATAL exit status = 20: invalid
command parameter
bpbkar Exit: INF - EXIT STATUS 20: invalid command parameter

If the snapshot cache partition is already in use, do one of the following:

Set up your policy schedules to run at different times or use different cache
partitions for each backup.

172

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If the Allow multiple data streams option is enabled, each stream must
have its own dedicated cache partition.

Compare the NetBackup version level on the server to the version level on the
clients by doing the following:

On UNIX or Linux NetBackup servers and clients, check the

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/version file.

On Windows NetBackup servers, check the

install_path\Netbackup\version.txt file or the About NetBackup item
on the Help menu.

On Microsoft Windows clients, check the About NetBackup item on the

Help menu.

On NetWare target clients, check the Version entry in the bp.ini file.

On Macintosh clients, check the version file in the bin folder in the
NetBackup folder in the Preferences folder.

If a Java interface displays the error, tell them how to enable the debug
print manager in the Java startup file. Retry and compare the parameters
that were logged on the Java log with the parameters listed in the commands
usage statement.

If these actions do not reveal the problem, do the following: Create a debug
log directory for the process that returned this status code (if the process uses
legacy logging). Then retry the operation and check the resulting log.

NetBackup status code: 21

Message: socket open failed
Explanation: A socket was not opened.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and why the failure
occurred. If you cannot determine the cause from the Problems report, create
debug log directories for the processes that returned this status code. Then,
retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

The following information applies only to Sun Solaris:

Verify that all operating system patches are installed.
See the Operating Notes section of the NetBackup Release Notes.

The following information applies only to Windows systems:

Verify that the recommended service packs are installed.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 22

Message: socket close failed
Explanation: A socket was not closed.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and why the failure
occurred. If you cannot determine the cause from the Problems report, create
debug log directories for the processes that could have returned this status
code. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

The following information applies only to Sun Solaris:

Verify that all operating system patches are installed.
See the Operating Notes section of the NetBackup Release Notes.

The following information applies only to Windows systems:

Verify that the recommended service packs are installed.

NetBackup status code: 23

Message: socket read failed
Explanation: A read operation from a socket failed.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and why the failure
occurred. If you cannot determine the cause from the Problems report, create
debug log directories for the processes that could have returned this status
code. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

Corrupt binaries are one possible cause for this error.

Load a fresh bptm from the install media to try to resolve the problem.

The following information applies only to Sun Solaris:

Verify that all operating system patches are installed.
See the Operating Notes section of the NetBackup Release Notes.

The following information applies only to Windows systems:

Verify that the recommended service packs are installed.

This error may occur during a restore to a Novell client.

Note the following possible actions:

By default, the value for Novell "Maximum Concurrent Disk Cache Writes"
may be too low (for example, 50); Novell recommends setting it to 100. A
value of 100 increases the speed and efficiency of the disk cache writes. It
increases the number of write requests to be run at one time.

173

174

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Change to or add the following settings in the Novell

sys:system\autoexec.ncf file:
SET Maximum Packet Receive Buffers = 4000
SET Maximum Directory Cache Buffers = 4000
SET Maximum Concurrent Disk Cache Writes = 2000
SET Maximum Concurrent Directory Cache Writes = 2000
SET Maximum Physical Receive Packet Size = 1514

On Windows master servers, check the LIST_FILES_TIMEOUT value and

ensure that this value is at least 1800.

NetBackup status code: 24

Message: socket write failed
Explanation: A write operation to a socket failed.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on where and why the failure
occurred. If you cannot determine the cause from the Problems report, create
debug log directories for the processes that could have returned this status
code. Then retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

A possible cause is a high network load. For example, this problem occurs with
Cannot write to STDOUT when a Windows system that monitors network
load detects a high load. It then sends an ICMP packet to other systems to
inform them that the route those systems use was disconnected. The log
messages were similar to the following:
01/31/96 14:05:23 ruble crabtree.null.com from client
crabtree.null.com: ERR - Cannot write to STDOUT. Err no= 242: No
route to host
01/31/96 14:05:48 ruble crabtree.null.com successfully wrote
backup id crabtree.null.com_0823125016, copy 1, fragment 1,
440864 Kbytes at 628.538 Kbytes/sec
01/31/96 14:05:51 netbackup crabtree.null.com CLIENT
crabtree.null.com POLICY Remote3SysFullW SCHED Sirius EXIT
STATUS 24 (socket write failed)

The following information applies only to Sun Solaris:

Verify that all operating system patches are installed.
See the Operating Notes section of the NetBackup Release Notes.

The following information applies only to Windows systems:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Verify that the recommended service packs are installed.

This error may occur during a restore to a Novell client.

Note the following possible actions:

By default, the value for Novell "Maximum Packet Receive Buffers" may
be too low (such as 100). To improve the restore performance, change this
value to 2000. To change it, issue "SET Maximum Packet Receive
Buffers=<value>" at the console, or enter the value in either of the following
Novell files: sys:system\startup.ncf or sys:system\autoexec.ncf.

Change to or add the following settings in the Novell

sys:system\autoexec.ncf file:
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET

Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum

Packet Receive Buffers = 4000

Directory Cache Buffers = 4000
Concurrent Disk Cache Writes = 2000
Concurrent Directory Cache Writes = 2000
Physical Receive Packet Size = 1514

NetBackup status code: 25

Message: cannot connect on socket
Explanation: A process that timed out while it connects to another process for a
particular operation. This problem can occur in the following situation: when a
process tries to connect to the NetBackup request daemon (bprd) or database
manager daemon (bpdbm) and the daemon is not running. (On Windows, these
daemons are the NetBackup Request Manager and NetBackup database manager
services.)
It can also occur in the following situations: the network or server is heavily loaded
and has slow response time or an evaluation license key for NetBackup expired.
However, the most common cause of this error is a host name resolution problem.
The following are other possible causes of this error caused by network
connectivity issues or a required process such as pbx_exchange not running.

nbjm is unable to connect to bpcd on the media server

nbpem is unable to connect to nbproxy

bptm on the media server is unable to connect to nbjm on the master server.

You cannot perform an immediate backup operation.

These errors are

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

175

176

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Verify that bpcompatd, vnetd, and Private Branch Exchange (PBX) are running.
Information on how to start PBX is available.
See Resolving PBX problems on page 66.

If necessary, stop and restart NetBackup.

On UNIX and Linux systems, enter the following:

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

On Windows systems, enter the following:

install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

The following information applies only to a UNIX or Linux NetBackup master

server:
Verify that the bprd and the bpdbm processes are running. If these processes
are not running, start them. On a Windows master server, verify that the
NetBackup Request Manager and NetBackup database manager services are
running. If these services are not running, start them.
If these processes or services are running, examine the All Log Entries report
for the time of the failure to determine where the failure occurred.
Do one of the following:

If you cannot view the report or you get a cannot connect on socket
error when you try to view it, do the following: Verify again that the
NetBackup database manager service or daemon is running. Then, create
a debug log directory for bpdbm, retry the operation, and check the resulting
debug log.

If you can view the report and have not found an entry that is related to
this problem: Create debug log directories for the related processes that
were running when the error first appeared. (This process frequently is
bpbrm.) Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

Verify that the server list specifies the correct master server.

The following information applies only to Windows systems:

The master server is designated in the Server to use for backups and
restores drop-down in the Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type
dialog box. To display this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore
interface and click Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type on the
File menu.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

The following information applies only to UNIX, Linux, and Macintosh

systems:
The master server is the first SERVER entry in the bp.conf file.

On NetWare target clients: The master server name is the first SERVER entry
in the bp.ini file.

Check the following &CompanyName; support Web site to ensure that all
recommended NetBackup patches are installed:
www.symantec.com/business/support/
Then select "NetBackup" followed by "files and updates."

If failure occurs when you run a user-directed backup from a client, make
sure that a user-directed backup schedule exists at the master server.

With NetBackup database extensions: Make sure that the applicable

database product has the correct permissions allowing NetBackup to write
to the progress log on the client.

The following information applies only to UNIX and Linux systems:

If bpdbm has quit when the shutdown script runs on a media server, carefully
read the K77netbackup script. It contains details on how to prevent this
problem. The script is in /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/goodies.

If you change the server list on a master server, stop, and restart the following:
The NetBackup database manager and request daemons (UNIX and Linux) or
the NetBackup database manager and NetBackup Request Manager services
(Windows).

Check the services file.

The following information applies only to UNIX and Linux systems:

Verify that the /etc/services file (and NIS services if NIS is used) has
entries for the NetBackup services: bpcd, bpdbm, and bprd.

On Windows, verify that the %SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services

file has the correct entries for bpcd, bpdbm, and bprd.
Also, verify that the following numbers match the settings in the services
file: The NetBackup Client Service Port and the NetBackup Request Service
Port on the Network tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog box. To
display this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface and
click NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu. The values on the
Network tab are written to the services file when the NetBackup Client service
starts.
See Verifying host name and service entries on page 48.

On Sun Solaris, verify that all operating system patches are installed
See the Operating Notes section of the NetBackup Release Notes.

177

178

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

On Windows, verify that the recommended service packs are installed.

When the base NetBackup license key expires, daemons (such as bprd and
bpdbm) terminate on the NetBackup server. If these daemons are not running,
you are likely to encounter status code 25 errors in the Administration console.
Install a valid base NetBackup license key, restart the daemons, and restart
the console.

For NetBackup Snapshot Client, the following applies: When many devices are
configured on a media server, it may take a long time for the bptpcinfo
command to generate the file 3pc. When the backup is run for the first time,
the backup may fail with status 25. Make sure that the
/usr/openv/volmgr/database/3pc.conf file exists. If it does, rerun the backup.
If the backup fails again, run the bptpcinfo manually to generate the file 3pc.,
then try the backup again.

NetBackup status code: 26

Message: client/server handshaking failed
Explanation: A process on the server encountered an error when it communicated
with the client. This error indicates that the client and server were able to initiate
communications, but encountered difficulties and the communications did not
complete. This problem can occur during a backup or a restore.
Recommended Action: Determine which activity encountered the handshake
failure by examining the All Log Entries report for the appropriate time period.
Determine the client and server that had the handshake failure.
For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for the
process that returned this status code. Then retry the operation and check the
resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 27

Message: child process killed by signal
Explanation: A child of the process that reported this error was terminated. This
error may occur if the backup job was terminated or another error terminated the
child process. This problem may also occur if a NetBackup process was terminated
through Task Manager or another utility.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on
where and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information,
create a debug log directory for the process that you think may have returned
this status code. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 28

Message: failed trying to fork a process
Explanation: A fork of a child process failed (on UNIX and Linux) or a
CreateProcess failed (on Windows).
This failure may be due to the following:

An overloaded system

Insufficient swap space or physical memory

Too many processes are running on the system

Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on
where and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information,
create debug log directories for the processes that think may have returned this
status code. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 29

Message: failed trying to exec a command
Explanation: A command was not run. This error can occur because the
permissions of the command do not allow it to be run. Or it occurs due to a lack
of system resources such as memory and swap space.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on where and why the
failure occurred.

Check the permissions on the command to be run.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for the
process that returned this status code. Then retry the operation and check the
resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 30

Message: cannot get passwd information
Explanation: Could not get the passwd entry for a user.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on
where and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information,
create a debug log for the process that you think may have returned this status
code. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug log.

179

180

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 31

Message: could not set user id for process
Explanation: Could not set the user ID of a process to the user ID of the requesting
user. NetBackup runs client processes as the requesting user.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on
where and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information,
create a debug log directory for the process that you think may have returned
this status code. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 32

Message: could not set group id for process
Explanation: Could not set the group ID of a process to the requesting user group.
NetBackup runs client processes with the group ID of the requesting user.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on
where and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information,
create a debug log directory for the process that you think may have returned
this status code. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 33

Message: failed while trying to send mail
Explanation: An email notification about backup, archive, or restore results has
failed. The email was not sent to the administrators address as specified by the
email global attribute. On a UNIX or Linux client, the email was not sent to an
email address that is specified with USEMAIL in the clients bp.conf file.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on
where and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information,
create a debug log directory for the process that you think may have returned
this status code. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 34

Message: failed waiting for child process
Explanation: A NetBackup process encountered a failure while it waited for a
child process to complete.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for clues on
where and why the failure occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information,
create a debug log for the process that you think may have returned this status
code. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 35

Message: cannot make required directory
Explanation: Could not create a required directory.
Possible causes are the following:

A process does not have permission to create the directory

The path to the directory is not valid

An IO error occurs

No space is available on the device that contains the directory

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report to determine which directory was
not created and why it was not created. In particular, check for a full disk
partition.

Check the permissions on the parent directory. Verify that NetBackup services
are started with a "Logon as" account that has permission to create the
directory.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for the
process that returned this status code. Then retry the operation and check the
resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 36

Message: failed trying to allocate memory
Explanation: Allocation of system memory failed. This error occurs when an
insufficient system memory is available. This cause of this error may be that the
system is overloaded with too many processes and it does not enough physical
and virtual memory.
Recommended Action: Free up memory by terminating any unneeded processes
that consume a lot of memory. Add more swap space or physical memory.

NetBackup status code: 37

Message: operation requested by an invalid server
Explanation: An invalid media server or Windows NetBackup Remote
Administration Console made a request to the NetBackup request daemon (bprd)
or NetBackup database manager daemon (bpdbm). On Windows, these daemons
are the NetBackup Request Manager and NetBackup database manager services.

181

182

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Examine the NetBackup All Log Entries report for the
time of this error to determine which system tried to connect to the master server.
If the server is a valid media server, verify that the storage unit for the media
server is defined. Also, verify that the server or Windows NetBackup Remote
Administration Console has a server list entry on the master server.
If necessary, update the server list.
On a UNIX or Linux master server, add a SERVER = media_server_name to the
bp.conf file. media_server_name is the host name of the media server. On a
Windows master server, add the media server to the list on the Servers tab in the
Master Server Properties dialog box.
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.
If a server or Windows NetBackup Remote Administration Console has more than
one host name (for example, it has multiple network interfaces), do the following:
verify that the master server has a server list entry for each of them.
If you change the server list on a UNIX or Linux master server, for the changes
to take effect do the following: stop and restart the NetBackup Request daemon
(bprd) and NetBackup database manager daemon (bpdbm). If you change the server
list on a Windows master server, stop, and restart the NetBackup Request Manager
and NetBackup database manager services.

NetBackup status code: 38

Message: could not get group information
Explanation: Could not get the group entry that describes a UNIX or Linux user
group.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues on why
the error occurred. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log
directory for the process that returned this status code. Then retry the operation
and check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 39

Message: client name mismatch
Explanation: The client used a name in a request to the NetBackup server that
did not match the configured name in the policy on the server.
Recommended Action: Change one of the following so the two match: the
NetBackup client name setting on the client (see the applicable NetBackup users
guide) or the one in the policy configuration on the server.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 40

Message: network connection broken
Explanation: The connection between the client and the server was broken. This
status code can also appear if the connection is broken between the master and
the media server during a backup.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Try pinging the client from the server. If pinging is not possible, check for
loose connections or other network problems.

Verify that the server list settings are correct on both the client and the server.
If the backup involves a media server, verify that these entries are correct on
both the master and the media server. For example, if a media server does not
have a server list entry for the master, it does not accept connections from the
master.

On Windows, the master server is designated on the Servers tab in the

Master Server Properties dialog box.
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

On UNIX, Linux, and Macintosh systems the master server is the first
SERVER entry in the bp.conf file.

On NetWare target clients the master server name is the first SERVER entry
in the bp.ini file.

If you change the server list on a UNIX or Linux master server, for the changes
to take effect you must do the following: Stop and restart the NetBackup
Request daemon (bprd) and NetBackup database manager daemon (bpdbm). On
Windows, stop and restart the NetBackup Request Manager and NetBackup
database manager services.

Status code 40 can also be due to denial of a mount request by the operator.

This status code may occur if nbjm was unable to connect to bpbrm or to
bpmount. Examine the nbjm unified log (originator ID 117) or the bpbrm or the
bpmount legacy logs for more detail on the cause of the error.

NetBackup status code: 41

Message: network connection timed out
Explanation: The server did not receive any information from the client for too
long a period of time.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

183

184

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

On UNIX, Linux, or Windows clients, check for the following problems with
the bpbkar client process.
On Windows clients: The bpbkar client process is not hung. Due to the files
and directories it scans, it has not replied to the server within the Client read
timeout or Client connect timeout period. This error occurs during incremental
backups when directories have thousands of unmodified files.
For this case, use Host Properties on the NetBackup server to change Client
connect timeout or Client read timeout. These settings are on the Timeouts
and Universal Settings tabs, respectively, in the Master Server Properties
dialog box. The default for these timeouts is 300 seconds.
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.
You can also monitor CPU utilization to determine if this condition exists.
The following information applies only to UNIX or Linux clients:

The bpbkar client process is hung on a file that has a mandatory locking
set. For this case, add the following to the clients bp.conf file:
VERBOSE

And as root on the client run the following:

touch /usr/openv/netbackup/bpbkar_path_tr
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar

Then retry the operation. The names of the files are logged on the debug
log file in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar directory before bpbkar
processes them. The last file in the log is the file that causes problems.
Note: Also, use these procedures for other "unknown" bpbkar hangs.
If the problem is due to mandatory file locking, have NetBackup skip the
locked files. Set LOCKED_FILE_ACTION to SKIP in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file on the client.

The bpbkar client process is not hung. Due to the files and directories it
scans, it has not replied to the server within CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT or
CLIENT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT. This error occurs during backups when
directories have thousands of unmodified files or during restores of the
sparse files that have thousands of holes. For this case, try to add or modify
the CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT and CLIENT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT values in the
servers /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file. The default for the
CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT and CLIENT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT is 300 seconds if it
is not specified.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Use your systems ps command and monitor CPU utilization to help decide
which of these conditions exist.
When you finish the investigation of the problem, delete the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar directory, since the log files can become
quite large and are not deleted automatically. Also delete
/usr/openv/netbackup/bpbkar_path_tr so you do not generate larger log
files than needed the next time you create directory
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar.

On Windows systems, try the following:

Disable the following file:

install_path\VERITAS\NetBackup\bin\tracker.exe

Repair hard drive fragmentation. Try an application that is called Diskeeper

Lite, which is part of the Windows Resource Kit.

Make sure that enough space is available in \temp.

If the server cannot connect to the client, do the following: Create bpcd or
bpbkar (UNIX, Linux, and Windows only) debug log directories on the client.
Then retry the operation and check the resulting logs. If these logs do not
provide a clue, create a bpbrm debug log on the server. Then retry the operation
and check the resulting debug log.
If the bpbrm log has entries similar to the following, the problem is in the
routing configuration on the server:
bpbrm hookup_timeout: timed out waiting during the client hookup
bpbrm Exit: client backup EXIT STATUS 41: network connection
timed out

Verify that the client IP address is correct in the name service that is used. On
UNIX and Linux clients, if both the NIS and the DNS files are used, verify that
they match.
See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

If you use an AIX token ring adapter and the routed daemon is running, the
timeout occurs because the token ring adapter creates dynamic routes. It then
causes the routed daemon to crash.

For a FlashBackup client, this error occurs if the file system being backed up
is very large and has a very large number of files. It can also occur if a large
number of concurrent data streams are active at the same time. To correct it,
add CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT to the /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file and
set it to increase the timeout interval.

185

186

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Make sure all recommended NetBackup patches are installed. Check the
following &CompanyName; support Web site for current patch information:
www.symantec.com/business/support/
Then select "NetBackup" followed by "files and updates".

Add the CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT values to the master server, media server,

and client when a NetBackup database extension product is installed. The
values should all be the same for each server. The value set is dependent on
the size of the database being backed up. More information on
CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT is available.
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume II.

Make sure that enhanced authentication is configured correctly. For example,

the following may result in status code 41: Host A is configured to use enhanced
authentication with host B, but host B is not configured to use enhanced
authentication with host A. In this case, connections from host B to host A are
likely to fail with status code 41. Connections from host A to B are likely to
fail with authentication errors (status code 160).

NetBackup status code: 42

Message: network read failed
Explanation: An attempt to read data from a socket failed.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that both the client and the server are operational.

Resolve any network communication problems.

See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

Check the Problems report for clues.

NetBackup status code: 43

Message: unexpected message received
Explanation: The client and the server handshake were not correct.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the correct version of software is running on the client and the
server.

To enable detailed debug logging, do the following:

On the server, create a bpbrm debug log directory.

On clients, create a bpcd debug log directory (created automatically on

Macintosh clients).

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Increase the amount of debug information to include in the logs.

See About using logs and reports on page 79.

Retry the operation and examine the logs.

If you use bpstart_notify scripts on UNIX, Linux, or Windows clients, verify
that messages are not written to stdout or stderr.

NetBackup status code: 44

Message: network write failed
Explanation: An attempt to write data to a socket failed.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the Problems report for information about the error.

Verify that the client and servers are operational and connected to the network.

Create a debug log directory for the process that reported the problem and the
operation. Examine the resulting debug log file for detailed troubleshooting
information.
See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

NetBackup status code: 45

Message: request attempted on a non reserved port
Explanation: A try was made to access a client from a non-reserved port.
Recommended Action: Verify that the latest software is installed on the client
and server.

On UNIX and Linux NetBackup servers and clients, check the

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/version file.

On Windows NetBackup servers, check the

install_path\netbackup\version.txt file or the About NetBackup item on
the Help menu.

On Microsoft Windows clients, check the About NetBackup item on the Help
menu.

On NetWare target clients, check the Version entry in the bp.ini file.

On Macintosh clients, check the version file in the bin folder in the NetBackup
folder in the Preferences folder.

NetBackup status code: 46

Message: server not allowed access

187

188

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The server tries to access a client, but access is blocked.

Possible causes are as follows:

The server is not listed on the client as a valid server.

The client was configured to require encrypted backups, but the encryption
attribute for the backup policy on the server was not selected.

The evaluation license for the NetBackup Encryption product has expired on
the server, but the NetBackup client was configured to require encrypted
backups. As a result, the server tries to make a non-encrypted backup of the
client. Since the client is configured to require encryption, the backup failed.

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If the server is a valid server but is not listed on the client, add its name to the
clients server list:

On Windows clients in the Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type

dialog box, do the following: Add the server in the Server to use for backups
and restores drop-down list. To display this dialog box, start the Backup,
Archive, and Restore interface on the client. Then click Specify NetBackup
Machines and Policy Type on the File menu.

On UNIX, Linux, and Macintosh clients, add a SERVER entry in the bp.conf
file.

On NetWare target clients, add a SERVER entry in the bp.ini file.

If you continue to have problems, more information is available:
See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.
See Verifying host name and service entries on page 48.

To make non-encrypted backups of the client, set CRYPT_OPTION on the client

to allowed or denied.
Refer to the NetBackup Encryption Administrators Guide.

If the NetBackup encryption evaluation license has expired on the server and
you want to continue encrypting backups of the client, do the following:
Purchase a permanent encryption license key and add it to the server. After
you add the permanent encryption license key, check the attributes of the
backup policy to make sure that encryption is selected.
To check the validity of an evaluation license key, do the following:
On Windows, go to the Help menu on the NetBackup Administration window
on the NetBackup server and select License Keys. If the evaluation key is not
listed in the NetBackup License Keys window, the key has expired. Use this
window to add the new permanent encryption key.
On UNIX and Linux, use the following command on the server:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/admincmd/get_license_key

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Select option f to list the active license keys and features. If the evaluation
key is not listed, the key has expired. Use this command to add the new
permanent encryption key.

NetBackup status code: 47

Message: host is unreachable
Explanation: An attempt to connect to another machine failed.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the name service (or services) used by the client are configured to
resolve the host names of the NetBackup server correctly.

Verify that the name service (or services) used by the server are configured to
resolve the host name of the NetBackup client correctly.

Try to ping the client from the server and the server from the client.

If you continue to have problems, do the following:

See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

NetBackup status code: 48

Message: client hostname could not be found
Explanation: The system function gethostbyname() failed to find the clients
host name.
Recommended Action: Verify that the client name is correct in the following:

The NetBackup policy configuration on the master server.

The General tab in the following dialog boxes: NetBackup Client Properties
and Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type (on Microsoft Windows
and NetWare nontarget clients). To display these dialog boxes, start the
Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the client. For the General tab,
click NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu; click Specify
NetBackup Machines and Policy Type on the File menu.

The bp.conf file on UNIX, Linux, and Macintosh clients.

The bp.ini file on NetWare target clients.

On clients and servers, verify that the name service is set up to resolve the
NetBackup client names correctly.
On UNIX and Linux clients, verify that the clients host name is in the
/etc/hosts file or the YP hosts file or NIS maps.

189

190

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 49

Message: client did not start
Explanation: The client failed to start up correctly.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Make sure that software is installed on the client and it is the correct version.
If necessary, reinstall the client software.

Check for full file systems on the client.

Enable detailed debug logging on the client by doing one of the following:

Create bpcd and bpbkar (UNIX, Linux, and Windows only) debug log
directories.

On a UNIX or Linux client, add the VERBOSE option to the

/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file.

On PC clients, increase the debug or log level.

See How to set logging levels on UNIX clients on page 116.
See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.
Retry the operation and examine the resulting logs.

On UNIX or Linux systems, use the UNIX sum command to check for corrupt
binaries.

NetBackup status code: 50

Message: client process aborted
Explanation: The client backup terminated abnormally. For example, this error
occurs if a NetBackup master or media server is shut down or rebooted when a
backup or restore is in progress.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Enable detailed debug logging.

Create a bpbkar debug log directory (UNIX, Linux, and Windows clients
only).

Create a bpcd debug log directory. (This log is created automatically on

Macintosh clients.)

On UNIX and Linux clients, add the VERBOSE option to the

/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file.

On PC clients, increase the debug or log level.

See How to set logging levels on UNIX clients on page 116.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.

Retry the operation and examine the resulting logs.

This error may occur if nbjm terminated while a backup job was running.
Examine the unified logging files on the NetBackup server for nbjm (117) for
more detail on the error. All unified logging is written to /usr/openv/logs
(UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows).

On UNIX and Linux clients, check for core files in the / directory.

On UNIX and Linux clients, check the system log (/usr/adm/messages on

Solaris) for system problems.

This problem can sometimes be due to a corrupt binary.

On UNIX and Linux clients, use the UNIX sum command to check the bpcd,
bpbkar, and tar binaries, which are located in /usr/openv/netbackup/bin on
the client. Reinstall them if they are not the same as in the client directory
under /usr/openv/netbackup/client on the server.
On a Windows client, check the bpinetd.exe, bpcd.exe, bpbkar32.exe, and
tar32.exe files, which are located in the install_path\NetBackup\bin folder
on the client.
Reinstall the client if these files are as follows:

Not the same size as on other Windows clients

Not at the same release level

Do not have the same NetBackup patches as other Windows clients

NetBackup status code: 51

Message: timed out waiting for database information
Explanation: The catalog process did not respond within five minutes.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the NetBackup database manager service or daemon is running.

Verify that the file system that contains the NetBackup catalogs has enough
space.

Create bpbrm and bpdbm debug log directories on the server and retry the
operation.

Look in the debug log files to find more information on the problem.

191

192

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 52

Message: timed out waiting for media manager to mount volume
Explanation: The requested volume was not mounted before the timeout expired.
This error can also occur if the volume is a cleaning tape but was not specified as
a cleaning tape.
Another possible cause: the last available drive has a mount request for a
non-backup (such as a restore). Then a backup that requires the same drive is
initiated before the mount completes. This error is due to the drive not being
reported as busy until the mount completes.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the requested volume is available and an appropriate drive is ready
and in the UP state.

If this error occurs during a read operation (restore, duplicate, verify), the
drives could be busy. Increase the timeout for the media mount that the
NetBackup global attribute specifies, to allow more time to mount and position
the media.

Verify that the tape is not a cleaning tape that is configured as a regular volume.

When an Automated Cartridge System controls the robot, verify that the ACSLS
system is up.

If it is an initial installation, a procedure is available.

See Resolving common configuration problems on page 28.

On Windows, check the Event Viewer Application log for the error messages
that indicate why the tape mount did not complete. On UNIX and Linux, check
the system log.

NetBackup status code: 53

Message: backup restore manager failed to read the file list
Explanation: The backup and restore manager (bpbrm) did not read the list of
files to back up or restore.
Recommended Action: Verify that the server software was installed correctly on
all NetBackup servers. If that is not the problem, do the following:

Create bpbrm debug log directories on the server.

On a UNIX or Linux NetBackup server, add the VERBOSE option to the bp.conf
file. On a Windows NetBackup server, set the Global logging level option on
the Logging tab in the Master Server Properties dialog box.
To display this dialog box, refer to the following topic:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

Increase the unified logging levels by using the vxlogcfg command as explained
in the following procedure:
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.

Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs for detailed
troubleshooting information.

NetBackup status code: 54

Message: timed out connecting to client
Explanation: The server did not complete the connection to the client. The accept
system or winsock call timed out after 60 seconds.
Some third-party software packages (for example, a personal firewall product)
can affect the TCP/IP stack in Windows. This action can cause a loss of connection
between the NetBackup server and the bpcd process on the client. NetBackup tries
to set SO_REUSEADDR (allow local address reuse) on the inbound socket
connection so that the port can be handed off from bpinetd.exe (the NetBackup
Client Service) to bpcd.exe. Some products may not allow this functionality due
to the various methods that can be used to violate system security.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

For a Macintosh or NetWare target client: Verify that the server does not try
to connect when a backup or restore is already in progress on the client. These
clients can handle only one NetBackup job at a time.
On a Macintosh, check for activity by examining the NetBackupListen file in
the following folder on the startup disk of the Macintosh client:
:System Folder:Preferences:NetBackup:logs:inetd:log.mmddyy

Perform the following procedure:

See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

On UNIX and Linux clients, verify that the /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpcd

binary exists and that it is the correct size.

Check the /etc/inetd.conf file to make sure the bpcd path is correct in the
following entry:
bpcd stream tcp nowait root /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpcd bpcd

On the systems that include the following, make sure that the client name is
in the masters /etc/hosts file: NetBackup master, media, and clients (with
NetBackup database extension products installed on one or more clients).

193

194

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Completely uninstall the third-party software package on the client that causes
the failure. Or, contact the software manufacturer to investigate if other
configuration options or workarounds are possible.

NetBackup status code: 55

Message: permission denied by client during rcmd
Explanation: The UNIX or Linux client does not have the servers name in its
/.rhosts file.
Recommended Action: Add the server name to the /.rhosts file on the UNIX or
Linux client.

NetBackup status code: 56

Message: clients network is unreachable
Explanation: An error reported that the client could not reach the host
(WSAENETUNREACH on Windows or ENETUNREACH on UNIX and Linux) on a
system call.
Recommended Action: Try to ping the client from the server. Check the IP address
for the client. If you still have problems, talk to your network administrator.

NetBackup status code: 57

Message: client connection refused
Explanation: The client refused a connection on the port number for bpcd.
This error can occur because of the following:

No process listening activity occurs on the bpcd port

The number of connections to the bpcd port is more than the network
subsystem can handle with the listen() call

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

For Windows NetBackup servers:

Make sure the NetBackup client software is installed.

Verify that the bpcd and bprd port numbers in the

%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services file on the server matches
the setting on the client.

Verify that the NetBackup Client Service Port number and NetBackup
Request Service Port number on the Network tab in the NetBackup Client
Properties dialog match the bpcd and bprd settings in the services file.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

To display this dialog, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on
the server and click NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu.
The values on the Network tab are written to the services file when the
NetBackup Client service starts.

Verify that the NetBackup client service is running.

Use the following command to see if the master server returns correct
information for the client:

install_path\VERITAS\NetBackup\bin\bpclntcmd -pn

On UNIX and Linux servers, do the following:

Make sure the NetBackup client software is installed.

Verify that the bpcd port number on the server (either NIS services map
or in /etc/services) matches the number in the clients services file.

For a Macintosh or NetWare target client, verify that the server is not trying
to connect when a backup or restore is already in progress on the client. These
clients can handle only one NetBackup job at a time.

Additional help is available.

See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

NetBackup status code: 58

Message: cant connect to client
Explanation: The server was unable to connect to the client.
Recommended Action: Resolve network communication problems.
See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

NetBackup status code: 59

Message: access to the client was not allowed
Explanation: The master or the media server tries to access the client, but the
client does not recognize the server as a valid server.
For the Enterprise Vault Agent: The names of all of the media servers among the
Enterprise Vault servers are not specified in the client configuration.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If the server is a valid server, verify that it is in the server list on the client. If
necessary add it as follows:

195

196

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

On Windows clients: Add the server on the Server to use for backups and
restores drop-down in the Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type
dialog box. To display this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore
interface on the client. Then click Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy
Type on the File menu.

On UNIX and Linux, and Macintosh clients: add a SERVER entry in the
bp.conf file.

On NetWare target clients: add a SERVER entry in the bp.ini file.

If you change the server list on a UNIX or Linux master server, do the following
for the changes to take effect: stop and then restart the NetBackup Request
daemon (bprd) and NetBackup database manager daemon (bpdbm). On Windows,
stop and restart the NetBackup Request Manager and NetBackup Database
Manager services.

On Windows clients, enable bpinetd debug logging as follows:

Create a bpinetd debug log directory on the client.

Increase the debug or log level.

See How to set logging levels on UNIX clients on page 116.
See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.

Retry the backup and examine the resulting logs to determine the cause of
the failure.

On all clients, enable bpcd debug logging as follows:

Create a bpcd debug log directory on the client.

On a UNIX or Linux client, add the VERBOSE option to the

/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file.

On PC clients, increase the debug or log level as explained in the debug log
topics in Chapter 3.

Retry the backup and examine the resulting logs to determine the cause of
the failure.

Check the bpcd debug log to determine the servers peer name and what
comparisons are made.
The bpcd process compares NetBackup server list entries to the peer name of
the server that tries the connection. It rejects the connection if the names are
different. If necessary, change the server list entry on the client to match the
peer name.

On Windows clients, check the following:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Verify that NetBackup for Windows software was installed under a Windows
administrator account.
If NetBackup is under another type of account, reinstall it under an
administrator account. The installation completes successfully under a
non-administrator account except for the following: the NetBackup Client
service is not added to Windows and the NetBackup server cannot access
the client.

Verify that the Windows TCP/IP service specifies the domain server that
resolves names for the subnet that contains the NetBackup servers.
UNIX, Linux, and Windows clients are frequently not on the same subnet
and use different domain servers. When this condition exists, NetBackup
servers and Windows clients may be able to ping one another, but the server
still cannot access the Windows client.

The preceding items may not resolve this problem.

See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

If NetBackup use multiple network interfaces with media servers, make sure
the interface names appear in the clients /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf
file.

For the Enterprise Vault Agent: See the Troubleshooting section of the
NetBackup for Enterprise Vault Agent Administrators Guide.

NetBackup status code: 60

Message: client cannot read the mount table
Explanation: The backup process on the client did not read the list of mounted
file systems.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Run a df to see if the system can read the mount table.

On an SCO system, code 60 can occur because the mount-point path name
exceeds 31 characters (the maximum number on an SCO system). The bpbkar
debug log on the client shows a message similar to the following:
bpbkar build_nfs_list: FTL - cannot statfs net Errno: 42406

To eliminate these errors for future backups, create a mount point with a
shorter name and symbolically link the long name to the short name.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a bpbkar debug log directory.

Then retry the operation and check the resulting log.

197

198

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 63

Message: process was killed by a signal
Explanation: A kill signal was sent to the client process.
Recommended Action: The usual cause for this error is that someone intentionally
terminated a backup.

NetBackup status code: 64

Message: timed out waiting for the client backup to start
Explanation: The client did not send a ready message to the server within the
allotted time.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

On all clients, enable bpcd debug logging as follows:

Create a bpcd debug log directory on the client.

On a UNIX or Linux client, add the VERBOSE option to the

/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file.

On PC clients, increase the debug or log level.

See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.

On a UNIX, Linux, or Windows client, create the bpbkar debug log directory
on the client.

On Windows clients, verify that the NetBackup Client service is running.

On a UNIX or Linux client, use the ps command to check for a client process
that uses too much CPU time.

Retry the backup and examine the debug logs for clues on the cause of the
failure.

NetBackup status code: 65

Message: client timed out waiting for the continue message from the media
manager
Explanation: The tape manager, bptm, reported that the media did not load and
position within the allotted time.
Recommended Action: Verify that the requested volume is available and the
required device is in an UP state.

Create a bptm debug log directory on the server.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

On a UNIX or Linux NetBackup server, add the VERBOSE option to the bp.conf
file. On a Windows NetBackup server, set the Verbose logging level option on
the Logging tab in the Master Server Properties dialog box.
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

Retry the operation and check the bptm debug log file for information on the
drive, robot, and tape that causes the timeout.

On a Windows NetBackup server (master or media): check the Event Viewer

Application log for the error messages that indicate why the tape mount did
not complete.

NetBackup status code: 66

Message: client backup failed to receive the CONTINUE BACKUP message
Explanation: The client bpbkar process did not receive the message from the
server that indicates that the server is ready to continue.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the server did not crash.

On UNIX, Linux, and Windows clients, enable bpbkar debug logging.

Create a bpbkar debug log directory.

On a UNIX or Linux client, add the VERBOSE option to the bp.conf file. On
a Windows client, set Verbose on the TroubleShooting tab in the NetBackup
Client Properties dialog box. To display this dialog box, start the Backup,
Archive, and Restore interface on the client. Then select NetBackup Client
Properties from the File menu.

On other PC clients except Macintosh, create a debug log directory for bpcd
(the bpcd log is created automatically on Macintosh).
Increase the amount of information that appears in the logs.
See How to set logging levels on UNIX clients on page 116.
See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.

On the master server, create bpbrm debug log directories. Increase the logging
level for the diagnostic and debug logs for nbpem, nbjm, and nbrb.
Use the vxlogcfg command as described in the following topic:
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.

Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 67

Message: client backup failed to read the file list

199

200

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The client did not read the list of files to back up.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the server did not crash.

Set up debug logging.

On the server, create a bpbrm debug log directory.

On UNIX, Linux, and Windows clients, create a bpbkar debug log directory.

On other PC clients except Macintosh, create a debug log directory for bpcd
(the bpcd log is created automatically on Macintosh).

Increase the amount of information that appears in the logs.

See How to set logging levels on UNIX clients on page 116.
See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.

Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 68

Message: client timed out waiting for the file list
Explanation: The client did not receive the list of files to back up within the
allotted time. This list comes from the server.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the server did not crash.

Set up debug logging.

On the server, create a bpbrm debug log directory.

On UNIX, Linux, and Windows clients, create a bpbkar debug log directory.

On other PC clients except Macintosh, create a debug log directory for bpcd
(the bpcd log is created automatically on Macintosh).

Increase the amount of information that appears in the logs.

See How to set logging levels on UNIX clients on page 116.
See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.

Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 69

Message: invalid filelist specification
Explanation: The file list from the server had invalid entries.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

For the Enterprise Vault Agent: A policy contains directives that cannot be
specified together in the same policy.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:
Check the policy file list. If wildcards are used, verify that the bracket characters
([ and ]) in the list match. If the file list contains UNC (Universal Naming
Convention) names, ensure they are properly formatted.
This error can occur if nbjm was running and a Sharepoint job re-discovery returns
a 0 or 1 and the policy file list is empty. Examine the nbjm unified log (originator
ID 117) for more detail on the cause of the error.
For NetBackup Snapshot Client only:
In an off-host backup (NetBackup Media Server or Third-Party Copy Device),
code 69 may indicate that the file list contains the ALL_LOCAL_DRIVES entry.
NetBackup does not support the ALL_LOCAL_DRIVES entry for off-host backup.
Remove the ALL_LOCAL_DRIVES entry from the file list.
For the Enterprise Vault Agent only:
See the Troubleshooting section of the NetBackup for Enterprise Vault Agent
Administrators Guide.

NetBackup status code: 70

Message: an entry in the filelist expanded to too many characters
Explanation: The wildcards, which were used in one of the file list entries,
specified too many files.
Recommended Action: Change the wildcards in the file list to specify fewer files.

NetBackup status code: 71

Message: none of the files in the file list exist
Explanation: The files in the file list did not match any of the files on the client.
This error can occur with only one file in the file list and the file cannot be backed
up due to an I/O error.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the correct file list is specified for this client.

On Windows clients, verify that the account used to start the NetBackup Client
service has read access to the files.
If you back up a network drive or a UNC (universal naming convention) path,
do the following: use the Services application in the Windows Control Panel

201

202

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

to verify that the NetBackup Client service does not start under the SYSTEM
account. The SYSTEM account cannot access network drives.
To back up network drives or UNC paths: change the NetBackup Client service
startup to log in as a user that has permission to access network drives.

Check the All Log Entries report for clues.

To set up debug logging, do one of the following:

On UNIX, Linux, and Windows clients, create a debug log directory for
bpbkar.

On other PC clients except Macintosh, create a debug log directory for bpcd
(the bpcd log is created automatically on Macintosh).

Increase the amount of information that appears in the logs.

See How to set logging levels on UNIX clients on page 116.
See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.

Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

On Novell systems, do one of the following:

For the nontarget version of NetBackup for NetWare, the backup policy
type must be "NetWare," and the files list should include a forward slash
(/) only. There should be nothing else in the files list.
To check the policy type and files list, start Backup Policy Management
and right-click the name of a policy. Click the Attributes tab to check the
policy type; click the Files tab to check the contents of the files list.

For the target version, the backup policy type must be "Standard," and the
policy files list must be formatted as follows: /target_name where a forward
slash precedes the variable target_name.
To check the policy type and files list, start Backup Policy Management
and right-click the name of a policy. Click the Attributes tab to check the
policy type; click the Files tab to check the contents of the files list.
For the target version, the following NetWare message may be another
indicator of incorrect policy type (this message appears in the Novell clients
bpcd log):
unable to connect to service, scheduled access not specified

Make sure the policy type is set to "Standard."

For either the target or the nontarget version of NetBackup for NetWare,
make sure that the following are all at the same version: the NetWare
loadable modules (NLMs) SMDR and TSAxxx (such as TSAFS and TSANDS).
If they are not at the same version, status 71 may occur.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 72

Message: the client type is incorrect in the configuration database
Explanation: The policy type attribute in the policy configuration indicates that
the client is one type, but the installed software is for another type.
Recommended Action: Verify that the policy type attribute for the policy is
correct.

NetBackup status code: 73

Message: bpstart_notify failed
Explanation: The bpstart_notify script returned a nonzero exit code.
Recommended Action: Check the bpstart_notify script on the client to see if
it performs as expected.

NetBackup status code: 74

Message: client timed out waiting for bpstart_notify to complete
Explanation: The bpstart_notify script on the client takes too long.
Recommended Action: Try to speed up the bpstart_notify script or set the
BPSTART_TIMEOUT on the server to a value that is larger than the default. Set
BPSTART_TIMEOUT in the bp.conf file on a UNIX or Linux NetBackup server. On a
Windows NetBackup server, use Host Properties to set Backup Start Notify
Timeout.
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

NetBackup status code: 75

Message: client timed out waiting for bpend_notify to complete
Explanation: The bpend_notify script on the client takes too long.
Recommended Action: Try to speed up the bpend_notify script or set
BPEND_TIMEOUT on the server to a value that is larger than the default. Set
BPEND_TIMEOUT in the bp.conf file on a UNIX or Linux NetBackup server. On a
Windows NetBackup server, use Host Properties to set BackupEndNotifyTimeout.

NetBackup status code: 76

Message: client timed out reading file
Explanation: A fifo was specified in the file list and no data was produced on the
fifo within the allotted time.

203

204

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Make sure that the process that is to produce the data on
the named fifo is started correctly. Add an entry to the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file on the server to set CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT
to a larger value than the default.

NetBackup status code: 77

Message: execution of the specified system command returned a nonzero status
Explanation: An immediate command returned a nonzero status.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the command is specified correctly.

For NetBackup Snapshot Client only, do the following:

The policy file list may contain the files that do not reside within a file system
that was designated as the snapshot source. To apply a snapshot method to
the backup of individual files, the snapshot source must be a file system. (It
cannot be a raw partition or Volume Manager volume.) The files in the policy
file list must reside within that file system.

Run the command manually to see if the wanted result is produced.

For detailed troubleshooting information, set up debug logging, as follows:

On UNIX, Linux, and Windows clients, create a debug log directory for
bpbkar.

On other PC clients except Macintosh, create a debug log directory for bpcd
(the bpcd log is created automatically on Macintosh).

Increase the amount of information that appears in the logs.

See How to set logging levels on UNIX clients on page 116.
See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.

Retry the operation and check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 78

Message: afs/dfs command failed
Explanation: Indicates an AFS vos command failure.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems Report for additional information on why the
command failed.

The bpbkar debug log shows the command that was run. Create a debug log
directory for bpbkar. Retry the operation and retry the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Try running the vos command manually to duplicate the problem.

NetBackup status code: 79

Message: unsupported image format for the requested database query
Explanation: One or more of the images to be synthesized was encrypted. These
images cannot be synthesized.
Recommended Action: Ensure that none of the images was encrypted.

NetBackup status code: 80

Message: Media Manager device daemon (ltid) is not active
Explanation: If the server is UNIX or Linux, the NetBackup device manager
daemon, ltid, is not running. If the server is Windows, the NetBackup Device
Manager service is not running.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

On Windows, use the Activity Monitor or the Services application in the

Windows Control Panel to see if the NetBackup Device Manager service is
running. If it is not running, start it. To enable verbose logging, place VERBOSE
on a line by itself in the install_path\Volmgr\vm.conf file before you start
the service.

On UNIX and Linux, use vmps to see if ltid is running and if necessary start
ltid in verbose mode with the following command:
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ltid -v

Or, add a VERBOSE entry to the /usr/openv/volmgr/vm.conf file. Create the

vm.conf file if necessary.

On UNIX and Linux, check the system logs to verify that ltid starts.

Note: On UNIX and Linux systems, ltid, and on Windows systems, the NetBackup
Device Manager service, is used only if devices are attached to the system.

NetBackup status code: 81

Message: Media Manager volume daemon (vmd) is not active
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) did not communicate with the NetBackup
Volume Manager (vmd). This communication is required for most operations.

205

206

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: On UNIX and Linux, verify that the Media Manager device
daemon (ltid) and the NetBackup Volume Manager (vmd) are running. Start them
if necessary.
On Windows, verify that both the NetBackup Device Manager service and the
NetBackup Volume Manager service are running. Start them if necessary.
Note: ltid or the NetBackup Device Manager service is used only if devices are
attached to the system.

NetBackup status code: 82

Message: media manager killed by signal
Explanation: Another process or a user terminated the tape manager (bptm) or
disk manager (bpdm).
Recommended Action: This error should not occur in normal operation. If you
want to terminate an active backup, use the NetBackup Activity Monitor.
When you back up a DomainOS client, this error occurs after the server has not
received anything on the socket for at least 300 seconds. It causes a client read
timeout and breaks the connection. The bpbkar debug log has an entry similar to
the following:
13:22:49 [1347] <16> bpbkar: ERR - Extra output - - ECONNRESET
Connection reset by peer (UNIX/errno status)

To resolve the problem, increase the CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT value. In this instance,

set the value to 900.

NetBackup status code: 83

Message: media open error
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) or disk manager (bpdm) did not open the
device or file that the backup or restore must use.
Recommended Action: For additional information, check the following:

NetBackup Problems report

Event Viewer Application log (Windows)

System log (UNIX and Linux)

Typically, this status code indicates a drive configuration problem that allows
more than one process at a time to open the device. On UNIX and Linux, the
problem may be due one or more of the following:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Two (or more) devices were configured that are the same physical device
(for different densities perhaps). Verify that none of the /dev files that
were used for these devices have the same major or minor numbers.

Links exist in the file system that allow users access to the drives.

The configuration for the drives was modified (in the administrator
interface or vm.conf) and the Media Manager device daemon, ltid, was
not restarted. Verify the configuration and then start ltid.

On Windows, the problem may be that the Media and Device Management
device configuration was modified but the NetBackup Device Manager service
was not restarted. Verify the configuration and restart the NetBackup Device
Manager service.

On Windows, make sure the tapes are not write protected.

For detailed troubleshooting information:

Create a debug log directory for bpdm (if the device is disk) or bptm (if the
device is tape).

On UNIX and Linux, restartltid in the verbose mode by running the

following:
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ltid -v

Or, add a VERBOSE entry to the /usr/openv/volmgr/vm.conf file. Create

the vm.conf file if necessary.

On Windows, enable verbose logging by adding VERBOSE on a line by itself

in the install_path\Volmgr\vm.conf file. Then, stop and restart the
NetBackup Device Manager service.

Retry the operation and check the resulting debug log files.

On Windows systems, look at the

install_path\VERITAS\NetBackup\db\media\errors log for a drive that

frequently produces errors.

On UNIX and Linux systems, look at the
/usr/openv/netbackup/db/media/errors log (which is also included in

the /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/goodies/support/support script output)

for a drive that frequently produces errors.

NetBackup status code: 84

Message: media write error
Explanation: The systems device driver returned an I/O error while NetBackup
wrote to removable media or a disk file.

207

208

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

For NetBackup Snapshot Client only:

If the following message appears in the /usr/openv/netbackup/bptm log, and
the values for key, asc, and ascq are all zero (0x0) as shown in this example
message:
tape error occurred on extended copy command, key = 0x0, asc =
0x0, ascq = 0x0

your host-bus adapter and its driver are probably not supported by NetBackup
Snapshot Client. The host-bus adapters supported in the release are listed in
the NetBackup Release Notes.

For additional information, check the following:

NetBackup Problems report to determine the device or media that caused

the error

System and error logs for the system (UNIX and Linux)

Event Viewer Application and System logs (Windows)

If NetBackup writes backups to a disk file, verify the following: the fragment
size that is configured for the disk storage unit is not greater than the maximum
file size that the operating system specifies.

On Windows, make sure the tapes are not write protected.

If bpbackupdb was used to back up the NetBackup catalog to a disk path on a

UNIX or Linux system, do the following:
The image you try to write may be greater than the maximum file size that
the operating system specifies. Tape files do not have this limit.

If the media is tape, check for the following:

A defective or a dirty drive. Clean it or have it repaired (refer to the tpclean

command for robotic drives).

The wrong media type. Verify that the media matches the drive type you
use.

Defective media. If it is defective, use the bpmedia command to set the

volume to the FROZEN state so it is not used for future backups.

Incorrect drive configuration. Verify the Media and Device Management

and system configuration for the drive.
For example, on UNIX and Linux the drive may be configured for fixed
mode when it must be variable mode.
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide for more information.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

This configuration often results in the media being frozen with the message
"too many data blocks written, check tape and drive block size
configuration."
See Troubleshooting frozen media on page 62.

NetBackup status code: 85

Message: media read error
Explanation: The system device driver returned an I/O error while NetBackup
reads from tape or a disk file.
Recommended Action: For additional information, check the following:

NetBackup Problems report to determine the device or media that caused the
error

System and error logs for the system (UNIX and Linux)

Event Viewer Application and System logs (Windows)

Check for the following:

A defective or a dirty drive. Clean it or have it repaired (see the tpclean

command for cleaning).

Incorrect drive configuration. Verify the Media and Device Management

and system configuration for the drive.
For example, on UNIX and Linux, the drive may be configured for fixed
mode when it must be variable mode. More information is available.
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

Defective media. In this case, you may not be able to recover all the data
on the media. Use the bpmedia command to set the volume to the FROZEN
state so it is not used for future backups.
See Troubleshooting frozen media on page 62.

The wrong media type. Verify that the media matches the drive type you
use.

NetBackup status code: 86

Message: media position error
Explanation: The systems device driver returned an I/O error while NetBackup
was positioning the tape media.
Recommended Action: For additional information, check the following:

209

210

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup Problems report to determine the device or media that caused the
error

System and error logs for the system (UNIX and Linux)

Event Viewer Application and System logs (Windows)

Check for the following:

A defective or a dirty drive. Clean it or have it repaired (see the tpclean

command for cleaning).

Incorrect drive configuration. Verify the Media and Device Management

and system configuration for the drive.
For example, on UNIX and Linux, the drive may be configured for fixed
mode when it must be variable mode.
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide for more information.

Defective media. In this case, some data may be lost. Use the bpmedia
command to set the volume to the FROZEN state so it is not used for future
backups.
See Troubleshooting frozen media on page 62.

The wrong media type. Verify that the media matches the drive type you
use.

NetBackup status code: 87

Message: media close error
Explanation: The systems device driver returned an I/O error while NetBackup
closed a tape.
Recommended Action: For additional information, check the following:

NetBackup Problems report to determine the device or media that caused the
error

System and error logs for the system (UNIX and Linux)

Event Viewer Application and System logs (Windows)

Check for the following:

A defective or a dirty drive. Clean it or have it repaired (see the tpclean

command for cleaning).

Defective media. In this case, some data may be lost. Use the bpmedia
command to set the volume to the FROZEN state so it is not used for future
backups.
See Troubleshooting frozen media on page 62.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 89

Message: problems encountered during setup of shared memory
Explanation: The NetBackup processes use shared memory for some operations.
This status is returned when an error is encountered in the initialization of the
shared memory by the operating systems APIs.
Recommended Action: Check for a shared memory problem. This error can occur
if the system cannot allocate enough shared memory. It usually occurs with
multiplexing, which increases the amount of shared memory required for the
operation. An entry similar to the following may be seen in a NetBackup log or
report:
system cannot allocate enough shared memory

If you see this type of message, refer to your platform vendor documentation for
instructions on how to increase shared memory on your system.
For older levels of Solaris: you may need to change one or more default System
V Shared Memory settings to prevent jobs failing with "system cannot allocate
enough shared memory," as follows.

For Solaris 9, the default shminfo_shmmax value is 8 megabytes. You can place
the following line in your /etc/system file to increase this setting. A value of
32 megabytes has been used in this example. Your system may require a greater
value under some circumstances such as a high value for the NetBackup
multiplexing parameter. According to Sun Microsystems documentation,
setting this parameter to its maximum possible value has no side effects. (This
parameter is not applicable to Solaris 10).
set shmsys:shminfo_shmmax=33554432

For Solaris 9, the default shminfo_shmmni value is 100. You can place the
following line in your /etc/system file to increase this setting. The default
value is usually sufficient for NetBackup. In some circumstances, such as
installing a NetBackup media server on a large database server, this setting
may need to be increased. A value of 220 has been used in this example. (This
parameter is not applicable to Solaris 10).
set shmsys:shminfo_shmmni=220

Note: If you modify any of these values in the /etc/system file, you must reboot
the system with boot -r for the new settings to take effect.

211

212

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Refer to your vendor documentation for detailed instructions on how to modify

these values. Note that these shminfo parameters are not applicable to Solaris
10.

NetBackup status code: 90

Message: media manager received no data for backup image
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) or disk manager (bpdm) received no data
when it performed a backup, archive, or duplication. This error can occur for
incremental backups where no data was backed up because no files have changed.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the All Log Entries report.

For detailed debug information, create bpdm or bptm debug log directories on
the server. If the client is Windows, also create a bpbkar debug log directory
on the client. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

For additional information, check the following:

NetBackup Problems report to determine the device or media that caused

the error

System and error logs for the system (UNIX and Linux)

Event Viewer Application log (Windows)

Verify the Media and Device Management and system configuration for the
drive.
For example, on UNIX and Linux, the drive may not be set for variable mode
in a case where NetBackup requires that mode.
Check the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide for drive configuration
information.

Verify that the Media and Device Management configuration for the backup
device matches what is specified for the storage unit in the NetBackup policy.

Verify that you use the correct media in the drive.

For detailed debug information, create a bpdm or bptm debug log directory
(whichever applies) on the server. If the client is Windows, also create a bpbkar
debug log directory on the client. Retry the operation and check the resulting
debug logs.

If the error occurred during duplication or a Vault session that uses an

Alternate Read Server to perform duplication, do the following: verify that the
Alternate Read Server has access to the source media.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 91

Message: fatal NB media database error
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) received an error while it read or updated
its media catalog.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the All Log Entries report for more information.

Check the NetBackup Media Lists report to see if the catalog is intact. If the
catalog is not intact, you may want to reload it from the latest NetBackup
catalog backup volume.

Verify that the disk partition on which the catalog resides has enough space.

If these actions do not explain the problem, check the NetBackup Problems
report.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a bptm debug log directory

on the server and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log file.

Contact customer support and send appropriate problem and debug log
sections.

NetBackup status code: 92

Message: media manager detected image that was not in tar format
Explanation: When you performed a restore, the tape manager (bptm) or disk
manager (bpdm) did not find a tar header at the offset it expected.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Perform a bpverify of the affected image to determine if it is written correctly.

Check the NetBackup Problems report for additional information about the
error.

Verify the Media and Device Management and system configuration for the
drive.
For example, on some UNIX and Linux systems if you do not configure the
drive for variable-mode block size writes, the following occurs: the backup
images that write to the media produce this error when you attempt to restore
the image.
The following sequence of events occurs:

Backup succeeds

Verify succeeds

213

214

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Restore fails

The bptm debug log shows an error similar to the following:

00:58:54 [2304] <16> write_data: write of 32768 bytes indicated
only 29696 bytes were written, errno = 0

In this case, configure the drive for variable-mode block sizes and suspend the
media that writes on that device.
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.
The images that were written to those media may be restorable (platform
dependent), but single file restores are almost guaranteed to fail. You can
expire these media and regenerate the backups. Or you can attempt to duplicate
the images on these media to another device and then expire the original copy.

This error has occurred on re-labeled and value-added 8-mm tape drives where
the drives micro code incorrectly processes a "forward space record" SCSI
command.

If the problem is not one of those discussed, create a debug log directory for
either bpdm or bptm and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log file.

NetBackup status code: 93

Message: media manager found wrong tape in drive
Explanation: When you load a volume for a backup or restore, the tape manager
(bptm) found a volume that loaded without the expected tape header. This error
may mean that volumes in a robot are not in the slots that are indicated in the
Media and Device Management volume configuration.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If the volume is in a robot and the robot supports bar codes, do the following:
perform a Compare Contents with Volume Configuration (on Windows) or
Compare robot contents with volume configuration (on UNIX and Linux). The
resulting report shows the media ID that was found and validates its slot
number with what is in the volume configuration. Then, either change the
physical location in the robot or change the volume configuration to show the
correct slot.

If the volume was mounted on a nonrobotic drive, verify that the correct volume
was mounted and assigned.

NetBackup status code: 94

Message: cannot position to correct image

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) searched for a backup image to restore
but did not find the correct backup ID at the expected position on the volume.
This error can indicate a drive hardware problem.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Try the restore on another drive if possible.

For additional information, check the following:

NetBackup Problems report to determine the device or volume that caused

the error

System and error logs for the system (UNIX and Linux)

Event Viewer Application and System logs (Windows)

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for bptm
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log files.

NetBackup status code: 95

Message: media id is not assigned to this host in the EMM database
Explanation: An operation was requested on a media ID for which NetBackup
does not have a record assigned to the requesting server. An example of this is
using bpmedia to suspend or freeze a media ID that does not exist or is not assigned
to the requesting server.
Recommended Action: Run a NetBackup Media List report to determine the valid
media IDs and their assigned hosts. Then, retry the command with a valid media
ID and assigned host.

NetBackup status code: 96

Message: unable to allocate new media for backup, storage unit has none available
Explanation: The NetBackup resource broker (nbrb) did not allocate a new volume
for backups. This error indicates that the storage unit has no more volumes
available in the volume pool for this backup. Note that NetBackup does not change
storage units during the backup.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report to determine the
storage unit that is out of media.

If the storage unit is a robot with empty slots, add more volumes (remember
to specify the correct volume pool).

If there are no empty slots, move some media to nonrobotic and then add
new volumes.

215

216

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If you have difficulty keeping track of your available volumes, try the
available_media script:
On UNIX and Linux, this script is in:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/goodies/available_media

On Windows, the script is in:

install_path\NetBackup\bin\goodies\available_media.cm
d

This script lists all volumes in the volume configuration, and augments
that list with information on the volumes currently assigned to NetBackup.

Set up a scratch volume pool as a reserve of unassigned tapes. If NetBackup

needs a new tape and none are available in the current volume pool, it does
the following: moves a tape from the scratch pool into the volume pool that
the backup uses.

If the storage unit and volume pool appear to have media, verify the following:

Volume is not FROZEN or SUSPENDED.

Check for this condition by using the NetBackup Media List report. If the
volume is frozen or suspended, use the bpmedia command to unfreeze or
unsuspend it (if that is wanted).
See Troubleshooting frozen media on page 62.

Volume has not expired or exceeded its maximum number of mounts.

The EMM database host name for the device is correct.

If you change the EMM database host name, stop and restart the following:
the Media Manager device daemon, ltid, (if the server is UNIX or Linux)
or the NetBackup Device Manager service (if the server is a Windows
system).

The correct host is specified for the storage unit in the NetBackup
configuration.
The host connection should be the server (master or media) with drives
connected to it.

The Media and Device Management volume configuration has media in the
correct volume pool. Unassigned or active media is available at the required
retention level.
Use the NetBackup Media List report to show the retention levels, volume
pools, and status (active and so on) for all volumes. Use the NetBackup
Media Summary report to check for active volumes at the correct retention
levels.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

The NetBackup bptm process is rejected when it requests media from the vmd
process (UNIX and Linux) or the NetBackup Volume Manager service
(Windows). The cause of this problem is that the process or service cannot
determine the name of the host that makes the request.
This error can be due to an incorrect network configuration that involves the
following:

Multiple network interfaces

/etc/resolv.conf on those UNIX or Linux systems that use it

Running DNS with reverse addressing not configured

Create bptm and vmd debug log directories and retry the operation.

Examine the bptm debug log to verify that bptm connects to the correct system.
If an error is logged, examine the vmd log.
On UNIX and Linux, the vmd log is:
/usr/openv/volmgr/debug/daemon/log.xxxxxx

On Windows, the vmd log is:

install_path\Volmgr\debug\daemon\xxxxxx.log

If this storage unit is new and this attempt to use it is the first, stop and restart
NetBackup on the master server.
Note: The mds unified logging files (OID 143) usually show the NetBackup
media selection process.

NetBackup status code: 97

Message: requested media id is in use, cannot process request
Explanation: An operation was requested on a media ID that is in use. An example
of this operation is the attempt to suspend or freeze a volume while it is in use
for a backup or restore.
Recommended Action: Retry the command when the volume is not in use. Use
the Device Monitor to determine if the volume is in use.

NetBackup status code: 98

Message: error requesting media (tpreq)

217

218

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) received an error when they requested a
media mount from the following: the NetBackup Device Manager service (on
Windows) or the Media Manager device daemon (ltid) (on UNIX and Linux).
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report to determine the reason for the failure.
The most common cause is that the NetBackup Device Manager service (on
Windows) or the Media Manager device daemon (ltid) (on UNIX and Linux)
is not running. Start it if necessary.

If you duplicate backups or use Vault to duplicate backups, this error could
indicate the following: the Alternate Read Server does not have access to the
tape where the original backup resides.

NetBackup status code: 99

Message: NDMP backup failure
Explanation: The paths in your NDMP policy file list did not back up successfully.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup All Log Entries report for more
information. A possible cause for this error is that none of the backup paths exist
on the NDMP host.

NetBackup status code: 100

Message: system error occurred while processing user command
Explanation: A system call failure in bparchive, bpbackup, bplist, or bprestore.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Enable debug logging for bparchive, bpbackup, bplist, or bprestore (as

appropriate) by creating debug log directories for them.
On UNIX and Linux, if a nonroot user has problems, verify that the directory
that was created has mode 666. Look for and correct any reported errors.

Retry the operation and check the resulting logs.

If the logs do not reveal the problem, use the command line version of the
command and correct any problems that are reported on stderr.

NetBackup status code: 101

Message: failed opening mail pipe
Explanation: The process that attempts to send mail did not open the pipe to the
server.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Make sure that mail is configured on the client. For
detailed troubleshooting information, create a bpcd debug log directory and retry
the operation. Check the resulting bpcd debug log.

NetBackup status code: 102

Message: failed closing mail pipe
Explanation: The process that sends mail could not close the pipe to the server.
Recommended Action: Make sure that mail is configured on the client. For
detailed troubleshooting information, create a bpcd debug log directory and retry
the operation. Check the resulting bpcd debug log.

NetBackup status code: 103

Message: error occurred during initialization, check configuration file
Explanation: None
Recommended Action: None

NetBackup status code: 104

Message: invalid file pathname
Explanation: None
Recommended Action: None

NetBackup status code: 105

Message: file pathname exceeds the maximum length allowed
Explanation: The path name (built by using the current working directory) exceeds
the maximum path length that the system allows.
Recommended Action: Shorten the current working directory path length.

NetBackup status code: 106

Message: invalid file pathname found, cannot process request
Explanation: One of the file paths to be backed up or archived is not valid.
Recommended Action: Verify that the full path names are used and that they do
not exceed the maximum path length for the system. (On UNIX and Linux, they
start with a slash character [ / ].) Also, verify that the files exist and the permissions
allow NetBackup to access them.

219

220

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 108

Message: Action succeeded but auditing failed
Explanation: The primary action being audited has succeeded but the
corresponding audit record has failed because it was never created.
For example, you use the bppolicynew command to create a policy and it returns
status code 108. The policy is created successfully, but the associated audit record
does not appear in the audit report that the nbauditreport command generates.
This error can be returned only if auditing is enabled using the nbemmcmd command.
Recommended Action: Do the following:

Ensure that the nbaudit daemon (NetBackup Audit Manager) is running.

Recommended Action: Examine the logs responsible for the primary action
and the nbaudit logs for more details on the cause of the error. For example,
check the bpdbm logs for policy creation.

NetBackup status code: 109

Message: invalid date specified
Explanation: This error can occur when you run a command on the command
line that contains a date option. The format of a date option can vary depending
on the locale of the master server.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If the error occurred on a command line, examine the standard error output
from the command for an explanatory message.

Refer to the format for the date options in the usage statement for the
command. Look up the locale of the master server. Compare the date format
of that locale with the date format on the usage statement for the command.

Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues.

If the error appears in a Java interface, enable the debug print manager in the
Java startup file. Retry and compare the parameters that are logged in the Java
log with the parameters listed in the commands usage statement.

If these actions do not reveal the problem, create a debug log directory for the
process that returned this status code. Then retry the operation and check the
resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 110

Message: Cannot find the NetBackup configuration information

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: On Windows, NetBackup did not read the registry entries that were
created during installation. On UNIX and Linux, the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file does not exist.
Recommended Action: On Windows, reinstall NetBackup software on the client.
On UNIX and Linux, create a /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file with at least
the following lines:
SERVER = server_name
CLIENT_NAME = client_name

NetBackup status code: 111

Message: No entry was found in the server list
Explanation: On UNIX and Linux, the SERVER = server_name line is omitted
from the bp.conf file. On Windows, the server list contains no entries.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

On a UNIX and Linux client, add the following line to the top of the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file:
SERVER = server_name

On a Microsoft Windows or nontarget NetWare client, do the following: add

the server name on the Server to use for backups and restores drop-down in
the Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type dialog box. To display this
dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on the client. Then
click Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy Type on the File menu.

On an NetWare target client, add the server name to the bp.ini file.

On a Macintosh client, add the SERVER = server_name line to the bp.conf file
in the NetBackup folder in the Preferences folder.

NetBackup status code: 112

Message: no files specified in the file list
Explanation: A restore was requested with no files in the file list.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Specify at least one file to be restored.

This status code may occur if nbjm is running and a stream discovery fails to
find all stream files. Examine the nbjm unified log (originator ID 117) for more
details on the cause of the error.

221

222

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 114

Message: unimplemented error code
Explanation: This error should not occur. If nbjm received a negative error
number, status 114 is issued.
Recommended Action: Examine the nbjm unified log (originator ID 117) for
detailed information on the cause of the error.

NetBackup status code: 116

Message: VxSS authentication failed
Explanation: On either end of a socket connection, the parties did not mutually
authenticate each other.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Ensure that the Symantec Product Authentication Service is installed and

configured.
For complete installation instructions, see the NetBackup Security and
Encryption Guide.

Check that both parties have a valid certificate. Examine the expiry date that
is listed from a bpnbat -WhoAmI. For example:
bpnbat -WhoAmI
Name: JDOG
Domain: MYCOMPANY
Issued by: /CN=broker/[email protected]/O=vx
Expiry Date: Sep 19 12:51:55 2009 GMT
Authentication method: Microsoft Windows

Operation completed successfully.

Shows an expiry date of September 19th, 2009. After 12:51:55 GMT this
credential is no longer valid and a new credential is required.

If you run from the NetBackup Administration console, close and reopen the
console. The console automatically obtains a credential for the currently logged
in identity, if possible. By default these certificates are valid for 24 hours.
To set a longer default time, consult the NetBackup Security and Encryption
Guide.

Ensure the following: that the certificates for both sides use the same broker
or are children of the same root broker and that trusts were established between
them.
See the NetBackup Security and Encryption Guide for more information on
broker hierarchies and how to establish trust relationships between brokers.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Ensure that connectivity between the physical systems in question is possible.

If general sockets cannot connect between the machines (such as ping and
telnet), issues within the network unrelated to NetBackup can cause this
problem.

Ensure that the system has sufficient swap space and the following directories
are not full:

/home/username

/user/openv/netbackup/logs

/tmp

NetBackup status code: 117

Message: VxSS access denied
Explanation: The user identity that was used to attempt an operation does not
have the permissions that are needed to perform the action.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If you use the default groups, make certain that the user attempts to perform
an operation appropriate for that group. For example, a member of
NBU_Operators is unable to modify policy information, which is a permission
reserved for administrator roles.

Ensure that the system has sufficient swap space and the following directories
are not full:

/home/username

/user/openv/netbackup/logs

/tmp

If you use your own defined groups and permissions, first determine the object
with which the operation is associated. Then add the permissions relative to
the action. For example, a user is required to up and down drives but currently
does not have permission to do so. Verify that the user belongs to the correct
authorization group.
If necessary, verify that the group has Up and Down permissions on the Drive
object within the Group Permission tab. If necessary, increase the verbosity
level of NetBackup to locate what object and what permissions are required
for the failing request. The pertinent lines in the debug logs look similar to
the following:
17:19:27.653 [904.872] <2> GetAzinfo: Peer Cred Info.
Name: JMIZZLE

223

224

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Domain: MYCOMPANY
Expiry: Sep 24 21:45:32 2003 GMT
Issued by: /CN=broker/[email protected]/O=vx
AuthType: 1
17:19:37.077 [904.872] <2> VssAzAuthorize: vss_az.cpp.5082:
Function: VssAzAuthorize. Object
NBU_RES_Drives
17:19:37.077 [904.872] <2> VssAzAuthorize: vss_az.cpp.5083:
Function: VssAzAuthorize. Permissions Up
17:19:40.171 [904.872] <2> VssAzAuthorize: vss_az.cpp.5166:
Function: VssAzAuthorize. 20 Permission denied.

In this example, the user JMIZZLE attempts to perform an operation that

requires the Up permission on the Drives object. To diagnose the problem,
examine the group(s) to which the user belongs to ensure that the appropriate
group includes the Up permission. (Up is a member of the Operate permission
set for Drives.)

NetBackup status code: 118

Message: VxSS authorization failed
Explanation: NetBackup was unable to complete the authorization check against
the authorization service.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Ensure that the Symantec Product Authorization Service or daemon is running.

Refer to the NetBackup Security and Encryption Guide for more information
on authentication and authorization daemons.

Ensure that you are in communication with the correct master server. Within
the bp.conf files on the local server, verify that the entry
AUTHORIZATION_SERVICES specifies the proper host name (fully qualified)
of the authorization service. For example, AUTHORIZATION_SERVICE =
machine2.mycompany.com 0 specifies that the server contacts machine2 to
perform authorization checks. Also ensure that this entry matches that of the
master server.

Ensure that the system has sufficient swap space and the following directories
are not full:

/home/userName

/user/openv/netbackup/logs

/tmp

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Ensure that the server that contacts the master has a valid certificate. The
machine certificate can be examined as follows:
For UNIX and Linux:
# bpnbat -WhoAmI -cf
/usr/openv/var/vxss/credentials/machine3.mycompany.com

For Windows:
Bpnbat WhoAmI -cf "c:\Program
Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\var\vxss\credentials\machine3.my
company.com"

Both of which would return:

Name: machine3.mycompany.com
Domain: [email protected]
Issued by: /CN=broker/[email protected]/O=vx
Expiry Date: Sep 2 19:25:29 2004 GMT
Authentication method: Symantec Private Security
Operation completed successfully.

If the expiry date was exceeded, use bpnbat -LoginMachine to obtain a new
credential for the machine.
See the Netbackup Commands manual for more information on bpnbat.
The server that attempts the check is not authorized to examine the
authorization database. Ensure that bpnbaz -ShowAuthorizers re-tuned the
machines identity. Ensure that the machine has a machine credential under
the directory as follows:
Program Files\VERITAS\var\vxss\credentials (Windows)
/usr/openv/var/vxss/credentials (UNIX and Linux)
This credential should have the full name of the machine as in the following
example: machine1.company.com.

Check that the maximum number of open sockets to the authorization database
was not exhausted. Use netstat to determine the number of sockets that are
opened to port 4032 on the authorization server and that refer to the following
configurations:
Windows:
HKLM\SOFTWARE\VERITAS\Security\Authorization\Communication\ClientMaxConnections

UNIX and Linux: /etc/vx/vss/VRTSaz.conf entry "ClientMaxConnections"

If the maximum number of open connections was reached, you may need to
increase the number of maximum open connections. An increase in the number
of open connections increases the memory footprint of the authorization

225

226

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

service or daemon. Note that extreme increases in the maximum number of

connections can cause performance degradation.

NetBackup status code: 120

Message: cannot find configuration database record for requested NB database
backup
Explanation: The program that backs up the NetBackup internal catalogs did not
find the attributes that indicate which media IDs to use or paths to back up. This
error should not occur under normal circumstances.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for additional information about the
error.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create admin and bpdbm debug log
directories and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs.

Contact customer support and send the appropriate problem and debug log
sections that detail the error.

NetBackup status code: 121

Message: no media is defined for the requested NB database backup
Explanation: When NetBackup attempted to back up its internal catalogs, no
media IDs were defined in the catalog backup configuration.
Recommended Action: Add the media IDs to the catalog backup configuration.
Verify that the media IDs are in the NetBackup volume pool.

NetBackup status code: 122

Message: specified device path does not exist
Explanation: The NetBackup internal catalogs were backed up in the following
manner: by using the bpbackupdb command line and by specifying a device path
(on Windows) or a raw device file (on UNIX and Linux) that does not exist.
Recommended Action: Retry the command by using a valid device file name.

NetBackup status code: 123

Message: specified disk path is not a directory
Explanation: When NetBackup attempted to back up its internal catalogs, the
backup attributes were set to dump to a disk. However, the disk file path already
exists and is not a directory.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Specify a different disk path for the catalog backup or
delete the file that already exists.

NetBackup status code: 124

Message: NB database backup failed, a path was not found or is inaccessible
Explanation: One or more of the specified paths in the catalog backup
configuration were not backed up.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for additional information about the
error.
The following are some possible causes:

The path does not exist.

On a UNIX or Linux system, one of the paths contains a symbolic link.

After you determine which path cannot be accessed, correct the path names
in the catalog backup configuration.

NetBackup status code: 125

Message: a NetBackup catalog backup is in progress
Explanation: Only one NetBackup catalog backup can be active at any given time.
Certain operations are not allowed during an online catalog backup. (These include
catalog archiving, catalog compression, and expiration of the last copy of an
image.)
Recommended Action: Retry the operation after the catalog backup completes.

NetBackup status code: 126

Message: NB database backup header is too large, too many paths specified
Explanation: Too many paths were specified in the NetBackup catalog backup
configuration to fit in a fixed-size media header. This error should not occur under
normal circumstances.
Recommended Action: Delete some of the paths from the catalog backup
configuration.

NetBackup status code: 127

Message: specified media or path does not contain a valid NB database backup
header

227

228

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The bprecover command was issued and the media ID specified
does not have valid catalog backup data.
Recommended Action: Validate that the correct media ID is used.

NetBackup status code: 128

Message: NB database recovery failed, a process has encountered an exceptional
condition
Explanation: In the catalogs that were specified for recovery, one or more cannot
be restored. For more detail, refer to the error message that precedes this status
code in the output from the bprecover command.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Fix the problem that was reported in the error message in the bprecover output.

Refer to one of the following topics to identify which NetBackup services to

shut down before a NetBackup database recovery attempt:
See Catalog recovery from an online backup on page 589.
The NetBackup services should be shut down except for the NetBackup Client
Service, which must be running for the database recovery to succeed.

Check the NetBackup Problems report for additional information about the
error.
The following are some possible causes:

A disk may be full.

The NetBackup catalog tape may be corrupt.

NetBackup status code: 129

Message: Disk storage unit is full
Explanation: As NetBackup writes to the file system for the disk storage unit,
runs out of space. Until more file system space is available, images of similar size
or larger may fail with this error when written to this disk storage unit.
In a scheduled backup job that writes to a storage unit group (which contains this
disk storage unit), the following occurs: the NetBackup scheduler requests the
storage unit with the greatest available capacity when the job is retried.
For the retry, when the scheduler requests the storage unit with the greatest
available capacity, note the following:

A tape storage unit in the storage unit group has preference over any disk
storage units since tape storage units usually have more capacity.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If the storage unit with the most unused capacity is busy, NetBackup skips it.
NetBackup then selects an available storage unit with the next largest, unused
capacity.

If the storage unit with the greatest unused capacity is the one that lacked
capacity when the job first failed, the scheduler tries it again. That storage
unit may have more unused capacity now than it did when the job failed.

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Either free sufficient space or add more space to the file system for this storage
unit.

Lower the high capacity mark for this disk storage unit. Configure the policies
to access it through a storage unit group that provides alternative storage to
use when this storage unit fills up. Ideally, if an image exceeds the file systems
high capacity mark, it also completes successfully. This image leaves the
storage unit in a "full" state (over the high capacity mark). The storage unit
then is not assigned to other jobs until its capacity falls under its high capacity
mark.

If the Staging attribute is set on the disk storage unit that did not have enough
capacity, it may be unable to create free space. It cannot create space because
the backups that are staged to the disk are not relocated (eligible to be deleted
from the staging storage unit). Ensure that stagings relocation (duplication)
jobs successfully copy enough images to provide sufficient free space for new
backups.

NetBackup status code: 130

Message: system error occurred
Explanation: An error occurred that prevents the product from operating in a
consistent fashion. This error is usually related to a system call.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for additional information about the
error.

Check the system log for reported problems.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create bpdbm, bptm, and bprd debug
log directories on the master server. Increase the unified logging level by using
the vxlogcfg command.
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.

Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

229

230

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 131

Message: client is not validated to use the server
Explanation: The client name, as determined from the connection to the server,
did not match any client name in the NetBackup configuration. No altnames
configuration for this client exists on the master server. A client and server with
multiple network connections can encounter this problem in the following
situation: the name by which the client is configured is not the one by which its
routing tables direct connections to the server.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Examine the NetBackup Problems report.

Create a debug log directory for bprd and retry the operation. Check the
resulting debug log to determine the connection and the client names.
Depending on the request type (restore, backup, and so on), you may need or
want to do the following:

Change the clients configured name.

Modify the routing tables on the client.

On the master server, set up an altnames directory and file for this client
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I.
or

On a UNIX or Linux master server, create a soft link in the NetBackup image
catalog.

See Verifying host name and service entries on page 48.

NetBackup status code: 132

Message: user is not validated to use the server from this client
Explanation: None
Recommended Action: None

NetBackup status code: 133

Message: invalid request
Explanation: One of two explanations exist.

A request was made that is not recognized. This usually results from different
versions of NetBackup software being used together.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If a client receives this error in response to a list or restore request, then the
DISALLOW_CLIENT_LIST_RESTORE or DISALLOW_CLIENT_RESTORE. option exists
in the bp.conf file on the following: a UNIX or Linux NetBackup server or in
the registry on a Windows NetBackup server. These options deny list and
restore requests from all NetBackup clients.

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If you suspect that the software versions are the problem, verify that all
NetBackup software is at the same version level.

On UNIX and Linux NetBackup servers and clients, check the

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/version file.

On Windows NetBackup servers, check the

install_path\netbackup\version.txt file or the About NetBackup item
on the Help menu.

On Microsoft Windows clients, check the About NetBackup item on the

Help menu.

On NetWare target clients, check the Version entry in the bp.ini file.

On Macintosh clients, check the version file in the bin folder in the
NetBackup folder in the Preferences folder.

If the server denies list and restore requests, remove the

DISALLOW_CLIENT_LIST_RESTORE and DISALLOW_CLIENT_RESTORE options from
the bp.conf file on the following: a UNIX or Linux NetBackup server or from
the registry on a Windows NetBackup server. Then, stop and restart the
NetBackup request daemon (UNIX and Linux) or NetBackup Request Manager
service (Windows).

For detailed troubleshooting information, create bpdbm, bprd, and admin debug
log directories. Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 134

Message: unable to process request because the server resources are busy
Explanation: Status code 134 is an informational message that indicates that all
drives in the storage unit are currently in use. If all drives are in use, NetBackup
automatically tries another storage unit. If one is not available, NetBackup
re-queues the job with a status of 134 and retries it later.
Recommended Action: None.
The 134 code is an informational message only and is not considered an error. It
can occur for a number of reasons in normal operation. The 134 status code can
occur more frequently in an SSO environment. No action is necessary.

231

232

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

A status 134 is not logged in the error logs. A 134 status causes a new try to appear
in the Activity Monitor. It does not increase the retry count associated with the
allowed number of retries.

NetBackup status code: 135

Message: client is not validated to perform the requested operation
Explanation: An alternate client restore was tried that did not come from the
root user (on UNIX and Linux) or the administrator (on Windows).
Recommended Action: Retry the operation as a root user (on UNIX and Linux)
or as an administrator (on Windows) on the master server. Also see status code
131.

NetBackup status code: 136

Message: tir info was pruned from the image file
Explanation: The TIR information was pruned from one or more of the component
(differential or cumulative) backup images being synthesized.
This situation arises when the following occurs:

The most recent backup image for the client is a synthetic full or cumulative
backup

The TIR information from one or more of the component images before the
synthetic full (or cumulative) backup is pruned

The TIR information is automatically restored to the image catalog if you do the
following: expire the synthetic backup (full or cumulative) image and try to rerun
the synthetic backup job for the client. However, the synthetic backup job fails
with this error if the TIR restore fails due to bad, missing, or vaulted media or a
bad drive.
Recommended Action: Reimport the TIR information into the catalog of each
component image (from which the TIR information was pruned). Then rerun the
synthetic backup job. The TIR information can be imported into the image catalog
by initiating a true image restore of any file from that component image. The
restore process also restores the TIR information in the image catalog.

NetBackup status code: 140

Message: user id was not superuser
Explanation: A user or process that did not have root privileges (on UNIX and
Linux) or administrator privileges (on Windows) started the process.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: If appropriate, give the user or the process administrator

privileges (on Windows) or root privileges (on UNIX and Linux) and retry the
operation.

NetBackup status code: 141

Message: file path specified is not absolute
Explanation: The file specification must be an absolute path.
Recommended Action: Correct the file specification and retry the command.

NetBackup status code: 142

Message: file does not exist
Explanation: To back up a VxFS file system with Snapshot Client, the VxFS file
system on the client must be patched with correct, dynamically linked libraries.
If the correct VxFS libraries are not installed, the backup fails with status 142.
The following appears in the log:

For most snapshot backups, the following message appears in the

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis log on the client:
09:36:48.299 [527] <32> fs_dev_rt_check: FTL - snapshot method:
nbu_snap abort - required VxFS dynamic linked libraries for
NetBackup are not installed. Please visit the Symantec support
web site, and refer to Technote number 262225 for further
information.

For the backups that run from a FlashBackup policy, the following appears in
the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpbkar log on the client:
10:09:56.566 [1146] <32> bpfsmap: FTL - bpfsmap: FlashBackup
abort - required VxFS dynamic linked libraries for NetBackup are
not installed. Please visit the Symantec support web site, and
refer to Technote number 262225 for further information.
10:09:56.571 [1146] <16> bpbkar Exit: ERR - bpbkar FATAL exit
status = 142: file does not exist
10:09:56.573 [1146] <4> bpbkar Exit: INF - EXIT STATUS 142: file
does not exist

Recommended Action: Install the VxFS dynamic libraries on the NetBackup

client as described in Technote 262225 and try the backup again.

233

234

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 143

Message: invalid command protocol
Explanation: A poorly formed request was made to the NetBackup request daemon
(UNIX and Linux) or to the Request Manager service (Windows). This error can
be due to the following: mismatched versions of the product, corrupted network
communication, or to a non-NetBackup process sending data across the port for
the daemon or service.
Recommended Action: Examine the NetBackup error logs to determine the system
that was the source of the data. On that system, determine the process that
initiated the request. If it was a NetBackup process, verify that the process or
command is compatible with the version of software on the server.

NetBackup status code: 144

Message: invalid command usage
Explanation: This status code is due to a NetBackup process being started with
improper options or an incompatibility in the product.
Recommended Action: Either correct the command or verify that all NetBackup
binaries are at the same version level.

NetBackup status code: 145

Message: daemon is already running
Explanation: Another copy of the process is running.
Recommended Action: Terminate the current copy of the process and then restart
the process.

NetBackup status code: 146

Message: cannot get a bound socket
Explanation: The service or daemon did not bind to its socket. A system call fails
when the daemon (UNIX and Linux) or service (Windows) attempts to bind to its
configured port number. This error is usually caused when another process
acquired the port before the daemon or service started.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Examine the NetBackup Problems and All Log Entries reports.

Create bprd and bpdbm debug log directories and retry the operation. Check
the resulting logs to see the system error message that resulted from the
attempt.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If another process has the port, use other system commands to determine the
process. Based on this research, either change the port number in your
services file or map or terminate the process that acquired the port.
On UNIX and Linux, another possible cause for this error is the use of the kill
command to terminate bprd or bpdbm. If you have to stop bprd, use the
Terminate Request Daemon option on the Special Actions menu in bpadm.
To stop bpdbm, use the /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpdbm -terminate
command. Use of the kill command to stop these processes can leave them
unable to bind to their assigned ports the next time they are started.
To identify a bprd or a bpdbm problem, look for lines similar to the following
in the debug log for the respective process:
<16> getsockbound: bind() failed, Address already in use (114)
<32> listen_loop: cannot get bound socket. errno = 114
<4> terminate: termination begun...error code = 146

Similar entries can appear in the reports.

If the problem persists longer than ten minutes, it may be necessary to restart
the server.

NetBackup status code: 147

Message: required or specified copy was not found
Explanation: The requested copy number of a backup or an archive image cannot
be found.
Recommended Action: Correct the request to specify a copy number that does
exist.

NetBackup status code: 148

Message: daemon fork failed
Explanation: A NetBackup service did not create a child process due to an error
that was received from the system. This error is probably an intermittent error
that is based on the availability of resources on the system.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Restart the service at a later time and investigate the system problems that
limit the number of processes.

On Windows systems, check the Event Viewer Application and System logs.

235

236

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 149

Message: master server request failed
Explanation: None
Recommended Action: None

NetBackup status code: 150

Message: termination requested by administrator
Explanation: The process terminates (or has terminated) as a direct result of a
request from an authorized user or process.
Recommended Action: None.

NetBackup status code: 151

Message: Backup Exec operation failed
Explanation: The Global Data Manager console reported that a Backup Exec job
(backup, archive, or restore) did not complete normally.
Recommended Action: Consult the Backup Exec job history on the Backup Exec
server for details.

NetBackup status code: 152

Message: required value not set
Explanation: An incomplete request was made to the bpdbm process (on UNIX
and Linux), or the NetBackup Database Manager service (on Windows). This error
usually occurs because different versions of software are used together.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that all software is at the same version level.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create bpdbm and admin debug log
directories and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 153

Message: server is not the master server
Explanation: This status code is reserved for future use.
Recommended Action: None.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 154

Message: storage unit characteristics mismatched to request
Explanation: A backup was tried and the storage unit selected for use had the
characteristics that were not compatible with the backup type.
Recommended Action: Verify that the characteristics of the selected storage
unit are appropriate for the attempted backup.

For a NetBackup Snapshot Client, the policy storage unit was set to
Any_available and the off-host backup method was set to Third-Party Copy
Device or NetBackup Media Server. Do not choose Any_available. A particular
storage unit (such as nut-4mm-robot-tl4-0) must be specified when
Third-Party Copy Device or NetBackup Media Server is specified as the
off-host backup method.

For an NDMP policy type, verify the following: a storage unit of type NDMP is
defined and the NDMP host value matches the host name of the client. For
example, if the NDMP policy specifies toaster as the client, the configuration
for the storage unit must specify toaster as the NDMP host.

For a policy type other than NDMP, verify that the policy specifies a Media
Manager or Disk type storage unit.

NetBackup status code: 155

Message: disk is full
Explanation: The write to the catalog file failed because the disk that contains
the catalog database is full.
Recommended Action: Free up space on the disks where NetBackup catalogs
reside and retry the operation.

NetBackup status code: 156

Message: snapshot error encountered
Explanation: The following are possible causes of this status code:

An Enterprise Vault Agent related error. The following errors can result in a
status code 156:

VSS_E_BAD_STATE snapshot error

VSS_E_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE snapshot error

A snapshot-backup related error regarding Windows Open File Backup or

Snapshot Client.

237

238

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

For the Enterprise Vault Agent:

See the Troubleshooting section of the NetBackup for Enterprise Vault Agent
Administrators Guide.

For a Windows Open File Backup Snapshot Provider that uses VSS:
See the Troubleshooting section of one of the following guides:

NetBackup for VMware Administrators Guide

NetBackup for Hyper-V Administrators Guide

NetBackup Snapshot Client Administrators Guide

The VSS cache files may be too small for the number of files being backed up
using VSS.
If bpbkar debug logs are turned on, a message similar to the following appears
in the bpbkar debug log for the backup.
8:51:14.569 AM: [1924.2304] <2> tar_base::V_vTarMsgW: ERR failure reading file: D:\ test.file (WIN32 5: Access is denied.
)
8:51:14.569 AM: [1924.2304] <4> tar_base::V_vTarMsgW: INF - tar
message received from dos_backup::tfs_readdata
8:51:14.569 AM: [1924.2304] <2> tar_base::V_vTarMsgW: ERR Snapshot Error while reading test.file
8:51:14.569 AM: [1924.2304] <4> tar_base::V_vTarMsgW: INF - tar
message received from tar_backup::nextfile_state_switch
8:51:14.569 AM: [1924.2304] <2> tar_base::V_vTarMsgW: FTL Backup operation aborted!
8:51:14.569 AM: [1924.2304] <2> tar_base::V_vTarMsgW: INF Client completed sending data for backup
8:51:14.569 AM: [1924.2304] <2> tar_base::V_vTarMsgW: INF - EXIT
STATUS 156: snapshot error encountered

To increase the VSS cache size by using the Shadow Copy configuration in
Windows 2003, do the following in the order listed:

In Windows, right-click My Computer and select Manage.

In the console tree, right-click Shared Folders, select All Tasks, and select
Configure Shadow Copies.

Select the volume where you want to make changes, and then select
Settings.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

239

In the Settings dialog box, change the Maximum Size setting to either of
the following: No Limit or a size large enough to suit the requirements of
your installation and your usage of VSS.

For backups using Snapshot Client and the NAS_Snapshot method, with or
without SnapVault:

If the backup fails with status code 156, consult the bpfis legacy log, in
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs (UNIX and Linux) or
install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows). If the bpfis directory does not
already exist, you must create it and rerun the job.
If necessary, increase the logging level and retry the job.
See About using logs and reports on page 79.

On Windows clients, when restoring files from a backup that is made with
the NAS_Snapshot method, log into the "NetBackup Client Service" as the
Administrator account, not as the local system account. Otherwise, the
backup fails with status 156.

In Windows Services, double-click the NetBackup Client Service.

Then check the Log On tab: if the service is not logged in as

Administrator, stop the service.

Change the login to the Administrator account and restart the service.

Retry the restore.

For other NetBackup Snapshot Client issues:

The file system that is specified as a snapshot source is not mounted. In

this case, you may see the following in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis log:
17:12:51 bpfis: FTL - snapshot creation failed, status 156
17:12:51 bpfis: INF - EXIT STATUS 156: snapshot error
encountered

and the following in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis log:

17:12:51 onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - cannot snap_on, err: 5
17:12:51 delete_mount_point: INF - Deleted mount point
/tmp/__jody_test:20958
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS error 11; see following
messages:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - Fatal method error
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - vfm_freeze: method: nbu_snap, type:
FIM, function: nbu_snap_freeze

240

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS method error 5; see following

message:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - nbu_snap_freeze: Cannot turn on
snapshot; snapshot source=/opt, cache=/dev/rdsk/c1t3d1s0, snap
error=5
17:12:51 onlfi_thaw: WRN - / is not frozen

Make sure that the file system that is specified for the snapshot source has
been mounted.

The file system that is specified as the snapshot source does not correspond
to the file system that contains the actual files (as opposed to symbolic
links to the files). The mounted file system for the snapshot source must
contain the actual files, not symbolic links. If items in the file list, such as
/oracle, is a symbolic link to /export/home/oracle, the snapshot source
must specify /export, or /export/home, not /oracle.

vxvm is selected as the snapshot method but the snapshot source is not
configured over a Veritas Volume Manager (VxVM) volume. In this case,
you may see the following in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis log:
17:12:51 bpfis: FTL - snapshot creation failed, status 156
17:12:51 bpfis: INF - EXIT STATUS 156: snapshot error
encountered

and something like the following in the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis

log:
17:12:51 onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - vxvm_freeze: Snapshot source
/cockpit1 on device /dev/dsk/c1t0d0s6 is not on a VxVM volume
17:12:51 delete_mount_point:
INF - Deleted mount point
/tmp/_cockpit1_coc_group1:3518
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS error 11; see following
messages:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - Fatal method error
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - vfm_freeze: method: vxvm, type:
FIM, function: vxvm_freeze
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS method error 9; see following
message:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - vxvm_freeze: Snapshot source
/cockpit1 on device /dev/dsk/c1t0d0s6 is not on a VxVM volume
17:12:51 onlfi_thaw: INF - fim=vxvm
17:12:51 onlfi_thaw: WRN - /cockpit1 is not frozen

Make sure that the snapshot source is configured over a Veritas Volume
Manager (VxVM) volume.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

241

vxvm was selected as the snapshot method, but a Veritas Volume Manager
snapshot mirror of the snapshot source volume had not been created before
running the backup, or another backup is currently running that uses the
snapshot mirror. In either case, you may see the following in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis log:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL
messages:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL
FIM, function: vxvm_freeze
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL
message:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL
available snapshot mirror

- VfMS error 11; see following

- Fatal method error
- vfm_freeze: method: vxvm, type:
- VfMS method error 3; see following
- find_ready_snapshot: Cannot find

Refer to the NetBackup Snapshot Client Administrators Guide for

information on how to create a snapshot mirror on the client before you
run the backup.

vxvm was selected as the snapshot method, and a Veritas Volume Manager
snapshot mirror of the snapshot source volume has been created. However,
two different backup jobs (A and B) try to back up the same volume (for
example, vol01), but job A starts before job B. After an available snapshot
mirror is found, a brief pause occurs before the snapshot is formed. Job B
that runs slightly behind job A may try to create a snapshot of the snapshot
mirror immediately before job A creates the snapshot and gets the lock on
it.
In this case, you may see the following in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis log:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS error 11; see following
messages:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - Fatal method error
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - vfm_freeze: method: vxvm, type:
FIM, function: vxvm_freeze
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS method error 3; see following
message:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - vxvm_freeze: Command failed with
status=11: /usr/sbin/vxassist -g rootdg snapshot vol01
VfMSCAAu7a4Uw </dev/null>/var/tmp/VfMSAAAs7a4Uw
2>/var/tmp/VfMSBAAt7a4Uw

The job that was unable to get a lock (job B in the preceding example) fails,
and must be run again.

242

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

When using nbu_snap as a snapshot method, you may have stale snapshots
if status code 156 occurs with the following messages in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis log. (Stale snapshots are those that
nbu_snap did not automatically delete.)
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS error 11; see following
messages:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - Fatal method error
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - vfm_freeze: method: nbu_snap, type:
FIM, function: nbu_snap_freeze
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS method error 5; see following
message:
17:12:51 onlfi_freeze: FTL - nbu_snap_freeze: Cannot turn on
snapshot; snapshot source=/oracle/ufs_r,
cache=/dev/rdsk/c4t1d11s4,snap error=11

Look for stale snapshots by running the

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/driver/snaplist command when there are

no active backups running. If the snaplist command shows cache entries,

there are stale snapshots. Nothing is displayed if there are no stale
snapshots.
Example snaplist output:
id ident
size
cached
43 6515
8390970
0
device = /dev/rdsk/c1t6d0s0
cache = /dev/rdsk/c1t6d0s7

minblk
0

err time
11/16/00 13:31:36

Use the snapoff command to remove the stale snapshot, as follows:

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/driver/snapoff id

where id is the ID from the snaplist output (such as 43 in the preceding

example).

If a backup using the VxFS_Checkpoint snapshot method failed, the

NetBackup bpbkar process should automatically remove the clone.
Sometimes, however, bpbkar is unable to remove the clone. In this case,
you may see messages such as the following in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis log:
15:21:45.716 [4236] <4> create_mount_point: INF - Created mount
point /tmp/_vtrax_test:4236

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

243

15:21:45.869 [4236] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - vxfs clone handle

: 9600344
15:21:45.870 [4236] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF VxFS_Checkpoint_freeze: Cannot create checkpoint; status=17
15:21:45.872 [4236] <4> delete_mount_point: INF - Deleted mount
point /tmp/_vtrax_test:4236
15:21:45.873 [4236] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS error 11; see
following messages:
15:21:45.873 [4236] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - Fatal method error
was reported
15:21:45.873 [4236] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - vfm_freeze: method:
VxFS_Checkpoint, type: FIM, function: VxFS_Checkpoint_freeze
15:21:45.873 [4236] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS method error
17; see following message:
15:21:45.874 [4236] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL VxFS_Checkpoint_freeze: Cannot create checkpoint; status=17

Remove the clone as follows.

Note: If the checkpoint is not removed, you cannot use VxFS_Checkpoint
to back up any data in the file system where the checkpoint is mounted.

List the name of the checkpoint by entering the following VxFS command:
/usr/lib/fs/vxfs/fsckptadm list /file_system

where file_system is the name of the file system where the checkpoint is
mounted. A sample output follows. In this example, /vtrax_test is the file
system and fi_ckpt is the name of the checkpoint.
/vtrax_test
fi_ckpt:
ctime = Mon Nov 12 10:08:13 2001
mtime = Mon Nov 12 10:08:13 2001
flags = largefiles

Remove the checkpoint by entering the following:

/usr/lib/fs/vxfs/fsckptadm remove checkpoint /file_system

If the checkpoint cannot be removed, unmount the checkpoint and retry

the first step in this procedure.

244

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If a snapshot backup fails using TimeFinder, ShadowImage, or BusinessCopy

method, there may be a VxVM clone left over from a previous backup. You
may see messages similar to the following in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis log:
19:13:07.686 [14981] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - do_cmd: Command
failed with status=20: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpdgclone -g
wil_test -n vol01 -f /var/tmp/HDSTFCAAs7aOqD </dev/null
>/var/tmp/VfMSAAAq7aOqD 2>/var/tmp/VfMSBAAr7aOqD
19:13:07.687 [14981] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - --- Dumping file
/var/tmp/VfMSAAAq7aOqD (stdout):
19:13:07.687 [14981] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - --- End of file
/var/tmp/VfMSAAAq7aOqD
19:13:07.687 [14981] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - --- Dumping file
/var/tmp/VfMSBAAr7aOqD (stderr):
19:13:07.687 [14981] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF clone group
and volume already exists
19:13:07.688 [14981] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - --- End of file
/var/tmp/VfMSBAAr7aOqD

NetBackup automatically creates VxVM clones for TimeFinder,

ShadowImage, or BusinessCopy backups of data that is configured over
volumes. After the backup has completed, NetBackup removes the VxVM
clone. In this case, a system crash or restart may have prevented the
removal. Remove the clone as follows.
(Do the following on the client or alternate client, depending on the type
of backup.)

When no backups are running, use the following VxVM command to list
any clones: vxdg list
The clone name is of the form clone_disk_group_clone.

To remove the clone, enter the following:

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpdgclone -g disk_group -n volume -c

For example:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpdgclone -g wil_test -n vol01 -c

where wil_test is the name of the disk group and volo1 is the name of the
VxVM volume.
For more information on now to remove a VxVM clone, refer to the
NetBackup Snapshot Client Administrators Guide. For vxdg, refer to the
Veritas Volume Manager Administrators Guide.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Before running the backup again, resynchronize the primary disk with the
secondary disk. For assistance, refer to the NetBackup Snapshot Client
Administrators Guide.

If a snapshot backup fails using the FlashSnap or VVR snapshot method,

a VxVM snapshot may be left over from a previous backup. You may see
messages similar to the following in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis log:

245

14:41:15.345 [22493] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS error 11; see

following messages:
14:41:15.345 [22493] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - Fatal method error
was reported
14:41:15.345 [22493] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - vfm_freeze_commit:
method: FlashSnap, type: FIM, function: FlashSnap_freeze_commit
14:41:15.345 [22493] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL - VfMS method error
8; see following message:
14:41:15.345 [22493] <32> onlfi_freeze: FTL vxvm__find_ready_snapshot: Cannot find available snapshot mirror

NetBackup automatically creates VxVM snapshots for backups of data that

is configured over volumes. After the backup completes, NetBackup removes
the VxVM snapshot. In this case, a system crash or restart may have
prevented the removal. Remove the snapshot as follows.
For FlashSnap:
(Do the following on the client or alternate client, depending on the type
of backup.)

Find the VxVM disk group:

vxdg list

The format of the disk group name is as follows:

primaryhost_diskgroup_split

If vxdg list does not show the disk group, the group might have been
deported. You can discover all the disk groups, that includes deported ones,
by entering:
vxdisk -o alldgs list

The disk groups that are listed in parentheses are not imported on the local
system.

Deport the VxVM disk group:

246

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

vxdg deport primaryhost_diskgroup_split

Enter the following on the primary (original) client:

Import and join the VxVM disk group:

vxdg import primaryhost_diskgroup_split
vxrecover -g primaryhost_diskgroup_split -m
vxdg join primaryhost_diskgroup_split diskgroup

Start the volume and snap back the snapshot volume:

vxvol -g primaryhost_diskgroup_split start
SNAP_diskgroup_volume
vxassist snapback SNAP_diskgroup_volume

For VVR, on the alternate client:

Enter the following to display unsynchronized mirror disks:

vxprint -g diskgroup

Enter the following to resynchronize the mirror disks:

vxassist -g diskgroup -v volume snapback

When you use a snapshot method such as VxFS_Checkpoint to back up a

Veritas File System (VxFS), the backup fails if the VxFS license has expired.
Messages such as the following appear in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis log:
11:37:42.279 [24194] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF VxFS_Checkpoint_freeze: Cannot open checkpoint; status=100
11:37:42.283 [24194] <4> delete_mount_point: INF - Deleted mount
point /tmp/_vrts_frzn_img__test1_24194
11:37:42.283 [24194] <32> onlfi_freeze_fim_fs: FTL - VfMS error
11; see following messages:
11:37:42.283 [24194] <32> onlfi_freeze_fim_fs: FTL - Fatal
method error was reported
11:37:42.284 [24194] <32> onlfi_freeze_fim_fs: FTL - vfm_freeze:
method: VxFS_Checkpoint, type: FIM, function:
VxFS_Checkpoint_freeze
11:37:42.284 [24194] <32> onlfi_freeze_fim_fs: FTL - VfMS method
error 100; see following message:
11:37:42.284 [24194] <32> onlfi_freeze_fim_fs: FTL VxFS_Checkpoint_freeze: Cannot open checkpoint; status=100

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

247

Obtain a new VxFS license and retry the backup.

If the backup is enabled for instant recovery with either the vxvm or VVR
snapshot method, your VxVM mirrors may not be properly configured. In
this case, you may see the following in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bppfi log on the client (when verbose mode
is set high).
13:43:39.095 [16375] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - Executing
command:
13:43:39.095 [16375] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF /usr/sbin/vxprint -g rootdg -q -t -e 'assoc="pfi_concat"'
</dev/null >/var/tmp/VfMSAA Arja4.F 2>/var/tmp/VfMSBAAsja4.F
13:43:39.215 [16375] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF pfi_find_snapdone: 0 SNAPDONE plexes found
13:43:39.215 [16375] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - Executing
command:
13:43:39.215 [16375] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF /usr/sbin/vxassist -g rootdg snapprint pfi_concat </dev/null
>/var/tmp/VfMSAAArja4.F 2>/var/tmp/VfMSBAAsja4.F
13:43:39.512 [16375] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF - 0 active plexes
for /rootdg/pfi_concat: 0 are PFI 0 non-PFI
13:43:39.512 [16375] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF pfi_find_active.3309: exiting with VXVM_E_SYS = 3
13:43:39.512 [16375] <2> onlfi_vfms_logf: INF pfi_snapshot.3866: No PFI snapshot. err= 3

Configure the VxVM mirrors as described in the Instant Recovery chapter

of the NetBackup Snapshot Client Administrators Guide.

When you use the VxFS_Checkpoint snapshot method, the backup fails if
the clients file system does not support mountable checkpoints using the
Storage Checkpoint feature. Messages such as the following appear in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpfis log:
14:54:27.530 [23563] <32> onlfi_freeze_fim_fs: FTL - VfMS error
11; see following messages:
14:54:27.530 [23563] <32> onlfi_freeze_fim_fs: FTL - Fatal
method error was reported
14:54:27.530 [23563] <32> onlfi_freeze_fim_fs: FTL - vfm_freeze:
method: VxFS_Checkpoint, type: FIM, function:
VxFS_Checkpoint_freeze 14:54:27.531 [23563] <32>
onlfi_freeze_fim_fs: FTL - VfMS method error 2; see following
message:

248

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

14:54:27.531 [23563] <32> onlfi_freeze_fim_fs: FTL - open_ckpt:

Cannot open checkpoint on /mnt_vxvm/2G_concat :
fsckpt_get_api_version returns 1; mountable checkpoints not
supported with this version

Do one of the following:

Upgrade the client file system to a version that supports mountable

VxFS Storage Checkpoints

Configure the policy with a snapshot method that supports the clients
current file system.

NetBackup status code: 157

Message: suspend requested by administrator
Explanation: Status code 157 is an informational message, which indicates that
the administrator suspended the job from the Activity Monitor. The job is in the
suspended state in the Activity Monitor. It can be resumed from the last checkpoint
by the administrator.
Recommended Action: The administrator can resume the job from the last
checkpoint from the Activity Monitor.

NetBackup status code: 158

Message: failed accessing daemon lock file
Explanation: The process cannot lock its lock file because an error was received
from a system call. This lock file synchronizes process activities (for example, it
prevents more than one daemon from running at a time).
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Examine the NetBackup error log to determine why the system call failed.
Then correct the problem. It may be a permission problem.

If the error log does not show the error, create a debug log directory for bprd
or bpdbm (depending on which process encountered the error). Increase the
unified logging level if nbpem, nbjm, or nbrb encountered the error. Use the
vxlogcfg command as explained in the following topic:
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.
Retry the operation and check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 159

Message: licensed use has been exceeded

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: A configuration limit was exceeded.

For example, a job fails with this error code if a policy is set up that specifies the
following:

A storage unit that is on a SAN media server

A client that is not the SAN media server itself

SAN media servers can only back up themselves.

This status code is used when the creation of a storage unit on a SAN media server
fails because "On demand only" is not selected. "On demand only" is required for
storage units on a SAN media server.
Recommended Action: To determine the cause of the error, examine the
NetBackup All Log Entries report for the command that was ran. See also the
Activity Monitor details for informative messages.
If the job fails on a SAN media server storage unit, ensure that only the local client
is specified in the policy. If remote clients are specified in the policy, do one of
the following: remove them and place them in a policy that specifies a different
storage unit or change the storage unit for that policy.
If you want to back up remote clients by using the SAN media server, you can
purchase a regular NetBackup media server license.

NetBackup status code: 160

Message: authentication failed
Explanation: NetBackup encounters a problem when two systems try to
authenticate one another.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Ensure that the authentication libraries exist:

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\lib\libvopie.dll
install_path\NetBackup\lib\libvnoauth.dll

On UNIX and Linux (except HP-UX):

/usr/openv/lib/libvopie.so
/usr/openv/lib/libvnoauth.so

On UNIX and Linux (HP-UX only):

/usr/openv/lib/libvopie.sl
/usr/openv/lib/libvnoauth.sl

249

250

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

On Macintosh:
:System Folder:Extensions:libvopie.dll
:System Folder:Extensions:libvnoauth.dll

Check the methods_allow.txt files on the systems that have problems to

ensure that authentication is enabled. The files are in the following locations:
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\var\auth
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/var/auth
Macintosh: :System Folder:Preferences:NetBackup::
One system may report authentication failure (status code 160) while the other
system reports that a network connection timed out (status code 41). In this
case, authentication may be enabled in the methods_allow.txt file on the first
system but not on the second system.

On the systems with the authentication problem, remove the remote host that
is not authenticated from the methods_allow.txt file.
For example, if host A and host B have the problem, remove host A from the
file on host B and vice versa.
Retry the operation. If the problem still exists, it indicates that connection
problems are not related to authentication. If connections are now successful,
proceed to the next step.

Run bpauthsync -vopie on the master server to synchronize the key files
again on the systems.
On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\bpauthsync -vopie
-servers -clients

On UNIX and Linux:

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/admincmd/bpauthsync -vopie
-servers -clients

Add back the names that were removed and retry the operation.

Create debug log directories for the processes that are involved in
authentication between NetBackup systems. These include:

On the server, create debug log directories for bprd, bpdbm, bpcd.

On the client, create debug log directories for bpbackup, bprestore, bpbkar
(Windows only).
Retry the operation and check the logs.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 161

Message: Evaluation software has expired.
Explanation: The time that was allowed for the NetBackup evaluation software
ended.
See www.symantec.com for ordering information.
Recommended Action: Obtain a licensed copy of NetBackup.

NetBackup status code: 162

Message: incorrect server platform for license
Explanation: The platform identifier in the license key does not match the
platform type on which the key was installed.
Recommended Action: Ensure that you use a license key that is intended for the
platform on which you plan to install.

NetBackup status code: 163

Message: media block size changed prior resume
Explanation: Status code 163 is an informational message. It indicates that the
media block size was changed before a backup job from the last checkpoint
resumed. Since the media block size must be consistent, the job was restarted
from the beginning.
Recommended Action: Check the Activity Monitor job details for the job ID of
the restarted job.

NetBackup status code: 164

Message: unable to mount media because it is in a DOWN, or otherwise not
available
Explanation: A restore was tried and the volume required for the restore was in
a DOWN drive in a robot. Or, the slot is empty that should contain the volume.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If volume is in a DOWN drive, remove it and place it in its designated slot.

Then, retry the restore.

If the volume is in the wrong slot, use a robot inventory option to reconcile
the contents of the robot with the volume configuration.

251

252

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 165

Message: NB image database contains no image fragments for requested backup
id/copy number
Explanation: A restore was tried and NetBackup has no record of the fragments
that are associated with the backup ID that has the files.
Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report for additional
information about the error. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a
debug log directory for either bpdm or bptm (whichever applies) and retry the
operation. Check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 166

Message: backups are not allowed to span media
Explanation: An end of media (EOM) was encountered while the backup image
was written. The backup was terminated because the NetBackup
DISALLOW_BACKUPS_SPANNING_MEDIA option was present in bp.conf (on UNIX and
Linux) or in the registry (on Windows). The backup is retried automatically with
a different volume if the backup tries attribute allows it in the NetBackup global
attribute configuration.
Recommended Action: None.

NetBackup status code: 167

Message: cannot find requested volume pool in EMM database
Explanation: A backup to a nonrobotic drive was tried and the tape manager
(bptm) cannot find or add the specified volume pool.
Recommended Action: Verify the Media and Device Management volume
configuration. Check the NetBackup Problems report for more information about
the error. For detailed troubleshooting information, create a bptm debug log
directory and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 168

Message: cannot overwrite media, data on it is protected
Explanation: A catalog backup was tried to a volume that cannot be overwritten
because it contains data that by default NetBackup does not overwrite. (This data
includes items such as tar, cpio, and ANSI.)
Recommended Action: Replace the volume with a new one or set the NetBackup
ALLOW_MEDIA_OVERWRITE option to the appropriate value.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 169

Message: media id is either expired or will exceed maximum mounts
Explanation: A backup or a catalog backup was tried and the volume selected for
use has reached its maximum number of mounts. The maximum number is
specified in the Media and Device Management volume configuration. For a regular
backup, the volume is automatically set to the SUSPENDED state and not used
for further backups. For a NetBackup catalog backup, the operation terminates
abnormally.
Recommended Action: If the volume was suspended, wait until it expires and
then replace it. For NetBackup catalog backups, replace the media.

NetBackup status code: 170

Message: third party copy backup failure
Explanation: Usually indicates a problem with the 3pc. file or the mover.conf
file. (For detailed causes, see recommended actions.)
For more information on these files, refer to the NetBackup Snapshot Client
Configuration online document.
For help accessing this document, see "Snapshot Client Assistance" in the
NetBackup Snapshot Client Administrators Guide.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If a non third-party copy device is listed in 3pc. file, correct it or remove the
non third-party copy device entry.

If an incorrect lun is specified in the 3pc. file or the device does not exist,
correct the 3pc. file as appropriate.

If an appropriate mover.conf file (with or without file name extension) cannot

be found, the /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bptm log may show the following:
09:51:04 [22281] <2> setup_mover_tpc: no
mover.conf.vertex_std_tpc or mover.conf file exists, cannot
perform TPC backup
09:51:04 [22281] <16> bptm: unable to find or communicate with
Third-Party-Copy mover for policy vertex_std_tpc

Make sure that an appropriate mover.conf file exists in /usr/openv/netbackup

on the media server. This file can be any of the following:

mover.conf.policy_name file, where policy_name exactly matches the

name of the policy.

253

254

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

mover.conf.storage_unit_name, where storage_unit_name exactly matches

the name of the storage in the Backup Policy Management Policy attributes
dialog box (such as nut-4mm-robot-tl4-0).

mover.conf file (no extension) for the configurations that have only one

third-party copy device.

Note that NetBackup looks for an appropriate mover.conf file in the order.

If the SCSI pass-through path of the third-party copy device, as entered in the
mover.conf file, does not exist, the bptm log may show the following:
09:50:12 [22159] <16> setup_mover_tpc: open of passthru path
/dev/sg/cXtXlX failed, No such file or directory
09:50:12 [22159] <16> bptm: unable to find or communicate with
Third-Party-Copy mover for policy vertex_std_tpc

Correct the SCSI pass-through path of the third-party copy device that is
entered in the mover.conf file.

If the third-party copy device returned an error, you may see either of the
following messages in /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bptm log:
cannot process extended copy error due to truncated sense data,
may be HBA problem
disk error occurred on extended copy command, key = 0x0, asc =
0x0, ascq = 0x0

(where key, asc, and ascq are all zero)

Your host-bus adapter (HBA) and its driver may need to be updated, or
NetBackup Snapshot Client may not support them. The supported host-bus
adapters are listed.
See the NetBackup Release Notes.

NetBackup status code: 171

Message: media id must be 6 or less characters
Explanation: operation, such as using bpmedia to suspend or freeze a media ID,
was tried and the media ID specified was longer than six alpha-numeric characters
Recommended Action: Retry the command with a valid media ID.

NetBackup status code: 172

Message: cannot read media header, may not be NetBackup media or is corrupted

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: When you loaded a volume for a backup or restore, the tape manager
(bptm), did not find the expected tape header. This error can mean that a robotic
device volume is not in the slot number that is in the Media and Device
Management volume configuration. It also can mean that a read error (I/O error)
occurred.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If the volume is in a robot that supports bar codes, verify the robot contents
by using a robot inventory option.

If the volume was mounted on a nonrobotic drive, verify that the correct volume
was mounted and assigned.

Check the NetBackup Problems report. If it shows a fatal read error, try the
operation again with another drive, if possible.

If your configuration has multiple servers or HBAs with access to your tape
services, make sure the SCSI Reserve or Release is configured correctly. (Most
likely, the tape services configuration is an SSO configuration.)
For more information, refer to the NetBackup Shared Storage Guide.

NetBackup status code: 173

Message: cannot read backup header, media may be corrupted
Explanation: When the tape manager (bptm) searches for a backup image to
restore, the following occurs: it cannot find the correct backup ID at the position
on the media where NetBackup expected it. This status code can indicate a drive
hardware problem.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for clues as to what caused the error.

Try the restore on another drive if possible.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for bptm
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 174

Message: media manager - system error occurred
Explanation: An abnormal condition caused a tape manager (bptm) or disk manager
(bpdm) failure.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

255

256

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Check the NetBackup Problems report to see if it shows the cause of the
problem. If you see a Problems report message similar to the following, save
all logs and call &CompanyName; customer support:
"attempted to write 32767 bytes, not a multiple of 512"

On UNIX and Linux, if this error occurs during a restore, the tape drive may
be incorrectly configured. It may be configured to write in fixed length mode
when it should write in variable length mode.
Verify your drives configuration by comparing it to what is recommended in
the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.
If your configuration incorrectly specifies fixed length mode, change it to
variable length mode and suspend the media that were written on that device.
The images that were written to those media may be restorable (platform
dependent), but single file restores are likely to fail.

If the problem occurs with a particular client only, verify that the client binaries
are correct, especially for bpcd.

If you can read or write any other images on this media, check the following
reports for clues:

Images on Media report

Media Contents report

Verify the following:

The media, by using the NetBackup image verify option.

That you used the correct media type for the device.

Check the system or the console log for errors (on UNIX and Linux) or the
Event Viewer Application log (on Windows).

For detailed debug information, create a debug log directory for either bptm
or bpdm (whichever applies) and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug
log.
On UNIX and Linux, if the bptm debug log shows an error similar to the
following, the tape drive is configured to write in fixed length mode rather
than variable length mode:
00:58:54 [2304] <16> write_data: write of 32768 bytes indicated
only 29696 bytes were written, errno = 0

The image being written encountered the end-of-media.

If the backup was configured for an OpenStorage disk storage unit, the
OpenStorage vendor's plug-in may not be installed on all media servers in the

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

storage unit's media server list. Either install the vendor plug-in on all of the
media servers or remove from the list the servers that do not have the plug-in
installed.

NetBackup status code: 175

Message: not all requested files were restored
Explanation: When the bptm or the bpdm process restores files from an image, it
detected a fatal error condition and terminated the restore before it completed.
Under normal circumstances, this error should not occur.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report and the status lot or the progress log
on the client for additional information about the error

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for

either bptm or bpdm (whichever applies) and retry the operation. Check the
resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 176

Message: cannot perform specified media import operation
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) detected an error condition when it tried
to import a specific backup image.
Possible reasons for this error are as follows:

Media ID is already active in the NetBackup media catalog on this server

Media ID is not in the volume configuration

Fatal tape manager (bptm) error occurred

Total image was not obtained from Phase 1 of import

The barcode and media ID do not match in the volume database. One possible
reason for a mismatch is when using tapes previously written by a different
barcode, labels are placed into an ACSLS library using a new barcode label.
Another possible reason is when the administrator attempts to change the
media ID field (using vmchange) to match the RVSN. When the inventory is
updated, the barcode and media ID are synchronized.

Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report to find the exact
cause of the failure and try the following:

If the media ID is already active, duplicate all images on the original media ID
to another volume. Then, manually expire the original media and redo the
import.

257

258

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If the media ID is not present in the volume configuration, add it.

If you received a fatal bptm error, verify that the following are active: the
NetBackup Volume Manager (vmd) on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Volume
Manager on Windows.

If the entire image is not present, perform import phase 1 on the media IDs
that have the remainder of the image.

If the barcode and media ID are a mismatch, use a barcode label that matches
the recorded media ID. Tapes can then be mounted in a drive with AVRD
running so that the recorded media ID is displayed. Then, a barcode with that
label needs to be placed on the tape.

NetBackup status code: 177

Message: could not deassign media due to Media Manager error
Explanation: The tape manager (bptm) cannot successfully unassign a media ID.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for the cause of the problem.

Verify that the NetBackup Volume Manager (vmd) is active on UNIX and Linux
or the NetBackup Volume Manager service is active on Windows.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for bptm
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 178

Message: media id is not in NetBackup volume pool
Explanation: NetBackup tried a backup of its catalogs and the media ID that was
specified for the catalog backup was not in the NetBackup volume pool. Volumes
for catalog backups must be in the NetBackup volume pool.
Recommended Action: Check the Media and Device Management volume
configuration to verify that the media IDs are present and in the NetBackup volume
pool.

NetBackup status code: 179

Message: density is incorrect for the media id
Explanation: An operation such as "list contents" was tried on an invalid media
ID, such as a cleaning tape. Another possibility: a media ID in the NetBackup
catalog backup configuration does not match the media type that was entered in
the volume configuration.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Check the volume configuration and the NetBackup

catalog backup configuration and correct any problems found.

NetBackup status code: 180

Message: tar was successful
Explanation: tar returned a successful exit status.
Recommended Action: None.

NetBackup status code: 181

Message: tar received an invalid argument
Explanation: One of the parameters that was passed to tar was not valid.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

On a UNIX or Linux client:

Ensure that the tar command in /usr/openv/netbackup/bin is the one

provided by NetBackup. If you are in doubt, reinstall it.

Check /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/version on the client to verify that

the client is running the correct level software. If the software is not at the
correct level, update the software per the directions in the NetBackup
release notes.

On a Windows client, create a tar debug log directory, retry the operation,
and check the log.

On a Macintosh client, check the version file that is in the bin folder in the
NetBackup folder in the Preferences folder. If the software is not at the correct
level, install the correct software.
See the NetBackup Installation Guide for UNIX.

NetBackup status code: 182

Message: tar received an invalid file name
Explanation: tar cannot write to the file that is specified with the -f parameter.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Create a bpcd debug log directory on the client (on a Macintosh, NetBackup
creates the log automatically).

On a Windows client, create a tar debug log directory.

Increase the logging level on the client:

259

260

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

On a UNIX or Linux client, add the VERBOSE option to the

/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file.

On PC clients, increase the debug or log level.

See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.

Rerun the operation, check the resulting debug logs for the parameters that
were passed to tar and call customer support.

NetBackup status code: 183

Message: tar received an invalid archive
Explanation: The data that was passed to tar was corrupt.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If the problem is with a UNIX or Linux client, create a

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/tar debug log directory on the client and rerun
the operation.

Check the tar debug log file for any error messages that explain the
problem.

Restart the client to see if it clears the problem.

When you finish with your investigation of the problem, delete the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/tar directory on the client.

If the problem is with a Microsoft Windows, NetWare, or Macintosh client, do

the following in the order presented:

Create a bpcd debug log directory on the client (on a Macintosh NetBackup
creates the log automatically).

On a Windows client, create a tar debug log directory.

Increase the debug or log level.

See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.

Rerun the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

Restart the client to see if it clears the problem.

NetBackup status code: 184

Message: tar had an unexpected error
Explanation: A system error that occurred in tar.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If the problem is with a UNIX or Linux client, create a

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/tar debug log directory on the client and rerun
the operation.

Check the tar debug log file for any error messages that explain the
problem.

Restart the client to see if it clears the problem.

When you finish your investigation of the problem, delete the

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/tar directory on the client.

If the problem is with a Microsoft Windows, NetWare, or Macintosh client:

Create a bpcd debug log directory on the client (on a Macintosh NetBackup
creates the log automatically).

Increase the debug or log level.

See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.

On a Windows client, create a tar debug log directory.

Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

Restart the client to see if it clears the problem.

NetBackup status code: 185

Message: tar did not find all the files to be restored
Explanation: The tar file list contained files that were not in the image.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If the problem is with a UNIX or Linux client:

Enable bpcd debug logging by creating the

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bpcd directory on the client.

Rerun the operation, check the resulting bpcd log file for the parameters
that were passed to tar, and call customer support.

If the problem is with a Microsoft Windows, NetWare, or Macintosh client:

Create a bpcd debug log directory on the client (on a Macintosh NetBackup
creates the log automatically).

Increase the debug or log level.

See How to set logging levels on PC clients on page 120.

On a Windows client, create a tar debug log directory.

Retry the operation.

261

262

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Check the resulting debug logs for the parameters that were passed to tar
and call customer support.

NetBackup status code: 186

Message: tar received no data
Explanation: NetBackup did not send data to tar.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Retry the operation and check the status or the progress log on the client for
any error messages that reveal the problem.

Verify that the tape is available and readable.

Verify that the drive is in an UP state. Use the Device Monitor.

For detailed troubleshooting information:

Create a bptm debug log on the server.

On a Windows client, create a tar debug log.

Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 189

Message: the server is not allowed to write to the clients filesystems
Explanation: The client does not allow writes from the server.
Recommended Action: Perform the following to perform restores or install
software from the server.

On a UNIX or Linux client, delete DISALLOW_SERVER_FILE_WRITES from the

/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file.

On a Microsoft Windows or NetWare nontarget client, select Allow

server-directed restores on the General tab in the NetBackup Client Properties
dialog box. To display this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore
interface on the client and select NetBackup Client Properties from the File
menu.

On a Macintosh client, delete DISALLOW_SERVER_FILE_WRITES from the bp.conf

file in the NetBackup folder in the Preferences folder.

On a NetWare target client, set ALLOW_SERVER_WRITE to yes in the bp.ini file.

NetBackup status code: 190

Message: found no images or media matching the selection criteria

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: A verify, duplicate, or import was tried and no images that matched
the search criteria were found in the NetBackup catalog.
Recommended Action: Change the search criteria and retry.

NetBackup status code: 191

Message: no images were successfully processed
Explanation: A verify, duplicate, or import was tried and failed for all selected
images.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the NetBackup Problems report for the cause of the error. To obtain
detailed troubleshooting information, create an admin debug log directory and
retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log.

If the error was encountered during duplication of backups, check the

duplication progress log to help determine the root cause of the problem.

If a Vault job encountered the error responsible for the duplication, check the
duplicate.log files in your sidxxx directories to determine the root cause:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx

(where xxx is the session ID)

NetBackup status code: 192

Message: VxSS authentication is required but not available
Explanation: On one side of a NetBackup network connection, the system requires
VxSS authentication. On the other side of the connection, the other system is not
configured to use VxSS. VxSS authentication is used with the NetBackup Access
Control feature (NBAC). The connection was terminated because VxSS
authentication cannot be completed.
Recommended Action: Make sure both systems are configured to use NetBackup
Access Control VxSS authentication with each other. Or, make sure both systems
are not configured to use VxSS with each other. The first thing to check is the Use
VxSS Host properties value on each system. If one is configured for REQUIRED,
the other must be configured for REQUIRED or AUTOMATIC. If one is configured
for PROHIBITED, the other must be configured for PROHIBITED or AUTOMATIC.

263

264

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I, for the following information:
how to set the Access Control related host properties, and how to configure a
system to use Access Control.

NetBackup status code: 193

Message: VxSS authentication is requested but not allowed
Explanation: On one side of a NetBackup network connection, the system requires
VxSS authentication. The system on the other side of the connection is not
configured to use VxSS. VxSS authentication is used with the NetBackup Access
Control feature (NBAC). The connection has been terminated because VxSS
authentication cannot be completed.
Recommended Action: Make sure both systems are configured to use NetBackup
Access Control VxSS authentication with each other. Or, make sure both systems
are not configured to use VxSS with each other. The first thing to check is the Use
VxSS Host properties value on each system. If one is configured for REQUIRED,
the other must be configured for REQUIRED or AUTOMATIC. If one is configured
for PROHIBITED, the other must be configured for PROHIBITED or AUTOMATIC.
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I, for the following information:
how to set the Access Control related host properties how to configure a system
to use Access Control.

NetBackup status code: 194

Message: the maximum number of jobs per client is set to 0
Explanation: The NetBackup Maximum jobs per client global attribute is currently
set to 0. Set the value to 0 to disable backups and archives.
Recommended Action: To enable backups and archives, change the Maximum
jobs per client value to the wanted nonzero setting. This attribute is on the Global
NetBackup Attributes tab in the Master Server Properties dialog box.
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

NetBackup status code: 195

Message: client backup was not attempted
Explanation: A backup job was in the NetBackup scheduler but was not tried.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Retry the backup either immediately with a manual backup or allow the normal
scheduler retries.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

For additional information, check the All Log Entries report. For detailed
troubleshooting information, increase the logging level for the diagnostic and
debug logs for nbpem, nbjm, and nbrb.
Use the vxlogcfg command as explained in the following topic:
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.
After the next backup try, check the logs.

The following are some actions to perform:

Verify that the vmd and the ltid daemons (UNIX and Linux) or the
NetBackup Volume Manager and NetBackup Device Manager services
(Windows) are running.

Look for a problem in an earlier backup that made the media or the storage
unit unavailable.

NetBackup status code: 196

Message: client backup was not attempted because backup window closed
Explanation: A backup or an archive operation that the backup scheduler queued
was not tried because the backup window was no longer open.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If possible, change the schedule to extend the backup window for this
combination of policy and schedule so it does not occur again.

If the backup must be run, use the Manual Backup command on the Policy
menu in the Backup Policy Management window to perform the backup. Manual
backups ignore the backup window.

NetBackup status code: 197

Message: the specified schedule does not exist in the specified policy
Explanation: A user backup or archive request specified the exact policy and
schedule to use when a backup is performed. The policy exists but does not contain
the schedule.

On Microsoft Windows and NetWare nontarget clients, you can specify a policy
or schedule on the Backups tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog box.
To display this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface on
the client and select NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu.

On UNIX, Linux, and Macintosh clients, you can specify a policy or schedule
by using the bp.conf options, BPBACKUP_POLICY or BPBACKUP_SCHED.

265

266

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

On NetWare target clients, you can specify a policy or schedule in the bp.ini
file.

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check the client progress log (if available) to determine the policy and schedule
that were specified.

Check the configuration on the master server to determine if the schedule is

valid for the policy. If the schedule is not valid, either add the schedule to the
policy configuration or specify a valid schedule on the client.

NetBackup status code: 198

Message: no active policies contain schedules of the requested type for this client
Explanation: A user backup or archive was requested, and this client is not in a
policy that has a user backup or archive schedule.
Recommended Action: Determine if the client is in any policy that has a schedule
of the appropriate type (either user backup or archive).

If the client is in such a policy, check the general policy attributes to verify
that the policy is set to active.

If the client is not in such a policy, do either of the following:

Add a schedule of the appropriate type to an existing policy that has this
client

Create a new policy that has this client and a schedule of the appropriate
type

NetBackup status code: 199

Message: operation not allowed during this time period
Explanation: A user backup or archive was requested and this client is not in a
policy that has the following: a user backup or archive schedule with an open
backup window. This error implies that an appropriate policy and schedule
combination exists for this client.
Recommended Action: Determine the policies to which this client belongs that
also have a schedule of the appropriate type (either user backup or archive).

If possible, retry the operation when the backup window is open.

If the backup window is not open during appropriate time periods, adjust a
backup window for a schedule in one of the policies.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 200

Message: scheduler found no backups due to run
Explanation: When the NetBackup scheduler process (nbpem) checked the policy
and the schedule configuration, it did not find any clients to back up.
This error may be due to the following:

No backup time windows are open (applies only to full and to incremental
schedules).

Policies are set to inactive.

The clients were recently backed up and are not due for another backup (based
on Frequency setting for the schedules).

Policies do not have any clients.

Recommended Action: Usually, this message can be considered informational

and does not indicate a problem. However, if you suspect a problem, do the
following:

Examine the NetBackup All Log Entries report for any messages in addition
to the one that indicates the scheduler found nothing to do.

Examine the policy configuration for all policies or the specific policy in
question to determine if any of the reasons in the Explanation section apply.

To obtain detailed troubleshooting information, increase the unified logging

level for the diagnostic and debug logs.
Use the vxlogcfg command as explained in the following procedure:
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.
Retry the operation and check the resulting logs.

NetBackup status code: 201

Message: handshaking failed with server backup restore manager
Explanation: A process on the master server encountered an error when it
communicated with the media host (can be either the master or a media server).
This error means that the master and the media server processes were able to
initiate communication, but were not able to complete them. This problem can
occur during a backup, restore, or media list in a single or a multiple server
configuration.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Determine the activity that encountered the handshake failure by examining

the NetBackup All Log Entries report for the appropriate time period. If there
are media servers, determine if:

267

268

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

The handshake failure was encountered between the master and a media
server.
or

Only the master server was involved.

If necessary, create the following debug log directories and increase the logging
level:

bpcd on the NetBackup media host (can be either the master or a media

server).

If the error was encountered during a backup operation, increase the logging
level for the diagnostic and debug logs for nbpem, nbjm, and nbrb.
Use the vxlogcfg command as explained in the following procedure:
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.

If the error was encountered during a restore operation, bprd on the master
server.

If the error was encountered during a media list operation, admin in the
NetBackup logs/admin directory on the master server.

Status code 201 may occur if nbjm fails after connecting to bpbrm or bpmount
but before the policy file list is sent. Examine the nbjm unified log (originator
ID 117) or the bpbrm or the bpmount legacy logs for more detail on the cause
of the error.

Retry the operation and examine the resulting debug logs for information on
why the error occurred.

NetBackup status code: 202

Message: timed out connecting to server backup restore manager
Explanation: A master server process that tried to initiate communications with
the media host timed out (can be either the master or a media server). This problem
can occur during a backup or restore in either a single or a multiple server
configuration.
Recommended Action: Determine which activity encountered the connection
timeout failure by examining the All Log Entries report for the appropriate time
period. If there are media servers, determine if the timeout occurred between the
master and a media server or if only the master was involved.

Verify that the schedule specifies the correct storage unit.

Run the ping command from one host to another by using the following
combinations:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

From the master server, ping the master and all media servers by using
the host names that are found in the storage unit configuration.

From each of the media servers, ping the master server by using the host
name that is specified in the NetBackup server list. On a UNIX or Linux
server, the master is the first SERVER entry in the bp.conf file. On a
Windows server, the master is designated on the Servers tab in the Master
Server Properties dialog box.
To access this dialog box, see the following:
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

Verify that the master server can communicate with bpcd on the host that has
the storage unit.

Perform the following procedures:

See Testing media server and clients on page 37.
See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

If necessary, create debug log directories for the following processes and retry
the operation. Then, check the resulting debug logs on the master server:

If the error occurred during a backup operation, increase the logging level
for the diagnostic and debug logs for nbpem, nbjm, and nbrb.
Use the vxlogcfg command as explained in the following procedure:
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.
Also, check the bpcd legacy debug logs.

If the error occurs during a restore operation, check the bprd debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 203

Message: server backup restore managers network is unreachable
Explanation: A process on the master server cannot connect to a particular host
on the network when it tries to initiate communication with the media host. This
problem can occur during a backup or restore in either a single or a multiple server
configuration.
Recommended Action: Determine which activity encountered this failure by
examining the All Log Entries report for the appropriate time frame. If there is
more than one NetBackup server (one or more media servers), determine the
following: if the failure was between the master and a media server or if only the
master server was involved. Run the ping command from one host to another by
using the following combinations:

From the master server, ping the master and all media servers by using the
host names in the storage unit configuration.

269

270

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

From each of the media servers, ping the master server host by using the host
name that is specified in the NetBackup server list. On a UNIX or Linux server,
the master is the first SERVER entry in the bp.conf file. On a Windows server,
the master is designated on the Servers tab in the Master Server Properties
dialog.
To access this dialog box, see the following topic:
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

Perform the following procedures:

See Testing media server and clients on page 37.
See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

If necessary, create debug log directories for bprd and retry the operation.
Then, check the resulting debug logs on the master server. If the error occurred
during a restore, check the bprd debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 204

Message: connection refused by server backup restore manager
Explanation: The media host refused a connection on the port number for bpcd.
This error can be encountered during a backup or restore.
Recommended Action: Run the ping command from one host to another by using
the following combinations:

From the master server, ping the master and all media servers by using the
host names in the storage unit configuration.

From each of the media servers, ping the master server by using the name that
was specified in the NetBackup server list. On a UNIX or Linux server, this
master is the first SERVER entry in the bp.conf file. On a Windows server, the
master is designated on the Servers tab in the Master Server Properties dialog
box. The following topic shows how to access this dialog box:
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

On UNIX and Linux servers, verify that the bpcd entries in /etc/services or
NIS on all the servers are identical. Verify that the media host listens on the
correct port for connections to bpcd. To verify, run one of the following
commands (depending on platform and operating system):
netstat -a | grep bpcd
netstat -a | grep 13782 (or the value that was specified during the install)
rpcinfo -p | grep 13782 (or the value that was specified during the install)

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

On UNIX and Linux servers, it may be necessary to change the service number
for the following: bpcd in /etc/services and the NIS services map and send
SIGHUP signals to the inetd processes on the clients.
/bin/ps -ef | grep inetd
kill -HUP the_inetd_pid

or
/bin/ps -aux | grep inetd
kill -HUP the_inetd_pid

Note: On a Hewlett-Packard UNIX platform, use inetd -c to send a SIGHUP to

inetd.

On Windows servers, do the following:

Verify that the bpcd entries are correct in the following:

%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services

Verify that the following numbers match the settings in the services file:
NetBackup Client Service Port number and NetBackup Request Service
Port number on the Network tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog
box. To display this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore
interface and select NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu.
The values on the Network tab are written to the services file when the
NetBackup Client service starts.

Stop and restart the NetBackup services.

Perform the following procedures:

See Testing media server and clients on page 37.
See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

If necessary, create debug log directories for bprd and retry the operation.
Then, check the resulting debug logs on the master server:

If the error occurred during a backup operation, check the nbpem, nbjm, and
nbrb logs by using the vxlogview command.

If the error occurred during a restore operation, check the bprd debug logs.

Also, see the following topic:

See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

271

272

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 205

Message: cannot connect to server backup restore manager
Explanation: A process on the master server cannot connect to a process on a
host on the network. This error occurs when the process tries to initiate
communication with the server that has the storage unit. This problem can occur
during a backup or restore in either a single or a multiple server configuration.
Recommended Action: Run the ping command from one host to another by using
the following combinations:

From the master server, ping the master and all media servers by using the
host names in the storage unit configuration.

From each of the media servers, ping the master server by using the name that
is specified in the NetBackup server list. On a UNIX or Linux server, this master
is the first SERVER entry in the bp.conf file. On a Windows server, the master
is designated on the Servers tab in the Master Server Properties dialog box.
To access this dialog box, see the following topic:
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

On a UNIX or Linux server, verify that the bpcd entry in /etc/services or

NIS on all the servers are identical. Verify that the media host listens on the
correct port for connections to bpcd. To verify, run one of the following
commands (depending on platform and operating system):
netstat -a | grep bpcd
netstat -a | grep 13782 (or the value that is specified during the install)
rpcinfo -p | grep 13782 (or the value that is specified during the install)

On Windows servers, do the following:

Verify that the bpcd entries are correct in the services file:
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\services

Verify that the following numbers match the settings in the services file:
NetBackup Client Service Port number and NetBackup Request Service
Port number on the Network tab in the NetBackup Client Properties dialog
box. To display this dialog box, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore
interface and select NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu.
The values on the Network tab are written to the services file when the
NetBackup Client service starts.

Stop and restart the NetBackup services.

Perform the following procedures:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

See Testing media server and clients on page 37.

See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

Create a bpcd debug log directory on the server that has the storage unit and
retry the operation. Then, check for additional information in the debug log.

Also, see the following topic:

See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

NetBackup status code: 206

Message: access to server backup restore manager denied
Explanation: The master server tries to start a process on another server (or
itself) but does not appear in the NetBackup server list on that server. On a UNIX
or Linux server, the master is the first SERVER entry in the bp.conf file. On a
Windows server, the master is designated on the Servers tab in the Master Server
Properties dialog box. To access this dialog box, see the following topic:
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the master server appears as a server in its own server list as well
as being listed on all media servers.
If you change the server list on a master server, stop and restart the NetBackup
database manager and request the following: daemons (UNIX and Linux) or
the NetBackup Database Manager and NetBackup Request Manager services
(Windows).

If necessary, create debug log directories for bprd and retry the operation.
Then, check the resulting debug logs on the master server:

If the error occurred during a backup operation, check the nbpem, nbjm, and
nbrb logs by using the vxlogview command.

If the error occurred during a restore operation, check the bprd debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 207

Message: error obtaining date of last backup for client
Explanation: When nbpem tries to obtain the date of the last backup for a particular
client, policy, and schedule combination, an error occurs.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the NetBackup database manager (bpdbm) process (on UNIX and
Linux) or the NetBackup Database Manager service (on Windows) is running.

273

274

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Examine the All Log Entries report for the appropriate time frame to gather
more information about the failure.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a bpdbm log directory on the

master server. Increase the logging level for the diagnostic and debug logs for
nbpem.
Use the vxlogcfg command as explained in the following topic:
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.
Retry the operation, then check the resulting logs.

NetBackup status code: 209

Message: error creating or getting message queue
Explanation: When a NetBackup process tries to create an internal message queue
construct for inter-process communication, an error occurs. This error indicates
a problem on the master server. On UNIX and Linux systems, this error may be
due to a lack of system resources for System V inter-process communication.
Recommended Action: Create debug log directories on the master server and
retry the operation. Then, determine the type of system failure by examining the
logs. Start with the bprd debug log.
On UNIX and Linux servers, also gather the output of the ipcs -a command to
see what system resources are currently in use.

NetBackup status code: 210

Message: error receiving information on message queue
Explanation: When a NetBackup process tries to receive a message from a
NetBackup daemon using bprd on an internal message queue construct, an error
occurs. This error indicates a problem on the master server. On UNIX and Linux
systems, this error may be due to a lack of system resources for System V
inter-process communication.
Recommended Action: Create debug log directories on the master server and
retry the operation. Then, determine the type of system failure by examining the
logs. Start with the bprd debug log.
On UNIX and Linux servers, also gather the output of the ipcs -a command to
see what system resources are currently in use.

NetBackup status code: 212

Message: error sending information on message queue

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: When a NetBackup process tries to attach to an already existing

internal message queue construct for inter-process communication, an error
occurs. This error indicates a problem on the master server. On UNIX and Linux
systems, this error may be due to a lack of system resources for System V
inter-process communication.
Recommended Action: Create debug log directories on the master server and
retry the operation. Then, determine the type of system failure by examining the
logs. Start with the bprd debug log.
On UNIX and Linux servers, also, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to
see what system resources are currently in use.

NetBackup status code: 213

Message: no storage units available for use
Explanation: The NetBackup resource broker (nbrb) did not find any storage units
available for use. Either all storage units are unavailable or all storage units are
configured for On demand only. In addition, the policy and schedule does not
require a specific storage unit.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Examine the Backup Status and All Log Entries report for the appropriate time
period to determine the policy or schedule that received the error.

Verify that the media server has not been deactivated for the storage unit or
units that are unavailable.

Verify that the storage units drives are not down.

Verify the following attribute settings for all storage units:

For disk storage units, the Maximum concurrent jobs is not set to 0

For Media Manager storage units, the Maximum concurrent write drives
is not set to 0

Verify that the robot number and host name in the storage unit configuration
matches the Media and Device Management device configuration.

Determine if all storage units are set to On demand only for a combined policy
and schedule that does not require a specific storage unit. In this case, either
specify a storage unit for the policy and the schedule combination or turn off
On demand only for a storage unit.

If the storage unit is on a UNIX or Linux NetBackup media server, it may

indicate a problem with bpcd. Check /etc/inetd.conf on the media server to
verify that the bpcd entry is correct.

275

276

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If the storage unit is on a Windows NetBackup media server, verify that the
NetBackup Client service was started on the Windows NetBackup media server.

For detailed troubleshooting information, increase the logging levels of nbrb

and mds on the master server.
Use the vxlogcfg command as explained in the following topic:
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.
Retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 215

Message: failed reading global config database information
Explanation: During the periodic checking of the NetBackup configuration,
nbproxy was unable to read the global configuration parameters.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

On UNIX and Linux master servers, verify that the NetBackup database
manager (bpdbm) process is running. On a Windows master server, verify that
the NetBackup Database Manager service is running.

Try to view the global configuration settings by using the NetBackup

administration interface (on UNIX and Linux systems), or by using Host
Properties (on Windows systems).

For detailed troubleshooting information, create debug log directories for

nbproxy and bpdbm on the master server and retry the operation. Check the
resulting debug logs for these processes. Also check the nbpem logs by using
the vxlogview command.

NetBackup status code: 216

Message: failed reading retention database information
Explanation: During its periodic checking of the NetBackup configuration, nbpem
did not read the list of retention levels and values.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

On a UNIX or Linux master server, verify that the NetBackup database manager
(bpdbm) process is running. On a Windows master server, verify that the
NetBackup Database Manager service is running.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a debug log directory for

bpdbm on the master server.
Increase the logging level for nbpem by using the vxlogcfg command as
described in the following topic:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.

Retry the operation and check the resulting logs.

NetBackup status code: 217

Message: failed reading storage unit database information
Explanation: During its periodic checking of the NetBackup configuration, nbpem
did not read the storage unit configuration.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

On a UNIX or Linux server, verify that the NetBackup database manager (bpdbm)
process is running. On a Windows server, verify that the NetBackup Database
Manager service is running.

Try to view the storage unit configuration by using the NetBackup

administration interface.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create debug logs for nbproxy and
bpdbm on the master server and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug
logs. Also check the nbpem logs by using the vxlogview command.
Ensure that the correct master server is specified for the connection.

NetBackup status code: 218

Message: failed reading policy database information
Explanation: During the periodic checking of the NetBackup configuration, nbpem
did not read the backup policy configuration.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

On a UNIX or Linux server, verify that the NetBackup Database Manager

(bpdbm) process is running. On a Windows server, verify that the NetBackup
Database Manager service is running.

Try to view the policy configuration by using the NetBackup administration

interface.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create debug log directories for

nbproxy and bpdbm on the master server and retry the operation. Check the
resulting debug logs. Also check the nbpem logs by using the vxlogview
command.
Ensure that the correct master server is specified for the connection.

NetBackup status code: 219

Message: the required storage unit is unavailable

277

278

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The policy or schedule for the backup requires a specific storage
unit, which is currently unavailable. This error also occurs for other tries to use
the storage unit within the current backup session.
Recommended Action: Look in the Job Details window for the failed job.

Verify that the schedule specifies the correct storage unit and the storage unit
exists.

Verify that the following devices are running: the Media Manager device
daemon (ltid) (UNIX or Linux server) or the NetBackup Device Manager service
(Windows server). Use bpps on UNIX and Linux and the Activity Monitor on
Windows or the Services application in the Windows Control Panel.

Verify the following attribute settings:

For a disk storage unit, Maximum concurrent jobs is not set to 0.

For a Media Manager storage unit, the Maximum concurrent drives

attribute is not set to 0.

If the storage unit is a tape, verify that at least one of the drives is in the UP
state. Use the Device Monitor.

Verify that the robot number and host in the storage unit configuration match
what is specified in the Media and Device Management device configuration.

Verify that the master server can communicate with the bpcd process on the
server that has the storage unit.

Verify that bpcd listens on the port for connections.

On a UNIX or Linux server where the storage unit is connected, if you run
netstat -a | grep bpcd, it should return something similar to the
following:
*.bpcd

*.*

0 LISTEN

On a Windows NetBackup server where the storage unit is connected, run

netstat -a to print several lines of output. If bpcd listens, one of those
lines is similar to the following:
TCP

myhost:bpcd

0.0.0.0:0

LISTENING

Check the nbrb and the mds logs by using the vxlogview command.

If the cause of the problem is not obvious, perform some of the steps in the
following procedure:
See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 220

Message: database system error
Explanation: The bpdbm process (UNIX and Linux), or the NetBackup Database
Manager service (Windows) did not create a directory path for its configuration
catalogs. This error is due to a system call failure, which is usually due to a
permission problem or an "out of space" condition.
Recommended Action: Create a debug log directory for bpdbm. Increase the
logging level for the diagnostic and debug logs for nbemm.
Use the vxlogcfg command as explained in the following topic:
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.
Retry the operation and check the resulting logs for information.

NetBackup status code: 221

Message: continue
Explanation: This status code is used to coordinate communication between
various NetBackup processes and normally does not occur. If the logs show that
it is associated with a subsequent error, it usually indicates a communication
problem. In this case, concentrate your troubleshooting efforts on the subsequent
error.
Recommended Action: Determine the cause of the status code that follows this
one.

NetBackup status code: 222

Message: done
Explanation: This status code is used to coordinate communication between
various NetBackup processes and is normally not seen. If the error logs show that
it is associated with a subsequent error, it usually indicates a communication
problem. In this case, concentrate your troubleshooting efforts on the subsequent
error.
Recommended Action: Determine the cause of the status code that follows this
one.

NetBackup status code: 223

Message: an invalid entry was encountered
Explanation: A request to the bpdbm process (on UNIX and Linux) or the NetBackup
Database Manager service (on Windows) had invalid information or some

279

280

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

information that conflicted. This error is usually a result of the use of software
from different versions. Another cause can be incorrect parameters on a command.
Recommended Action: Verify that all NetBackup software is at the same version
level and the command parameters are specified correctly. If neither of these is
the problem, obtain detailed troubleshooting information by creating a bpdbm
debug log directory. Then retry the operation. Check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 224

Message: there was a conflicting specification
Explanation: A request to the bpdbm process (on UNIX and Linux) or the NetBackup
Database Manager service (on Windows) had some information that conflicted.
This error is usually a result of the use of software from different version levels
together.
Recommended Action: Verify that all NetBackup software is at the same version
level. If that is not the problem, obtain detailed troubleshooting information by
creating bpdbm and admin debug log directories. Then retry the operation. Check
the resulting debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 225

Message: text exceeded allowed length
Explanation: Text in a request exceeds a buffer size. The request was made to
the bpdbm process (on UNIX and Linux) or the NetBackup Database Manager service
(on Windows). This error is usually a result of the use of software from different
version levels.
Recommended Action: Verify that all NetBackup software is at the same version
level. If that is not the problem, create debug log directories for bpdbm and admin.
Then, retry the operation and examine the resulting debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 226

Message: the entity already exists
Explanation: The configuration already has an entity with the same name or
definition. For example: this status appears if you add a new policy when an
existing policy has the same name or definition such as attributes or clients.
Recommended Action: Correct your request and re-execute the command.

NetBackup status code: 227

Message: no entity was found

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The item requested was not in the catalog. For example, the entity
can be a file or it can be policy information.
Recommended Action: A common cause for this problem is a query that has no
matching images. Specify different parameters or options for the operation and
try it again.

NetBackup status code: 228

Message: unable to process request
Explanation: An inconsistency exists in the catalog or a request was made that
would be improper to satisfy.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If this status involves a media server, verify that its server list specifies the
correct master server. On a UNIX or Linux server, the master server is the first
SERVER entry in the bp.conf file. On a Windows server, the master is designated
on the Servers tab in the Master Server Properties dialog box.
To access this dialog box, see the following topic:
See Using the Host Properties window on page 60.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create a bpdbm debug log directory

and retry the operation. Then, check the resulting debug log.

NetBackup status code: 229

Message: events out of sequence - image inconsistency
Explanation: A request was made that would cause the image catalog to become
inconsistent if satisfied
Recommended Action: Obtain detailed troubleshooting information by creating
a debug log directory for bpdbm. Then, retry the operation, save the resulting
debug log, and call customer support.

NetBackup status code: 230

Message: the specified policy does not exist in the configuration database
Explanation: The specified policy name does not exist.
Recommended Action: Correct your parameters or options and retry the
operation.

NetBackup status code: 231

Message: schedule windows overlap

281

282

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The specified start and the duration times for one day of the schedule
overlap with another day of the schedule.
Recommended Action: Correct the schedule to eliminate the overlapping backup
windows.

NetBackup status code: 232

Message: a protocol error has occurred
Explanation: This error is an intermediate status code that usually precedes
another status code. It indicates the following: either the bpdbm process (on UNIX
and Linux) or the NetBackup Database Manager service (on Windows) or the
process that communicates with it has received unexpected information.
Recommended Action: Create a debug log directory for bpdbm. Then, retry the
operation, save the debug log, and call customer support.

NetBackup status code: 233

Message: premature elf encountered
Explanation: This status code is an intermediate one that usually precedes another
status code and is associated with a problem in network communication.
Recommended Action: During a restore, this status codes means that tar (on
the client) received a stream of data that was not what it expected. If the restore
is a new configuration, verify that the tape drive is configured for variable mode.
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.
If the communication failure is not due to an interrupt on a client system, save
all error information and call customer support.

NetBackup status code: 234

Message: communication interrupted
Explanation: This status code is an intermediate one that usually precedes another
status code and is associated with a problem in network communication. Either
a server or a client process received an interrupt signal.
Recommended Action: Save all error information and call customer support.

NetBackup status code: 235

Message: inadequate buffer space
Explanation: This code usually indicates a mismatch between server and client
software versions.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that all NetBackup software is at the same version level. Update earlier
versions of NetBackup software.

On UNIX and Linux, NetBackup servers and clients, check the

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/version file.

On Windows NetBackup servers, check the

install_path\NetBackup\version.txt file or the About NetBackup item
on the Help menu.

On Microsoft Windows clients, check the About NetBackup item on the

Help menu.

On NetWare target clients, check the Version entry in the bp.ini file.

If the client software is earlier than 3.0, verify that the client is in a Standard
type policy.

On Macintosh clients, check the version file in the bin folder in the
NetBackup folder in the Preferences folder.

If the problem persists, save all error information and call customer support.

NetBackup status code: 236

Message: the specified client does not exist in an active policy within the
configuration database
Explanation: A client name was not specified or the specified client does not
exist.
Recommended Action: Activate the required policy, correct the client name, or
add the client to a policy that meets your needs. After you make the correction,
retry the operation.

NetBackup status code: 237

Message: the specified schedule does not exist in an active policy in the
configuration database
Explanation: The specified schedule does not exist in the NetBackup configuration.
Recommended Action: Activate the required policy, correct the schedule name,
or create a schedule in a policy that meets your needs. After you make the
correction, retry the operation.

283

284

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 238

Message: the database contains conflicting or erroneous entries
Explanation: The catalog has an inconsistent or a corrupted entry.
Recommended Action: Obtain detailed troubleshooting information for bpdbm
(on UNIX and Linux) or the NetBackup Database Manager service (on Windows)
by creating a debug log directory for it. Then, retry the operation, save resulting
debug log, and call customer support.

NetBackup status code: 239

Message: the specified client does not exist in the specified policy
Explanation: The specified client is not a member of the specified policy.
Recommended Action: Correct the client name specification, specify a different
policy, or add the required client name to the policy. After you make the correction,
retry the operation.

NetBackup status code: 240

Message: no schedules of the correct type exist in this policy
Explanation: The appropriate schedule was not found in the specified policy. For
example, a user backup specified a policy name but no user backup schedule exists
in that policy.
Recommended Action: Specify a different policy or create a schedule of the
needed type in the policy. After you make the correction, retry the operation.

NetBackup status code: 241

Message: the specified schedule is the wrong type for this request
Explanation: The specified schedule for an immediate manual backup is not for
a full nor an incremental backup. It must be one of these.
Recommended Action: Specify only full or incremental schedules for manual
backups. If one does not exist in the policy, create one.

NetBackup status code: 242

Message: operation would cause an illegal duplication
Explanation: If the request is processed, it causes a duplicate entry (for example,
in the catalog or the configuration database). A duplicate catalog entry is usually
due to a mistake in the specification of media IDs for NetBackup catalog backups.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Check the error reports to determine the specific

duplication that would occur. Correct the settings for the operation and retry it.

NetBackup status code: 243

Message: the client is not in the configuration
Explanation: The specified client name was not in the catalog.
Recommended Action: Either correct the client name or add the client to the
wanted policy.

NetBackup status code: 245

Message: the specified policy is not of the correct client type
Explanation: A user backup specified a policy that is not the type that is required
for the client.
Recommended Action: Retry the operation by specifying a policy that is the
correct type for the client. If such a policy does not exist, create one.

NetBackup status code: 246

Message: no active policies in the configuration database are of the correct client
type
Explanation: A user backup request was not satisfied because no active policies
were the type that were required for the client.
Recommended Action: Create or activate an appropriate policy so the user backup
request can be satisfied.

NetBackup status code: 247

Message: the specified policy is not active
Explanation: Backups for the specified policy are disabled because the policy is
inactive.
Recommended Action: Activate the policy and retry the operation.

NetBackup status code: 248

Message: there are no active policies in the configuration database
Explanation: No active policy was found that would satisfy the request.
Recommended Action: Activate the appropriate policy and retry the operation.

285

286

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 249

Message: the file list is incomplete
Explanation: While the server waited for the client to finish sending the file list,
it timed out or a sequencing problem occurred.
Recommended Action: First, obtain additional information by creating debug
logs. Then try to recreate the error. The debug logs to create are as follows:

On the server, bptm, bpbrm, and bpdbm.

On UNIX, Linux, and Windows clients, bpbkar.

On other clients, bpcd.

To increase the amount of information that is included in the logs, see the
following:
See Debug logs on PC clients on page 116.

NetBackup status code: 250

Message: the image was not created with TIR information
Explanation: This error is internal and should not appear to customers.
Recommended Action: Obtain detailed troubleshooting information by creating
debug logs for bptm or bpdbm on the server. Then, retry the operation and check
the resulting debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 251

Message: the tir information is zero length
Explanation: For a true-image backup, the client sent no file information to the
master server. NetBackup discovered this condition when it tried to write the TIR
information to media.
Recommended Action: Check the policy file list and the exclude and include lists
on the client to verify that the client has eligible files for backup. For example,
this status code can appear if the exclude list on the client excludes all files.
To obtain detailed troubleshooting information, create debug logs for bptm or
bpdbm on the server. Then, retry the operation and check the resulting debug logs.

NetBackup status code: 252

Message: An extended error status has been encountered, check detailed status

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: If a process was unable to report the extended error status as the
final job status, the job exits with status 252. (The extended error status has a
number greater than 255.)
Recommended Action: To determine the actual error, examine the job details
display.

NetBackup status code: 253

Message: the catalog image .f file has been archived
Explanation: The catalog image .f file was archived.
Recommended Action: Refer to catalog archiving help information to restore
archived catalog image .f files.

NetBackup status code: 254

Message: server name not found in the NetBackup configuration
Explanation: This error should not occur through normal use of NetBackup.
Recommended Action: Save all error information and call customer support.

NetBackup status code: 256

Message: logic error encountered
Explanation: An internal Vault error occurred.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 257

Message: failed to get job data
Explanation: This error can indicate either of the following:

Vault failed to get job data because of a broken connection with the job manager
(nbjm).

Vault received empty job data. This error occurs if a user-specified job ID on
the vltrun -haltdups command is out of range. (That is, the job ID is not
among the job IDs created by job manager.)

Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 258

Message: Vault duplication was aborted by administrator request

287

288

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The administrator initiated an abort request on the active vault

duplication job.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the abort request was intentional.

NetBackup status code: 259

Message: vault configuration file not found
Explanation: This error should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 260

Message: failed to send signal
Explanation: vltrun failed to send a signal to the Vault duplication job.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 261

Message: vault internal error 261
Explanation: This error code should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 262

Message: vault internal error 262
Explanation: This error code should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 263

Message: session id assignment failed
Explanation: The unique identifier to be assigned to the Vault session is corrupt.
Recommended Action: Verify that the session ID that is stored in the
session.last file is valid.
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/session.l
ast
Windows:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

install_path\Netbackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\session
.last

Make sure that the file system is not full and that no one has inadvertently edited
the session.last file. To correct the problem, store the highest session ID that
was assigned to a session for this Vault in the session.last file. If the problem
persists, contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 265

Message: session id file is empty or corrupt
Explanation: The session ID that is stored in the following file is corrupt.
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/session.l
ast
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\session
.last

Recommended Action: Ensure that the session ID that is stored in the

session.last file is not corrupt. Make sure that the file system is not full and
that no one has inadvertently edited the file. To correct the problem, store the
highest session ID that was assigned to a session for this Vault in the session.last
file. If the problem persists, contact customer support and send the appropriate
logs.

NetBackup status code: 266

Message: cannot find robot, vault, or profile in the vault configuration
Explanation: NetBackup cannot find the specified profile_name or triplet
robot_name/vault_name/profile_name on the Vault command (vltrun, vlteject,
vltoffsitemedia) or in vltopmenu in the Vault configuration.
Recommended Action: Rerun the command with the correct profile_name or
triplet robot_name/vault_name/profile_name.

NetBackup status code: 267

Message: cannot find the local host name
Explanation: A Vault job obtains the local host name through an OS call. This
error occurs when the Vault job is unable to get the local host name.

289

290

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Issue a hostname command at the OS command prompt.

See the hostname (or gethostbyname) man page for an explanation of the
conditions that would cause it to fail.
Refer to the OS System Administrators Guide for more information

NetBackup status code: 268

Message: the vault session directory is either missing or inaccessible
Explanation: This error occurs when a Vault job cannot access the following:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions

This directory is created when Vault is installed.

Recommended Action: Make sure you are running on the master server where
Vault is installed and configured. Also ensure that no one accidentally removed
the sessions directory or changed permission on the directory path so it is
inaccessible to the Vault job.

NetBackup status code: 269

Message: no vault session id was found
Explanation: This error is encountered when vltopmenu cannot find a sidxxx
session id directory for the specified profile. Either no Vault jobs were run for this
profile or the corresponding sidxxx session id directory (or directories) were
removed from the following directory:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name

Recommended Action: Either specify a different profile for the Vault jobs that
were run or exit vltopmenu and run a Vault job for the specific profile. Then rerun
vltopmenu and select the profile.

NetBackup status code: 270

Message: unable to obtain process id, getpid failed
Explanation: This error occurs when a Vault process is unable to obtain its process
ID by means of the getpid() OS system call.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Look at the system log for any unusual system problems.
Wait a while and then try running the process again when system resources are
freed up.

NetBackup status code: 271

Message: vault XML version mismatch
Explanation: The Vault upgrade process failed.
Recommended Action: Enable logging, start nbvault, and then examine the
nbvault logs to determine the cause of the failure. If the upgrade process fails
again, contact your customer support representative.
The following are the locations of the nbvault logs:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/nbvault/
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\nbvault

NetBackup status code: 272

Message: execution of a vault notify script failed
Explanation: This error occurs when the Vault process is unable to run a Vault
notify script due to permissions problems or coding problems in the script. It also
occurs if the script returns an error.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the notify script is executable and runs
without errors. You must debug the script by running it manually to eliminate
coding errors.

NetBackup status code: 273

Message: invalid job id
Explanation: This error can occur in either of the following situations:

The specified job is not an active Vault job

The specified active Vault job is not at the duplication step

Recommended Action: Specify the job ID of the active Vault job that is currently
at the duplication step or operation.

NetBackup status code: 274

Message: no profile was specified
Explanation: This error should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.

291

292

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 275

Message: a session is already running for this vault
Explanation: This error occurs when you start a session for a vault and another
session is already running for this vault. Only one session is allowed for a vault
at any given time.
Recommended Action: Start the Vault session after the previous session has
completed.

NetBackup status code: 276

Message: invalid session id
Explanation: This error should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 277

Message: unable to print reports
Explanation: This error should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 278

Message: unable to collect pre eject information from the API
Explanation: This error occurs when robotic information cannot be retrieved
before ejection.
Recommended Action: Ensure that all Media and Device Management daemons
are running or the robot is live and up.

NetBackup status code: 279

Message: eject process is complete
Explanation: This error occurs when the eject process is completed successfully.
Recommended Action: None.

NetBackup status code: 280

Message: there are no volumes to eject
Explanation: This error occurs when media to be ejected are not in the library.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Ensure that the media to be ejected are not removed from
the library manually.

NetBackup status code: 281

Message: vault core error
Explanation: An internal Vault error occurred.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 282

Message: cannot connect to nbvault server
Explanation: The vault job cannot connect to the NetBackup Vault Manager
service (nbvault on UNIX and Linux, nbvault.exe on Windows).
Possible causes are the following:

The &CompanyName; Private Branch Exchange service (VRTSpbx) or

NetBackup Request Manager (bprd) is down.

The NetBackup Vault Manager service is down, possibly because of the

following: the Vault is not licensed, the vault.xml configuration file is corrupt,
or the vault.xml configuration file upgrade failed during an upgrade
installation.

Recommended Action: To determine the reason for failure, examine the logs for
the service or services that are down and the operating system logs (EventLog on
Windows). Restart the service or services that are down after resolving the
problem.
The following are the locations of the nbvault logs:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/nbvault/
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\nbvault

NetBackup status code: 283

Message: error(s) occurred during vault report generation
Explanation: Vault encountered errors during the report generation phase.
Recommended Action: Check logs for details of the failure.

NetBackup status code: 284

Message: error(s) occurred during vault report distribution

293

294

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: Vault encountered errors during the report distribution phase.

Potential reasons include the following:

Reports were not emailed (possibly because of malformed email addresses in

the vault.xml file).

On Windows, the third-party mail client (such as blat) is not configured

properly.

The reports destination directory is not present or it does not have appropriate
permissions.

The printer is not set up correctly or the printer command in vault.xml is

incorrect.

Recommended Action: Check logs for details of the failure.

NetBackup status code: 285

Message: unable to locate vault directory
Explanation: A Vault job or a command for a missing or a corrupt directory of
the session in question returns this error.
Recommended Action: The Vault directory is created when the Vault package
is installed on the master server. Ensure that the Vault job or command is started
as root on the master server. Ensure that the Vault directory was not removed
inadvertently or made inaccessible to the root user.

NetBackup status code: 286

Message: vault internal error
Explanation: This error should never occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 287

Message: vault eject failed
Explanation: This error occurs when Vault fails to eject any of the media that
was identified for eject during a Vault Session. Potential reasons: Media and Device
Management services are down, the robot is down, or no empty slots are available
in the media access port (MAP).
Recommended Action: Ensure that the Media and Device Management services
are running, the robot is up, and empty slots are available in the media access
port (MAP).

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 288

Message: vault eject partially succeeded
Explanation: This error occurs when not all of the media that was identified for
eject during a Vault session can be ejected.
Potential reasons include the following:

Some of the media is in use by NetBackup

Some of the media are in a drive

Not enough empty slots are available in the media access port (MAP)

Recommended Action: Ensure that the media are not loaded in a drive and in
use by other processes. Ensure that empty slots are available in the media access
port (MAP).

NetBackup status code: 289

Message: cannot consolidate reports of sessions from container and slot-based
vaults
Explanation: This error occurs when you consolidate reports and at least one
session uses slots and another uses containers.
Recommended Action: Change the report consolidation so that only reports for
one type of vault operation are consolidated, either slots or containers.

NetBackup status code: 290

Message: one or more errors detected during eject processing
Explanation: This error occurs when more than one error is encountered during
an eject procedure by vltopmenu. Any "eject" errors that range from 291 to 300
may have occurred in any of the sessions being ejected.
Recommended Action: For detailed information, review the Vault debug log in
the following directory:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault

Also review the summary.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx

295

296

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

(where xxx is the session ID)

After the problem is identified and corrected, the media that were not ejected may
need to be ejected manually by means of vlteject or vltopmenu.
This error often indicates that the media were left in the off-site Vault volume
group but physically reside in the robot or the robotic MAP.
To solve this problem, do one of the following:

Manually remove any media that are in the off-site Vault volume group but
are still in the robotic library.

Inventory the robotic library. An inventory puts any media that were in the
off-site Vault volume group back into the robotic volume group. Then rerun
the Vault sessions that failed.

NetBackup status code: 291

Message: number of media has exceeded capacity of MAP; must perform manual
eject using vltopmenu or vlteject
Explanation: This error occurs in the following situation: a Vault job is run for a
profile that selected automatic eject mode and the number of media to be ejected
exceeds the MAP capacity.
Recommended Action: Use vltopmenu to manually eject the media for the selected
profile and session ID. The vltopmenu option lets you eject the selected media, a
MAP-full (or less) at a time.

NetBackup status code: 292

Message: eject process failed to start
Explanation: This error occurs when the following cannot start the eject process:
the Vault job, the vlteject command, or the use of the vltopmenu.
Recommended Action: For detailed information about the problem, review the
Vault debug log in the following directory:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault

Also review the summary.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

(where xxx is the session ID)

Use the robtest utility to ensure that you can communicate with the Vault robotic
library. After the problem is resolved, rerun the Vault session, vlteject command,
or vltopmenu command.

NetBackup status code: 293

Message: eject process has been aborted
Explanation: This error occurs when the eject process is canceled. This error can
be encountered during a Vault job or with the vlteject or the vltopmenu eject
command.
This error can occur because of one of the following conditions:

Could not open a pipe to vmchange -verify_eject call.

Unexpected output from vmchange -verify_eject call.

No MAP elements exist to eject media into.

The robotic library had problems putting media into the MAP.

The user pressed Return in interactive mode and did not first remove the media
from the MAP. In this case, the media that were in the MAP are put back into
their original slots in the robotic library.

Recommended Action: For detailed information about why the process was
canceled, review the Vault debug log in the following directory:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault

Also review the summary.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx

(where xxx is the session ID)

This error often indicates that the media were left in the off-site Vault volume
group but physically reside in the robot or the robotic MAP.
To solve this problem, do one of the following:

Manually remove any media that are in the off-site Vault volume group but
are still in the robotic library.

297

298

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Inventory the robotic library. An inventory puts any media that were in the
off-site Vault volume group back into the robotic volume group. Then, rerun
the Vault sessions that failed.

NetBackup status code: 294

Message: vault catalog backup failed
Explanation: During a Vault job, the catalog backup step failed.
Recommended Action: Review the Vault debug log in the following directory for
detailed information about why the process failed:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault

To find the actual problem that caused the catalog backup (bpbackupdb) to fail,
review the summary.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx

(where xxx is the session ID)

Correct the problem and rerun the Vault job.

NetBackup status code: 295

Message: eject process could not obtain information about the robot
Explanation: This error occurs when the eject process cannot collect information
about the robotic library and its associated MAPs and volumes.
Recommended Action: For detailed information about why the process fails,
review the Vault debug log in the following directory:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault

Also review the summary.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx

(where xxx is the session ID)

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Correct the error and rerun the Vault session, vlteject command, or vltopmenu
eject command.

NetBackup status code: 296

Message: process called but nothing to do
Explanation: This error occurs in the following situations:

vlteject is called with -eject but the system has no tapes to eject

vlteject is called with -eject and the eject is already done

vlteject is called with -report and the reports are already done

vlteject is called with -eject and -report, and both the eject and the reports

are done
Recommended Action: This error is an informative one and does not require any
action.

NetBackup status code: 297

Message: all volumes are not available to eject
Explanation: This error occurs when an try is made to eject a non-existent or bad
media ID during the eject phase of the following: a Vault session, a vlteject
command, or a vltopmenu command.
Possible reasons for this error are as follows:

The bad media ID was added by means of the vlt_ejectlist_notify script.

The bad media ID is already in the MAP or not in the robotic library.

The bad media ID is in a robotic drive.

The bad media ID is in transit in the robotic library.

Recommended Action: Remove or correct the defective media ID from the

vlt_ejectlist_notify script and rerun the Vault session. If the bad media ID is
in the MAP or a drive or in transit, something is misconfigured.

NetBackup status code: 298

Message: the library is not ready to eject volumes
Explanation: This error occurs if the robotic library is not in a state to support
ejecting media.
Possible reasons for this error include the following:

299

300

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Currently, the library ejects media

The library waits to eject media

Currently, the library injects media

The library waits to inject media

Recommended Action: Wait until the robotic library can support the eject action
and rerun the Vault session, vlteject command, or vltopmenu command.

NetBackup status code: 299

Message: there is no available MAP for ejecting
Explanation: The robotic library you vault from does not have a MAP available
for use and so media cannot be ejected.
Recommended Action: Wait until the robotic librarys MAP is available for use
and rerun the Vault session, vlteject command, or vltopmenu command.

NetBackup status code: 300

Message: vmchange eject verify not responding
Explanation: During the eject process, the vmchange command is called with a
"-verify_eject" call until all of the volumes for the request are in the MAP. This
command call failed. Or it did not return the proper information to the Vault eject
process.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Review the Vault debug log in the following directory for detailed information
about why the process failed:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault

Also review the summary.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had
problems:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx

(where xxx is the session ID)

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

This error often indicates that the media were left in the off-site Vault volume
group but physically reside in the robot or the robotic MAP. To solve this
problem, do one of the following:

Manually remove any media that are in the off-site Vault volume group but
are still in the robot.

Inventory the robot. An inventory puts any media that were in the off-site
Vault volume group back into the robotic volume group. Then, rerun the Vault
sessions that failed.

NetBackup status code: 301

Message: vmchange api_eject command failed
Explanation: During the eject process, the vmchange command is called with an
"-api_eject" call to begin the process to eject media. This command call failed.
Recommended Action: Review the Vault debug log in the following directory for
detailed information about why the process failed:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault

Also review the summary.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx

(where xxx is the session ID)

When the problem is resolved, rerun the Vault session, vlteject command, or
vltopmenu command.

NetBackup status code: 302

Message: error encountered trying backup of catalog (multiple tape catalog
backup)
Explanation: This error occurs when the NetBackup command that was used for
stage one of the two-stage catalog backup fails.
Recommended Action: For the actual error that caused the failure, review the
Vault debug log in the following directory:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault

301

302

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Review the summary.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx

(where xxx is the session ID)

In addition, review the admin debug log in the following directory:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/admin
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\admin

Correct the error and rerun the Vault session.

NetBackup status code: 303

Message: error encountered executing Media Manager command
Explanation: This error occurs when a Media and Device Management command
fails during a Vault job.
Recommended Action: For the actual error that caused the command to fail,
review the Vault debug log in the following directory:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault

Also review the summary.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/vault_name/sidxxx
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx

(where xxx is the session ID)

Try running the command (with the same arguments as in the log file) to see the
actual error. Ensure that the Media and Device Management daemons are running.
Also ensure that the robot is functional and you can communicate with it (for
example, inventory the robot through the GUI).

NetBackup status code: 304

Message: specified profile not found
Explanation: This error occurs when the profile name that is specified on the
Vault command is not defined in the Vault configuration.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Rerun the Vault command with a profile name that is
defined in the Vault configuration.

NetBackup status code: 305

Message: multiple profiles exist
Explanation: This error may occur when duplicate profile names are defined in
multiple Vault configurations and only the profile name is specified on the Vault
command.
Recommended Action: Rerun the Vault command with the triplet
robot_name/vault_name/profile_name. The triplet uniquely identifies the profile
in your Vault configuration.

NetBackup status code: 306

Message: vault duplication partially succeeded
Explanation: This error occurs when all selected images are not duplicated
successfully.
Recommended Action: Check the Vault and induplicate logs for cause of the
failure.

NetBackup status code: 307

Message: eject process has already been run for the requested Vault session
Explanation: This error occurs when vlteject is run to eject media for a session
ID for which media has already been ejected.
Recommended Action: Rerun vlteject for another session ID for which media
has not been ejected.

NetBackup status code: 308

Message: no images duplicated
Explanation: This error occurs when Vault failed to duplicate any images.
Recommended Action: For more information, review the Vault debug log in the
following directory:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault

Also review the summary.log in each of the sidxxx directories that had problems:

303

304

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

UNIX and Linux:

/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/sessions/<vault_name/>sidxxx
Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\vault_name\sidxxx

(where vault_name is the name of the vault, and xxx is the session ID)
Look for the log entry that gives the total number of images processed. A common
cause of failure is a lack of resources, such as no more media available in the
specified pools for duplication. Correct the problem and rerun the Vault job. Note
that the NetBackup scheduler retries a Vault job that terminates with this error.
Review the admin debug log for induplicate entries and the bptm debug log.

NetBackup status code: 309

Message: report requested without eject being run
Explanation: This error occurs when a report is run that requires media to have
been ejected first.
Recommended Action: Perform one of these actions:

Rerun vlteject or vltopmenu to eject the media for the session before you
generate the reports.

Reconfigure the profile to allow the eject step to be performed when the next
Vault session for this profile runs.

Disable the report generation in the profile for the reports that require media
to be ejected.

NetBackup status code: 310

Message: Updating of Media Manager database failed
Explanation: This error occurs when Vault physically ejects tapes but fails to
update the EMM database to reflect the eject operation. A typical reason for this
failure is that EMM detected a mismatch between the media type and its volume
group.
Recommended Action: To find the root cause of the error, review the Vault debug
logs in the following directory:
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\vault

To fix the issue may involve making configuration changes.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 311

Message: Iron Mountain Report is already created for this session
Explanation: This error occurs when an Iron Mountain report has already been
generated for the session.
Recommended Action: None. This report cannot be generated again.

NetBackup status code: 312

Message: invalid container database entry
Explanation: NetBackup Vault has found an invalid entry while reading the
container database. Each container entry in the container database must follow
the expected format. The container database exists in file cntrDB, which is located
at install_path/netbackup/vault/sessions/cntrDB.
Recommended Action: To get the line number of an invalid record in the container
database, read the log file under the directory netbackup/logs/vault. Be aware
that a Vault log may not exist unless the directory netbackup/logs/vault existed
before the error occurred. Open the container database file cntrDB and correct
that invalid entry. Note that this error occurs every time Vault reads this entry
in cntrDB until either this invalid entry is deleted or it is corrected.

NetBackup status code: 313

Message: container does not exist in container database
Explanation: The specified container does not have an entry in the container
database. The container database exists in file cntrDB, which is located at
install_path/netbackup/vault/sessions/cntrDB.
Recommended Action: Verify that you put some media into this container by
using the vltcontainers command. Verify that you did not delete it by using the
vltcontainers -delete command.

NetBackup status code: 314

Message: container database truncate operation failed
Explanation: An error occurs while truncating the container database. This error
may occur during the modification or deletion of an entry from the container
database. The container database exists in file cntrDB, which is located at
install_path/netbackup/vault/sessions/cntrDB.

305

306

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: See the log file under the directory netbackup/logs/vault
for more details. Be aware that a log file is not created unless the
netbackup/logs/vault directory has already been created.

NetBackup status code: 315

Message: failed appending to container database
Explanation: This error can occur while appending a container record to the
container database. This error may occur with the addition, modification, or
deletion of an entry from the container database. The container database exists
in file cntrDB, which is located at
install_path/netbackup/vault/sessions/cntrDB.
Recommended Action: Read the relevant log file under the directory
install_path/netbackup/logs/vault for more details. Be aware that if this
directory does not already exist, a log file is not created.

NetBackup status code: 316

Message: container_id is not unique in container database
Explanation: NetBackup Vault has found a previously-existing entry for this
container ID in the container database while adding it to the container database.
Each container record in the container database must have a unique container
ID. Note that the container database exists in file cntrDB, which is located at
install_path/netbackup/vault/sessions/cntrDB.
Recommended Action: Verify that you have specified the correct container ID.

NetBackup status code: 317

Message: container database close operation failed
Explanation: This error occurs while closing the container database. This error
may occur during the reading, addition, modification, or deletion of an entry from
the container database. Note that the container database exists in file cntrDB,
which is located at install_path/netbackup/vault/sessions/cntrDB.
Recommended Action: Read the relevant log file under the directory
netbackup/logs/vault for more details. Be aware that if this directory does not
already exist, a log file is not created.

NetBackup status code: 318

Message: container database lock operation failed

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: This error occurs while locking the container database. This error
may occur during the addition, modification, or deletion of an entry from the
container database. Note that the container database exists in file cntrDB, which
is located at install_path/netbackup/vault/sessions/cntrDB.
Recommended Action: Read the relevant log file under the directory
netbackup/logs/vault for more details. Be aware that if this directory does not
already exist, a log file not created.
If some other Vault operation uses the container database and locks it, wait until
that operation completes and the container database is unlocked.

NetBackup status code: 319

Message: container database open operation failed
Explanation: This error occurs while opening the container database. This error
may occur during the reading, addition, modification, or deletion of an entry from
the container database. Note that the container database exists in file cntrDB,
which is located at install_path/netbackup/vault/sessions/cntrDB.
Recommended Action: Read the relevant log file under the directory
netbackup/logs/vault for more details. Be aware that if this directory does not
already exist, a log file is not created.

NetBackup status code: 320

Message: the specified container is not empty
Explanation: This error occurs if you try to delete a container from the container
database, but the container still holds media. You can only delete empty containers.
Recommended Action: Verify that you have specified the correct container ID.
If you still want to delete this container from the container database, first empty
it by doing either of the following:

Inject all the media it contains into a robot

Clear the Vault container ID fields for these media from the EMM database by
using vmchange -vltcid with a value of - .

Try to delete the container again.

NetBackup status code: 321

Message: container cannot hold any media from the specified robot
Explanation: This error occurs while trying to place media from an unexpected
EMM database host into a container. All the media that are placed in a container

307

308

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

should belong to the same EMM database host. For example, you have media from
a robot that belongs to one EMM database host. Then you try to put this media
into a container that already holds media from the robots that belong to a different
EMM database host.
Recommended Action: Verify that you specified the correct container ID and
media IDs. Read the relevant log file under the directory
install_path/netbackup/logs/vault for more details. Be aware that if this
directory does not already exist, a log file is not created.

NetBackup status code: 322

Message: cannot find vault in vault configuration file
Explanation: NetBackup Vault cannot find an entry for the specified Vault name
into the Vault configuration file. Note that the Vault configuration file is located
at install_path/netbackup/db/vault/vault.xml.
Recommended Action: Verify that you specified the correct Vault name. Read
the relevant log file under the directory netbackup/logs/vault for more details.
Be aware that if this directory does not already exist, a log file is not created.

NetBackup status code: 323

Message: cannot find robot in vault configuration file
Explanation: NetBackup Vault cannot find an entry for the specified robot number
in the Vault configuration file. Note that the Vault configuration file is located at
install_path/netbackup/db/vault/vault.xml.
Recommended Action: Verify that you specified the correct robot number. Read
the relevant log file under the directory netbackup/logs/vault for more details.
Be aware that if this directory does not already exist, a log file is not created.

NetBackup status code: 324

Message: invalid data found in retention map file for duplication
Explanation: This error occurs when the retention mapping file (either generic
or for a specific vault) contains invalid data. If the file contains too much or too
little data or the user defines invalid retention levels in the file, this error occurs.
The retention mapping file is used as follows: in a Vault session when a Vault
profile duplication is configured with the Use mappings retention level configured
for one of the copies for duplication. The product installs a mapping file template
named retention_mappings in install_path/netbackup/db/vault.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

To specify a mappings file for any single vault, copy the retention_mappings
template to another file and append the name of the vault. For example,
netbackup/db/vault/retention_mappings.V1

Recommended Action: Check the entries in the retention_mappings file.

NetBackup status code: 325

Message: unable to find policy/schedule for image using retention mapping
Explanation: This error occurs with duplication of the backup policy or the
schedule of an image by Vault. The Use mappings option on the Duplication tab
of the Profile dialog box is selected, but the policy or the schedule no longer exists.
Recommended Action: Verify whether or not the backup policy or the schedule
that created the image still exists. If either one or both do not exist, the image is
not duplicated through the Vault profile.

NetBackup status code: 326

Message: specified file contains no valid entry
Explanation: The specified file contains no valid entries for media IDs or the
alphanumeric equivalent of bar codes. As per the expected format, each line should
contain only one string that represents either a media ID or the bar code numeric
equivalent.
Recommended Action: Verify that each entry in the specified file does not exceed
the string size limit: six characters for media IDs and 16 characters for the numeric
equivalent of bar codes. Correct the invalid entries in the specified file and try
the same operation again. Read the relevant log file under the directory
install_path/netbackup/logs/vault for more details. Be aware that if this
directory does not already exist, a log file is not created.

NetBackup status code: 327

Message: no media ejected for the specified vault session
Explanation: This error occurs while moving media ejected by the specified Vault
session to a container. Either the specified Vault session has not ejected any media,
or you specified an incorrect Vault name or session ID.
Recommended Action: Verify that you have specified the correct combination
of Vault name and session ID. Verify that the specified Vault session has ejected
at least one piece of media. Read the relevant log file under the directory
netbackup/logs/vault for more details. Be aware that if this directory does not
already exist, a log file is not created.

309

310

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 328

Message: invalid container id
Explanation: This error occurs while adding a container record to the container
database. The container ID is found invalid. Note that the container database
exists in file cntrDB, which is located at
install_path/netbackup/vault/sessions/cntrDB.
Recommended Action: Verify that the container ID does not contain any space
characters, and that the string size is a maximum of 29 characters long.

NetBackup status code: 329

Message: invalid recall status
Explanation: This error occurs while adding a container record to the container
database. The container recall status is found invalid. Note that the container
database exists in file cntrDB, which is located at
install_path/netbackup/vault/sessions/cntrDB.
Recommended Action: Verify that the recall status is either 1 or 0.

NetBackup status code: 330

Message: invalid database host
Explanation: This error occurs while adding a container record to the container
database. The EMM database host name is found invalid. Note that the container
database exists in file cntrDB, which is located at
install_path/netbackup/vault/sessions/cntrDB.
Recommended Action: Verify that the EMM database host name does not contain
any space characters, and that the string size is a maximum of 256 characters
long.

NetBackup status code: 331

Message: invalid container description
Explanation: This error occurs while adding a container record to the container
database. The container description is found invalid. Note that the container
database exists in file cntrDB, which is located at
install_path/netbackup/vault/sessions/cntrDB.
Recommended Action: Verify that the string size of the container description is
a maximum of 25 characters long.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 332

Message: error getting information from EMM database
Explanation: This error can occur while the backup process communicates with
the EMM database to retrieve some information.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

On UNIX and Linux, verify that the NetBackup Volume Manager (vmd) is
running. On Windows, verify that the NetBackup Volume Manager service is
running.

See the process-specific error log directory for more details.

UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/process_name
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\logs\process_name

For example, if you get this error while running a Vault command (such as
vltcontainers or vltopmenu), look at the following logs to learn why:
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault

Note: The log file cannot be created unless the appropriate log directory such
as /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/vault is already created.

NetBackup status code: 333

Message: error getting information from media manager command line
Explanation: This error occurs when Vault cannot retrieve robot information
such as map information, volume information, library status, and so on. It is an
internal error.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 334

Message: unable to receive response from robot; robot not ready
Explanation: This error occurs when a problem exists with the robot.
Recommended Action: Ensure that all Media and Device Management daemons
are running or the robot is live and up.

NetBackup status code: 335

Message: failure occurred while suspending media for eject

311

312

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: This error occurs when Vault cannot suspend the media. It is an
internal error.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 336

Message: failure occurred while updating session information
Explanation: Vault cannot update the session files. It is an internal error.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 337

Message: failure occurred while updating the eject.mstr file
Explanation: Vault cannot update the eject list file. It is an internal error.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 338

Message: vault eject timed out
Explanation: This error occurs when a problem exists with the robot.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Remove the media from the MAP if it is already full.

Make sure that the MAP is closed properly.

NetBackup status code: 339

Message: vault configuration file format error
Explanation: The Vault configuration file is malformed. Unless the file has been
manually modified, this error is internal. Note that the Vault configuration file
is located at install_path/netbackup/db/vault/vault.xml.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 340

Message: vault configuration tag not found
Explanation: An optional attribute may not appear in the Vault configuration
file. This internal error generally does not cause problems in Vault's operation.
Note that the Vault configuration file is located at
install_path/netbackup/db/vault/vault.xml.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: If Vault's operation is affected, contact customer support

and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 341

Message: vault configuration serialization failed
Explanation: Vault failed to write out the Vault configuration file. It is an internal
error. Note that the Vault configuration file is located at
install_path/netbackup/db/vault/vault.xml.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 342

Message: cannot modify - stale view
Explanation: This error can occur if an administration interface (NetBackup
Administration Console or Vault Administration menu user interface) tries to
modify the following:

A robot or vault or profile in between the read

Operations of the same robot or vault

Profile by another instance of an administration interface

Recommended Action: Check the latest attributes of the robot or vault or profile.
To check, refresh the view in the NetBackup Administration Console or retrieve
the attributes in the Vault Administration menu user interface again. Then retry
the operation.

NetBackup status code: 343

Message: robot already exists
Explanation: This error can occur during addition of a robot while a robot with
the same name already exists.
Recommended Action: Refresh the view in the NetBackup Administration Console
or retrieve the attributes in the Vault Administration menu user interface again
to see the robot.

NetBackup status code: 344

Message: vault already exists
Explanation: This error can occur during addition of a vault if a vault with the
same name already exists in the same robot.

313

314

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Choose a different name for the vault.

NetBackup status code: 345

Message: profile already exists
Explanation: This error can occur during addition of a profile if a profile with
the same name already exists within the same vault.
Recommended Action: Choose a different name for the profile.

NetBackup status code: 346

Message: duplicate MAP
Explanation: A duplicate MAP was added in the Vault configuration file. It is an
internal error.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 347

Message: vault configuration cache not initialized
Explanation: This error should never occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 348

Message: specified report does not exist
Explanation: An invalid Vault report was requested for generation. It is an internal
error.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

NetBackup status code: 349

Message: incorrect catalog backup policy
Explanation: This error can occur when a Vault session tries to run a catalog
backup. The specified policy for the catalog backup in the Vault profile is either
blank or is not of type NBU-Catalog.
Recommended Action: Verify that you specified a catalog backup policy for the
catalog backup in the Vault profile and that the policy is of type NBU-Catalog.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 350

Message: incorrect vault catalog backup schedule
Explanation: This error can occur when a Vault session tries to run a catalog
backup. The specified Vault catalog backup schedule for catalog backup in the
Vault profile is either blank or is not of type Vault Catalog Backup.
Recommended Action: Verify that you specified a Vault Catalog Backup schedule
for the catalog backup in the Vault profile. Also verify that the schedule is of type
Vault Catalog Backup.

NetBackup status code: 351

Message: all configured vault steps failed
Explanation: This error occurs when multiple Vault steps are configured for a
session and all of them fail.
Recommended Action: For duplication and catalog backup steps, use the Activity
Monitor to check the status of the respective jobs that Vault started. For Eject
step status, check the Detailed Status tab of the Job Details dialog box for the
Vault job.

NetBackup status code: 400

Message: Server Group Type is Invalid
Explanation: The creation of a server group fails because the server group type
is invalid.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Select a valid server group type: MediaSharing, &CompanyName; OpsCenter,

or AltServerRestore.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create the admin debug log directory
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs. Additional debug
information can be found in the log for nbemm (originator ID 111), which uses
unified logging.

NetBackup status code: 401

Message: Server Group Already Exists
Explanation: The attempt to create a server group failed. The server group already
exists.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the specified server group name is not in use.

315

316

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Create the server group by specifying a name that is not currently in use.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create the admin debug log directory
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs. Additional debug
information can be found in the log for nbemm (originator ID 111), which uses
unified logging.

NetBackup status code: 402

Message: Server Group Already Exists with a different type
Explanation: The attempt to create a server group failed. The server group name
is already in use by a server group with a different group type.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the specified server group name is not in use.

Try to create the server group by specifying a name that is not currently in
use.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create the admin debug log directory
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs. Additional debug
information can be found in the log for nbemm (originator ID 111), which uses
unified logging.

NetBackup status code: 403

Message: Server Group Active State is not valid
Explanation: The attempt to create a server group failed. The server group state
was invalid.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Valid server group states are: ACTIVE and INACTIVE

For detailed troubleshooting information, create the admin debug log directory
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs. Additional debug
information can be found in the log for nbemm (originator ID 111), which uses
unified logging.

NetBackup status code: 404

Message: Server Group does not exist
Explanation: An operation was tried by using a server group that does not exist.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the specified media is correct.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Verify the media ownership.

Verify that the server group exists.

Verify that the server where the operation is performed is a member of the
owning server group. If not, try the operation from a server that is a member
of the server group.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create the admin debug log directory
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs. Additional debug
information can be found in the log for nbemm (originator IDs 111 and 143),
which uses unified logging.

NetBackup status code: 405

Message: Members server type not compatible with Server Group
Explanation: The attempt to add or update a server group failed. A members
server type was not valid for the specified server group type.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

The Media Sharing server group can contain the following types of servers:
Master, Media, NDMP, and cluster.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create the admin debug log directory
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs. Additional debug
information can be found in the log for nbemm (originator IDs 111 and 143),
which uses unified logging.

NetBackup status code: 406

Message: The computer specified is not a member of the server group specified
Explanation: A server that is not a member of the server group that owns the
media performed an operation on a media.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the specified media is correct.

Verify the media ownership

Verify that the server where the operation is performed is a member of the
owning server group. If not, try the operation from a server that is a member
of the server group.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create the admin debug log directory
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs. Additional debug
information can be found in the log for nbemm (originator IDs 111 and 143),
which use unified logging.

317

318

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 407

Message: Members NetBackup version not compatible with Server Group
Explanation: The attempt to add or update a server group failed. One of the server
group members NetBackup version is not valid for the specified server group
type.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Ensure that each member server has NetBackup 6.5 or later.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create the admin debug log directory
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs. Additional debug
information can be found in the log for nbemm (originator IDs 111 and 143),
which uses unified logging.

NetBackup status code: 408

Message: Server Group is in use
Explanation: The attempt to delete a server group that failed because the server
group owns one or more media.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Ensure that the server group is not the owner of any media by running
bpmedialist -owner group_name from the master server.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create the admin debug log directory
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs. Additional debug
information can be found in the log for nbemm (originator IDs 111 and 143),
which uses unified logging.

NetBackup status code: 409

Message: Member already exists in server group
Explanation: The attempt to add or update a server group failed because one of
the server group members is the same as the one being added.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Ensure that the server group member that you add does not already exist in
the group.

For detailed troubleshooting information, create the admin debug log directory
and retry the operation. Check the resulting debug logs. Additional debug
information can be found in the log for nbemm (originator IDs 111 and 143),
which uses unified logging.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 501

Message: You are not authorized to use this application.
Explanation: The user is not authorized to use one of the NetBackup Java
Administration utilities on the host that is specified in the login dialog box.
Recommended Action: Check the auth.conf file on the host that is specified in
the NetBackup-Java login dialog box for the proper authorization. If the auth.conf
file does not exist, it must be created with the proper entry for this user name.
More details on the auth.conf file are available.
See NetBackup Administrator's Guide, Volume I.

NetBackup status code: 502

Message: No authorization entry exists in the auth.conf file for user name
username. None of the NB-Java applications are available to you.
Explanation: The user name is not authorized to use any NetBackup-Java
applications on the host that is specified in the logon dialog box.
Recommended Action: Check the auth.conf file on the computer (host name)
specified in the NetBackup-Java logon dialog box for the proper authorization. If
the file does not exist, create it with the proper entry for this user name. More
details on the auth.conf file are available.
See NetBackup Administrator's Guide, Volume I.

NetBackup status code: 503

Message: Invalid username.
Explanation: For UNIX and Linux host logon, the NetBackup Java application
server on the host where the logon is requested does not recognize the user name.
For Windows host logon, the NetBackup-Java authentication service on the host
where the logon is requested does not have sufficient privileges to grant the
request.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

For UNIX and Linux hosts: the user name must be a valid user name in the
passwd file on the host that is specified in the logon dialog box.

For Windows hosts: refer to the LogonUser function in the section titled
Client/Server Access Control Functions of the Windows Platform Software
Developers Kit to determine the required privileges.

319

320

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 504

Message: Incorrect password.
Explanation: For logon to a UNIX or Linux host, the user name is recognized on
the host where the logon is requested, but the supplied password is incorrect.
For logon to a Windows host, the attempt to log in the user failed. The failure can
be due to an unrecognized user in the specified domain.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Enter the correct password.

On Windows hosts: The exact error can be found in the bpjava-msvc log file.

For more details, refer to the LogonUser function in the section Client/Server
Access Control Functions of the Windows Platform Software Developers Kit.

NetBackup status code: 505

Message: Can not connect to the NB-Java authentication service on host on the
configured port - (port_number). Check the log file for more details.
Explanation: The initial connection from the NetBackup-Java interface to its
authentication service on (host) was on the configured_port_number that was
mentioned in the error message. Either the port is in use by another application
or the NetBackup-Java interface and its application server are not configured with
the same port. The default port is 13722. The NetBackup Administration Console
log file should contain more detail about this error.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

On UNIX and Linux, compare the bpjava-msvc entry in the /etc/services

file with the BPJAVA_PORT entry in the /usr/openv/java/nbj.conf file
On Windows, compare the bpjava-msvc entry in the
%systemroot%\system32\drivers\etc\services file with the
install_path\java\setconf.bat file (Windows). The entries must match.

Ensure that no other application uses the port that is configured for the
NetBackup-Java interface.

NetBackup status code: 506

Message: Cannot connect to the NB-Java user service on host on port port_number.
If successfully logged in before, retry your last operation. Check the log file for
more details.
Explanation: After the NetBackup-Java authentication service validates the user
name, a NetBackup-Java user service is used for all other service requests from

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

the NetBackup-Java interface. Communication was tried between the

NetBackup-Java interface and the user service on host (host) on the port number
that was specified in the error message. More information about various port
configuration options is available.
See NetBackup Administrator's Guide, Volume I.
The NetBackup Administration Console log file should contain more detail about
this error.

On UNIX and Linux: the port configuration options are specified in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file or through Administration Console Host
Properties.

On Windows: from the NetBackup Administration Console, select Host

Properties. Select Properties on the Actions menu. The Port Ranges tab
contains the port options.

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Restart the NetBackup-Java interface and log in again.

If the problem persists, enable detailed debug logging.

Restart the NetBackup-Java interface and examine the logs.

NetBackup status code: 507

Message: Socket connection to the NB-Java user service has been broken. Retry
your last operation. Check the log file for more details.
Explanation: The connection was broken to the NetBackup Java application server
that is running on the NetBackup host (where you are logged in). The NetBackup
Administration Console log file should contain more detail about this error.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Retry the last operation.

If the problem persists, restart the NetBackup-Java interface and try again.

If the problem still persists, enable detailed debug logging.

See Enabling detailed debug logging on page 125.

Restart the NetBackup-Java interface and examine the logs.

Note: You may have network or system problems unrelated to NetBackup.

321

322

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 508

Message: Can not write file.
Explanation: This cause of this error is one of the following:

The NetBackup-Java user service tries to write to a file that does not have write
permissions. The solution is to enable write privileges.

The NetBackup-Java user service tries to write to a temporary file whose unique
name cannot be constructed. This condition is unlikely, but can result from
an exhaustion of system resources (from the filling of the name space).

Recommended Action: Retrieve the specific details from the user service log
files.
Enable detailed debug logging as explained in the following topic:
See Enabling detailed debug logging on page 125.

NetBackup status code: 509

Message: Can not execute program.
Explanation: The NetBackup-Java authentication or user service reported an
error that relates to the creation (or demise) of a child job process. The
NetBackup-Java service programs create separate jobs to accomplish specific
tasks, as follows. The NetBackup-Java authentication service creates the
NetBackup-Java user service. When it is created and connected to, the
NetBackup-Java user service creates all other child processes on behalf of requests
from the NetBackup-Java interface.
The cause of status code 509 can be found in the appropriate log file, either for
bpjava-msvc, bpjava-susvc, or bpjava-usvc.
The cause can be categorized as one of the following:

A job (started by either the NetBackup-Java authentication service or user

service) no longer exists and did not report its result status.

The NetBackup-Java service cannot monitor a job (started by either the

NetBackup-Java authentication service or user service). The reason it cannot
monitor is probably due to a lack of system resources (insufficient memory).

The maximum number of non-transient activity monitor jobs (>100) have

already been started.

Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If the problem persists, restart the NetBackup-Java interface and try again.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If the problem still persists, enable detailed debug logging as explained in the
following topic:
See Enabling detailed debug logging on page 125.

Restart the NetBackup-Java interface and examine the logs.

The error is probably the result of a system resource issue. When detailed debug
logging is enabled, you can retrieve the details from the bpjava-msvc,
bpjava-susvc, or bpjava-usvc log files.

NetBackup status code: 510

Message: File already exists: file_name
Explanation: The NetBackup-Java user service try to create a file that already
exists.
Recommended Action: Remove the file, which can be identified in the user service
log files.
See Troubleshooting the Administration Console for UNIX on page 123.

NetBackup status code: 511

Message: NB-Java application server interface error.
Explanation: In some instances, this message concludes with "Check the log file
for more details."
This generic error for all non-socket IO/connection-broken related errors (status
code 507) can occur when data is processed from the NetBackup-Java
authentication or user services. The Java exception provides some additional
detail about the error.
This error usually results from system or network problems.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If the problem persists, restart the NetBackup-Java interface and try again.

If the problem still persists, enable detailed debug logging as explained in the
following topic:
See Enabling detailed debug logging on page 125.

Restart the NetBackup-Java interface and examine the logs.

The error is probably the result of a system resource issue. When detailed debug
logging is enabled, the details can be retrieved from the bpjava-msvc,
bpjava-susvc, or bpjava-usvc log files.

323

324

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 512

Message: Internal error - a bad status packet was returned by NB-Java application
server that did not contain an exit status code.
Explanation: The NetBackup-Java authentication or user service returned a data
packet that indicated an error, but no status code or error message was contained
within it.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If the problem persists, restart the NetBackup-Java interface and try again.

If the problem still persists, enable detailed debug logging as explained in the
following topic:
See Enabling detailed debug logging on page 125.

Restart the NetBackup-Java interface and examine the logs.

The error is probably the result of a system resource issue. When detailed debug
logging is enabled, the details can be retrieved from the bpjava-msvc,
bpjava-susvc, or bpjava-usvc log files.

NetBackup status code: 513

Message: bpjava-msvc: the client is not compatible with this server version
(server_version).
Explanation: The NetBackup-Java application server (on the remote host you log
in to) is not the same version as the NetBackup-Java interface on your local host.
The two are therefore incompatible.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Log in to a different NetBackup remote host.

Upgrade the NetBackup software on either of the following: the computer that
is specified in the logon dialog box or the local host where you started the
NetBackup Java interface.

NetBackup status code: 514

Message: NB-Java: bpjava-msvc is not compatible with this application version
(application_version). You may try logon to a different NetBackup host or exit the
application. The remote NetBackup host has to be configured with the same version
of NetBackup as the host you started the application on.
Explanation: In some instances, this message concludes with "Check the log file
for more details."

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

The NetBackup-Java application server (on the remote host you log in to) is not
the same version as the NetBackup-Java interface on your local host. The two are
therefore incompatible.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Log in to a different NetBackup remote host.

Upgrade the NetBackup software on either of the following: the specified

computer in the logon dialog box or the local host where you started the
NetBackup Java interface.

NetBackup status code: 516

Message: Could not recognize or initialize the requested locale (locale_NB-Java_was_started_in).
Explanation: This status concerns the UNIX or Linux locale configuration (or
Windows regional settings) defined on the host that was specified in the NB-Java
logon dialog box. At logon, the locale configuration is passed to the NB-Java
authentication service. Status 516 is generated if the locale is not recognized or
if the locale of the user service cannot be initialized.
The rules in the following files determine how a valid locale is recognized:
/usr/openv/msg/.conf on UNIX and Linux and install_path\msg\lc.conf on
Windows. When the locale is validated, initialization of the locale in the user
services environment is tried (by means of setlocale).
Recommended Action: On the specified host in the NB-Java logon dialog box,
check the configuration file to ensure that a mapping is available for the indicated
locale.
For information on locale configuration and mapping, refer to the NetBackup
Administrator's Guide, Volume II.
If there is a mapping, try to set the mapped locale on the host that was specified
in the NB-Java logon dialog box. This system may not be configured properly.

NetBackup status code: 517

Message: Can not connect to the NB-Java user service via VNETD on host on port
configured_port_number. If successfully logged in beforehand, retry your last
operation. Check the log file for more details.
Explanation: After the NB-Java authentication service validates the user name
on the logon dialog box for access, all Administration console service requests
use an NB-Java user service. Communication between the Administration console
and user service is tried to host (host) on the specified port number in the error
message by using VNETD. (The NB-Java configuration option

325

326

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NBJAVA_CONNECT_OPTION is set to 1.) The NetBackup Administration Console

log file should contain more detail about this error.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

On UNIX and Linux: Compare the VNETD entry in the /etc/services file with
the VNETD_PORT entry in /usr/openv/java/nbj.conf
On Windows: Compare the VNETD entry with the VNETD_PORT entry in the
install_path\java\setconf.bat file.
These entries must match.

Ensure that no other application uses the port that is configured for VNETD.

NetBackup status code: 518

Message: No ports available in range (port_number) through (port_number) per
the NBJAVA_CLIENT_PORT_WINDOW configuration option.
Explanation: All the ports in the specified range are in use. Too many users
(concurrent) of the NetBackup-Java interface or too few configured ports can
cause this error.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Restart the NetBackup-Java interface and try again.

If the problem persists, increase the range of ports by changing the

NBJAVA_CLIENT_PORT_WINDOW option in the /usr/openv/java/nbj.conf
file (UNIX and Linux) or the install_path\java\setconf.bat file (Windows).

NetBackup status code: 519

Message: Invalid NBJAVA_CLIENT_PORT_WINDOW configuration option value:
(option_value).
Explanation: The value for the NB-Java configuration option
NBJAVA_CLIENT_PORT_WINDOW is invalid.
Recommended Action: Correct the value in file /usr/openv/java/nbj.conf
(UNIX and Linux) or install_path\java\setconf.bat file (Windows).

NetBackup status code: 520

Message: Invalid value for NB-Java configuration option (option_name):
(option_value).
Explanation: The specified NetBackup-Java configuration option has an invalid
value.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Correct the value in file /usr/openv/java/nbj.conf

(UNIX and Linux) or install_path\java\setconf.bat file (Windows).

NetBackup status code: 521

Message: NB-Java Configuration file (file_name) does not exist.
Explanation: The configuration file for the NetBackup-Java interface was not
found.
Recommended Action: Make sure that the configuration file the NetBackup-Java
interface exists and is properly formatted.

NetBackup status code: 522

Message: NB-Java Configuration file (file_name) is not readable due to the
following error: (message).
Explanation: The specified NetBackup-Java configuration file exists but is not
readable.
Recommended Action: Correct the file as specified in the message.

NetBackup status code: 523

Message: NB-Java application server protocol error.
Explanation: In some instances, this message concludes with "Check the log file
for more details."
The NetBackup-Java interface received an incorrectly formatted protocol sequence
from its application server.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If the problem persists, restart the NetBackup-Java interface and try again.

If the problem still persists, enable detailed debug logging as explained in the
following topic:
See Enabling detailed debug logging on page 125.

Restart the NetBackup-Java interface and examine the logs.

Note: The error is probably the result of a system resource issue. When detailed
debug logging ID is enabled, the details can be retrieved from the bpjava-msvc,
bpjava-susvc, or bpjava-usvc log files.

327

328

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 525

Message: Cannot connect to the NB-Java authentication service via VNETD on
(host) on port (vnetd_configured_port_number). Check the log file for more details.
Explanation: The NB-Java authentication service authenticates the user name
that is provided in the logon dialog box. Communication between the NetBackup
Administration Console and the authentication service is tried to host host on the
configured VNETD port number that error message specifies. The NetBackup
Administration Console log file should contain more detail about this error.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

On UNIX and Linux: Compare the VNETD entry in the /etc/services file with
the VNETD_PORT entry in /usr/openv/java/nbj.conf
On Windows: Compare the VNETD entry with the VNETD_PORT entry in the
install_path\java\setconf.bat file.
These entries must match.

Ensure that no other application uses the port that is configured for VNETD.

NetBackup status code: 526

Message: bpjava authentication service connection failed
Explanation: Cannot connect to the bpjava authentication service via NetBackup
PBX at port 1556 (default).
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check that the PBX service or daemon has been started on the server and that
NetBackup services are running.

If the target server is running a release of NetBackup earlier than 7.0.1, the
Java GUI attempts a further connection via the VNETD port 13724. No action
is required.

Check if the Java GUI properties (java/nbj.conf) have been set up to connect
to a PBX port other than 1556.

NetBackup status code: 527

Message: bpjava user service connection if connection to pbx on port 1556 fails
Explanation: Unable to connect to the bpjava user service using NetBackup PBX
at port 1556 (default).
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Check that the PBX service or daemon has been started on the server and that
NetBackup services are running.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If the target server is running a release of NetBackup earlier than 7.0.1, the
Java GUI attempts a further connection via the VNETD port 13724. No action
is required.

Check if the Java GUI properties (java/nbj.conf) have been modified to attempt
a PBX port other than 1556.

NetBackup status code: 600

Message: an exception condition occurred
Explanation: The synthetic backup job encountered an exception condition.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate debug
logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 601

Message: unable to open listen socket
Explanation: The bpsynth process cannot open a socket to listen for incoming
connections from the bptm or the bpdm processes that were started for the
following: for reading backup images or for writing the synthetic image on the
media servers.
Recommended Action: Check the OS error that was reported in the error message,
which bpsynth logged in the NetBackup error log. This error helps to diagnose
the problem. Ensure that the bpsynth binary matches the installed NetBackup
version. Retry the synthetic backup job. If the problem persists, contact customer
support and provide the appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 602

Message: cannot set non blocking mode on the listen socket
Explanation: The bpsynth process is unable to set the non-blocking socket option
on the listen socket.
Recommended Action: Check the OS error that was reported in the error message,
which was logged in the NetBackup error log. The error helps to diagnose the
problem. Ensure that the bpsynth binary matches the installed NetBackup version.
If the condition persists, contact customer support and send appropriate logs.

329

330

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.

See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 603

Message: cannot register handler for accepting new connections
Explanation: The bpsynth process cannot register the listen socket with the ACE
reactor.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the bpsynth binary matches the installed
NetBackup version. Retry the synthetic backup job. If the problem persists, contact
customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 604

Message: no target storage unit specified for the new job
Explanation: A mismatch occurred between storage units that are known to
NetBackup and the specified target storage unit.
Recommended Action: Retry the synthetic backup job. If the problem persists,
contact customer support and provide appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 605

Message: received error notification for the job
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Submit a problem report along with appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 606

Message: no robot on which the media can be read
Explanation: bpsynth returns this error when it cannot find a robot on which to
read a particular media ID that contains backup images to be synthesized. The
media ID is included in the message that bpsynth logs. This error should not occur.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Contact customer support and provide appropriate logs.

A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 607

Message: no images were found to synthesize
Explanation: The database query to obtain the images to synthesize for the given
policy did not return any images.
Recommended Action: Ensure that a synthetic full backup has one full image
(real or synthetic) and one or more subsequent incremental images (differential
or cumulative) to synthesize. For a cumulative synthetic backup, there must be
two or more incremental (differential or cumulative) images to synthesize. Adjust
your schedules so the appropriate backup jobs complete successfully before the
synthetic job is run. The scheduler does not retry a synthetic backup job that fails
with this error code.

NetBackup status code: 608

Message: storage unit query failed
Explanation: The database query to obtain all storage units failed.
Recommended Action: Verify that the bpdbm process is running and that no
errors were logged to the NetBackup error log. Restart the bpdbm process (on UNIX
and Linux), or the NetBackup Database Manager Service (on Windows) and retry
the synthetic backup job. If the problem persists, contact customer support and
send the appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 609

Message: reader failed
Explanation: The bptm or the bpdm reader process was terminated with an error.
Recommended Action: Refer to the NetBackup error log for the errors that the
bpsynth and bptm or bpdm reader logged. The error message should contain the
actual error that the bptm or the bpdm reader reports. Refer to the NetBackup
Troubleshooting Guide for information on the error that the bptm or the bpdm
reader reports. The media may not be present or is defective or the drive that was

331

332

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

used for reading the media is defective. If the problem persists, contact customer
support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 610

Message: end point terminated with an error
Explanation: An error indication was received on the connection to the bptm or
the bpdm process.
Recommended Action: Review the errors in the NetBackup error log that the
following processes logged: bpsynth and bptm or bpdm. Refer to the debug logs for
these processes for more information. The connection may have broken due to
the following: an error condition that the bptm or the bpdm process detects or
network problems between the master and the media server. Check the network
connectivity between the master and the media server. Retry the job and if the
problem persists, contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 611

Message: no connection to reader
Explanation: A connection to the bptm or the bpdm reader process does not exist
to communicate with the reader.
Recommended Action: This error should not occur. Submit a problem report
along with the appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 612

Message: cannot send extents to bpsynth
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Submit a problem report along with appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 613

Message: cannot connect to read media server
Explanation: The bpsynth process was unable to connect to the media server to
read a backup image.
Recommended Action: Ensure that network connectivity exists between the
master server and the specified media server. Examine the NetBackup error log
for any error messages that bpsynth logged. For more information, refer to the
debug logs for bpsynth on the master server and bpcd and bptm or bpdm on the
media server.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 614

Message: cannot start reader on the media server
Explanation: The bpsynth process was unable to start the bptm or the bpdm process
to read a backup image to be synthesized.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Examine the NetBackup error log for any errors that bpsynth logged. For more
information, refer to the following debug logs: for bpsynth on the master server
and for bpcd and bptm or bpdm on the media server. Ensure that the bptm or
the bpdm binaries on the media server are executable and are not corrupt. Try
running bptm or bpdm commands locally on the media server to ensure that
the binary is executable and not corrupt. For instance, you can run the following
command
/bp/bin/bptm -count -rn 0 -rt 8

where robot number is 0 and the robot type is 8. The robot type that
corresponds to the robot number can be taken from the command line that is
logged in the debug log for bptm. This command displays the counts for the
up, shared, and assigned drives in the robot.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 615

Message: internal error 615
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.

333

334

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Submit a problem report along with appropriate logs.

A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 616

Message: internal error 616
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Submit a problem report along with appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 617

Message: no drives available to start the reader process
Explanation: No drives are available to start the bptm process to read a backup
image to be synthesized.
Recommended Action: Ensure that sufficient drives are available before you
re-start the job.

NetBackup status code: 618

Message: internal error 618
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 619

Message: internal error 619
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 620

Message: internal error 620
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 621

Message: unable to connect to bpcoord
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Submit a problem report along with appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 622

Message: connection to the peer process does not exist
Explanation: The underlying connection to the peer bptm or bpdm process does
not exist. This error should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 623

Message: execution of a command in a forked process failed
Explanation: The failure normally occurs during the execution of a command on
a media server through bpcd. Examine the NetBackup error log for additional
error messages. Also refer to the debug logs for bpsynth (on the master server)
and bpcd (on the media server) to get an explanation of the failure. A common
cause of the failure is insufficient memory, file system full, or insufficient swap
space.
Recommended Action: Retry the job and if the problem persists, contact customer
support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.

335

336

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 624

Message: unable to send a start command to a reader or a writer process on media
server
Explanation: The bpsynth process is unable to send a command to the bptm or
the bpdm process on the media server.
Recommended Action: Ensure that network connectivity exists between the
master and the media server. Look for additional error messages in the NetBackup
error log. More detailed information is present in the debug logs for bpsynth (on
master server) and bptm or bpdm on the media server. If the problem persists,
contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 625

Message: data marshalling error
Explanation: Problems were encountered while sending data over the connection.
This error should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 626

Message: data un-marshalling error
Explanation: Problems were encountered in the parsing of the messages that
bpsynth received. This error should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send the appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 627

Message: unexpected message received from bpsynth
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Submit a problem report along with appropriate logs.

A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 628

Message: insufficient data received
Explanation: This error occurs in the following situation: partial data is read
from the input socket and cannot be parsed until the remaining data that comprises
the message is read. The lower layers encounter this error; it should not cause a
process to be terminated.
Recommended Action: If this error causes the bpsynth binary to hang or
malfunction, contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 629

Message: no message was received from bptm
Explanation: This error is returned when no message is received from bptm
process in response to the command or query executed by using bptm.
Recommended Action: Look for additional error messages in the following logs:
the NetBackup error log and the debug logs for bpsynth on the master server and
bptm on the media server. A system condition (insufficient memory, file system
full, insufficient swap space) on the media server may prevent the bptm process
from sending the response. Verify the network connectivity between the master
and the media server. If no explanation is found for the failure and the problem
persists, contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 630

Message: unexpected message was received from bptm
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

337

338

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 631

Message: received an error from bptm request to suspend media
Explanation: The bpsynth process was unable to suspend a media that contained
one or more images to be synthesized. A message in the bpsynth legacy log lists
the media IDs to be suspended. The bpsynth log also includes a failure message
to indicate which particular media in the list was not suspended. media (ordinal)
indicates the unsuspended media by means of its order in the list. For example,
if the unsuspended media was the second media in the list, the failure message
says media (1).
Recommended Action: Examine the bptm debug log for more information on the
reason for the suspend failure. The bpsynth process ignores this error and
continues to process. It has the potential to fail later if the media with the images
to be read gets assigned to another backup or restore job. If the synthetic backup
job fails, fix the condition that lead to the suspend failure and retry the job.

NetBackup status code: 632

Message: received an error from bptm request to un-suspend media
Explanation: The bpsynth process was unable to un-suspend a media that it
suspended at the start of the synthetic backup job. A message in the bpsynth
legacy log lists the media IDs to be un-suspended. The bpsynth log also includes
a failure message to indicate which particular media in the list was not
un-suspended. media (ordinal) indicates the media by means of its order in the
list. For example, if the media that was not un-suspended was the second media
in the list, the failure message says media (1).
Recommended Action: Look at the debug log for the bptm process on the media
server for an explanation of the un-suspend failure and the media ID. Try to
un-suspend the tape manually by using the bpmedia command.

NetBackup status code: 633

Message: unable to listen and register service via vnetd
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Submit a problem report along with appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 634

Message: no drives available to start the writer process
Explanation: The bpsynth process cannot start the synthetic backup job because
no drives were available in the target storage unit for the writer. The storage unit
may be in use by a restore or another synthetic backup job.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the target storage unit that is configured for
the synthetic backup schedule has an available drive to write the synthetic backup
image.

NetBackup status code: 635

Message: unable to register handle with the reactor
Explanation: Unable to register a handle with the ACE reactor to monitor events
on the handle. This error can occur in bpsynth.
Recommended Action: Examine NetBackup error log for any errors that were
logged for the job. Refer to the debug logs for bpsynth for more information. Retry
the synthetic backup job. If the problem persists, contact customer support and
send the appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 636

Message: read from input socket failed
Explanation: The read from an input socket failed. The underlying connection
has been broken.
Recommended Action: The bpsynth process encountered an error while reading
from an input socket. The socket may be between bpsynth and bptm or bpdm.
The errno that was logged to the NetBackup error log indicates the reason for the
failure. For more information, refer to the following: the debug log for bpsynth
(on the master server) and for the bptm or the bpdm reader or writer processes (on
the media server). Check the network connectivity between the master and the
media server. Rerun the synthetic backup job. If the problem persists, contact
customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

339

340

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 637

Message: write on output socket failed
Explanation: The write to an output socket failed. The underlying connection
has been broken.
Recommended Action: The bpsynth process encountered an error while writing
to an output socket. The socket is between bpsynth and bptm or bpdm.
The errno that logged to the NetBackup error log indicates the reason for the
failure. For more information, refer to the following: the debug log for bpsynth
(on the master server) and for the bptm or the bpdm reader or writer process (on
the media server). Check the connectivity between the master and the media
server. Retry the synthetic backup job. If the problem persists, contact customer
support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 638

Message: invalid arguments specified
Explanation: The bpsynth command fails with this error code if incorrect
arguments were specified.
Recommended Action: Refer to the bpsynth command line arguments (by using
-help) for the correct argument specification. If the synthetic backup job was
started manually by the command line, correct the arguments to bpsynth and
rerun the job. If the synthetic backup job was scheduled or started with the console,
ensure that the bpsynth and the nbjm binaries match the installed NetBackup
version.

NetBackup status code: 639

Message: specified policy does not exist
Explanation: The policy that was specified on the bpsynth command does not
exist in the database. Either the command line or nbjm initiated the bpsynth
command. If nbjm initiated it, the policy may have been deleted after nbjm started
bpsynth and before bpsynth issued the database query.
Recommended Action: If bpsynth is initiated with the command line, rerun the
command for an existing policy. If the problem persists after you verify the
following, contact customer support and send the appropriate logs:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

The synthetic backup job was scheduled or started by using the NetBackup
Administration console (manual start).

The policy exists in the bppllist command configuration.

Check the logs for nbjm, which uses unified logging (OID 117).

A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.

See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 640

Message: specified schedule was not found
Explanation: The schedule on the bpsynth command did not exist in the specified
policy definition in the database due to either of the following:

The command line initiated the bpsynth command

The specified schedule was deleted from the policy after nbjm started bpsynth,
before bpsynth issued the database query.

Recommended Action: If the command line initiated bpsynth, do the following:

rerun the command with the correct synthetic schedule label defined in the policy
of the synthetic backup job to be run. If the synthetic backup job was scheduled
or started with the NetBackup Administration console, define a new schedule in
the policy and retry the job. If the problem persists, contact customer support
and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 641

Message: invalid media type specified in the storage unit
Explanation: The media type that was specified in the target storage unit is invalid
for synthetic backup. Synthetic Backup images can only be written to disk, disk
staging, and Media Manager type of storage units.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the target storage unit that was configured
for synthetic backup is a disk, disk staging, or Media Manager type (not NDMP
type). Rerun synthetic backup with the appropriate storage unit.

NetBackup status code: 642

Message: duplicate backup images were found

341

342

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The database query returned duplicate backup IDs. This error should
not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 643

Message: unexpected message received from bpcoord
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Submit a problem report along with appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 644

Message: extent directive contained an unknown media id
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 645

Message: unable to start the writer on the media server
Explanation: The bpsynth process was unable to start the following: the bptm or
the bpdm process on the media server that is associated with the target storage
unit to write the synthetic image.
Recommended Action:
Examine the NetBackup error log for any messages that bpsynth logged. For more
information, refer to the following: the debug logs for bpsynth on the master
server and bpcd and bptm or bpdm on the media server. Ensure that the bptm or
the bpdm binaries on the media server are executable and are not corrupt. Try to
run the bptm or the bpdm commands locally on the media server to ensure that
the binary is executable and not corrupt. For instance, you can run the following
command:
install_path/netbackup/bin/bptm -count -rn 0 -rt 8

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

where robot number is 0 and robot type is 8. The robot type that corresponds to
the robot number can be taken from the command line that is logged in the debug
log for bptm. This command displays the counts for the up, shared, and assigned
drives in the robot. In case the synthetic image is to be written to a disk storage
unit, verify the bpdm binary by running the following command:
install_path/netbackup/bin/bpdm

It should print the following: "bpdm: media manager operation not specified".
Retry the synthetic backup job. If the problem persists, contact customer support
and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 646

Message: unable to get the address of the local listen socket
Explanation: The bpsynth process cannot obtain the address of the opened listen
socket. The bpsynth process needs the address to receive incoming connections
from the bptm or the bpdm processes, which were started to read the source images.
This problem should not happen. The library call used to retrieve the address of
the listen socket relies on the underlying system call to obtain the socket address.
The errno that the system call reports is included in the error message and should
help to diagnose the problem.
Recommended Action: Rerun the synthetic backup job. If the problem persists,
contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 647

Message: validation of synthetic image failed
Explanation: This error is returned when bpsynth receives an error from the
database call to validate the synthetic image.
Recommended Action: This error may indicate a problem in the synthetic backup
process. Examine the NetBackup error log for any messages that the following
processes logged: bpsynth and bptm or bpdm. Look at the debug logs for these
processes for additional information. If you cannot resolve the problem, contact
customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.

343

344

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 648

Message: unable to send extent message to BPXM
Explanation: The bpsynth process cannot send extent information to the bptm
or the bpdm process that was started to read a specified backup image to synthesize.
Recommended Action: This error indicates a communication problem between
bpsynth and the bptm or the bpdm reader process on the media server. Ensure that
the media server is accessible and that the bptm or the bpdm process is running
on the media server. Examine the NetBackup error log for any errors that the
following logged: bpsynth (on the master server) and the bptm or the bpdm reader
process (on the media server). Examine the debug logs for bpsynth and bptm or
bpdm for additional information. Rerun the synthetic backup job. If the problem
persists, contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 649

Message: unexpected message received from BPXM
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Submit a problem report along with appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 650

Message: unable to send extent message to bpcoord
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Submit a problem report along with appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 651

Message: unable to issue the database query for policy

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The bpsynth process was unable to send the database query for
policy.
Recommended Action: This error indicates a communication problem between
bpsynth and bpdbm. Ensure that bpdbm is running and the bpdbm binary matches
the installed NetBackup version. Examine the NetBackup error log for any errors
that bpdbm and bpsynth logged. Examine the debug logs for bpsynth and bpdbm
for additional information. Restart the bpdbm process (on UNIX and Linux) or the
NetBackup Database Manager Service (on Windows) and rerun the synthetic
backup job. If the problem persists, contact customer support and send appropriate
logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 652

Message: unable to issue the database query for policy information
Explanation: The bpsynth process was unable to send the database query for
detailed information about the policy.
Recommended Action: This error indicates a communication problem between
bpsynth and bpdbm. Ensure that bpdbm is running. Examine the NetBackup error
log for any errors that bpdbm and bpsynth logged. Examine the debug logs for
bpsynth and bpdbm for additional information. Restart the bpdbm process (on UNIX
and Linux) or the NetBackup Database Manager Service (on Windows) and rerun
the synthetic backup job. If the problem persists, contact customer support and
send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 653

Message: unable to send a message to bpccord
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 654

Message: internal error 654

345

346

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: This error code is no longer used.

Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 655

Message: no target storage unit was specified via command line
Explanation: No target storage unit was specified on the bpsynth command line
(-S).
Recommended Action: Rerun bpsynth with the target storage unit specified by
the -S option.

NetBackup status code: 656

Message: unable to send start synth message to bpcoord
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 657

Message: unable to accept connection from the reader
Explanation: The bpsynth process was unable to accept the connection from the
bptm or the bpdm reader process that runs on the media server.
Recommended Action: Examine the NetBackup error log for any errors that
bpsynth and bptm or the bpdm reader process logged. The message that bpsynth
logged includes the error (errno) reported by the system call. Refer to the debug
logs for bpsynth on the master server and bptm or the bpdm process on the media
servers for more information. Ensure that network connectivity exists between
the master and the media servers. If the problem persists, contact customer
support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 658

Message: unable to accept connection from the writer
Explanation: The bpsynth process was unable to accept the connection from the
bptm or the bpdm writer process that runs on the media server.
Recommended Action: Examine the NetBackup error log for any errors that
bpsynth and the bptm or the bpdm writer process logged. The message that bpsynth
logged includes the error (errno) reported by the system call. Also refer to the
debug logs for bpsynth on the master server and bptm or the bpdm process on the
media server for more information. Ensure that network connectivity exists
between the master and the media servers. If the problem persists, contact
customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 659

Message: unable to send a message to the writer child process
Explanation: The bpsynth process was unable to send the message that contains
the following to the bptm or the bpdm writer: the hostname and the port number
of the bptm or the bpdm reader.
Recommended Action: Examine the NetBackup error log for any errors that
bpsynth and the bptm or the bpdm writer process logged. Refer to the following
for more information: the debug logs for bpsynth on the master server and the
bptm or the bpdm process on the media server. Ensure that network connectivity
exists between the master and the media servers. If the problem persists, contact
customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 660

Message: a synthetic backup request for media resources failed
Explanation: The request for resources failed due to an internal NetBackup error.
Recommended Action: Create logs as explained in the following topics:
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.
Rerun the job. Then send the logs to customer support. More information is
available about unified logs.

347

348

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

See Submitting unified logging files to &CompanyName; support on page 100.

NetBackup status code: 661

Message: unable to send exit message to the BPXM reader
Explanation: The bpsynth process cannot send the exit message to indicate the
end of extents messages to the following: bptm or the bpdm reader process on the
media server. The network connection between the master and the media server
may have terminated or the bptm or the bpdm reader process has terminated.
Recommended Action: Check the network connectivity between the master and
the media server. Examine the NetBackup error log for any errors that bpsynth
and bptm or the bpdm reader process logged. Examine the debug logs for bpsynth
on the master server and bptm or the bpdm reader process on the media servers
for more detailed information. If the problem persists, contact customer support
and provide the appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 662

Message: unknown image referenced in the synth context message from BPXM
Explanation: The bpsynth process received an extent message from the bptm or
the bpdm reader with reference to a media ID that was unknown to bpsynth. This
error should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and provide the appropriate
logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 663

Message: image does not have a fragment map
Explanation: The bpsynth process received an image without a fragment map
from bpdbm. This error should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and provide the appropriate
logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 664

Message: zero extents in the synthetic image, cannot proceed
Explanation: The bpsynth process receives zero extents from bpdbm. This error
should not occur.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and provide the appropriate
logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 665

Message: termination requested by bpcoord
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 667

Message: unable to open pipe between bpsynth and bpcoord
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 668

Message: pipe fgets call from bpcoord failed
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

349

350

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 669

Message: bpcoord startup validation failure
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and send appropriate logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 670

Message: send buffer is full
Explanation: This error code is no longer used.
Recommended Action: Contact customer support and provide the appropriate
logs.
A complete list of required logs and configuration information is available.
See Logs to accompany problem reports for synthetic backup on page 111.

NetBackup status code: 671

Message: query for list of component images failed
Explanation: A new synthetic image cannot be formed because of a problem with
the required component images. For example: a new, synthetic full backup is tried
from the previous full image from Sunday and from the five differential
incremental images from Monday through Friday. This error occurs if any of those
images (except the most recent image on Friday) has expired.
Recommended Action: Run a non-synthetic backup (either a new full or new
cumulative), depending on the type of backup that failed.

NetBackup status code: 800

Message: resource request failed
Explanation: The nbjm process was unable to get the required resources for a
job. An EMM reason string that appears in the Activity Monitor job details display
and in the nbjm debug log accompanies this status code. The EMM reason string
identifies the reason for the failed resource request.
Recommended Action: Locate the EMM reason string, correct the problem, and
rerun the job.
Some generic EMM reason strings (such as "Disk volume is down") may require
generating some reports to determine the cause of the failure. Generate the report

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

by using either bperror or various log entry reports, such as Reports > Disk
Reports > Disk Logs in the Administration Console.

NetBackup status code: 801

Message: JM internal error
Explanation: The nbjm process encountered an internal error.
Recommended Action: If the problem persists, submit a report with the following
items.

Unified logging files on the NetBackup server for nbpem (originator ID 116),
nbjm (117), nbrb (118), and PBX (103). All unified logging is written to
/usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

Legacy logs:

On the NetBackup master server for bpbrm, bpjobd, bpcompatd, bpdbm,

and nbproxy

On the media server for bpcd, bpbrm, and bptm or bpdm

On the client for bpcd and bpbkar

Legacy logs are in subdirectories under /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/ (UNIX

and Linux) or install_path\Netbackup\logs\ (Windows). If the directories
do not exist, create directories for each of these processes and rerun the job.

Contents of /usr/openv/db/jobs/trylogs (UNIX and Linux) or

install_path\NetBackup\db\jobs\trylogs (Windows).

bpdbjobs output: run bpdbjobs to obtain the state and status of all jobs.

NetBackup status code: 802

Message: JM internal protocol error
Explanation: nbjm returns this error whenever a protocol error occurs with an
external process that tries to communicate with nbjm. External processes include
bptm, tpreq, bplabel, dqts, vmphyinv, or nbpem.
Recommended Action:
Ensure that the NetBackup software on the master and the media server is from
an official NetBackup release.
If the problem persists, submit a report with the following items.

Unified logging files on the NetBackup server for nbpem (originator ID 116),
nbjm (117), nbrb (118), and PBX (103). All unified logging is written to

351

352

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

/usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs

(Windows).

Legacy logs:

On the NetBackup master server for bpbrm, bpjobd, bpcompatd, bpdbm,

and nbproxy

On the media server for bpcd, bpbrm, and bptm or bpdm

On the client for bpcd and bpbkar

Legacy logs are in subdirectories under /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/ (UNIX

and Linux) or install_path\Netbackup\logs\ (Windows). If the directories
do not exist, create directories for each of these processes and rerun the job.

Contents of /usr/openv/db/jobs/trylogs (UNIX and Linux) or

install_path\NetBackup\db\jobs\trylogs (Windows).

bpdbjobs output: run bpdbjobs to obtain the state and status of all jobs.

NetBackup status code: 803

Message: JM terminating
Explanation: A service request for an existing or a new job was received when
the nbjm process was shutting down.
Recommended Action: If nbjm was not terminated explicitly (by entering the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all command on UNIX and Linux or
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown on Windows), submit a report with the
following items.

Unified logging files on the NetBackup server for nbpem (originator ID 116),
nbjm (117), nbrb (118), and PBX (103). All unified logging is written to
/usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

Legacy logs:

On the NetBackup master server for bpbrm, bpjobd, bpcompatd, bpdbm,

and nbproxy

On the media server for bpcd, bpbrm, and bptm or bpdm

On the client for bpcd and bpbkar

Legacy logs are in subdirectories under /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/ (UNIX

and Linux) or install_path\Netbackup\logs\ (Windows). If the directories
do not exist, create directories for each of these processes and rerun the job.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Contents of /usr/openv/db/jobs/trylogs (UNIX and Linux) or

install_path\NetBackup\db\jobs\trylogs (Windows).

bpdbjobs output: run bpdbjobs to obtain the state and status of all jobs.

NetBackup status code: 805

Message: Invalid jobid
Explanation: The nbjm process received an invalid job ID in the request.
Recommended Action:
The requested operation may refer to a job that no longer exists or is not known
to nbjm. Or the job ID is invalid (less than or equal to 0). Ensure that the command
used to start the job did not specify a job ID already in use by another job.
If the problem persists, submit a report with the following items.

Unified logging files on the NetBackup server for nbpem (originator ID 116),
nbjm (117), nbrb (118), and PBX (103). All unified logging is written to
/usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

Legacy logs:

On the NetBackup master server for bpbrm, bpjobd, bpcompatd, bpdbm,

and nbproxy

On the media server for bpcd, bpbrm, and bptm or bpdm

On the client for bpcd and bpbkar

Legacy logs are in subdirectories under /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/ (UNIX

and Linux) or install_path\Netbackup\logs\ (Windows). If the directories
do not exist, you must create directories for each of these processes and rerun
the job.

Contents of /usr/openv/db/jobs/trylogs (UNIX and Linux) or

install_path\NetBackup\db\jobs\trylogs (Windows).

bpdbjobs output: run bpdbjobs to obtain the state and status of all jobs.

NetBackup status code: 806

Message: this mpx group is unjoinable
Explanation: This error is a timing problem. It can happen if the job was added
to a multiplexed group when bpbrm terminates due to an error condition. Note
that the resource broker (nbrb) does the allocation of a multiplexed group, whereas
the job manager (nbjm) starts and monitors the bpbrm process.

353

354

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: If the failed job is scheduled and the retry count allows
it, nbpem submits the job again. If the failed job was initiated manually, submit
it again.

NetBackup status code: 807

Message: not externalized
Explanation: Not available.
Recommended Action: Not available.

NetBackup status code: 811

Message: failed to communicate with resource requester
Explanation: Job manager (nbjm) tries to notify a process (usually bptm) of the
status of a resource it requested. That notification fails because of a communication
problem.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify connectivity between the master and the media server.

Verify Private Branch Exchange (PBX) configuration and permissions. For

information on PBX is available.
See Resolving PBX problems on page 66.

NetBackup status code: 812

Message: failed to communicate with resource broker
Explanation: Job manager (nbjm) tries to make a request to the resource broker
(nbrb). The request fails because of a communication problem.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify connectivity between the master sever and the EMM server.

Verify Private Branch Exchange (PBX) configuration and permissions. For

information on PBX is available.
See Resolving PBX problems on page 66.

NetBackup status code: 813

Message: duplicate reference string specified
Explanation: The reference string is the file name specified on the -f option of
the tpreq command. The specified file name on tpreq is already in use by another
tpreq.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Choose a unique name not already in use.

NetBackup status code: 818

Message: retention level mismatch
Explanation: A job fails with this error code if the retention level of the allocated
media does not match the retention level configured in the policy.
RecommendedAction:Contact NetBackup Technical Support and provide relevant
supporting materials.

NetBackup status code: 819

Message: unable to communicate with JM proxy
Explanation: The job manager cannot communicate with nbproxy.
Recommended Action: Restart the job manager. If the condition persists, please
contact NetBackup Support and provide relevant supporting materials.

NetBackup status code: 823

Message: no BRMComm to join
Explanation: The job was unable to join the multiplex group. This error is an
internal error.
Recommended Action: Submit a report with the following items.

Unified logging files on the NetBackup server for nbpem (originator ID 116),
nbjm (117), nbrb (118), and PBX (103). All unified logging is written to
/usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

The following legacy logs:

On the NetBackup master server for bpbrm, bpjobd, bpcompatd, bpdbm,

and nbproxy

On the media server for bpcd, bpbrm, and bptm or bpdm

On the client for bpcd and bpbkar

Legacy logs are in subdirectories under /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/ (UNIX

and Linux) or install_path\Netbackup\logs\ (Windows). If the directories
do not exist, create directories for each of these processes and rerun the job.

Contents of /usr/openv/db/jobs/trylogs (UNIX and Linux) or

install_path\NetBackup\db\jobs\trylogs (Windows).

bpdbjobs output: run bpdbjobs to obtain the state and status of all jobs.

355

356

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 830

Message: drive(s) unavailable or down
Explanation: All configured drive that can be used for this job are down.
One of the following has occurred:

No drives are configured for the media requested for the job.

The job requires an NDMP drive path, but no NDMP drive paths are up or
configured.

The job cannot use an NDMP drive path, but these are the only drive paths
that are up or configured for the drive.

Recommended Action: Do the following:

Make sure the drives and drive paths are up and correct for the media that
you configure.

Verify that ltid is running on the required media server, and that the media
server is active for tape.

Use the device monitor to start up the drives paths if they are down.

If the drives are downed again, clean the drives.

NetBackup status code: 831

Message: image has been validated
Explanation: A job retry attempt fails because the image from the previous attempt
has already been validated. This error can occur if nbjm shuts down before it
receives the job success status. This status code indicates a timing problem only.
Recommended Action: No corrective action is required.

NetBackup status code: 900

Message: retry nbrb request later
Explanation: The NetBackup Resource Broker (nbrb service) was unable to respond
to a request.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

For detailed information, examine the unified logging files on the NetBackup
server for the nbrb service (originator ID 118). All unified logging is written
to /usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

If necessary, set global logging to a higher level by using Host Properties >
Master Server > Properties > Logging. Retry the operation and examine the
nbrb logs.

NetBackup status code: 901

Message: RB internal error
Explanation: The NetBackup Resource Broker (nbrb service) encountered an
internal error.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

For detailed information, examine the unified logging files on the NetBackup
server for the nbrb service (originator ID 118). All unified logging is written
to /usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

If necessary, set global logging to a higher level, by using Host Properties >
Master Server > Properties > Logging. Retry the operation and examine the
nbrb logs.

NetBackup status code: 902

Message: RB invalid argument
Explanation: The NetBackup Resource Broker (nbrb service) detected an invalid
argument.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

For detailed information, examine the unified logging files on the NetBackup
server for the nbrb service (originator ID 118). All unified logging is written
to /usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

If necessary, set global logging to a higher level, by using Host Properties >
Master Server > Properties > Logging. Retry the operation and examine the
nbrb logs.

NetBackup status code: 903

Message: RB communication error
Explanation: The NetBackup Resource Broker (nbrb service) encountered a
communication error.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

357

358

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

For detailed information, examine the unified logging files on the NetBackup
server for the nbrb service (originator ID 118). All unified logging is written
to /usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

If necessary, set global logging to a higher level, by using Host Properties >
Master Server > Properties > Logging. Retry the operation and examine the
nbrb logs.

NetBackup status code: 904

Message: RB max reallocation tries exceeded
Explanation: Under some conditions, failed mounts are retried; the number of
retries for the resource request has been exceeded.
Recommended Action: For detailed information, examine the unified logging
files on the NetBackup server for the nbrb service (originator ID 118) and for
nbemm (originator ID 111). All unified logging is written to /usr/openv/logs
(UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows). Also examine
the legacy bptm log.

NetBackup status code: 905

Message: RB media server mismatch
Explanation: If you have any storage units that are specified for multiple copies,
they must be on the same media server.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Configure the backup schedule with a storage unit or storage unit groups that
can be run on the same media server.

For detailed information, examine the unified logging files on the NetBackup
server for the nbrb service (originator ID 118). All unified logging is written
to /usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

NetBackup status code: 906

Message: RB operator denied mount request
Explanation: By using the Device Management node in the NetBackup
Administration Console or the vmoprcmd command, the operator denied a mount
request.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Determine the cause of the mount request denial and retry the job.

For detailed information, examine the unified logging files on the NetBackup
server for the nbrb service (originator ID 118). All unified logging is written
to /usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

NetBackup status code: 907

Message: RB user cancelled resource request
Explanation: A user-initiated action caused a Resource Broker (nbrb) request to
be canceled.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Determine the action that resulted in cancellation of the resource request.

For detailed information, examine the unified logging files on the NetBackup
server for the nbrb service (originator ID 118). All unified logging is written
to /usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

NetBackup status code: 908

Message: RB was reset
Explanation: The NetBackup Resource Broker (nbrb) resources and database were
reset. Any nbrb requests that remain may fail when RB is reset. (An example of a
process that resets the database is catalog recovery.)
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Determine the action that reset nbrb resources and the nbemm database.

For detailed information, examine the unified logging files on the NetBackup
server for the nbrb service (originator ID 118). All unified logging is written
to /usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

NetBackup status code: 912

Message: RB disk volume mount failed
Explanation: The attempt to mount a disk volume failed. Possible reasons are
hardware problems, inconsistent EMM database, or a NetBackup Resource Broker
(nbrb) error.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

359

360

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

For detailed information, examine the unified logging files on the NetBackup
server for the nbrb service (originator ID 118). Unified logging is written to
/usr/openv/logs (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\NetBackup\logs
(Windows).

If necessary, set global logging to a higher level: Host Properties > Master
Server > Properties > Logging. Retry the operation and examine the nbrb logs.

NetBackup status code: 914

Message: RB media reservation not found
Explanation: The read media for a duplicate or synthetic backup job must be
reserved at the start of the job. Status 914 occurs when the NetBackup Resource
Broker (nbrb) receives an allocation request for a read media that was never
reserved. It can result from an internal error in bpduplicate, nbjm, or nbrb.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Examine the unified logging files on the NetBackup server for the nbrb service
(originator ID 118). Unified logging is written to /usr/openv/logs (UNIX and
Linux) or to install_path\NetBackup\logs (Windows).

If necessary, set global logging to a higher level: Host Properties > Master
Server > Properties > Logging. Retry the operation and examine the nbrb logs.

NetBackup status code: 915

Message: RB disk volume mount must retry
Explanation: A shared disk job has failed because RB is unable to mount the disk
volume. Shared disk requires that volume file systems be unmounted and
remounted before other media servers can use them.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that processes are not in the disk volume mount directories, which
prevents them from being unmounted. If the problem persists, restart
NetBackup on the media server.

NetBackup status code: 916

Message: Resource request timed out
Explanation: A job request for resources has failed because resources were not
available before the configured time limit expired. Some jobs may specify a timeout
when they ask for drives or other resources. If jobs consistently cause this error,
more jobs may be scheduled than the number of available drives. The drives in

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

the resbroker job queue are not completed soon enough to allow new jobs to start
before they time out.
Recommended Action: Distribute the scheduled job start times over a wider
period of time.

NetBackup status code: 1000

Message: Client is offline
Explanation: An attempt was made to run a manual job for a client that is offline.
Recommended Action: Wait until the client is brought online or manually bring
the client online by using the GUI or the bpclient command before you submit
the manual job.

NetBackup status code: 1500

Message: Invalid storage unit
Explanation: The storage unit or storage unit group specified for one or more
destinations in storage lifecycle policy is not valid.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the specified storage unit or storage unit group exists in the
NetBackup database.

Verify that the specified storage unit is not of type BasicDisk, SnapVault, or
Staging, because storage lifecycle policies do not support them.

Verify that the storage unit is not specified for snapshot destinations in storage
lifecycle policy. Snapshot destinations do not require a storage unit in the
storage lifecycle policy.

NetBackup status code: 1501

Message: Invalid source
Explanation: The source specified for one or more duplication destinations in
storage lifecycle policy is not valid.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the specified source refers to a valid destination in the list of
destinations in storage lifecycle policy.

Verify that the Backup or Snapshot destination type does not have any source
specified. If you are using nbstl to configure storage lifecycle policy, use value
zero (0) as the source for a backup or snapshot destination type.

361

362

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Verify that the destination that refers to the specified source is not a Snapshot
destination type. NetBackup cannot duplicate a backup image that uses
snapshot copy as a source.

Verify that the specified source does not refer to the destination itself for
which the source is mentioned.

Verify that the specified list of destinations in a storage lifecycle has a circular
dependency for the source.

NetBackup status code: 1502

Message: Invalid retention type
Explanation: The retention type specified for one or more destinations in storage
lifecycle policy is not valid.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the retention type specified in storage lifecycle policy is either of
Fixed, Staged capacity managed, or Expire after duplication.

Verify that the Expire after duplication retention type is used for a destination
only if it is specified as a source to other destinations in storage lifecycle policy.

Verify that the Staged capacity managed retention type is used in storage
lifecycle policy only for disk destinations that support Capacity management
capabilities.

Verify that the Snapshot destination type in storage lifecycle policy uses Fixed
retention type only.

NetBackup status code: 1503

Message: Invalid volume pool
Explanation: The volume pool specified for one or more destinations in storage
lifecycle policy is not valid.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the specified volume pool exists in NetBackup database.

Verify that the volume pool is not specified for the Backup destination type
in storage lifecycle policy.

Verify that the volume pool is not specified for the Snapshot destination type
in storage lifecycle policy.

Verify that the volume pool is not specified for the Duplication destination
type that is using disk storage units in storage lifecycle policy.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 1504

Message: Invalid source
Explanation: The media server group specified for one or more destinations in
storage lifecycle policy is not valid.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the specified media server group exists in NetBackup database.

Verify that the media server group is not specified for Backup destination
types in storage lifecycle policy.

Verify that the server group is not specified for Snapshot destination types
in storage lifecycle policy.

Verify that the media server group is not specified for Duplication destination
types that are using disk storage unit in storage lifecycle policy.

NetBackup status code: 1505

Message: Invalid alternate read server
Explanation: The alternate read server specified for one or more destinations in
storage lifecycle policy is not valid.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the specified alternate read server exists in the NetBackup database.

Verify that the alternate read server is not specified for Backup destination
types in storage lifecycle policy.

Verify that the alternate read server is not specified for Snapshot destination
types in storage lifecycle policy.

NetBackup status code: 1506

Message: Invalid data classification
Explanation: The data classification specified in storage lifecycle policy is not
valid.
Recommended Action: Verify that the specified data classification exists in the
NetBackup database.

NetBackup status code: 1508

Message: Storage lifecycle policy exceeds maximum copies

363

364

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The list of destinations specified in storage lifecycle policy exceeds

maximum number of allowed backup copies.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the number of destinations specified in storage lifecycle policy

does not exceed maximum backup copies configured in NetBackup.

Modify maximum backup copies to allow the expected number of destinations

in storage lifecycle policy or reduce the number of destinations to not exceed
maximum backup copies.

NetBackup status code: 1509

Message: Storage lifecycle policy exceeds maximum backup destinations
Explanation: The number of Backup type destinations specified in storage lifecycle
policy exceeds the maximum number of simultaneous copies allowed.
Recommended Action: Verify that the number of Backup type destinations
specified in storage lifecycle policy is less than or equal to 4. (The default value
of the maximum number of allowed simultaneous copies parameter is 4.)

NetBackup status code: 1510

Message: Storage lifecycle policy cannot have more than one snapshot destination.
Explanation: The list of destinations specified in storage lifecycle policy exceeds
the maximum number of allowed snapshot destinations.
Recommended Action: Verify that the storage lifecycle policy is not configured
with more than one Snapshot type of destinations.

NetBackup status code: 1511

Message: Storage lifecycle policy must have at least one fixed retention
destination.
Explanation: The specified storage lifecycle policy does not have any destination
with a retention type of Fixed.
Recommended Action: Verify that the specified storage lifecycle policy has at
least one destination configured with a Fixed retention type.

NetBackup status code: 1512

Message: Storage lifecycle policy must have at least one backup destination.
Explanation: The specified storage lifecycle policy does not have any backup
destination.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Verify that the storage lifecycle policy has at least one
Backup type of destination.

NetBackup status code: 1513

Message: Invalid duplication priority
Explanation: The duplication priority specified in storage lifecycle policy is not
valid.
Recommended Action: Verify that the duplication priority specified in storage
lifecycle policy is in the range or 0 to 99999.

NetBackup status code: 1514

Message: Invalid destination type
Explanation: The destination type specified on one or more destinations in storage
lifecycle policy is not valid.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that the destination type specified on each destination in storage

lifecycle policy is either Backup, Duplication, or Snapshot.

If you are use the nbstl or bpadm command to configure storage lifecycle
policy, the following are the valid values for the destination type: 0 indicates
Backup, 1 indicates Duplication, and 2 indicates Snapshot.

NetBackup status code: 1515

Message: Invalid preserve multiplexing value
Explanation: The preserve multiplexing flag specified on one or more destinations
is not valid.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

If you use the nbstl command to configure storage lifecycle policy, then verify
that the valid values are used to indicate the preserve multiplexing flag for
each destination. The value T or t indicates true (Preserve multiplexing).
The value F or f indicates false (do not preserve multiplexing).

Verify that destinations of type Backup are not configured to preserve

multiplexing.

Verify that destinations of type Snapshot are not configured to preserve

multiplexing.

Verify that destinations of type Duplication that are using disk storage units
are not configured to preserve multiplexing.

365

366

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 1516

Message: All storage units or groups must be on the same media server.
Explanation: The destinations of type Backup specified in storage lifecycle policy
are not accessible by the same media server.
Recommended Action: Verify that all the destinations of type Backup are
accessible by at least one common media server.

NetBackup status code: 1517

Message: Invalid retention level
Explanation: The retention level specified for one or more destinations in storage
lifecycle policy is not valid.
Recommended Action: Verify that the retention level specified on each destination
in storage lifecycle policy is in the range of 0 to 24.

NetBackup status code: 1518

Message: Image is un-supported by storage lifecycle policy
Explanation: The backup image is un-supported by the configured storage lifecycle
policy.
Recommended Action: Do the following, as appropriate:

Verify that if a NetBackup policy is configured to perform snapshot backups

and uses storage lifecycle policy as its storage destination, then the specified
storage lifecycle policy must be configured with a snapshot destination.
Otherwise, backup images created by those NetBackup policies are not
processed further by storage lifecycle policy for any lifecycle operations.

Verify that NetBackup policies using storage lifecycle policy as a storage

destination are not configured to perform snapshots-only operations and
they must create backups in addition to snapshots. Storage lifecycle policy
even though configured with a snapshot destination would perform lifecycle
operations on such images only if they have at least one backup copy.

NetBackup status code: 1800

Message: Invalid client list
Explanation: For Enterprise Vault-type policies, verify that multiple clients are
not added to the list of clients if you specify any of the following Enterprise Vault
8.0 directives in the backup selection:

EV_INDEX_LOCATION=

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

EV_VAULT_STORE_DB=

EV_OPEN_PARTITION=

EV_CLOSED_PARTITIONS=

EV_FINGERPRINT_DB=

EV_READY_PARTITIONS=

Recommended Action: Specify only one client in the policy, or remove the directive
from the backup selection that does not support multiple client.
See the Troubleshooting section of the NetBackup for Enterprise Vault Agent
Administrators Guide.

NetBackup status code: 2000

Message: Unable to allocate new media for backup, storage unit has none available.
Explanation: The NetBackup Media and Device Selection component (MDS) did
not allocate a new tape volume for backups. This error indicates that the s torage
unit has no more volumes available in the volume pool for this backup. NetBackup
does not change storage units during the backup.
Recommended Action: Try the following:

Recommended Action: Check the NetBackup Problems report to determine

the storage unit that is out of media.

If the storage unit is a robot with empty slots, add more volumes and specify
the correct volume pool. If no empty slots exist, move some media to nonrobotic
and add new volumes. If you have difficuly keeping track of your available
volumes, try the available_media script located in the following directory:
On UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/goodies/available_media
On Windows: install_path\NetBackup\bin\goodies\available_media.cmd
This script lists all volumes in the volume configuration, and augments that
list with information on the volumes currently assigned to NetBackup.

Set up a scratch volume pool as a reserve of unassigned tapes. If NetBackup

needs a new tape and none are available in the current volume pool, it moves
a tape from the scratch pool into the volume pool that the backup uses.

If the storage unit and volume pool appear to have media, verify the following:

Use the NetBackup Media List report to check that the volume is not
FROZEN or SUSPENDED. If the volume is frozen or suspended, use the
bpmedia command to unfreeze or unsuspend it, if so desired.

Volume has not expired or exceeded its maximum number of mounts.

367

368

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

The EMM database host name for the device is correct. If you change the
EMM database host name, stop and restart the following: the Media Manager
device daemon, ltid, (if the server is UNIX) or the NetBackup Device
Manager service (if the server is a Windows system).

The correct host is specified for the storage unit in the NetBackup
configuration. The host connection must be the server (master or media)
with drives connected to it.

The Media and Device Management volume configuration has media in the
correct volume pool. Unassigned or active media is available at the required
retention level. Use the NetBackup Media List report to show the retention
levels, volume pools, and status for all volumes. Use the NetBackup Media
Summary report to check for active volumes at the correct retention levels.

Create the bptm debug log directory, and set mds VxUL logging (oid 143) to
debug level 2, then retry the operation.

If this storage unit is new and this attempt to use it is the first, stop and restart
NetBackup on the master server. The mds unified logging files (OID 143) at
debug level 2 usually show the NetBackup media selection process.

NetBackup status code: 2001

Message: No drives are available for this job
Explanation: A job requested a tape drive, but no eligible drive path was configured
for the job.
Recommended Action: Try the following:

Verify that the required drives and robots are configured and up.

Verify that ltid is active and a drive path exists that is configured on the drive
for the media server that the storage unit requires.

If the job requires an NDMP drive path, verify that one exists.

NetBackup status code: 2002

Message: Invalid STU identifier type
Explanation: A job has asked for allocation using an invalid Storage Unit identifier
type. The only valid Storage Unit identifier types are 0 (specific STU), 1 (group)
or 2 (ANY).
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Call NetBackup support for
resolution.
Check the following logs:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2003

Message: Drive is not allocated.
Explanation: MDS has been asked to deallocate a drive that is not allocated.
Recommended Action: This error is internal to the MDS component of NetBackup.
Check the following logs:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2004

Message: Drive is already allocated
Explanation: MDS has been erroneously asked to allocate a drive that is already
allocated.
Recommended Action: A drive may have been reset while it was allocated for a
job. Wait for the jobs that use the drive to complete.

NetBackup status code: 2005

Message: MDS has received an invalid message from a media server.
Explanation: bptm or bpdm on a media server has sent an improperly formatted
message to MDS.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Call NetBackup support if this error
causes jobs to fail.
Check the following logs:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

The bptm legacy log from the media server, with VERBOSE=5.

369

370

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2006

Message: NDMP credentials are not defined in EMM.
Explanation: No eligible media server is configured with NDMP credentials to
access the NDMP storage unit. Or, NetBackup tried to restore an NDMP image
from a disk storage unit when the media server is not at NetBackup Release 6.5.2
or later.
Recommended Action: If the job uses an NDMP device, verify that the media
server being used has NDMP credentials configured for the filer.

NetBackup status code: 2007

Message: Storage unit is not compatible with requesting job
Explanation: A job has asked for a storage unit that cannot be used for the job.
Recommended Action: This error can occur when a job tries to run on a media
server that is not at a recent enough NetBackup revision level to run the job. The
job may require a feature that is not available on the media server being requested.
Verify that the storage unit type and media server called out by the policy and
storage unit support the feature the job is trying to use.
This error can occur when the policy being run is not compatible with the storage
units requested by the policy:

SnapVault storage units are requested for multiple copy jobs.

Catalog backups are directed to shared disk storage units.

Multiplexed jobs are directed to storage units that do not have the multiplex
feature configured.

NDMP backup policies are directed to non-NDMP storage units.

NetBackup status code: 2008

Message: All compatible drive paths are down
Explanation: All configured drive that can be used for this job are down.
Recommended Action: Verify that ltid is running on the required media server,
and the media server is active for tape. Using device monitor, bring up the drive
paths if they are down. If drives are downed again, clean the drives.

NetBackup status code: 2009

Message: All compatible drive paths are down but media is available
Explanation: All configured drives that can be used for this job are down.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Verify that ltid is running on the required media server,
and the media server is active for tape. Using device monitor, bring up the drive
paths if they are down. If drives are downed again, clean the drives.

NetBackup status code: 2010

Message: Job type is invalid
Explanation: The job type that is specified in an allocation request to the resource
broker is not valid for the operation requested.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Call NetBackup support if this error
causes jobs to fail.
Check the following logs:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2011

Message: The media server reported a system error.
Explanation: An allocation for the media server is in an inconsistent state.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Call NetBackup support if this error
causes jobs to fail.
Check the following logs:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2012

Message: Media has conflicts in EMM
Explanation: Requested media for job cannot be used because it is marked as
having conflicts in the nbemm database.
Recommended Action: The media is marked as having conflicts. The upgrade
from NetBackup 5.x has found multiple volume databases where two tapes in
different volume databases have the same media ID. Call technical support to
resolve this situation.

371

372

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2013

Message: Error record insert failed
Explanation: A database record insert has failed.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Call NetBackup support if this error
causes jobs to fail.
Check the following logs:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2014

Message: Media is not assigned
Explanation: A job requires assigned media, but the requested media is not
assigned.
Recommended Action: Verify that the job requested the desired media. For
example, if you ask to list contents of the media, make sure you have specified
the correct media ID.
Check the following logs:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2015

Message: Media is expired
Explanation: A job is trying to write to media that has already expired.
Recommended Action: Make sure that non-expired media is available for the
job.
Check the following logs:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2016

Message: Media is assigned to another server
Explanation: A job cannot use the media on the storage server, because the media
is assigned to another storage server.
Recommended Action: Check the following logs:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2017

Message: Media needs to be unmounted from a drive
Explanation: The requested media needs to be unmounted from the drive it is in
before it can be used for another job.
Recommended Action: Identify the media requested by the job that returns this
error. If it is used by another job, wait for that job to complete.

NetBackup status code: 2018

Message: Number of cleanings is invalid
Explanation: A cleaning media has an invalid number of cleanings that remain.
Recommended Action: On the Change Media screen, set the number of cleanings
remaining for the cleaning media to a number greater than or equal to zero (0).

NetBackup status code: 2019

Message: Media is in a drive that is not configured on local system
Explanation: A job is configured to use a media volume that has no drive path
configured to an eligible media server for the job. A media volume is misplaced
or all drive paths are down for the media server accessible by the storage unit
configured for a job.
Recommended Action: If drive paths are down, identify the media server
configured for use by the storage unit, and bring up the drive path to that media
server.

NetBackup status code: 2020

Message: Robotic library is down on server

373

374

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: NetBackup has marked the robot as down for the required media
server.
Recommended Action: Verify that the media server required for this allocation
is running, and verify that ltid is up on that media server.

NetBackup status code: 2021

Message: Allocation record insert failed
Explanation: The NetBackup mds component was unable to update the database
for a device allocation.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Check the following logs:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2022

Message: Allocation status record insert failed
Explanation: The NetBackup mds component was unable to update the database
with device allocation status information.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Check the following logs to help
identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2023

Message: Allocation identifier is not known to EMM
Explanation: The NetBackup mds component cannot find the device allocation
record needed to allocate the device for this job.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Check the following logs to help
identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2024

Message: Allocation request update failed
Explanation: The NetBackup mds component was unable to update the database
for a device allocation.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Check the following logs to help
identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2025

Message: Allocation request delete failed
Explanation: The NetBackup mds component was unable to delete a device
allocation from the database.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Check the following logs to help
identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2026

Message: Allocation status request delete failed
Explanation: The NetBackup mds component was unable to modify an allocation
status record for this job.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Check the following logs to help
identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

375

376

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2027

Message: Media server is not active
Explanation: This job requires a media server that is not currently available.
Recommended Action:
Do one or more of the following:

Verify that the media server required for this allocation is running.

If this is a tape job, verify that ltid is running on the media server. If a media
server has gone offline and returned online, a delay of several minutes may
occur before a job can use that media server.

Use the vmoprcmd command to show the state of the media server. If the job
is trying to access a disk storage unit, verify that the nbrmms process is running
on the media server. If the job is trying to access a tape storage unit, verify
that ltid is running on the media server.

NetBackup status code: 2028

Message: Media is reserved
Explanation: The NetBackup mds component cannot allocate media because
another job has that media exclusively reserved.
Recommended Action: If multiple duplication jobs are attempting to use the
same tape media for read, each will reserve the media. NetBackup should allow
more than one job to get a reservation for the tape media.
This error is internal. Check the following logs to help identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2029

Message: EMM database is inconsistent
Explanation: An inconsistency in the NetBackup database is preventing allocations
for this job.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Check the following logs to help
identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

Run the nbrbutil -resetall command to get the NetBackup allocation database
back into a consistent state. Note that this command cancels all jobs including
those that are currently running.

NetBackup status code: 2030

Message: Insufficient disk space or high water mark would be exceeded
Explanation: Insufficient disk space is available to run this job.
Recommended Action: Try the following possible solutions:

If there are images on disk that can be expired, expire them, and run nbdelete
to delete the images from disk.

It may be that NetBackup is creating disk images more quickly than they are
expiring. If so, modifications to policies may be necessary to change the rate
of image creation/expiration for the disk.

It may be helpful to lower the high water mark and/or low water mark for the
disk group.

NetBackup status code: 2031

Message: Media is not defined in EMM
Explanation: The media required for this job is not defined in the EMM database.
Recommended Action: A media volume required for a restore job has been deleted
from the EMM database. If the media is available, use bpimport to import it.

NetBackup status code: 2032

Message: Media is in use according to EMM
Explanation: The NetBackup database indicates that the media is in use but is
not allocated to another job.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. Check the following logs to help
identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

377

378

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2033

Message: Media has been misplaced
Explanation: Job requires media that is not in the expected robotic slot.
Recommended Action: Verify that the media required by the job is in the proper
robotic slot as shown by vmquery.
If the error persists, the following logs may be useful in understanding the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

The verbose bptm logs on the media server(s) that access this media.

NetBackup status code: 2034

Message: Retry the allocation request later
Explanation: Resources required for a job are currently in use.
Recommended Action: This error should never appear as a job return status. In
the mds and nbrb vxul logs, it indicates that a job should queue because resources
are busy.

NetBackup status code: 2035

Message: Request needs to pend
Explanation: A job requires operator intervention before it can continue.
Recommended Action: This error should never appear as a job return status. In
the mds and nbrb vxul logs, it indicates that a job should post a request for operator
intervention to the NetBackup device monitor.

NetBackup status code: 2036

Message: Drive is in a robotic library that is up
Explanation: Operator has attempted to assign a pending tape mount request to
a drive that is in a robot that is up.
Recommended Action: A request for non-robotic media may have caused a
pending request in the device monitor, and the operator has assigned the request
to a drive that is not a standalone drive. This error is not fatal. The request will
pend again in the NetBackup device monitor. Assign the pending mount to a
standalone drive or to a drive that is in AVR mode (non-robotic).

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2037

Message: Drive is not ready
Explanation: The required tape is in a drive, but the drive is not in a ready state.
Recommended Action: This error may occur when a request for non-robotic
media had caused a pending request in the device monitor, and the operator has
assigned the request to a drive that is not in a ready state. This is not a fatal error,
the request will pend again in the NetBackup device monitor. Verify that required
tape is in the drive it is being assigned to, and that the drive ready light has come
on. It may take some time for the drive to become ready after the tape has been
inserted. If the drive never goes to a ready state after a tape has been inserted,
there may be a problem with the drive.

NetBackup status code: 2038

Message: Media loaded in drive is not write-enabled
Explanation: This error may occur when a storage unit request for non-robotic
media had caused a pending request in the device monitor, and the operator has
inserted media that is not write enabled into the drive.
Recommended Action: This is not a fatal error, the request will pend again in
the NetBackup device monitor. If you are sure it is OK to write on this tape, verify
that the required tape has its write enable switch set to allow write.

NetBackup status code: 2039

Message: SCSI reservation conflict detected
Explanation: The NetBackup bptm component was unable to read or write a tape
drive because another job unexpectedly holds a SCSI reservation for the drive.
Recommended Action: This error should never occur at job resource allocation
time, but may occur during i/o for a tape job. The verbose bptm logs on the media
server may be useful in understanding the problem.

NetBackup status code: 2040

Message: Maximum job count has been reached for the storage unit
Explanation: Storage cannot be allocated because it would exceed maximum job
count. The maximum job count is configurable for each storage unit. Multiple
copy jobs may cause this same error, if more copies are targeted for a storage unit
than the storage unit is configured for.
Recommended Action: Target a different storage unit with one of the copies, or
increase the maximum job count for the storage unit.

379

380

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2041

Message: Storage unit is down
Explanation: A disk storage unit has been designated as down and cannot be
used.
Recommended Action: Run the bperror -disk command to indicate why the
disk is considered down.

NetBackup status code: 2042

Message: Density mismatch detected
Explanation: This error is an internal NetBackup error. A job has requested media
with the wrong density. A mismatch may exist between the image catalog and the
media database.
Recommended Action: Restore the jobs request tape media by media ID density.
If the requested density does not match the configured density for the media, it
cannot be allocated.

NetBackup status code: 2043

Message: Requested slot is empty
Explanation: Media is not found in the expected slot in the robot.
Recommended Action: The robot may need to be inventoried.

NetBackup status code: 2044

Message: Media is assigned to another application
Explanation: Requested media cannot be allocated because it is assigned to an
application other than NetBackup.
Recommended Action: Verify that media required for the job is assigned to
NetBackup.

NetBackup status code: 2045

Message: Storage unit is disabled since max job count is less than 1
Explanation: Storage unit cannot be used because its maximium job count is set
to 0.
Recommended Action: Increase the maximum job count (or maximum concurrent
drive count) to a value greater than 0.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2046

Message: Media is unmountable
Explanation: Media has been marked as unusable due to mount errors.
Recommended Action: Clean the drives in the media's robot. Determine whether
any of the media is bad.

NetBackup status code: 2047

Message: Media is write protected
Explanation: The media cannot be used for a write job because it is write protected.
Recommended Action: Make sure that media in the scratch pool is not write
protected.

NetBackup status code: 2048

Message: Media is in use by the ACS robotic library
Explanation: ACS media required by this job is in use on another system.
Recommended Action: Make sure that the required media is not in use by another
application.

NetBackup status code: 2049

Message: Media not found in the ACS robotic library
Explanation: Media needed by this job is in not found in the ACS robotic library.
Recommended Action: Make sure that the required media is available in the ACS
robot.
For more information, refer to the section on configuring ACSLS robots in the
NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

NetBackup status code: 2050

Message: ACS media has an unreadable external label
Explanation: This job needs ACS media that cannot be used because its external
label or barcode is unreadable.
Recommended Action: Correct the barcode label problem for this media.
For more information, refer to the section on configuring ACSLS robots in the
NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

381

382

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2051

Message: ACS media is not in the drive's domain
Explanation: Media required for this job is in an ACS robot that is not accessible.
Recommended Action: Verify that the robot that contains the required media is
accessible to a NetBackup media server.
For more information, refer to the section on configuring ACSLS robots in the
NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

NetBackup status code: 2052

Message: An ACS Library Storage Module (LSM) is offline
Explanation: The required ACS LSM is offline.
Recommended Action: Bring the ACS LSM online.
For more information, refer to the section on configuring ACSLS robots in the
NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

NetBackup status code: 2053

Message: Media is in an inaccessible drive
Explanation: The required media is currently loaded in a DOWN or otherwise
inaccessible drive.
Recommended Action: Locate the media and correct the problem that has caused
the drive or drive path to be down.

NetBackup status code: 2054

Message: Media is in a drive that is currently in a DOWN state
Explanation: Required media is currently loaded in a drive that is down.
Recommended Action: Locate the media and correct the problem that has caused
the drive or drive path to be downed.

NetBackup status code: 2055

Message: ACS physical drive is not available
Explanation: The media server cannot load ACS media because a drive is not
available.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action:

NetBackup status code: 2056

Message: The file name used for the mount request already exists
Explanation: The tpreq command cannot load this media because the specified
file name already exists.
Recommended Action: Specify a different file name for tpreq, or run the
tpunmount command for the media which has been loaded using tpreq with the
conflicting file name.

NetBackup status code: 2057

Message: The scan host of the drive is not active
Explanation: The scan host for a standalone drive is offline, so the drive cannot
be allocated .
Recommended Action: If the problem persists, restart the NetBackup media
servers that have paths to this drive.

NetBackup status code: 2058

Message: LTID needs to be restarted on media servers before the device can be
used
Explanation: A drive cannot be used because an ltid restart is required. This
error may occur when configuration changes have been made on a media server,
but ltid has not been subsequently restarted.
Recommended Action: When the media server is not in a busy state, stop and
restart ltid on that media server.

NetBackup status code: 2059

Message: The robotic library is not available
Explanation: The robot required for a drive cannot be found in the nbemm
database.
Recommended Action: Verify that the robot required by jobs is properly
configured. If the error persists, the following logs may be useful in understanding
the problem : The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at
debug level 2.

383

384

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2060

Message: Media needs to be rewound or unmounted from a drive
Explanation: The NetBackup mds component uses this error internally to inform
the resource broker that a tape needs to be unloaded. It should never appear as a
job error status.
Recommended Action:

NetBackup status code: 2061

Message: The host is not an active node of a cluster
Explanation: A cluster failover has occurred while a job is running. A job may be
waiting for a span on a media server that has failed over.
Recommended Action: Restart the failed job.

NetBackup status code: 2062

Message: Throttled job count has been reached for the storage unit
Explanation: This error will never be returned as a job status.

NetBackup status code: 2063

Message: Server is not licensed for the Remote Client Option
Explanation: The media server required for this job does not have the Remote
Client Option enabled. A SAN media server is asked to backup a client that is not
also a media server, or a VMware backup is tried on a SAN media server.
Recommended Action: Back up this client on a media server that is licensed to
do so. Verify that the media server has connectivity to the master server when
adding its licenses.

NetBackup status code: 2064

Message: Job history indicates that no media is available
Explanation: When a job is run on a media server installed with pre NetBackup
6.0 software, there are some situations where the job starts, but media is not
available for the job. In this case, the master server stops using that storage unit
for a period of time (12 hours), and returns this error for jobs requested the storage
unit.
Recommended Action: Make sure media is available for the storage unit. Add
media if necessary. If media is available, wait 12 hours until the storage unit can

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

be used again. To make the storage unit immediately usable, run the following
command on the master server to release:
Recommended Action: nbrbutil -releaseAllocHolds

NetBackup status code: 2065

Message: Job history indicates that no drive is available
Explanation: When a job is run on a media server installed with pre NetBackup
6.0 software, there are some situations where the job starts, but the drives
designated for the job are busy or otherwise unavailable, causing the job to fail.
In this case, the NetBackup master server stops using that drive for a period of
time (several minutes), and returns this error for jobs requesting that drive.
Recommended Action: Make sure all of the drives in the storage unit are up and
available for use. Clean all drives that need cleaning.

NetBackup status code: 2066

Message: Disk pool not found
Explanation: A job has been targeted for a disk pool that does not exist in the
nbemm database.
Recommended Action: Verify that the storage unit used by this job is configured
for use with a properly configured disk pool.

NetBackup status code: 2067

Message: Disk volume not found
Explanation: A read job requires a disk volume that does not exist in the nbemm
database. Or a write job is configured for a disk pool with no configured volumes.
Recommended Action: Verify that the disk storage used by this job is configured
for use with a disk pool that has volumes configured. For a read job, verify that
the volume required for reading exists in the nbemm database.

NetBackup status code: 2068

Message: Disk volume mount point not found
Explanation: A disk volume is not configured with a mount point or not completely
configured in the nbemm database.
Recommended Action: Verify that the configuration is correct for the disk group
and for the disk volumes in the disk group.

385

386

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2069

Message: Disk volume mount point record insert failed
Explanation: A database updata has failed while trying to allocate a disk job.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. If the problem persists, please call
NetBackup support for resolution. Check the following logs to help identify the
problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2070

Message: The specified mount path will not fit in the allocated space
Explanation: A disk volume mount point path is larger than the allowed maximum.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. If the problem persists, please call
NetBackup support for resolution. Check the following logs to help identify the
problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2071

Message: Unable to find any storage servers for the request
Explanation: NetBackup was unable to find a storage server for this disk job.
Recommended Action: Verify that storage servers serving the disk group required
by the job are configured and enabled. Verify that they are in an UP state.

NetBackup status code: 2072

Message: Invalid operation on static mount point
Explanation: An incorrectly configured mount point has been found for a disk
volume.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. If the problem persists, please call
NetBackup support for resolution. Check the following logs to help identify the
problem:

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2073

Message: Disk pool is down
Explanation: Required disk pool cannot be used because it is in a DOWN state.
Recommended Action: Run the bperror -disk command to determine why the
disk pool was put into a DOWN state. Correct the problem, and use the nbdevconfig
command to return the disk pool to an UP state.

NetBackup status code: 2074

Message: Disk volume is down
Explanation: Required disk volume cannot be used because it is in a DOWN state.
Recommended Action: You may be able to see why the disk volume was put into
a DOWN state by running 'bperror -disk'. Correct the problem, and use nbdevconfig
to return the disk volume to an UP state.

NetBackup status code: 2075

Message: Fibre Transport resources are not available
Explanation: A job is configured to require Fibre Transport for this SAN client,
but no available Fibre Transport connection exists.
Recommended Action: Configure the job to switch to LAN transport if Fibre
Transport is not available. Verify that the job type being run is compatible with
Fibre Transport. Using nbdevquery, verify that the Disk Pool being requested is
enbaled for use with Fibre Transport. Verify that there are Fibre Transport
connections that are up between the client and media server required for the job.
Check the following logs to help identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2076

Message: DSM returned an unexpected error

387

388

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The Disk Service Manager component of NetBackup has returned

an unexpected error.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. If the problem persists, please call
NetBackup support for resolution. Check the following logs to help identify the
problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2077

Message: DSM has already mounted the volume
Explanation: Mount of a SharedDisk volume (NetBackup 6.5 media servers only)
has failed because it is already mounted.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. If the problem persists, please call
NetBackup support for resolution. Check the following logs to help identify the
problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2078

Message: The maximum number of mounts for the disk volume have been
exceeded
Explanation: A disk volume cannot be used by a job because it is mounted by too
many other users.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. If the problem persists, please call
NetBackup support for resolution. Check the following logs to help identify the
problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2079

Message: DSM has detected that an invalid filesystem is mounted on the volume
Explanation: NetBackup did not find the file system it expected on a disk volume.
Recommended Action: Verify that disk volumes and their associated mount
points that NetBackup uses, are not being used by other applications.

NetBackup status code: 2080

Message: Disk volume has no max writers count
Explanation: Disk volume is not properly configured for a usable number of
mountpoints.
Recommended Action: Verify proper disk configuration using nbdevquery. This
error is internal. If the problem persists, please call NetBackup support for
resolution. Check the following logs to help identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2081

Message: Disk volume has no max readers count
Explanation: Disk volume is not properly configured for a usable number of
mountpoints.
Recommended Action: Verify proper disk configuration using nbdevquery. This
error is internal. If the problem persists, please call NetBackup support for
resolution. Check the following logs to help identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2082

Message: The drive needs to be marked as available
Explanation: Drive cannot be used because it is allocated with loaded media, but
MDS has not made it available for use.

389

390

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Run the nbrbutil -dump command on the master server
to show allocations for this job. If the problem persists, run the nbrbutil
-releaseMDS command to release the allocation for the drive so it can be used.

NetBackup status code: 2083

Message: The media affinity group is not defined in EMM
Explanation: MDS expected to find a group of reservations for this media, but
did not find the expected reservation group.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. If the problem persists, check the
following logs to help identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2084

Message: Media affinity group record insert failed
Explanation: MDS could not update reservation group information for this tape
media.
Recommended Action: This error is internal. If the problem persists, check the
following logs to help identify the problem:

The mds unified logging files (OID 143) from the master server at debug level
2.

The nbrb unified logging files (OID 118) from the master server at debug level
3.

NetBackup status code: 2085

Message: Disk volume is not available
Explanation: The job requires more disk volumes than are currently configured.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the disk group has disk volumes configured.
A multiple copy job cannot target two copies for the same disk volume.

NetBackup status code: 2086

Message: Disk volume cannot be used for more than one copy in the same job

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: Not enough eligible disk volumes are configured for this multiple
copy job.
Recommended Action: Use the nbdevquery -listdv command to verify that
the expected disk volume is configured. For a multiple copy job, ensure that unique
eligible disk volumes exist for each copy. A multiple copy job cannot target two
copies for the same disk volume.

NetBackup status code: 2087

Message: Media allocation would exceed maximum partially full media limit
Explanation: You cannot run this job because it would exceed configured limit
of maximum partially full media.
Recommended Action: This error may occur with a multiple copy job or a
duplication job. If the problem persists, you may need to increase maximum
partially full media setting on the disk pool.

NetBackup status code: 2088

Message: Cleaning media is not available
Explanation: You cannot run a cleaning job because no cleaning media is
configured for the drive.
Recommended Action: Add a cleaning volume to the robot containing the drive.

NetBackup status code: 2089

Message: FT client is not running
Explanation: This job requires Fibre Transport, but the Fibre Transport client is
not running on the client required for this job.
Recommended Action: Do one or more of the following:

Verify that the Private Branch Exchange (PBX) service is installed and running.
Run the bpps -x command to ensure that pbx_exchange is listed in the
processes that are running.

Verify that the client is configured as a SAN Client. Run the bpclntcmd
-sanclient command to return the current state of the SAN Client. A response
of 0 (zero) indicates that SAN Client is not configured. Rerun the command as
bpclntcmd -sanclient 1.

Verify that the client is not also a media server, master server, or EMM server.
The SAN Client process runs only on a NetBackup client.

391

392

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Verify that a valid license for the SAN Client feature resides on the master
server. SAN Client is a separately licensed feature which requires a key called
"SAN Client" on the master server.

Verify that no server entries for the SAN Client exist on the NetBackup master
server. Remove any SERVER=clientname entry in the master server for the
SAN Client. If the master server has the SAN Client listed also as a server, it
may shut down the SAN Client.

Restart the SAN Client service. The SAN Client restarts when the server reboots,
but does not automatically restart after you run the bpclntcmd command. To
start the SAN Client service, run the client startup script or use the Service
Manager in Windows.

For further information, see the Troubleshooting chapter of the NetBackup SAN
Client and Fibre Transport Guide.

NetBackup status code: 2090

Message: FT client has no devices configured
Explanation: This job requires Fibre Transport, but Fibre Transport devices are
not configured on the client required for this job.
Recommended Action: Verify that Fibre Transport devices are installed on the
client. For further information, see the Troubleshooting chapter of the NetBackup
SAN Client and Fibre Transport Guide.

NetBackup status code: 2091

Message: FT client devices are offline
Explanation: This job requires Fibre Transport, but all Fibre Transport devices
are offline on the client required for this job.
Recommended Action: Do one or more of the following:

Verify that the Private Branch Exchange (PBX) service is installed and running.
Run the bpps -x command to ensure that pbx_exchange is listed in the
processes that are running.

Verify that the client is configured as a SAN Client. Run the bpclntcmd
-sanclient command to return the current state of the SAN Client. A response
of 0 (zero) indicates that SAN Client is not configured. Rerun the command as
bpclntcmd -sanclient 1.

Verify that the client is not also a media server, master server, or EMM server.
The SAN Client process runs only on a NetBackup client.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Verify that a valid license for the SAN Client feature resides on the master
server. SAN Client is a separately licensed feature which requires a key called
"SAN Client" on the master server.

Verify that no server entries for the SAN Client exist on the NetBackup master
server. Remove any SERVER=clientname entry in the master server for the
SAN Client. If the master server has the SAN Client listed also as a server, it
may shut down the SAN Client.

Restart the SAN Client service. The SAN Client restarts when the server reboots,
but does not automatically restart after you run the bpclntcmd command. To
start the SAN Client service, run the client startup script or use the Service
Manager in Windows.

For further information, see the Troubleshooting chapter of the NetBackup SAN
Client and Fibre Transport Guide.

NetBackup status code: 2092

Message: FT server devices for client are offline
Explanation: This job requires Fibre Transport, but all Fibre Transport devices
are offline on the media server reqruied for this job.
Recommended Action: Do one of the following:

Verify that marked QLogic Target ports exist in the server The nbftsrvr and
nbfdrv64 processes exit if the system has no ports available for Target Mode
use.

Verify that a valid license for the SAN Client feature resides on the master
server. SAN Client is a separately licensed feature which requires a key called
"SAN Client" on the master server. The Fibre Transport server performs a
license check during startup.

Determine if a reboot is required for the installation of the Fibre Transport

server. Solaris installations require that you reboot the media server after you
install Fibre Transport to load the Fibre Transport drivers on the marked target
ports. In addition, reboot the Linux servers if you choose to not unload the
existing QLogic drivers during the installation of Fibre Transport.

For further information, see the Troubleshooting chapter of the NetBackup SAN
Client and Fibre Transport Guide.

NetBackup status code: 2093

Message: No FT servers for this client are running

393

394

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: This job requires Fibre Transport, but no Fibre Transport devices
are configured with connectivity to the media server required for this job.
Recommended Action: Do one of the following:

Verify that marked QLogic Target ports exist in the server The nbftsrvr and
nbfdrv64 processes exit if the system has no ports available for Target Mode
use.

Verify that a valid license for the SAN Client feature resides on the master
server. SAN Client is a separately licensed feature which requires a key called
"SAN Client" on the master server. The Fibre Transport server performs a
license check during startup.

Determine if a reboot is required for the installation of the Fibre Transport

server. Solaris installations require that you reboot the media server after you
install Fibre Transport to load the Fibre Transport drivers on the marked target
ports. In addition, reboot the Linux servers if you choose to not unload the
existing QLogic drivers during the installation of Fibre Transport.

Recommended Action: For further information, please refer to the NetBackup

SAN Client and Fibre Transport Troubleshooting Guide.

NetBackup status code: 2094

Message: STU cannot run Lifecycle backups
Explanation: The storage lifecycle job cannot run because the targeted disk pool
is not enabled for Storage Lifecycles.
Recommended Action: Run the nbdevquery -listdg command to check the
configuration of the disk pool. If the LifeCycle attribute is not enabled for the disk
pool, run the nbdevconfig -changedp -setattribute command to enable it.

NetBackup status code: 2095

Message: STU cannot run VMWare backup
Explanation: The media server configured for this job's storage unit cannot run
VMWare backups.
Recommended Action: To run a VMWare backup, a media server must run
NetBackup Release 6.5 or greater. Verify that this is so, or configure the backup
for a media server that runs NetBackup Release 6.5 or later.

NetBackup status code: 2096

Message: NDMP operation does not support multiple inline copies

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Explanation: The backup cannot run because it is an NDMP policy and is

configured for multiple copies.
Recommended Action: NetBackup cannot make multiple copies of NDMP policies.
Configure the backup for a single storage unit destination.

NetBackup status code: 2097

Message: Storage Unit group does not exist in EMM configuration
Explanation: You cannot run this job because it is configured to use a storage
unit group that does not exist in the NetBackup configuration.
Recommended Action: Reconfigure the policy to use a storage unit or storage
unit group that exists in the configuration.

NetBackup status code: 2098

Message: Media pool is not eligible for this job
Explanation: This job is configured to use a pool that does not exist in the
NetBackup configuration.
Recommended Action: Change the configured media pool for the job to use a
pool that is configured, or create the required media pool. Make sure that the
media pool you have configured for the job is not a scratch pool.

NetBackup status code: 2099

Message: Required drive or drive path is not configured
Explanation: This job requires a drive that does not exist in the NetBackup
configuration.
Recommended Action: Run the vmoprcmd command to verify the drive
configuration. Configure the drives that are necessary for the media type that is
being used.

NetBackup status code: 2100

Message: Maximum number of mounts has been exceeded for tape media
Explanation: The job cannot run because the required media has exceeded
configured maximum mounts.
Recommended Action: Increase the maximum allowed mounts for the media.
You may need to retire this media if it has exceeded the maximum number of
mounts you have configured.

395

396

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup status code: 2101

Message: Media server not found in EMM database
Explanation: The media server required for this job does not exist in the
NetBackup database.
Recommended Action: For restore from tape, the media server originally used
to write the image is used for restore. If this media server does not exist in the
NetBackup database, you may use the Force Media Server Restore option to force
NetBackup to replace the missing media server with a new media server.

NetBackup status code: 2102

Message: Storage unit does not support spanning
Explanation: A disk job has requested a span for a disk type that does not support
spanning.
Recommended Action: Some disk types do not support spanning. Run the
nbdevconfig -listdg command to determine if a disk group supports spanning.
If this error persists, ensure that enough space is available on your disk storage
units for the new jobs that are running.

NetBackup status code: 2103

Message: Media server mismatch
Explanation: This error may occur when a multiple copy job is configured for
storage units that have no common media server.
Recommended Action: All copies of a multiple copy job must run on the same
media server. Configure storage units that have drive paths or disk access from
a common media server.

NetBackup status code: 2104

Message: Storage units are not available
Explanation: This error may occur for multiple copy jobs configured so that no
possible storage unit combination can be used.
Recommended Action: Verify that all criteria in met for the policy with the
storage units that are configured.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

NetBackup Messages
This section lists the NetBackup error messages alphabetically. The status code
for each message is listed in the right column of the table. Refer to the previous
list of status codes for explanations and recommended actions.
Table 5-1 lists the NetBackup error messages alphabetically.
Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes

Error message

Status code

/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf not found

110

a protocol error has occurred

232

access to server backup restore manager denied

206

access to the client was not allowed

59

ACS media has an unreadable external label

2050

ACS media is not in the drive's domain

2051

ACS physical drive is not available

2055

action succeeded but auditing failed

108

afs/dfs command failed

78

all compatible drive paths are down

2008

all compatible drive paths are down but media is available

2009

all configured vault steps failed

351

all volumes are not available to eject

297

allocation identifier is not known to EMM

2023

allocation failed

10

allocation record insert failed

2021

allocation request delete failed

2025

allocation request update failed

2024

allocation status record insert failed

2022

allocation status request delete failed

2026

an ACS Library Storage Module (LSM) is offline

2052

397

398

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

an entry in the filelist expanded to too many characters

70

an exception condition occurred

600

an extended error status has been encountered, check detailed status 252
an extension package is needed but was not installed

an invalid entry was encountered

223

another NB database backup is already in progress

125

archive file removal failed

a session is already running for this vault

275

a synthetic backup request for media resources failed

660

authentication failed

160

Backup Exec operation failed

151

backup restore manager failed to read the file list

53

backups are not allowed to span media

166

bpcoord startup validation failure

669

bpjava-msvc: the client is not compatible with this server version

server_version

513

bpstart_notify failed

73

cannot connect on socket

25

cannot connect to nbvault server

282

cannot connect to read media server

613

cannot connect to server backup restore manager

205

Can not connect to the NB-Java authentication service on the

505
configured port - configured_port_number. Check the log file for more
details.
Can not connect to the NB-Java authentication service via VNETD on 525
host on port vnetd_configured_port_number. Check the log file for
more details.

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

Can not connect to the NB-Java user service on port port_number.

Check the log file for more details.

506

Can not connect to the NB-Java user service via VNETD on (host) or
port (configured_port_number)

517

cannot consolidate reports of sessions from container and slot-based 289

vaults
Can not execute program

509

cannot find configuration database record for requested NB database 120

backup
cannot find requested volume pool in EMM database

167

cannot find robot in vault configuration file

323

cannot find robot, vault, or profile in the vault configuration

266

cannot find the local host name

267

cannot find vault in vault configuration file

322

cannot get a bound socket

146

cannot make required directory

35

cannot modify - stale view

342

cannot overwrite media, data on it is protected

168

cannot perform specified media import operation

176

cannot position to correct image

94

cannot read backup header, media may be corrupted

173

cannot read media header, may not be NetBackup media or is corrupted 172
\cannot register handler for accepting new connections

603

cannot send extents to bpsynth

612

cannot set non blocking mode on the listen socket

602

cannot start reader on the media server

614

Can not write file

508

399

400

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

cant connect to client

58

child process killed by signal

27

Cleaning media is not available

2088

client backup failed to read the file list

67

client backup failed to receive the CONTINUE BACKUP message

66

client backup was not attempted

195

client backup was not attempted because backup window closed

196

client cannot read the mount table

60

client connection refused

57

client did not start

49

client hostname could not be found

48

client is not validated to perform the requested operation

135

client is not validated to use the server

131

client name mismatch

39

client process aborted

50

client timed out reading file

76

client timed out waiting for bpend_notify to complete

75

client timed out waiting for bpstart_notify to complete

74

client timed out waiting for the continue message from the media
manager

65

client timed out waiting for the file list

68

clients network is unreachable

56

client/server handshaking failed

26

communication interrupted

234

connection refused by server backup restore manager

204

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

connection to the peer process does not exist

622

container cannot hold any media from the specified robot

321

container database close operation failed

317

container database lock operation failed

318

container database open operation failed

319

container database truncate operation failed

314

container does not exist in container database

313

container_id is not unique in container database

316

continue

221

could not deassign media due to Media Manager error

177

could not get group information

38

could not get passwd information

30

could not set group id for process

32

could not set user id for process

31

daemon fork failed

148

daemon is already running

145

data marshalling error

625

data un-marshalling error

626

database system error

220

density is incorrect for the media id

179

density mismatch detected

2042

disk is full

155

Disk pool is down

2073

Disk pool not found

2066

Disk storage unit is full

129

401

402

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

Disk volume cannot be used for more than one copy in the same job

2086

Disk volume has no max readers count

2081

Disk volume has no max writers count

2080

Disk volume is down

2074

Disk volume is not available

2085

Disk volume mount point not found

2068

Disk volume mount point record insert failed

2069

Disk volume not found

2067

done

222

drive is already allocated

2004

drive is in a robotic library that is up

2036

drive is not allocated

2003

drive is not ready

2037

DSM has already mounted the volume

2077

DSM has detected that an invalid filesystem is mounted on the volume 2079
DSM returned an unexpected error

2076

duplicate backup images were found

642

duplicate MAP

346

duplicate reference string specified

813

EC_badop (there is no explanation for this status code)

113

EC_end (there is no explanation for this status code)

115

EC_error (there is no explanation for this status code)

114

eject process could not obtain information about the robot

295

eject process failed to start

292

eject process has already been run for the requested vault session

307

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

eject process has been aborted

293

eject process is complete

279

EMM database is inconsistent

2029

end point terminated with an error

610

error creating or getting message queue

209

error encountered attempting backup of catalog (multiple tape catalog 302

backup)
error encountered executing Media Manager command

303

error getting information from EMM database

332

error getting information from media manager command line

333

error obtaining date of last backup for client

207

error occurred during initialization, check configuration file

103

error(s) occurred during vault report distribution

284

error receiving information on message queue

210

error record insert failed

2013

error requesting media (tpreq)

98

error sending information on message queue

212

error(s) occurred during vault report generation

283

Evaluation software has expired. See www.symantec.com for ordering 161

information
events out of sequence - image inconsistency

229

execution of a command in a forked process failed

623

execution of a vault notify script failed

272

execution of the specified system command returned a nonzero status 77

extent directive contained an unknown media id

644

failed accessing daemon lock file

158

403

404

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

failed appending to container database

315

failed closing mail pipe

102

failed opening mail pipe

101

failed reading policy database information

218

failed reading global config database information

215

failed reading retention database information

216

failed reading storage unit database information

217

failed to communicate with resource broker

812

failed to communicate with resource requester

811

failed to get job data

257

failed to send signal

260

failed trying to allocate memory

36

failed trying to exec a command

29

failed trying to fork a process

28

failed waiting for child process

34

failed while trying to send mail

33

failure occurred while suspending media for eject

335

failure occurred while updating session information

336

failure occurred while updating the eject.mstr file

337

fatal NB media database error

91

Fibre Transport resources are not available

2075

File already exists: file_name

510

file close failed

15

file does not exist

142

file open failed

12

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

file path specified is not absolute

141

file pathname exceeds the maximum length allowed

105

file read failed

13

file write failed

14

found no images or media matching the selection criteria

190

FT client devices are offline

2091

FT client has no devices configured

2090

FT client is not running

2089

FT server devices for client are offline

2092

getservbyname failed

19

handshaking failed with server backup restore manager

201

host is unreachable

47

image does not have a fragment map

663

inadequate buffer space

235

incorrect catalog backup policy

349

Incorrect password

504

Incorrect server platform identifier

162

incorrect vault catalog backup schedule

350

insufficient data received

628

insufficient disk space or high water mark would be exceeded

2030

internal error 615

615

internal error 616

616

internal error 618

618

internal error 619

619

internal error 620

620

405

406

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

internal error 654

654

Internal error - a bad status packet was returned by NB-Java

application server that did not contain an exit status code

512

invalid arguments specified

638

invalid command parameter

20

invalid command protocol

143

invalid command usage

144

invalid container database entry

312

invalid container description

331

invalid container id

328

invalid database host

330

invalid data found in retention map file for duplication

324

invalid date specified

109

invalid date specified

109

invalid file pathname

104

invalid file pathname found, cannot process request

106

invalid filelist specification

69

invalid job id

273 and 805

invalid media type specified in the storage unit

640

Invalid NBJAVA_CLIENT_PORT_WINDOW configuration option value: 519

(option_value)
Invalid operation on static mount point

2072

invalid recall status

329

invalid request

133

invalid STU identifier type

2002

invalid username

503

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

invalid value for NB-Java configuration option (option_name):

(option_value)

520

Iron Mountain report is already created for this session

311

JM internal error

801

JM internal protocol error

802

JM terminating

803

job history indicates that no drive is available

2065

job history indicates that no media is available

2064

job type is invalid

2010

licensed use has been exceeded

159

logic error encountered

256

LTID needs to be restarted on media servers before the device can be 2058
used
master server request failed

149

maximum job count has been reached for the storage unit

2040

Maximum number of mounts has been exceeded for tape media

2100

MDS has received an invalid message from a media server

2005

Media affinity group record insert failed

2084

Media allocation would exceed maximum partially full media limit

2087

media block size changed prior to resume

163

media close error

87

media has been misplaced

2033

media has conflicts in EMM

2012

media id is either expired or will exceed maximum mounts

169

media id is not in NetBackup volume pool

178

media id must be 6 or less characters

171

407

408

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

media id is not assigned to this host in the EMM database

95

media is assigned to another application

2044

media is assigned to another server

2016

media is expired

2015

media is in a drive that is currently in a DOWN state

2054

media is in a drive that is not configured on local system

2019

media is in an inaccessible drive

2053

media is in use according to EMM

2032

media is in use by the ACS robotic library

2048

media is not assigned

2014

media is not defined in EMM

2031

media is reserved

2028

media is unmountable

2046

media is write protected

2047

media loaded in drive is not write-enabled

2038

Media Manager device daemon (ltid) is not active

80

Media Manager volume daemon (vmd) is not active

81

media manager detected image that was not in tar format

92

media manager found wrong tape in drive

93

media manager killed by signal

82

media manager received no data for backup image

90

media manager - system error occurred

174

media needs to be rewound or unmounted from a drive

2060

media needs to be unmounted from a drive

2017

media not found in the ACS robotic library

2049

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

media open error

83

Media pool is not eligible for this job

2098

media position error

86

media read error

85

media server is not active

2027

Media server mismatch

2103

Media server not found in EMM database

2101

media write error

84

Member already exists in server group

409

Members NetBackup version not compatible with Server Group

407

Member's server type not compatible with Server Group

405

multiple profiles exist

305

NB database backup failed, a path was not found or is inaccessible

124

NB database backup header is too large, too many paths specified

126

NB database recovery failed, a process has encountered an exceptional 128

condition
NB image database contains no image fragments for requested backup 165
id/copy number
NB-Java application server interface error: Java exception

511

NB-Java application server protocol error

523

NB-Java: bpjava-msvc is not compatible with this application version 514

(application_version). You may try login to a different NetBackup host
or exit the application. The remote NetBackup host will have to be
configured with the same version of NetBackup as the host you started
the application on.
NB-Java Configuration file (file_name) does not exist

521

NB-Java Configuration file (file_name) is not readable due to the

following error: (message)

522

409

410

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

NDMP backup failure

99

NDMP credentials are not defined in EMM

2006

NDMP operation does not support multiple inline copies

2096

network connection broken

40

network connection timed out

41

network read failed

42

network write failed

44

no active policies contain schedules of the requested type for this

client

198

no active policies in the configuration database are of the correct

client type

246

No authorization entry exists in the auth.conf file for username

username. None of the NB-Java applications are available to you.

502

no BRMComm to join

823

no connection to reader

611

no drives are available for this job

2001

no drives available to start the reader process

617

no drives available to start the writer process

634

no entity was found

227

no files specified in the file list

112

No FT servers for this client are running

2093

no images duplicated

308

no images were found to synthesize

607

no images were successfully processed

191

no media ejected for the specified vault session

327

no media is defined for the requested NB database backup

121

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

no message was received from bptm

629

No ports available in range (port_number) through (port_number) per 518

the NBJAVA_CLIENT_PORT_WINDOW configuration option
no profile was specified

274

no robot on which the media can be read

606

no schedules of the correct type exist in this policy

240

no storage units available for use

213

no target storage unit specified for the new job

604

no target storage unit was specified via command line

655

no vault session id was found

269

none of the files in the file list exist

71

none of the requested files were backed up

not all requested files were restored

175

number of cleanings is invalid

2018

number of media has exceeded the capacity of MAP

291

one or more errors detected during consolidated eject processing

290

operation not allowed during this time period

199

operation requested by an invalid server

37

operation would cause an illegal duplication

242

permission denied by client during rcmd

55

pipe close failed

18

pipe fgets call from bpcoord failed

668

premature eof encountered

233

problems encountered during setup of shared memory

89

process called but nothing to do

296

411

412

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

process was killed by a signal

63

profile already exists

345

query for list of component images failed

671

RB communication error

903

RB disk volume mount failed

912

RB disk volume mount must retry

915

RB internal error

901

RB invalid argument

902

RB max reallocation tries exceeded

904

RB media reservation not found

914

RB media server mismatch

905

RB operator denied mount request

906

RB user cancelled resource request

907

RB was reset

908

read from input socket failed

636

reader failed

609

received an error from bptm request to suspend media

631

received an error from bptm request to un-suspend media

632

received error notification for the job

605

report requested without eject being run

309

request attempted on a non reserved port

45

request needs to pend

2035

requested media id is in use, cannot process request

97

requested slot is empty

2043

Required drive or drive path is not configured

2099

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

required or specified copy was not found

147

required value not set

152

resource request failed

800

resource request timed out

916

retry nbrb request later

900

Retry the allocation request later

2034

robot already exists

343

robotic library is down on server

2020

schedule windows overlap

231

scheduler found no backups due to run

200

SCSI reservation conflict detected

2039

send buffer is full

670

server backup restore managers network is unreachable

203

Server Group Active State is not valid

403

Server Group Already Exists

401

Server Group Already Exists with a different type

402

Server Group does not exist

404

Server Group is in use

408

Server Group Type is Invalid

400

server is not licensed for the Remote Client Option

2063

server is not the master server

153

server name not found in the bp.conf file

254

server not allowed access

46

SERVER was not specified in /usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf

111

Session id assignment failed

263

413

414

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

Session id file is empty or corrupt

265

Snapshot error encountered

156

socket close failed

22

Socket connection to the NB-Java user service has been broken. Please 507
retry your last operation. Check the log file for more details.
socket open failed

21

socket read failed

23

socket write failed

24

specified device path does not exist

122

specified disk path is not a directory

123

specified file contains no valid entry

326

specified media or path does not contain a valid NB database backup 127
header
specified policy does not exist

639

specified profile not found

304

specified report does not exist

348

specified schedule was not found

640

storage unit characteristics mismatched to request

154

Storage Unit group does not exist in EMM configuration

2097

storage unit is disabled since max job count is less than 1

2045

Storage unit is down

2041

Storage unit is not compatible with requesting job

2007

storage unit query failed

608

Storage units are not available

2104

STU cannot run Lifecycle backups

2094

STU cannot run VMWare backup

2095

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

suspend requested by administrator

157

system call failed

11

system error occurred

130

system error occurred while processing user command

100

tar did not find all the files to be restored

185

tar had an unexpected error

184

tar received an invalid archive

183

tar received an invalid argument

181

tar received an invalid file name

182

tar received no data

186

tar was successful

180

termination requested by administrator

150

termination requested by bpcoord

665

text exceeded allowed length

225

the archive failed to back up the requested files

the backup failed to back up the requested files

the catalog image .f file has been archived

253

the client is not in the configuration

243

the client type is incorrect in the configuration database

72

the database contains conflicting or erroneous entries

238

The drive needs to be marked as available

2082

the entity already exists

226

the file list is incomplete

249

the file name used for the mount request already exists

2056

The host is not an active node of a cluster

2061

415

416

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

the image was not created with TIR information

250

the library is not ready to eject volumes

298

the machine specified is not a member of the server group specified

406

the maximum number of jobs per client is set to 0

194

The maximum number of mounts for the disk volume have been
exceeded

2078

The media affinity group is not defined in EMM

2083

the media server reported a system error

2011

the requested operation was partially successful

the requested operation was successfully completed

the required storage unit is unavailable

219

the restore failed to recover the requested files

the robotic library is not available

2059

the scan host of the drive is not active

2057

the server is not allowed to write to the clients filesystems

189

the specified container is not empty

320

the specified mount path will not fit in the allocated space

2070

the specified policy does not exist in the configuration database

230

the specified policy is not active

247

the specified policy is not of the correct client type

245

the specified client does not exist in an active policy within the
configuration database

236

the specified client does not exist in the specified policy

239

the specified schedule does not exist in an active policy in the

configuration database

237

the specified schedule does not exist in the specified policy

197

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

the specified schedule is the wrong type for this request

241

the TIR information is zero length

251

the vault session directory is either missing or inaccessible

268

there are no active policies in the configuration database

248

there are no volumes to eject

280

there is no available MAP for ejecting

299

there was a conflicting specification

224

third-party copy backup failure

170

this mpx group is unjoinable

806

throttled job count has been reached for the storage unit

2062

timed out connecting to client

54

timed out connecting to server backup restore manager

202

timed out waiting for database information

51

timed out waiting for media manager to mount volume

52

timed out waiting for the client backup to start

64

tir info was pruned from the image file

136

unable to accept connection from the reader

657

unable to accept connection from the writer

658

unable to allocate new media for backup, storage unit has none
available

96 and 2000

unable to collect pre eject information from the API

278

unable to connect to bpcoord

621

unable to determine the status of rbak

unable to find any storage servers for the request

2071

unable to find policy/schedule for image using retention mapping

325

417

418

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

unable to get the address of the local listen socket

646

unable to issue the database query for policy

651

unable to issue the database query for policy information

652

unable to listen and register service via vnetd

633

unable to locate vault directory

285

unable to mount media because its in a DOWN drive or misplaced

164

unable to obtain process id, getpid failed

270

unable to open listen socket

601

unable to open pipe between bpsynth and bpcoord

667

unable to process request

228

unable to process request because the server resources are busy

134

unable to receive response from robot; robot not ready

334

unable to register handle with the reactor

635

unable to send a message to bpcoord

653

unable to send a message to the writer child process

659

unable to send a start command to a reader/writer process on media 624

server
unable to send exit message to the BPXM reader

661

unable to send extent message to bpcoord

650

unable to send extent message to BPXM

648

unable to send start synth message to bpcoord

656

unable to start the writer on the media server

645

unexpected message received

43

unexpected message received from bpcoord

643

unexpected message received from bpsynth

627

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

unexpected message received from BPXM

649

unexpected message was received from bptm

630

unimplemented error code

114

unimplemented feature

16

unknown image referenced in the SYNTH CONTEXT message from

BPXM

662

unsupported image format for the requested database query

79

Updating of Media Manager database failed

310

user id was not superuser

140

user is not validated to use the server

132

valid archive image produced, but no files deleted due to non-fatal

problems

validation of synthetic image failed

647

vault already exists

344

vault catalog backup failed

294

vault configuration cache not initialized

347

vault configuration file format error

339

vault configuration file not found

259

vault configuration serialization failed

341

vault configuration tag not found

340

vault core error

281

vault duplication partially succeeded

306

vault duplication was aborted by administrator request

258

vault eject failed

287

vault eject partially succeeded

288

vault eject timed out

338

419

420

NetBackup status codes and messages

About NetBackup status codes and messages

Table 5-1

NetBackup error messages and status codes (continued)

Error message

Status code

vault internal error 261

261

vault internal error 262

262

vault internal error 286

286

vault XML version mismatch

271

vmchange api_eject command failed

301

vmchange eject verify not responding

300

VxSS access denied

117

VxSS authentication failed

116

VxSS authorization failed

118

VxSS authentication is requested but not allowed

193

VxSS authentication is required but not available

192

write on output socket failed

637

You are not authorized to use this application

501

zero extents in the synthetic image, cannot proceed

664

Chapter

Media and device

management status codes
and messages
This chapter includes the following topics:

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

About media and device management status codes

and messages
This chapter lists media and device management status codes and messages. In
each of the following subsections, the status codes are listed in numerical order,
with an explanation and a recommended action.
An alphabetical list of all media and device management messages is at the end
of this chapter in "Messages." Following each message is a pointer to the section
in this chapter that contains detailed information about the message.
The &CompanyName; technical support site has a wealth of information that can
help you solve NetBackup problems.
Visit www.symantec.com/business/support/ for comprehensive troubleshooting
details.

422

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Using debug logs

To solve many of the error conditions that this chapter describes, set debug logging
to a higher level. Then retry the operation and examine the debug logs.
To set debug logging to a higher level

Enable legacy debug logging by creating the necessary directories and folders.

Increase the level of verbosity for media and device management processes
by adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file. This file is located in
/usr/openv/volmgr/ (UNIX and Linux) and install_path\Volmgr\
(Windows).

Restart the daemons and services or run the commands verbose option, if
available.
The term media server, as distinct from master server or server, does not
apply to the NetBackup Server product. In this case, the media server is the
master server. When you troubleshoot a Server installation, ignore any
references to media server. (This does not apply to NetBackup Enterprise
Server.)

Media Manager status codes

These status codes appear in the following: exit status and command output for
most media and device management commands, media and device management
user interfaces, and system or debug logs.

Media Manager status code: 1

Message: request completed
Explanation: A requested operation was completed. The operation may have been
one of several related operations for a particular task.
Recommended Action: None.

Media Manager status code: 2

Message: system error
Explanation: A system call failed. This status code is used for a generic system
call failure that does not have its own status code.

Check for other error messages in the command or the interface output to
determine which system call failed.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Check the system application log for error and warning messages.

Verify that the system is not running out of virtual memory. If virtual memory
is the problem, shut down unused applications or increase the amount of
virtual memory.
To increase virtual memory on Windows, do the following in the order
presented:

Display the Control Panel.

Double-click System.

On the Performance tab, set Virtual Memory to a higher value.

Verify that all product binaries are properly installed.

Verify that no unexpected media and device management processes are in

operation by running vmps. Some processes are expected to continue running.
Others that continue to run can indicate a more serious problem, such as a
hung system call.

Media Manager status code: 3

Message: user id was not superuser
Explanation: A user or process that did not have root privileges (on UNIX and
Linux) or administrator privileges (on Windows) started the process.
Recommended Action: If appropriate, give the user or the process administrator
privileges (on Windows) or root privileges (on UNIX and Linux) and retry the
operation.

Media Manager status code: 4

Message: invalid command usage
Explanation: A media and device management command was run with improper
options, or an incompatibility between components or versions of the product
exists.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check the usage statement for expected usage and compare with the parameters
being sent to start the new process.

Verify that all media and device management binaries are at a compatible
version level.

423

424

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 5

Message: daemon resources are busy
Explanation: A requested operation cannot be processed because resources were
busy.
Recommended Action: Check the status of any resources that the requested
operation uses. On a robotic inventory request, verify that the inventory operation
completes within a reasonable time.

Media Manager status code: 6

Message: invalid protocol request
Explanation: An invalid request was sent to a robotic process or operator request
process.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Identify the target components (for example, vmd, nbemm, and robotic processes
on local or remote hosts). Then verify that all media and device management
binaries are at compatible version level.

Media Manager status code: 7

Message: daemon terminated
Explanation: The process is inactive or terminates (or has terminated) from the
following: an event or signal or as a direct result of a request from an authorized
user or process.
Recommended Action: If the targeted product component is needed but has
terminated, restart the daemons or services on the targeted host.

Media Manager status code: 8

Message: invalid media ID
Explanation: When a process performed a media-related operation, it encountered
an empty or an incorrectly formatted media identifier. Or a media ID that was
passed to it cannot be operated on as requested.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that the media ID, where requested, is not blank.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Ensure that the specified media IDs contain valid characters only: alphanumeric
characters, the period (.), the plus sign (+), and the underscore (_). A hyphen
(-) is also a valid character when not the first character in the media ID.

If media are specified to be ejected from a library, ensure the following: they
exist in the EMM database and are associated with the correct robot number.

Ensure that the media ID is from 1 to 6 characters in length.

Ensure that a valid media and seed were specified.

If the operation is an inventory request for an ACS robot, use the robtest
utility to verify the following: the ACS interface returns cleaning media IDs
both in the query volume list and in the query cleaning volume list.

Media Manager status code: 9

Message: invalid media type
Explanation: A process that performed a media-related operation encountered
an unknown, missing, or incompatible media type specifier.

If you run a robot inventory on a robot of type ACS, TLH, or TLM, ensure the
following: the installed version of NetBackup supports and recognizes the
vendor media type that the robot control software returns.

If using a command line interface directly, verify that a valid media type has
been passed, according to vmadd(1m) command line documentation.

Ensure that an operation valid only for cleaning media has not been requested
on a media ID that does not correspond to cleaning tape.

Ensure that the media type in all bar code rules is a valid media type or the
ordinal zero (0), to represent the default media type.

Media Manager status code: 10

Message: invalid barcode
Explanation: When a process performed a media-related operation, it encountered
an unknown, missing, or incompatible bar code.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that the bar code, where requested, is not blank.

Ensure that the specified bar codes contain valid characters only: alphanumeric
characters, and the period (.), plus sign (+), and underscore (_). A hyphen (-) is
also a valid character when not the first character in the media ID.

425

426

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Ensure that the number of characters in the bar code does not exceed the
maximum that is allowed for the robot type.

Ensure that the bar code tag in all bar code rules is a subset of a valid, supported
bar code format.

Media Manager status code: 11

Message: invalid description
Explanation: The volume description exceeds 25 ASCII characters in length, or
contains unprintable characters.
Recommended Action: When you add or change a volume record or bar code rule
record, ensure that the description field contains the following: no more than 25
ASCII characters that can be printed.

Media Manager status code: 12

Message: invalid robot type
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a case where a specified robot
type or a volumes robot type is different. It differs from the type of robot that is
required to perform the operation in the current configuration.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Specify a robot type that supports the volumes media type.

Check the EMM database and ensure that the specified robot type agrees with
the type for all volumes having the specified robot number.

If a robot type is required for the requested operation, ensure that a robot type
has been specified.

Media Manager status code: 13

Message: invalid robot number
Explanation: The robot number was not specified or was not within the allowable
range.

Specify a robot number in the range of 0 to 32767.

If you run vmphyinv, the global device database may not be updated, or the
specified robot number may not be configured.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 14

Message: invalid robot host
A requested operation encountered a case where the following is true of the robot
control host:

It is not specified.

It is not valid for the given robot type.

It is not in an acceptable format.

It exceeds the allowed length of a robot control host name.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error
See Using debug logs on page 422.

If possible, attempt the requested operation again with another user interface
that supports the type of request.

Media Manager status code: 15

Message: invalid volgroup
A requested operation encountered a case where the volume group:

Is not specified

Is not in an acceptable format

Exceeds the allowed length of a volume group name

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Specify a volume group where one is required to ensure that it contains the
following:

25 ASCII characters or less

No white space

No unprintable characters

Media Manager status code: 16

Message: invalid robot coord1

427

428

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: A requested operation encountered a missing or out-of-range robot

slot number. Or a move by volume group residence was attempted when the volume
did not originate from a valid robotic library slot.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Specify a slot number (robot coordinate 1) where required and ensure that the
number is within the allowable range for the given robot type.

Media Manager status code: 18

Message: cannot allocate requested memory
Explanation: Allocation of system memory failed. This error occurs when
insufficient system memory is available. The system may have too little physical
and virtual memory to handle the current load of processes.
Recommended Action: Free up memory by terminating any unneeded processes
that consume a lot of memory. Add more swap space or physical memory.

Media Manager status code: 19

Message: invalid database host
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a missing or an invalid database
host. Or a request was sent to a host that is running a version of the product that
does not support the requested operation.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Specify a valid EMM database host on which the following is running: a version
of nbemm (the NetBackup Enterprise Media Manager) or an operator request
daemon or process that supports the requested operation.

Media Manager status code: 20

Message: protocol error
Explanation: Message communications (handshaking) was not correct.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Retry the operation and examine the logs. Ensure that no whitespaces are
embedded in the fields that do not allow embedded whitespace.

Media Manager status code: 21

Message: cannot obtain daemon lockfile
Explanation: vmd (NetBackup Volume Manager daemon on UNIX and Linux;
NetBackup Volume Manager service on Windows) or operator request daemon or
service cannot obtain an internal software lock.
Recommended Action: Check for the existence and permissions of the lock file
itself and the lock file directory: /usr/openv/volmgr/misc/vmd.lock (UNIX and
Linux) or install_path\Volmgr\misc\vmd.lock (Windows). Create the directory
or folder and adjust the permissions as needed so that vmd can obtain the lock:
/usr/openv/volmgr/misc/vmd.lock (UNIX and Linux) or
install_path\Volmgr\misc\vmd.lock (Windows).

Media Manager status code: 22

Message: pool type change is not allowed for <CatalogBackup> pool
Explanation: An attempt was made to remove the catalog backup attribute of the
default CatalogBackup pool.
Recommended Action: Verify that the appropriate pool name was used in this
operation.

Media Manager status code: 23

Message: database server is down
Explanation: A request was made to the EMM server, but the underlying database
server does not respond.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

This error can occur if a cold catalog backup is in progress. Retry the request
after this operation has completed.

Media Manager status code: 25

Message: failed making the database directory
Explanation: nbpushdata cannot create a working directory during upgrade.

429

430

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Determine why the directory /usr/openv/tmp (UNIX and

Linux) or install_path\tmp (Windows) cannot be created. Check to see what
account nbpushdata was run under. Compare it against the security properties
of the database folder.

Media Manager status code: 26

Message: database open operation failed
Explanation: A database file cannot be opened.
Recommended Action:
Check for the existence and permissions of the following files in the
/usr/openv/var/global directory (UNIX and Linux) or
install_path\NetBackup\var\global folder (Windows):

external_robotics.txt

external_densities.txt

external_drivetypes.txt

external_mediatypes.txt

Media Manager status code: 27

Message: database read record operation failed
Explanation: nbpushdata encountered a read error while reading an EMM database
record.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

The EMM database may be corrupted. Restore an older EMM database from a
saved version or from catalog backups.

Media Manager status code: 28

Message: database read operation read too few bytes
Explanation: nbpushdata encountered a record that was smaller than expected
while reading an EMM database record.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

The EMM database may be corrupted. Restore an older EMM database from a
saved version or from catalog backups.

Media Manager status code: 32

Message: database write record operation failed
Explanation: nbpushdata encountered an error while writing an EMM database
record.
Recommended Action:
Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 34

Message: media ID not unique in database
Explanation: A volume entry being added to or changed in the EMM database
had a media ID specified. The specified ID was a duplicate of the media ID for
another volume already in the EMM database. All volumes in the EMM database
must have a unique media ID.

Examine the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a more detailed message on the
error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

When you add volumes to the EMM database, specify a media ID that is unique.

If you run vmphyinv, there may be two or more media in the tape library with
the same media ID.

Media Manager status code: 35

Message: volume does not exist in database
Explanation: A requested operation encountered a case where a volume query
did not return a volume entry that matched the search criteria.

Examine the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a more detailed message on the
error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that volumes are configured properly on the EMM server that matches
the EMM server configured for the robot or set of stand-alone drives. Use
tpconfig -d to list the configured EMM server.

431

432

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Do the following so the volume query can find a matching volume: update the
volume or the device configurations, specify the correct EMM server, modify
volume properties, or adjust search criteria.

If you run vmphyinv, none of the media satisfy the search criterion. As such,
vmphyinv cannot inventory the tape library.

Media Manager status code: 36

Message: barcode not unique in database
Explanation: A specified bar code in an added or a changed volume entry in the
EMM database duplicated a volume bar code already in the database. All volumes
in the EMM database must have a unique bar code.

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Query or sort volume records by bar code to identify the volume entry with
the duplicate bar code.

Media Manager status code: 37

Message: robotic volume position is already in use
Explanation: A robotic coordinate in an added or a changed volume entry in the
EMM database duplicated a volume robotic coordinate in the database. (The robotic
coordinate includes the slot number or the slot number and platter side.) All
volumes in the EMM database must have unique robotic coordinates.

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Query or sort volume records by slot number to identify the volume entry with
the duplicate robotic coordinate.

Change (update or move volume) or delete the existing volume entry if it does
not reflect the following: the correct robotic coordinate corresponding to the
volumes storage position in the robotic library. If a volume is currently in a
drive, the EMM database should still reflect the volumes home slot.

Media Manager status code: 39

Message: network protocol error
Explanation: An attempt to read data from a socket failed.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message on the protocol error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that the server being connected to is operational.

Media Manager status code: 40

Message: unexpected data received
Explanation: Message communications (handshaking) was not correct.

Verify that the correct version of software is running on all servers.

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message on the protocol error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Retry the operation and examine the logs.

Ensure that no embedded whitespaces exist in the fields that do not allow
embedded whitespace.

Media Manager status code: 41

Message: invalid media ID for naming mode
Explanation: A request to add multiple volumes with a first media ID and a media
ID style failed. It fails because the media ID specified was not compatible with the
media ID naming style provided.
Recommended Action: Provide a first media ID that fits the selected style. For
example, the media ID style is two characters and four digits. Then the least
significant four characters in the first media ID must be digits in the range 0 to
9. Alternatively, select a media ID style that fits the specified first media ID.

Media Manager status code: 42

Message: cannot connect to robotic software daemon
Explanation: A connection to a robotic software daemon or process cannot be
established. This error can occur when a process tries to connect to the robotic
process that is not running. It can also occur if the network or server is heavily
loaded and has slow response time.

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

433

434

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Identify the robotic process: look at the robot type and at the robot host on
the robotic request or the robot host field of the volume being operated on.

Verify that the robotic process to use for robotic control is available
See Table B-2 on page 693.
If necessary, start the robotic process.

Ensure that only one configured robot control host exists for each TL8, TLD,
and TLH robot. Also ensure that all volumes in the volume configuration have
a robot host that matches the configured robot control host.

Change the volumes or reconfigure the robot in the device configuration as

needed.

Check the system log on the robot control host to see if the robotic process
processes requests when connections to it are attempted.

Media Manager status code: 43

Message: failed sending to robotic software daemon
Explanation: An attempt to write data to a robotic software daemon or process
socket failed.

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Identify the robotic process: look at the robot type and at the robot host on
the robotic request or the robot host field of the volume being operated on.
Verify that the robotic process to use for robotic control is available and that
it handles requests.

Identify the robot control host by checking the device configuration. Only one
configured robot control host should exist for each TL8, TLD, and TLH robot.
All volumes in the volume configuration should have a robot host that matches
the configured robot control host.

Check the system log on the robot control host to see if the robotic process
processes requests when communications with it are attempted.

Media Manager status code: 44

Message: failed receiving from robotic software daemon
Explanation: An attempt to read data from a robotic software daemon or process
socket failed.

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message on the error.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

See Using debug logs on page 422.

Identify the targeted robotic process: look at the robot type and at the robot
host on the robotic request or the robot host field of the volume being operated
on. Verify that the robotic process to use for robotic control is available and
that it handles requests.
See Media and device management components on page 691.

Identify the robot control host by checking the device configuration. Only one
configured robot control host should exist for each TL8, TLD, and TLH robot.
All volumes in the volume configuration should have a robot host that matches
the configured robot control host.

Check the system log on the robot control host to see if the robotic process
handles requests when communications with it are attempted.
See Resolving network communication problems on page 40.

Media Manager status code: 45

Message: failed changing terminal characteristics
Explanation: When an attempt was made to change the mode for terminal input
between cooked and raw, a system call failed.
Recommended Action: Examine the user interface output for the system error
that is associated with the failed system call. Then troubleshoot according to
operating system vendor recommendations.

Media Manager status code: 46

Message: unexpected data from robotic software daemon
Explanation: Message communications (handshaking) between a process and a
robotic software daemon or process failed.

Verify that the correct version of software is running on all servers.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Retry the operation and examine the logs.

Ensure that no embedded whitespaces exist in the fields that do not allow
embedded whitespace.

Check the system log on the robot control host for errors that the robotic
software logged.

435

436

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 47

Message: no entries changed
Explanation: A requested operation was completed, but no changes to the volume
configuration or Media Manager configuration file were made. The administrator
may have terminated an operation instead of continuing with proposed changes.
Or the configuration file may already include the configuration entry that was to
be added.

No action is needed if the administrator aborted the change operation.

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 48

Message: no entries deleted
Explanation: A delete volume(s) operation completed. No changes were made to
the volume configuration.

No action is needed, unless the volumes that were requested to be deleted were
not in fact deleted.

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 49

Message: no entries inserted
Explanation: An insert volume(s) operation completed. No volumes were added
to the volume configuration.

No action is needed unless the volumes that were requested to be inserted

were not inserted.

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 50

Message: invalid change-entry request
Explanation: An invalid request to change volume information was sent to vmd
on the EMM server.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check the usage statement for expected usage and compare with the parameters
being sent to start the new process.

Media Manager status code: 51

Message: cannot auto-eject this robot type
Explanation: A request to change volume residence with media eject was sent to
vmd, but the volumes robot type does not support automated media eject. (vmd
is the NetBackup Volume Manager daemon on UNIX and Linux or NetBackup
Volume Manager service on Windows.)

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that change volume residence requests are not sent to vmd on a system
that runs an older, incompatible software version level. (The change volume
residence requests are requests with eject for the robot type that is involved
with a newer release version level.)

Media Manager status code: 52

Message: cannot auto-inject this robot type
Explanation: A request to change volume residence with media inject was sent
to vmd, but the volumes robot type does not support automated media inject. (vmd
is the NetBackup Volume Manager daemon on UNIX and Linux or NetBackup
Volume Manager service on Windows.)

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that change volume residence requests are not sent to vmd on a system
that runs an older, incompatible software version level. (The change volume
residence requests are requests with inject for the robot type that is involved
with a newer release version level.)

Media Manager status code: 53

Message: invalid volume move mode

437

438

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: A robotic-related request was made specifying a media movement

option that not all affected software components supports.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that the robotic request is sent to a system that runs a release version
of software that supports the particular request.

Media Manager status code: 54

Message: robot number and robot type mismatch
Explanation: A request was made to add or change volumes in the volume
configuration. The robot number to be associated with a volume is already in use.
It is associated with another volume in a robot with the same number but of
another robot type.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that robot numbers are unique for each physical robot in the EMM
database. Delete and re-add a robot. Use a unique robot number if duplicate
robot numbers are in use. Use a media management interface to identify robot
numbers currently in use for all volumes in the volume configuration. If you
use a command line interface, specify the correct robot type for the robot
number that is associated with the request.

Media Manager status code: 55

Message: robot number and volume group mismatch
Explanation: A request was made to add or change volumes in the volume
configuration. The robot number and volume group that is associated with the
volume configuration changes are in conflict with the requirements for volume
groups. All volumes in a volume group are required to have the same residence,
which includes having the same robot number.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that the specified robot number and volume group are compatible. If
volumes in the volume group have a given robot number, then volumes with
a different robot number cannot be added to that volume group. Volumes
cannot be moved directly from one robotic volume group to another robotic

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

volume group. The intermediate steps (some volume entries are changed, some
are not) would cause a conflict with robot numbers. Choose a different volume
group on the request, or let the volume group be selected automatically. Volume
group selection depends on the specific interface being used.

Media Manager status code: 56

Message: invalid database version header
Explanation: nbpushdata cannot find a recognizable EMM database version in
the EMM database, and cannot initialize with the database currently in place.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

From catalog backups or another source if available, restore an earlier version

of the database file: /usr/openv/volmgr/database/volDB (UNIX and Linux)
or install_path\Volmgr\database\volDB (Windows). Then restart vmd.

Media Manager status code: 57

Message: error auto-generating volume group
Explanation: A request was made to add or change volumes in the volume
configuration by using automatic generation of the volume group name. A unique
volume group name cannot be generated because the available combinations were
used up.
Recommended Action: Consolidate volumes into volume groups within the
targeted robot number so that a new volume group can be generated automatically.
Or provide a specific volume group name.

Media Manager status code: 58

Message: daemon cannot obtain socket
Explanation: vmd cannot bind to its socket. (vmd is the NetBackup Volume Manager
daemon on UNIX and Linux and the NetBackup Volume Manager service on
Windows.) When vmd attempts to bind to its configured port number, system call
fails. The call fails usually because another process having acquired the port
before the vmd daemon or service started.

Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system
error.

439

440

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

If another process has the port, use other system commands to determine the
process. Based on the result, either change the port number in your services
file or map, or terminate the process that has acquired the port.

UNIX and Linux only: Another possible cause for this error is the use of the
kill command to terminate vmd. To stop vmd, the recommended method is to
use the Terminate Media Manager Volume Daemon option on the Special
actions menu in vmadm. (Or use the equivalent command line request,
vmctrldbm -t). The use of the kill command to stop this process can leave
it unable to bind to its assigned port the next time it restarts. When the socket
problem occurs, the daemon debug log contains lines similar to the following:
unable to obtain bound socket, Address already in use (125)

Media Manager status code: 59

Message: daemon failed accepting connection
Explanation: vmd cannot accept a new connection due to a system call failure.
(vmd is the NetBackup Volume Manager daemon on UNIX and Linux and the
NetBackup Volume Manager service on Windows.)

Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system
error. Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Obtain the specific system call failure from the debug log, and investigate the
operating system functionality that is related to the failure.

Media Manager status code: 60

Message: cannot perform operation on this host
Explanation: A requested operation is not functional on a particular host.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Robot inventory update must be initiated only on the host where the robotic
control and drives are configured.

Media Manager status code: 61

Message: robot number and robot host mismatch

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: A request is made to add or change volumes in the volume

configuration, or to issue a robot inventory update request. A specified robot host
differs from the robot host for other volumes in the same robot (defined as those
volumes having the same robot number). All volumes in the EMM database that
have a given robot number (for instance, 0) must have the same robot host name.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Specify the robot host in the device configuration to be the same case-sensitive
host name on all hosts where the robot is configured. Re-issue the request. As
an alternative, use move-by-volume group to move all volumes logically from
a robotic volume group to stand-alone and then back into the robot. Specify
the robot host as the host name that is used in the robot configuration. Then
re-issue the request.

Media Manager status code: 62

Message: failed redirecting input to pipe
Explanation: A system pipe cannot be created.
Recommended Action: Check the interface output for the specific system error
and investigate the operating system functionality that is related to the failure.

Media Manager status code: 63

Message: child process killed by signal
Explanation: An unexpected signal terminated a robot inventory update process.

Examine interface output and debug logs for a more detailed message error.
Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 64

Message: no child process to wait for
Explanation: A media management interface attempted to wait for a child process
to complete, but unexpectedly found that no such child process existed.

Examine interface output and debug logs for a more detailed message error.
Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

441

442

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Retry the operation (or try to use a different media management interface)
and examine the logs.

Media Manager status code: 65

Message: volume group does not exist
Explanation: During a request process, a volume group cannot be found within
the existing volume entries in the EMM database.

Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system
error. Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check for data integrity or consistency problems in the EMM database by

using a media management interface. Delete or move volume entries so that
the volume group issues are corrected.

Media Manager status code: 67

Message: unable to send exit status
Explanation: vmd cannot send the status of a requested operation to the requestor.
(vmd is the NetBackup Volume Manager daemon on UNIX and Linux and the
NetBackup Volume Manager service on Windows.)

Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system
error. Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more
detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Obtain the specific send or write system call failure from the debug log, and
investigate the operating system functionality that is related to the failure.

Use the following steps to check whether the command or the application
interface that sends the request aborts prematurely: enable reqlib debug logs,
retry the operation, check the debug logs, and observe application interface
output.

Media Manager status code: 68

Message: too many volumes in volume group
Explanation: A request was made to add or change volumes in the volume
configuration but the volume number was at its allowable limit. The limit is based
on the number of volumes that is allowed in a particular type of robot.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check to see if volumes are defined in the EMM database. They may be defined
in the EMM database, which is associated with a slot number zero that may
not exist in the robot. Run a robot inventory Show contents of robot report
and observe the starting slot number. If the starting slot number is one and a
volume is defined in the robot at slot zero, delete the volume entry. Or move
it to stand-alone so that the remaining available media slots can be used.

Media Manager status code: 69

Message: failed sending request to vmd
Explanation: A request cannot be sent to vmd or to oprd, even though the initial
connection to the server process was successful. (vmd is the NetBackup Volume
Manager daemon on UNIX and Linux or NetBackup Volume Manager service on
Windows; oprd is the operator request daemon or process.)

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check to see whether the vmd or the oprd process continues to run once it
receives the connection from the requestor. Run netstat -a or an equivalent
socket diagnostic utility. Check the following to see if the server process is
hung up: the daemon debug log on the server-side system and the process
status of vmd or oprd.

Media Manager status code: 70

Message: cannot connect to vmd [on host host name]
Explanation: A process times out while connecting to the following: vmd (the
NetBackup Volume Manager daemon on UNIX and Linux or NetBackup Volume
Manager service on Windows) or to oprd (the operator request daemon or process).
This problem can occur when a connection is attempted and the server process
is not running. It also can occur if the network or server is heavily loaded and has
slow response time.

On the host where vmd is the recipient of the connection, verify that the daemon
or the service is running. (The host is the Media Manager host, the Device
Host, or the EMM server.) If the daemon or the service is not running, start it.
On Windows, vmd is the NetBackup Volume Manager service.

443

444

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

If vmd is already running, examine command output, debug logs, and system
logs for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that the correct host names are defined in the configuration.

Check the services file. On UNIX and Linux, verify that the /etc/services file
(and NIS services if NIS is used) has entries for the vmd service. (Note that the
vmd service always starts oprd.) On Windows, verify that the
%systemroot%\system32\drivers\etc\services file has the correct entry
for vmd. Also verify that the vmd port number in the services file agrees with
the port number configuration. The port number is noted in the man page for
vmd(1M).

Verify that all operating system patches or service packs are installed.

Ensure that the Media Manager configuration is not tuned so that the load on
vmd exceeds its ability to service requests. Look for entries in the vm.conf file
that increase the load. Consider placing the EMM database on a higher
performance server and file system if performance is an issue. To reduce the
number of volumes in the volume configuration, use inventory filtering for
the robot types that support it

Check utilities such as ipcs -a to ensure that shared memory functions

properly. The oprd process may not respond because it cannot attach to shared
memory.

Media Manager status code: 71

Message: failed sending to vmd
Explanation: An attempt to write data to a vmd socket failed. vmd is the NetBackup
Volume Manager daemon (UNIX and Linux) or NetBackup Volume Manager service
(Windows).

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Identify the system where vmd is running. The system usually is termed the
Media Manager host or EMM server and defaults to the local system in some
user interfaces (such as vmadm). Possible causes for the error are high network
load, missing operating system patches or service packs, or unexpected vmd
process failure.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 72

Message: failed receiving from vmd
Explanation: An attempt to read data from a vmd socket failed. vmd is the
NetBackup Volume Manager daemon (UNIX and Linux) or NetBackup Volume
Manager service (Windows).

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Identify the system where vmd is running. The system is usually termed the
Media Manager host or EMM server and defaults to the local system in some
user interfaces (such as vmadm). Possible causes for the error are high network
load, missing operating system patches or service packs, or unexpected vmd
process failure. Also, the socket read may have failed because the requested
operation did not complete within a specified time period. The robotic process
and vmd interactions can affect some requests to vmd; check the system log
for errors on the robotic control host.

Media Manager status code: 73

Message: invalid query type
Explanation: An invalid volume query request was attempted.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that all Media Manager and user interface binaries are at a compatible
version level.

Media Manager status code: 74

Message: invalid number of cleanings
Explanation: A request was made to change the number of cleanings that remains
for one or more volumes in the volume configuration. When the request was made,
the specified value was not within the acceptable range. The number of cleanings
value may also be invalid in the number of mounts or cleanings field of a bar code
rule.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

445

446

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Specify a number of cleanings value within the acceptable range of 0 to

2,147,483,647.

Media Manager status code: 75

Message: invalid change type
Explanation: An invalid volume change request was attempted.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that all Media Manager and user interface binaries are at a compatible
version level.

Media Manager status code: 76

Message: cannot get host name
Explanation: The system call gethostname(3C) failed during an attempt to obtain
the name of the local host.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Obtain the specific system call failure from the debug log, and investigate the
operating system functionality that is related to the failure. Run the hostname
system command to see if the command operates correctly.

Media Manager status code: 78

Message: barcode does not exist in database
Explanation: A query volume by bar code request did not return a volume entry
having the specified bar code, or bar code and media type.

Examine the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a more detailed message on the
error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that volumes are properly configured in the EMM database. Use
tpconfig -d to list the configured EMM server. Select the current server (the
one being administered) to be the same as the host, which is the correct EMM
server. Do the following so that the volume query can find a matching volume:
update the volume or the device configurations, modify volume properties, or
adjust search criteria as needed. For media in their correct slot locations, run
the Rescan or the update bar code request so the following occurs: the bar code

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

field in the volume configuration matches the actual bar code as interpreted
by the robotic library bar code reader.

Media Manager status code: 79

Message: specified robot is unknown to vmd
Explanation: A request was made to query volumes by residence. No volumes
were found in the targeted volume configuration that matched the provided robot
number, robot type, and robot host.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that volumes are properly configured in the EMM database. Use
tpconfig -d to list the configured EMM server. Select the current server (the
one being administered) to be the same as the host which is the correct EMM
server. Perform the following so the volume residence query can find a
matching volume: update the volume or the device configurations, modify
volume properties, or adjust search criteria as needed.

Media Manager status code: 80

Message: cannot update database due to existing errors
vmphyinv is unable to update the EMM database because of the existing errors.

The errors can be as follows:

A Media Manager volume record belongs to a different robot with the same
media ID as the media ID that the tape header read.

The media type or media GUID or the volume pool of an assigned volume
record needs to be changed.

A bar code conflict is detected and vmphyinv needs to change the bar code of
the existing volume record.

Recommended Action: vmphyinv, in such a scenario, generates a list of errors.

Examine the output. You must resolve all these errors before you run the utility
again.

Media Manager status code: 81

Message: robot type and volume group mismatch
Explanation: A request was made to add volumes or change volume residences
in the volume configuration. The robot type and volume group that is associated
with the volume configuration changes are in conflict with the requirements for

447

448

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

volume groups. All volumes in a volume group are required to have the same
residence, which includes having the same robot type. A requested operation may
have tried to associate the special No Volume Group name "---" with a robotic
residence.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that the specified robot residence and volume group are compatible
with other volumes in the volume configuration that are in the specified volume
group. Do not move volumes in the special No Volume Group name "----" to a
robotic residence without moving them to a new or auto-generated volume
group. Choose a different volume group on the request, or let the volume group
be automatically selected. Volume group selection depends on the specific
interface being used.

Media Manager status code: 82

Message: robot host and volume group mismatch
Explanation: A request was made to add volumes or change volume residences
in the volume configuration. The robot host and volume group that is associated
with the volume configuration changes are in conflict with the requirements for
volume groups. All volumes in a volume group are required to have the same
residence. This residence includes having the same robot host, where robot host
equivalence is defined as having the same case-sensitive robot host string.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that the specified robot residence and volume group are compatible
with other volumes in the volume configuration that are in the specified volume
group. Do not try to add volumes for a robot host by using a different form of
the robot host name. For example, "acme" is not the same as
"acme.symantec.com." Use the same host name that is used for other volumes
in the volume group. If the robot host needs to be changed for volumes in a
volume group, do the following: use a single move volume group request
(available only in certain media management interfaces) to move the volume
group to stand-alone residence. Then move the volume group back to the
robotic residence. Specify the robot control host that you want to be associated
with the new volume group.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 83

Message: device management error
Explanation: One of the device management errors occurs during the execution
of vmphyinv.
Recommended Action:
Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 84

Message: this machine is not the database host
Explanation: A request was made to initiate vmd on a host other than the local
host. vmd is the NetBackup Volume Manager daemon (UNIX and Linux) or
NetBackup Volume Manager service (Windows).
vmd port numbers other than the default or use of unsupported options can affect
the referenced host and port in the interfaces that start vmd.

Initiate vmd on the local host only, by logging on to the host where vmd needs
to run Start vmd on that host. On UNIX and Linux, run
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/vmd [-v]. On Windows, start the NetBackup Volume
Manager service in Services of the system Control Panel.

If more information is needed to explain the problem, examine command

output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Make sure port numbers are consistent.

Media Manager status code: 85

Message: volume daemon fork failed
Explanation: A Media Manager daemon or service cannot create a child process
due to an error from the system. This error probably is intermittent, based on the
availability of resources on the system.

Restart the service at a later time and investigate the system problems that
limit the number of processes.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

449

450

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 86

Message: failed opening tmp output file
Explanation: The vm.conf file or temporary working file cannot be opened.
Recommended Action: On UNIX and Linux, check for the existence and
permissions of the /usr/openv/volmgr/misc directory, /tmp directory, and
/usr/openv/volmgr/vm.conf file. On Windows: check for the existence and the
security properties of the install_path\Volmgr\vm.conf file.

Media Manager status code: 87

Message: failed redirecting tmp output file
Explanation: The system call dup2(3C) failed during an attempt to direct interface
output from a temporary file to the processs standard output.
Recommended Action: Investigate the operating system functionality that is
related to resource limits on the number of open files. Ensure that extraneous
signals do not interrupt processes.

Media Manager status code: 88

Message: failed initiating child process
Explanation: A command cannot be ran. This error can occur due to the following:
the command permissions do not allow it to be ran or system resources such as
memory and swap space are insufficient.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check the permissions on the vmcheckxxx, vmupdate, and oprd binaries, and
(on Windows only) the rdevmi installed binary.

Media Manager status code: 89

Message: another daemon already exists
Explanation: vmd (the NetBackup Volume Manager daemon on UNIX and Linux
or NetBackup Volume Manager service on Windows) tries to initialize and found
that it was already running, according to the daemon or the service lock file.
Recommended Action: Check to see if vmd is already running. Do not try to start
another vmd daemon or service until you first shut down the daemon or the service
that is running. Stop the vmd that is running with vmctrldbm -t. On Windows,
use the system Services interface. If the daemon or the service unexpectedly

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

terminated, remove the lock file. The lock file is

/usr/openv/volmgr/misc/vmd.lock (UNIX and Linux) or
install_path\Volmgr\misc\vmd.lock (Windows). Then restart vmd.

Media Manager status code: 90

Message: invalid volume pool
Explanation: A request was made to add volumes, change the volume pool for a
volume, add a bar code rule, or change a bar code rule. However, the volume pool
name or number that is associated with the requested change is in conflict with
the requirements for volume pools.
These requirements are as follows:

Volumes in scratch pools cannot be assigned until they are first moved to
another pool.

Volume pool numbers cannot be negative.

Volume pool names must consist of from 1 to 20 printable ASCII characters

with no embedded whitespace.

The None volume pool is the only valid pool for the bar code rule entries that
specify cleaning a media type.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that the specified volume pool does not violate the requirements noted.
Use the vmpool command to display the pool information. Use the vmrule
command to display the bar code rule information. Add or change volume
pools and bar code rules as needed to rectify inconsistencies in cases where
the databases are inconsistent or corrupted.

Media Manager status code: 92

Message: cannot delete assigned volume
Explanation: A delete request was made to a volume, and the volume is currently
assigned.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Assigned volumes cannot be deleted. If no worthwhile data is on the volume,

unassign the media by using the appropriate application interface (which is
bpexpdate for NetBackup). Then retry the delete volume request.

451

452

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 93

Message: volume is already assigned
Explanation: A request was made to assign a volume, and the volume was already
assigned.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Do not try to manually assign any volumes that are already assigned, because
it is not valid except for one condition: you can assign volumes for NetBackup
catalog backups if the volume is already assigned for NetBackup catalog
backups. Always use barcodes that are unique in the six least significant
characters, across all media in all robots. Or use media ID generation rules to
ensure that unique media IDs are generated in a robot inventory update.

Media Manager status code: 94

Message: volume is not in specified pool
Explanation: A request was made to assign a volume from a specified volume
pool. The volume was in a different volume pool.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

When you assign volumes manually, specify the volume pool that is associated
with the volume. Always use barcodes that are unique in the six least significant
characters, across all media in all robots. Or use media ID generation rules to
ensure that unique media IDs are generated in a robot inventory update.

Media Manager status code: 95

Message: media ID is not the specified media type
Explanation: A request was made to assign or add a volume of a specified media
type. The volume or physically similar volumes have a different media type.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

When you use robot inventory update to make changes to the volume
configuration, do the following: ensure that all volumes of the same physical
cartridge type (for example, 3590J in TLH robots) map to a single media type

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

such as HCART. This check ensures that all media in the robotic library can
be mounted on drives with a compatible drive type.

When you assign volumes manually, specify the media type that is associated
with the volume. Always use bar codes that are unique with respect to the six
least significant characters, across all media in all robots. Or use media ID
generation rules to ensure that unique media IDs are generated when you use
robot inventory update.

Media Manager status code: 96

Message: oprd returned abnormal status
Explanation: A request that oprd services (the operator request daemon or
process) returned an abnormal status.

On Windows, do the following when you auto-configure devices or initiate the

NetBackup Device Manager service from a graphical or a command line
interface: ensure that the service is not disabled in the system services
configuration.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

In general, any device management-related errors that occur on a particular

host accompany operator request daemon or process and remote device
management errors. Check for errors in the following: the debug and the system
or the application logs on the host where oprd was started or where it is
running. The host is often a targeted device host or scan host.
The kinds of failed requests that oprd services can include the following:

Down, up, or reset drives

Change drive comments

Deny or resubmit mount requests

Assign drives

Start or stop ltid

Obtain ltid status

Display drive status

Manage pending actions

Set NDMP attributes

Configure devices

453

454

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Clean drives

Obtain host version and device configuration information

Scan shared drives

Media Manager status code: 97

Message: rule does not exist in rule database
Explanation: A request was made to change or delete a bar code rule, but the bar
code rule with the specified bar code tag cannot be found.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

List the configured bar code rules in the EMM database. Adjust the bar code
tag that is specified on the change or the delete request or on the targeted
host. Then the bar code rule is found when the request is retried.

Media Manager status code: 101

Message: media type and volume group mismatch
Explanation: A request was made to add volumes or change volume residences
in the volume configuration. The media type and volume group that are associated
with the volume configuration changes are in conflict with the requirements for
volume groups. All volumes in a volume group are required to have the same
residence, which includes having the same media type. Media types that are used
for data and their associated cleaning media types are considered to be the same
with regard to volume group restrictions.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that the specified media type and volume group are compatible with
other volumes in the volume configuration that are in the specified volume
group. Choose a different volume group on the request, or let the volume group
be automatically selected. Volume group selection depends on the interface
being used.

Media Manager status code: 102

Message: invalid pool database entry
Explanation: The volume pool database is corrupt. It contains some records that
are not compatible with the installed product binaries.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Use vmpool to investigate the integrity of the volume pool database. The
daemon debug log file should indicate the expected number of fields and the
found number of fields in the pool record. Restore a saved version of the pool
database if the pool database cannot be manually corrected.

Media Manager status code: 104

Message: failed appending to pool database
Explanation: A request was made to add, change, or delete a volume pool in the
volume pool configuration. But the pool record cannot be appended to the volume
pool database file.

Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system
error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Examine the permissions and available file system space for writing to the
database: on UNIX and Linux, /usr/openv/volmgr/database/poolDB; on
Windows, install_path\Volmgr\database\poolDB.

Media Manager status code: 105

Message: poolname is not unique in pool database
Explanation: A request was made to add a volume pool in the volume pool
configuration. The pool name specified is a duplicate of the name for an existing
volume pool.
Recommended Action: On the add volume pool request, specify a volume pool
name that is not already in use on the targeted EMM database host.

Media Manager status code: 109

Message: pool does not exist in pool database
A requested operation encountered a case where the specified volume pool was
not found in the volume pool configuration. The requests that can return this
error code are as follows:

Add, change, delete, or query volume pool

Add or change bar code rule

Add or change volume

455

456

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Query scratch volumes

Robot inventory report or update

Examine the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a more detailed message on the
error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that volumes are properly configured on the EMM server. Use the
tpconfig -d command to list the configured EMM server. Select the current
server (the one being administered) to be the same as the host which is the
correct EMM server for a targeted device.

Do the following so the requested operation can find the requested volume
pool: update the volume or the device configurations, modify volume properties,
or adjust search criteria as needed. Investigate inconsistencies between the
EMM database and the volume pool database, and restore or correct those
databases from a previous state as needed.

Media Manager status code: 111

Message: the specified pool is not empty
Explanation: A request was made to delete a volume pool. The pool was not empty,
or it could not be determined whether or not volumes were still associated with
the specified volume pool.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Use a media management interface to query for the volumes that are associated
with the pool specified for deletion. Ensure that all volumes in a volume pool
are associated again with another pool before trying to delete the volume pool.
Use change volume operations to change the volume pool for a volume.

Media Manager status code: 112

Message: no pools in the pool list
Explanation: Unexpectedly, the volume pool list is empty.
Recommended Action: The volume pool list should contain a minimum of four
pools: None, NetBackup, Catalog Backup, and DataStore. Investigate the integrity
of the EMM database. Restore the EMM database from catalog backups.

Media Manager status code: 113

Message: invalid expiration date

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: A request was made to change the media expiration for one or more
volumes in the volume configuration, but the date specified was not valid.
Recommended Action:
When you change the media expiration, provide the date in the format that the
media management interface documentation specifies.

Media Manager status code: 114

Message: invalid maximum mounts
Explanation: A request was made to change the limit for the number of times a
volume can be mounted with write access for one or more volumes in the volume
configuration. The specified value is not within the acceptable range. The
maximum number of mounts value may also be invalid in the number of mounts
or cleanings field of a bar code rule.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Specify a maximum mounts value within the range of 0 to 2,147,483,647.

Media Manager status code: 115

Message: volume has passed expiration date
Explanation: A request was made to assign a volume, and the volume expiration
date has expired in relation to the current system date.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Extend the active life of the physical media: change the volume expiration
date to a future date in relation to the current system date or time.
Alternatively, replace the media with other media that still contains useful
life. Check the system date and time and reset it as needed.

Media Manager status code: 116

Message: volume has exceeded maximum mounts
Explanation: A request was made to assign a volume. The volumes number of
mounts exceeds the maximum number of mounts allowed for the volume.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.

457

458

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

See Using debug logs on page 422.

Extend the active life of the physical media: increase the volumes maximum
number of mounts or set the maximum number of mounts to infinite.
Alternatively, replace the media with other media that still contains useful
life.

Media Manager status code: 117

Message: operation not allowed on cleaning cartridge
Explanation: A request was made to change a volumes expiration or maximum
number of mounts. The operation is not allowed because the volume is a cleaning
cartridge.

If the volume is a cleaning cartridge, perform a valid operation such as changing

the number of cleanings that remain for the cleaning cartridge.

If the volumes media type cannot be determined, examine command output,

debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

If the targeted volume is incorrectly configured as a cleaning tape, delete the

cleaning volume. Then update the volume configuration using options to define
a new volume with the appropriate media type.

Media Manager status code: 118

Message: cannot delete one of the default volume pools
Explanation: An attempt was made to delete one of the special, pre-defined volume
pools. The None, NetBackup, Catalog Backup, and DataStore volume pools are
fixed volume pools in the volume pool configuration, and cannot be deleted.
Recommended Action: Do not attempt to delete the None, NetBackup, Catalog
Backup, and DataStore volume pools.

Media Manager status code: 119

Message: invalid rule database entry
Explanation: The bar code rule database is corrupt. It contains some records that
are not compatible with the installed product binaries.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Use vmrule to investigate integrity of the bar code rule database. The daemon
debug log file should indicate the number of expected fields and the number
of found fields in the bar code rule record. Restore a saved version of the bar
code rule database if the bar code rule database cannot be manually corrected.

Media Manager status code: 121

Message: failed appending to rule database
Explanation: A request was made to add, change, or delete a bar code rule. A bar
code rule record cannot be appended to the bar code rule database file.
Recommended Action:
Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the system error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 122

Message: barcode tag is not unique in rule database
Explanation: A request was made to add a bar code rule. The specified bar code
tag was a duplicate of the tag for an existing bar code rule.
Recommended Action: On the add bar code rule request, specify a bar code tag
that is not already in use.

Media Manager status code: 126

Message: not authorized to connect to vmd
Explanation: A caller requesting services from vmd is either not authenticated
or not authorized. Or a problem is encountered when two systems attempt to
authenticate one another.

See the NetBackup Security and Encryption Guide for information on vmd
security.
vmd security is based on NetBackup authentication or authorization, but has
extensions for handling SERVER entries in the Media Manager configuration
file.

Examine the debug log files for a more detailed message on the authentication
or the authorization problem.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Correct the vmd security configuration by adjusting the authentication

configuration, the AUTHORIZATION_REQUIRED entry, and SERVER entries.

459

460

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

If an authentication problem (rather than a configuration issue) is suspected,

do the following:

Ensure that the authentication libraries exist:

Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\lib\libvopie.dll
install_path\NetBackup\lib\libvnoauth.dll

UNIX and Linux (except HP-UX):

/usr/openv/lib/libvopie.so
/usr/openv/lib/libvnoauth.so

UNIX and Linux (HP-UX only):

/usr/openv/lib/libvopie.sl
/usr/openv/lib/libvnoauth.sl

Check the methods_allow.txt files on the systems that have problems to

ensure that authentication is enabled. The files are in the following
locations:
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\var\auth
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/var/auth

On the systems that have the authentication problem, remove the remote
host that is not authenticated from the methods_allow.txt file.
For example, if Host A and Host B have the problem, remove Host A from
the file on Host B, and vice versa.
Retry the operation.
If the problem still exists, the connection problems are not related to
authentication.
If connections are successful, proceed to the next step.
Run bpauthsync -vopie on the master server to synchronize the key files
on the systems again.
On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\bpauthsync -vopie
-servers

On UNIX and Linux:

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/admincmd/bpauthsync -vopie -servers

Add back the removed hosts and retry the operation.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 127

Message: unable to generate a unique media id
Explanation: A request was made to add volumes in the volume configuration
by using robot inventory update or by using a media ID seed. A unique media ID
was not generated because the "use seed" option was not specified, or because the
available media ID combinations were used up.
Recommended Action: If you use robot inventory update, ensure that all media
in the robotic library have readable bar code labels. Or request updates by using
a seed to generate media IDs for non-barcoded media automatically. If volumes
are added by specifying a seed, use a seed that allows media ID character
combinations beyond those already in use. To identify the slot that is associated
with the media that may not have a readable bar code, examine the command
output.

Media Manager status code: 129

Message: invalid drive name
Explanation: A request was made to the EMM/DA for a shared drive, and the
drive name was not recognized.

Examine the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a more detailed message on the
error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that the drive name is from 1 to 48 ASCII characters in length. The
following special characters are allowed: period (.), plus (+), minus (-), and
underscore (_).

Verify that the correct version of software is running on all servers.

Media Manager status code: 130

Message: requested drive is already reserved
Explanation: A request was made to reserve a shared drive with the EMM/DA,
and the drive was already reserved for another host.
This error is a normal occurrence when drive resources are oversubscribed for
either of the following reasons:

Independent schedulers or applications access the same pool of drives

Hardware or media errors cause some drives that are allocated to jobs to become
unavailable.

461

462

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Check the system log and application (bptm) debug log to determine if hardware
or media errors have caused drives to become unavailable.

If more information is needed on the drive reservation problem, examine the

following for a more detailed message on the error: command output, debug
logs, and system logs.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 131

Message: requested drive is not registered for host
Explanation: A request was made to reserve a shared drive with the EMM server.
The requesting host did not register the drive, although that host had registered
other drives.
This abnormal condition can occur in the following situation: two different hosts
with the same name registered different drive lists with the EMM server and one
of those hosts requested a drive reservation. (The same host name occurs when
SSO_HOST_NAME entries in the vm.conf file override the local host name.)
Recommended Action: Use unique (non-duplicate) strings for host names and
SSO_HOST_NAME configuration file entries.

Media Manager status code: 132

Message: requested drive is not currently registered
Explanation: A request was made to reserve or release a shared drive with the
EMM server. The requesting host or any other host has not registered the drive.
Recommended Action: This condition is abnormal. It can occur in the following
situation: the EMM server was stopped and restarted. This situation is
automatically handled, because the requesting host re-registers its drives with
the EMM server when this error is encountered.

Media Manager status code: 133

Message: requested drive is not reserved by host
Explanation: A request was made to release a shared drive with the EMM server.
The requesting host did not reserve the drive, although it was reserved for another
host.
This condition is abnormal. It can occur if a network problem or a suspended
process exists. The following are possible scenarios:

Host A reserves a shared drive.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Host A becomes unavailable for some time, unable to communicate with other
hosts.

Host B determines that the host having the reservation (Host A) is no longer
available. Host B then makes a request to the EMM/DA denoting Host A as
unavailable.

Some other host (such as Host A or Host C) reserves the drive.

The host that originally owned the drive reservation tries to release the drive.

Recommended Action: Correct the network or the process problem that led to
the communications problem. Ensure that unique non-duplicate strings are used
for host names and for SSO_HOST_NAME configuration file entries.

Media Manager status code: 134

Message: requested drive is not currently reserved
Explanation: A request was made to the EMM/DA to release a shared drive, but
none of the hosts reserved the drive.
This condition is abnormal. It can occur if there a network problem or a suspended
process exists. The following are possible scenarios:

Host A reserves a shared drive.

Host A becomes unavailable for some time, unable to communicate with other
hosts.

Host B determines that the host having the reservation (Host A) is no longer
available. Host B then makes a request to the EMM/DA denoting Host A as
unavailable.

The host that originally owned the drive reservation tries to release the drive.

Recommended Action: Correct the network or the process problem that led to
the communications problem. Ensure that unique non-duplicate strings are used
for host names and for SSO_HOST_NAME configuration file entries.

Media Manager status code: 135

Message: requested host is not currently registered
Explanation: A request was made to the EMM/DA to reserve or release a shared
drive or designate a host as unavailable. The host (that reserved or released the
drive or that was designated as unavailable) was not registered with the EMM/DA.
This condition is abnormal and can occur in the following situations.

463

464

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

The EMM server was stopped and restarted. This situation is automatically
handled, because the requesting host re-registers its drives with the EMM
server when this error is encountered.

A host was unregistered with the EMM server, and another host declared the
host to be unavailable.

Recommended Action: If the host was declared unavailable, determine whether

it should be available. Correct the underlying network problems or restart ltid
(the device daemon on UNIX and Linux or NetBackup Device Manager service on
Windows).

Media Manager status code: 136

Message: invalid host name
Explanation: A device host was added to the Media Manager configuration. Or a
request was made to the EMM server and the host name exceeded the allowable
length.
Recommended Action: Limit host names to 256 ASCII characters or less.

Media Manager status code: 137

Message: oprd request is not supported on the remote host
Explanation: An invalid request was sent to the operator request process.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Identify the targeted host. Verify that all Media Manager binaries on that host
are at a compatible version level with other hosts that are part of the
configuration. Update the software version as needed.

Media Manager status code: 138

Message: media generation rule already exists
Explanation: You or a NetBackup media management interface attempted to add
a MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rule that already exists. The same rule cannot
be added twice.
Recommended Action: Examine the listing of the MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS
rules again.
A description of MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rules is available.
See Reference Topics in the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume II.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 139

Message: media generation rule does not exist
Explanation: You or a NetBackup media management interface attempted to
delete a MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rule that does not exist.
Recommended Action: Examine a listing of the MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS
rules again.
For a description of MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rules, refer to Reference Topics
in the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume II.

Media Manager status code: 140

Message: invalid media generation rule
Explanation: You or a NetBackup media management interface attempted to add
an incorrect MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rule.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rule is
composed correctly.
For a description of MEDIA_ID_BARCODE_CHARS rules, refer to Reference Topics
in the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume II.

Media Manager status code: 141

Message: invalid number of mounts
Explanation: A request was made to change the number of times that a volume
was mounted, and the value specified was not within the acceptable range.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Specify a number of mounts value within the acceptable range of 0 to

2,147,483,647.

Media Manager status code: 142

Message: invalid offsite location
Explanation: The off-site location for a volume exceeds 25 ASCII characters in
length, or contains unprintable characters.
Recommended Action: When you add or change a volume record, ensure the
following: the off-site location field contains only printable characters and does
not exceed 25 ASCII characters in length.

465

466

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 143

Message: invalid offsite sent date
Explanation: A request was made to change the off-site sent date for one or more
volumes in the volume configuration, but the date specified was invalid.
Recommended Action: When you change the off-site sent date, provide the date
in the format that the Media Management interface documentation specified.

Media Manager status code: 144

Message: invalid offsite return date
Explanation: A request was made to change the off-site return date for one or
more volumes in the volume configuration, but the date specified was invalid.
Recommended Action: When you change the off-site return date, provide the
date in the format that the Media Management interface documentation specified.

Media Manager status code: 145

Message: requested drive is already reserved by host
Explanation: A request was made to the EMM/DA to reserve a shared drive. The
drive was already reserved for the requesting host.
This condition is abnormal. It can occur if two different hosts with the same name
registered the same drive name with the EMM/DA. (The same host name occurs
when SSO_HOST_NAME entries in the vm.conf file override the local host name.)
In this case, one of those hosts has a drive reservation, and the other host tries
to reserve the same drive.
Recommended Action: Use unique non-duplicate strings for host names and for
SSO_HOST_NAME configuration file entries.

Media Manager status code: 146

Message: incompatible database version
Explanation: A requesting process or vmd encountered an invalid or an unknown
database or communications protocol. The possible data stores that an error
affects are volume, volume pool, bar code rule, global device database, and shared
drive information.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Identify the target components (for example, vmd and daemons or services,
or user interfaces on local or remote hosts). Verify that all Media Manager
binaries are at a compatible version level. Depending on which requests
encountered the invalid version, determine whether or not the database is
corrupt. Use an appropriate interface to query for the type of information that
is involved in the error condition.

Media Manager status code: 147

Message: invalid offsite slot
Explanation: A request was made to change the off-site slot location for a volume,
and the value specified was not within the acceptable range.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Specify an off-site slot value within the range of 0 to 2,147,483,647.

Media Manager status code: 148

Message: invalid offsite session id
Explanation: A request was made to change the off-site session ID for a volume,
and the value specified was not within the acceptable range.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Specify an off-site session ID within the range of 0 to 2,147,483,647.

Media Manager status code: 149

Message: current version does not support this configuration
Explanation: A request cannot be performed because it attempted to reference
unlicensed functionality. An example request: the attempt to add a volume with
a media type that is not valid for the licensed product.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

List the license keys that were installed and verify that the referenced
functionality is supported with the currently installed license keys. Check to
see that the databases that define externalized object types are in place and
not corrupted. These database files are the following, in the

467

468

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

/usr/openv/var/global directory (UNIX and Linux) or

install_path\NetBackup\var\global folder (Windows):

external_densities.txt

external_drivetypes.txt

external_mediatypes.txt

external_robotics .txt

Media Manager status code: 150

Message: registering this host would exceed the maximum allowed
Explanation: The EMM/DA received a request to register shared drives from a
host that was not currently registered. The maximum number of hosts that are
registered with this EMM/DA were already reached. The current limit for the
number of hosts that can register with the EMM/DA is 255.

Restrict the size of the SSO configuration to no more than 255 hosts.

Break up the media and the device management domain into multiple domains,
with all domains having 255 or fewer hosts that register shared drives.

Media Manager status code: 152

Message: global device database record not found
Explanation: A request was made to update a global device database record, and
the record specified was not found in the global device database. This condition
can occur when a device configuration change is made after the global device
database host has changed.
Recommended Action: If the request to update the record fails because the record
does not exist, a request is made to add the missing record. No action is required.

Media Manager status code: 153

Message: device entry is not unique in global device database
Explanation: A request was made to add a global device database record, and the
record specified was a duplicate of an existing record. This condition can occur
if two processes update simultaneously the device configuration on the same host.

Coordinate changes to the device configuration so that changes come from a

single source.

Investigate the global device database changes on the server (database) side
by examining the daemon debug log file for a more detailed error message.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 155

Message: global device database append operation failed
Explanation: A request was made to change the device configuration, and a global
device database record cannot be written to the global device database file.
Recommended Action:
Examine the daemon debug log for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 160

Message: the global device database device type is invalid
Explanation: An invalid device type appears in a request to modify the device
configuration.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Identify the targeted host. Verify that all Media Manager binaries on that host
are at a compatible version level with other hosts that are part of the
configuration. Update the software version as needed.

Media Manager status code: 162

Message: the global device database device name is invalid
Explanation: An invalid or a missing device name was encountered in a request
to modify the device configuration.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Identify the targeted host. Verify that all Media Manager binaries on that host
are at a compatible version level with other hosts that are part of the
configuration. Update the software version as needed.

Media Manager status code: 163

Message: the operation requested has failed
Explanation: The requested operation failed. The reason was not specified.

469

470

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Recommended Action: This error code may appear for a number of reasons.
Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 164

Message: the robotic daemon returned an invalid volume GUID
Explanation: An invalid RSM GUID was returned from the RSM API. (RSM is the
Microsoft Removable Storage Manager. GUID is a Global Unique Identifier.)

Examine the systems application log, the Removable Storage system interface,
and the daemon and reqlib debug logs for a more detailed message on the
error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Retry the operation and examine the logs. From the daemon debug log file,
determine the media ID that has the invalid RSM GUID.

Make sure that the software components are compatible.

Media Manager status code: 165

Message: Evaluation period expired. Go to www.symantec.com to order this
product.
Explanation: The NetBackup evaluation software has expired.
See the address in the message or www.symantec.com/enterprise/ for ordering
information.
Recommended Action: Obtain a licensed copy of NetBackup.

Media Manager status code: 166

Message: media access port not available
Explanation: A request was made to physically move a volume into or out of a
robotic library, but the media access port was unavailable.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that the move request was not sent to a robotic control daemon or
process on a system that runs an older, incompatible software version.

Ensure that the targeted robotic control daemon or process operates normally.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 167

Message: ADAMM GUID is not unique in the database
Explanation: A volume entry that was added to or changed in the EMM database
had a specified ADAMM GUID. It was a duplicate of the ADAMM GUID for another
volume already in the EMM database. All volumes in the EMM database must have
an ADAMM GUID that is either unique or null. (ADAMM is Advanced Device and
Media Management, and a GUID is a Global Unique Identifier.)

Examine command output (if available) and the daemon and reqlib debug logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

From the daemon debug log file, determine the volume that has an ADAMM
GUID conflict with the volume entry that is added or changed.

Media Manager status code: 168

Message: ADAMM GUID does not exist in database
Explanation: The EMM database was queried for a specified ADAMM (Advanced
Device and Media Management) GUID, and no volumes were found matching the
specified criteria. (The GUID is a Global Unique Identifier.)
Recommended Action:
Run vmphyinv for the media whose ADAMM GUID does not exist in the database.

Media Manager status code: 169

Message: internal database access failure
Explanation: During an update of a drive status from a pre-6.0 NetBackup server
in EMM, a problem occurred.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Run the tpconfig -d or vmquery -a command to verify that the EMM server
is actively running and that it accepts new connections.

Media Manager status code: 171

Message: a scratch pool is already defined
Explanation: A new scratch pool cannot be defined because another scratch pool
already exists.

471

472

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Recommended Action:
Use the scratch pool already defined, or delete the current scratch pool and create
a new scratch pool.

Media Manager status code: 172

Message: pool not defined as a scratch pool
Explanation: You or a NetBackup media management interface have tried to
delete (unset) a scratch pool that is not defined as a scratch pool.
Recommended Action: To delete the scratch pool, use the vmpool command.
Make sure that the name of the pool that is specified with the unset_scratch
option is the correct name of the scratch pool.

Media Manager status code: 173

Message: invalid scratch pool name
Explanation: You, or a NetBackup media management interface have tried to
specify the NetBackup, DataStore, or None pool as a scratch pool. The NetBackup,
DataStore, and None pools cannot be specified as scratch pools.
Recommended Action: Create a scratch pool with a different name.

Media Manager status code: 175

Message: unable to open the device test state file
Explanation: The process is not able to open the state file, mostly likely because
another process locked it.
Recommended Action:
Try again to open the state file. If you cannot open the state file, you may have to
remove the file, which would result in a loss of previous test runs.

Media Manager status code: 176

Message: unable to find any records in the device test database
Explanation: The state file exists, but it is empty. This error indicates that no
previous test runs have occurred.
Recommended Action: None required.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 177

Message: request can only be performed on the Media and Device Management
Domain Server
Explanation: The host this request was performed on is blocked from being a
database host. An administrator blocked the host to restrict which hosts are
allowed to be EMM servers.

Verify that you specified the correct EMM server (the -h option on the command
line). If you did not specify the database host, the command line defaults to
the local host, while the console uses the currently administered host.

Contact the administrator in charge of this configuration and verify that the
host was intentionally blocked from being a database host. If not, remove the
NOT_DATABASE_HOST flag in the hosts vm.conf file. To do so without having
to stop and restart the daemons, use:
vmquery -h <hoostname> -remove_not_db_host.
To add this entry to a host without having to stop and restart the daemons,
use: vmquery -h <hostname> -add_not_db_host.

Media Manager status code: 181

Message: not authorized to connect to robotic daemon
Explanation: A caller requesting services from a robotic daemon is not
authenticated or authorized. Or when two systems try to authenticate one another,
a problem occurs.

See the NetBackup Security and Encryption Guide for information on Media
Manager security.
Media Manager security is based on NetBackup authentication and
authorization, but has extensions for handling SERVER entries in the Media
Manager configuration file.

Examine the debug log files for a more detailed message on the authentication
and authorization problem.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Determine whether authorization fails on vmd. Examine the debug log files for
Media Manager status code 126 occurrences ("not authorized to connect to
vmd").

Correct the Media Manager security configuration by adjusting the

authentication configuration, the AUTHORIZATION_REQUIRED entry, the
ENABLE_ROBOT_AUTH entry, and the SERVER entries.

473

474

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

If an authentication problem (rather than a configuration issue) is suspected,

do the following:

Ensure that the authentication libraries exist:

Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\lib\libvopie.dll
install_path\NetBackup\lib\libvnoauth.dll

UNIX and Linux (except HP-UX):

/usr/openv/lib/libvopie.so
/usr/openv/lib/libvnoauth.so

UNIX and Linux (HP-UX only):

/usr/openv/lib/libvopie.sl
/usr/openv/lib/libvnoauth.sl

Check the methods_allow.txt files on the systems that have problems to

ensure that authentication is enabled. The files are in the following
locations:
Windows: install_path\NetBackup\var\auth
UNIX and Linux: /usr/openv/var/auth

On the systems that have the authentication problem, remove the remote
host that is not authenticated from the methods_allow.txt file and retry
the operation.
For example, if Host A and Host B have the problem, remove Host A from
the file on Host B, and vice versa.
If the problem still exists, the error is caused by connection problems not
related to authentication.
If connections are successful after you remove the host, run bpauthsync
-vopie on the master server to synchronize the key files on the systems
again.
On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\bpauthsync -vopie -servers

On UNIX and Linux:

/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/admincmd/bpauthsync -vopie -servers

Add the removed names and retry the operation.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Media Manager status code: 182

Message: device test state file does not exist
Explanation: The state file does not exist. The reason may be because no tests
have been run yet.
Recommended Action: If the state file is lost, any previous test runs are also lost.
The recommended action is to start again.

Media Manager status code: 185

Message: the robotic library is full and may still have media in its map
Explanation: During a robot inventory update, the user attempted to use the
empty_map option. The MAP contained more media than the library had space
for. In this case, the inventory update was successful, the empty_map part was
only partially successful. Those media still in the MAP are not changed or added
in the EMM database.
Recommended Action: No action is necessary on the users part except to be
aware that not all of the media was removed from the MAP and placed into the
library.

Media Manager status code: 186

Message: invalid container id
Explanation: A NetBackup Vault container ID was used with an invalid character.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Retry the operation with a container ID that does not contain invalid characters.

Media Manager status code: 187

Message: VxSS authentication failed
Explanation: The parties on either end of a socket connection cannot mutually
authenticate each other.

Ensure that the Symantec Product Authentication Service is installed and

configured.
For complete installation instructions, see the NetBackup Security and
Encryption Guide.

Check that both parties have a valid certificate by examining the listed expiry
date from a bpnbat -WhoAmI. For example:

475

476

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

bpnbat -WhoAmI
Name: JDOG
Domain: MYCOMPANY
Issued by: /CN=broker/[email protected]/O=vx
Expiry Date: Sep 19 12:51:55 2009 GMT
Authentication method: Microsoft Windows
Operation completed successfully.

Shows an expiry date of September 19th, 2009. After 12:51:55 GMT this
credential is no longer valid and a new credential is required.

If you are running from the NetBackup Administration console, close and
reopen the console. The console automatically obtains a credential for the
currently logged in identity, if possible. By default these certificates are valid
for 24 hours. To set a longer default time, consult the following:
See the NetBackup Security and Encryption Guide.

Ensure that the certificates for both sides either use the same broker, are
children of the same root broker, or have trusts established between them.
More information is available on broker hierarchies and how to establish trust
relationships between brokers.
See the NetBackup Security and Encryption Guide.

Ensure that connectivity is possible between the physical systems in question.

If general sockets cannot connect between the machines (such as ping and
telnet), network issues unrelated to NetBackup may be the cause of this
problem.

Ensure that the system has sufficient swap space and the following directories
are not full:

/home/username

/user/openv/netbackup/logs

/tmp

Media Manager status code: 188

Message: VxSS Access Denied
Explanation: The user identity that is used to attempt an operation does not have
the permissions needed to perform the action.

If you use the default groups, make certain that the user attempts to perform
an operation appropriate for that group. For example, a member of
NBU_Operators is unable to modify policy information, a permission reserved
for administrator roles.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Ensure that the system has sufficient swap space and the following directories
are not full:

/home/username

/user/openv/netbackup/logs

/tmp

If you use your own defined groups and permissions, first determine the object
with which the operation is associated. Then add the permissions relative to
the action. For example, a user is required to up and down drives but does not
currently have permission to do so. Verify that the user belongs to the correct
authorization group.
If necessary, verify that the group has Up and Down permissions on the Drive
object within the Group Permission tab. If necessary, you can increase the
verbosity level of NetBackup to locate what object and what permissions are
required for the failing request. The pertinent lines in the debug logs look
similar to the following:
17:19:27.653 [904.872] <2> GetAzinfo: Peer Cred Info.
Name: JMIZZLE
Domain: MYCOMPANY
Expiry: Sep 24 21:45:32 2003 GMT
Issued by: /CN=broker/[email protected]/O=vx
AuthType: 1
17:19:37.077 [904.872] <2> VssAzAuthorize: vss_az.cpp.5082:
Function: VssAzAuthorize. Object
NBU_RES_Drives
17:19:37.077 [904.872] <2> VssAzAuthorize: vss_az.cpp.5083:
Function: VssAzAuthorize. Permissions Up
17:19:40.171 [904.872] <2> VssAzAuthorize: vss_az.cpp.5166:
Function: VssAzAuthorize. 20 Permission denied.

In the example, the user JMIZZLE attempts to perform an operation that

requires the Up permission on the Drives object. To diagnose the problem,
examine the group(s) to which the user belongs to ensure that the appropriate
group includes the Up permission. (Up is a member of the Operate permission
set for Drives.)

Media Manager status code: 189

Message: failed to initialize a connection to the Enterprise Media Manager
Explanation: A request to initialize a connection with the EMM server failed or
was already initialized.

477

478

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Verify that pbx_exchange and nbemm are running.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Run the tpconfig -d or vmquery -a command to verify that the EMM server
is actively running and that it accepts new connections.

Media Manager status code: 190

Message: the request sent to the Device Allocator has failed
Explanation: A request to reserve or release a drive with the DA (EMM server)
failed.

Verify that pbx_exchange and nbemm are running.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Run the tpconfig -d or vmquery -a command to verify that the EMM server
is actively running and that it accepts new connections.

For a DA reserve drive request, verify that another host had not already
reserved the drive.

For a DA release drive request, verify the following: that the drive is DA
reserved by the host requesting the DA release and has not already been
released.

Media Manager status code: 191

Message: invalid EMM argument
Explanation: An invalid argument was provided on a call to the EMM server.
Recommended Action: Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 192

Message: unknown EMM error code
Explanation: An unknown error was returned from the EMM server.
Recommended Action: Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs
for a more detailed message on the error.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 193

Message: generic EMM SQL error
Explanation: The EMM server received an error from the underlying database.
Recommended Action:
Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media Manager status code: 194

Message: EMM DB record not found
Explanation: During a NetBackup upgrade a pre-requisite host was not upgraded
in the correct order.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that the proper upgrade order is followed as described in the NetBackup
Installation Guide.

Media Manager status code: 195

Message: CORBA communication error
Explanation: While trying to communicate with the EMM server, a problem
occurred.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that &CompanyName; Private Branch Exchange (VxPBX) processes new

requests.

Verify that the EMM server processes new requests.

Media Manager status code: 196

Message: EMM database error
Explanation: The calling program does not recognize the error the EMM server
returned.

479

480

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that the EMM server processes new requests.

Media Manager status code: 198

Message: pool not defined as a catalog backup pool
Explanation: An attempt was made to remove the Catalog Backup attribute from
a pool in which it was not set.
Recommended Action: Verify that the appropriate pool name was used in this
operation.

Media Manager status code: 199

Message: the media is allocated for use
Explanation: A request was made to modify a media that was in use.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Retry the operation once the media is no longer in use.

Device configuration status codes

Device configuration status codes appear in exit status and command output for
the tpconfig and the tpautoconf commands, and in system or debug logs.
Programs that call tpconfig and tpautoconf, such as media and device
management user interfaces and the vmoprcmd command, also present these codes.

Device configuration status code: 0

Message: Success
Explanation: A requested operation was successfully completed.
Recommended Action: None.

Device configuration status code: 1

Message: Cannot execute command, permission denied

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: A user or process that did not have root privileges (on UNIX and
Linux) or administrator privileges (on Windows) started the process. Or the EMM
server name cannot be set.

If appropriate, give the user or the process administrator privileges (on

Windows) or root privileges (on UNIX and Linux) and reissue the device
configuration request.

Establish a common EMM server name as follows:

Run tpautoconf -get_gdbhost on other hosts.

Set the EMM server name with

tpautoconf -set_gdbhost host_name

where host_name is the host name returned by tpautoconf -get_gdbhost.

Device configuration status code: 2

Message: The device_mappings file has invalid license info
The problem concerns one of the following files:
/usr/openv/share/device_mappings.txt (UNIX and Linux) or
install_path\VERITAS\NetBackup\share\device_mappings.txt (Windows).

The file does not exist.

The file is for a different version of NetBackup. You can find what version it
is for by reading the header in the file.

The file has a corrupted licensing digest.

Recommended Action: Download the latest device mapping file from the following
&CompanyName; support website:
www.symantec.com/business/support/

Device configuration status code: 3

Message: Could not get hostname
Explanation: An attempt to look up the host name for this host failed.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that the host name is resolvable.

481

482

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 7

Message: Invalid SCSI port number for the robot
Explanation: A request was made to add or change the SCSI port number for a
robot, but the SCSI port number provided was not valid.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Specify the correct SCSI port number for the robot. Perform device discovery
by using the Device Configuration wizard, or check the Windows registry as
needed to obtain the SCSI port number.

Device configuration status code: 8

Message: Invalid SCSI bus number for the robot
Explanation: A request was made to add or change the SCSI bus number for a
robot, but the SCSI bus number provided was not valid.
Recommended Action: Specify the correct SCSI bus number for the robot. Perform
device discovery by using the Device Configuration wizard, or check the Windows
registry as needed to obtain the SCSI bus number.

Device configuration status code: 9

Message: Invalid SCSI target for the robot
Explanation: A request was made to add or change the SCSI target for a robot,
but the SCSI target provided was not valid.
Recommended Action: Specify the correct SCSI target for the robot. Perform
device discovery by using the Device Configuration wizard, or check the Windows
registry as needed to obtain the SCSI target.

Device configuration status code: 10

Message: Invalid SCSI logical unit number for the robot
Explanation: A request was made to add or change the SCSI logical unit number
for a robot, but the SCSI logical unit number was not valid.
Recommended Action: Specify the correct SCSI logical unit number for the robot.
Perform device discovery by using the Device Configuration wizard, or check the
Windows registry as needed to obtain the SCSI logical unit number.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 11

Message: Invalid Usage
Explanation: One of the Media Manager device configuration commands (tpconfig
or tpautoconf) was executed with improper options. Or an incompatibility exists
between components or versions of the product.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check the tpconfig or the tpautoconf usage statement for expected usage
and compare with the parameters being sent to start the new process.

Verify that all Media Manager binaries are at a compatible version level.

Device configuration status code: 13

Message: Failed reading drive or robot config file
Explanation: A request was made to list the device configuration, but an error
was encountered while reading from the EMM database.

Examine the daemon debug log and system logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that nbemm is running. Display the device configuration to determine

whether or not the database is corrupt. Restore a saved copy of the databases
from catalog backups, or delete them and recreate the device configuration as
needed.

Device configuration status code: 14

Message: Invalid drive index
Explanation: A request was made to add, update, or list a drive configuration
entry, and the specified drive index was not associated with a configured drive.

Display the device configuration to obtain the list of valid drives. Avoid making
device configuration changes from multiple sources simultaneously.

If more information is needed, examine the daemon debug log and command
or interface output for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Device configuration status code: 15

Message: Invalid robot number

483

484

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: On a request to modify the device configuration, the following

occurred: the specified robot number was not within the allowable range, the
robot number did not correspond to a currently configured robot, or the robotic
database is corrupted.

Specify a robot number in the range of 0 to 32767.

Ensure that all device configuration changes or deletions are performed on

the devices that are currently part of the device configuration.

Verify that nbemm is running. Restore a saved copy of the robotic database
from catalog backups, or delete it and recreate any needed robotic configuration
information.

Device configuration status code: 16

Message: A SCSI inquiry sent to the device has failed
Explanation: On a request to add or update a SCSI robotic library or drive, Media
Manager cannot obtain the devices serial number and inquiry string. Media
Manager is obtains this information by sending a SCSI Inquiry command to the
device. Failure indicates that NetBackup was not able to communicate with the
device by means of SCSI.

Ensure that the device is physically connected.

Ensure that the operating system is configured to recognize the device and
that the operating system can see the device.

Ensure that no other process uses the device and that the device is not offline.

Device configuration status code: 17

Message: This robot type does not support multiple media types
Explanation: An attempt to add or update a robotic drive failed because the drives
in this robotic library are configured with a different drive type. (Some NetBackup
robotic library types do not support multiple media types.)
Refer to the NetBackup Release Notes or to the NetBackup Administrator's Guide,
Volume II, for more information on which NetBackup robotic library types support
multimedia.

Configure all drives for this robotic library with the same drive type.

If you use NetBackup Server and want a robotic library with multiple media
types, contact &CompanyName; to purchase NetBackup Enterprise Server.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 18

Message: Invalid robot type
Explanation: On a request to modify the device configuration, the specified robot
type was invalid. Or it did not match the robot type for the robot that is associated
with the specified robot number.

Check the device configuration for configured robots, and specify the correct
robot type applicable for the device configuration information being updated.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that all Media Manager binaries are at a compatible version level.

Device configuration status code: 19

Message: Invalid device path name
Explanation: On a request to change the device configuration, the specified device
path or device name was not valid.

To avoid configuring invalid device paths and device names, use the Device
Configuration wizard (on supported device discovery platforms). The wizard
automatically configures device paths and device names.

On Windows hosts, check the operating system configuration or registry for

device names and refer to the tpconfig command in NetBackup online help.
Information for UNIX and Linux hosts is available
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.
Always use no-rewind device files for drives that are attached to UNIX and
Linux hosts. Check to ensure that the specified device paths exist as
character-special files. Check for detailed errors from the command or the
user interface output.

Device configuration status code: 21

Message: Robot number is already in use
Explanation: On a request to add a robot to the device configuration, the robot
number was found to be already in use for a different robot.
Recommended Action: Check the device configuration on all device hosts for
configured robots, and specify a robot number that is not already in use. Use the
following to display all devices in the EMM database:
tpconfig -emm_dev_list

485

486

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 22

Message: Device path is already in use
Explanation: On a request to add or change robot information in the device
configuration, the specified robotic device path is in use for another configured
robot.

To avoid configuring the device paths that are already in use, use the Device
Configuration wizard (on supported device discovery platforms). The wizard
automatically configures device paths and device names.

Display the device configuration using tpconfig -d or a device configuration

interface to see the robotic information that is already configured. Windows
hosts have multiple ways to configure robots (changer names or port, bus,
target, LUN). Check the operating system configuration or registry for changer
names and their associated SCSI paths. Check for detailed errors from the
command or the user interface output.

Device configuration status code: 24

Message: Incomplete robot information
Explanation: On a request to change the device configuration, some of the required
robot information was not specified.
Recommended Action: Check the command usage and reissue the request with
all required robot information specified.

Device configuration status code: 25

Message: Robot drive number in use for this robot
Explanation: On a request to change the device configuration, the specified drive
address in the robot is in use by another drive in the device configuration.
Recommended Action: The drive address in the robot is the following: the robot
drive number for most robot types, the ACS/LSM/PANEL/DRIVE coordinates for
ACS robots, or a vendor drive name for TLH and TLM robots. Two drives cannot
have the same drive address in a robot in a given device configuration. If the drive
addresses need to be adjusted, delete one of the drives or make use of an unused
drive address as a temporary state. For example, a robot has two drives with robot
drive numbers 1 and 2 that need to be swapped. Change one drive to use robot
drive number 3 temporarily. Then change the other drive to use robot drive number
1 or 2 as appropriate. Finally, change the first drive to the open robot drive address
1 or 2.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 27

Message: Invalid drive type for the robot
Explanation: On a request to configure a drive to be in a robot, the drive type was
not valid for the selected robot type.
Recommended Action: Check the Robot Attributes tables in the following manual
to determine valid media types for a given robot type:
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.
Drive types directly correspond to the listed media types. Configure supported
devices so that invalid combinations of drive types and robot types are not
required.

Device configuration status code: 28

Message: Invalid robot drive number for the robot type
Explanation: On a request to configure a drive to be in a robot, the robot drive
number was not valid for the selected robot type.
Recommended Action: The robot drive number (for ACS robots, the set of ACS
drive identifiers) is limited to the ranges that are based on the robot type. These
limits are based on a supported device list. An invalid robot drive number means
that the drive number was not within the acceptable range. Make sure that the
robot hardware is supported and that the required patches are installed to support
the robotic library. If the robot type is TLH or TLM, do not specify a robot drive
number because the drives are addressed with a vendor drive name.

Device configuration status code: 29

Message: Drive index is in use by another drive
Explanation: On a request to add a drive to the device configuration, the requested
drive index was in use on the targeted device host.

To avoid configuring a drive index that is already in use, use the Device
Configuration wizard (on supported device discovery platforms). The wizard
automatically configures the drive index.

If you use a device configuration interface that allows the drive index to be
specified, do the following: use tpconfig -d to determine the drive indexes
already in use on the targeted device host. Then specify a drive index that is
not in use.

487

488

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 30

Message: Robot number is in use by another robot
Explanation: On a request to add or update a robotic drive in the device
configuration, the following occurred: the robot number and robot type specified
were associated with an existing robot of a different robot type.
Recommended Action: Check the device configuration on the targeted device
host and identify the configured robots. On the drive configuration request, specify
both the robot number and robot type that relate to the robot that contains the
drive.

Device configuration status code: 31

Message: Robot number does not exist
Explanation: On a request to add or update a drive or robot in the device
configuration, the following occurred: the robot number and robot type specified
were not associated with any configured robots on the targeted device host.
Recommended Action: Check the device configuration on the targeted device
host and identify the configured robots. Every drive that is configured as a robotic
drive must already have its robot configured on that device host. Shared robotic
libraries having robotic control on a remote host must have a logical robotic entry
that refers to the remote host having robotic control. Add the robot to the device
configuration first. Then add the drive. Define it to be in the robot. If the robot
was already configured, specify the correct robot number and robot type on the
drive or the robot configuration request.

Device configuration status code: 33

Message: Robot type must be controlled locally
Explanation: On a request to add or update a robot in the device configuration,
the following occurred: a remote control host was specified for a library type
which does not support it.

Check that you configured the correct robot type.

Configure the device with local control by using its local device path.

Device configuration status code: 34

Message: Drive name is already in use by another drive
Explanation: On a request to add or update a drive in the device configuration,
the requested drive path was in use on the targeted device host.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

To avoid configuring any paths that are already in use, use the Device
Configuration wizard (on supported device discovery platforms). The wizard
automatically configures the drive paths.

Before you make configuration changes, check the existing drive configuration
through a device configuration interface. Or run tpconfig -d to determine
the drive paths that are already in use on the targeted device host. Then specify
a drive path that is not already in use.

Device configuration status code: 35

Message: Drive name does not exist
Explanation: On a request to update or delete a drive in the device configuration,
the following occurred: no drives having the specified drive name were found on
the targeted device host.
Recommended Action: Check the device configuration on the targeted device
host and identify the configured drives. When you make drive configuration
changes or deletions, specify the drive name as it is configured. Take care to use
the proper case.

Device configuration status code: 36

Message: <NONE>
Explanation: On a request to make a device configuration change, an error
occurred. A detailed message appears in the command or the utility interface
output.

Examine the daemon debug log and command or interface output for a more
detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Retry the device configuration request and examine the logs.

Device configuration status code: 37

Message: Residence is not licensed for shared drive support
Explanation: On a request to add or update a drive in the device configuration,
the drive was specified as shared. No support for shared drives exists for that
drive type or for the type of robot that is associated with the drive.
Recommended Action: Check the Technical Support Web site and product release
documentation for supported device configurations.

489

490

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 38

Message: Current version does not support remote device host
Explanation: On a request to change the EMM server, the specified host is not
the local host. The current software is not licensed to allow remote hosts.
Recommended Action: Check product documentation for supported device
configurations. Obtain an additional software license that allows remote hosts to
be configured, or specify only local host names on the configuration request.

Device configuration status code: 39

Message: Adding this drive would exceed the maximum allowed
Explanation: On a request to add a drive to the device configuration, the following
occurred: the licensed limit for the maximum number of drives was reached on
the targeted host.
Recommended Action: Check product documentation for supported device
configurations. Obtain an additional software license that allows more drives to
be configured.Or limit the configuration to the number of drives that the current
licensing allows.

Device configuration status code: 40

Message: Adding this device would exceed the maximum allowed
Explanation: On a request to add a robot to the device configuration, the following
occurred: the licensed limit for the maximum number of robots was reached on
the targeted host.
Recommended Action: Check product documentation for supported device
configurations. Obtain an additional software license that allows more robots to
be configured. Or limit the configuration to the number of robots that the current
licensing allows.

Device configuration status code: 41

Message: Cannot change terminal mode
Explanation: When an attempt was made to change the mode for terminal input
between cooked and raw, a system call failed.
Recommended Action: Examine the user interface output for the system error
that is associated with the failed system call. Then troubleshoot according to
operating system vendor recommendations.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 42

Message: Cannot create miscellaneous working repository
Explanation: On a device configuration request, the miscellaneous working
directory or folder is not present and cannot be created.
Recommended Action: Find out why /usr/openv/volmgr/misc (UNIX and Linux)
or install_path\volmgr\misc (Windows) cannot be created. On Windows,
determine which accounts the NetBackup Volume Manager service and device
configuration interfaces are running under. Compare them with the security
properties of the database folder. On UNIX and Linux, determine whether users
or device configuration interface callers are running under a user and group with
permissions to create the miscellaneous directory.

Device configuration status code: 44

Message: Cannot discover devices. See the Troubleshooting Guide for details.
Explanation: Device discovery cannot obtain or verify its lock file or had a problem
with the EMM server.

Examine the daemon debug log and command or interface output for a more
detailed message on the system error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Retry the operation and examine the logs. One of the following may have
occurred:

Lock file problems: The device discovery process sets a lockfile in the
/usr/openv/volmgr/misc (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\Volmgr\misc
(Windows) directory named tpac.lock. It sets the lockfile to ensure that
only one instance of discovery runs on a particular host. It then checks the
lockfile before it updates the configuration.

Cannot obtain lockfile.

The lockfile may be held by another discovery process. In this case the
following error is displayed:
"another tpautoconf is already running"

Use standard OS process tools (ps on UNIX and Linux or Task Manager
on Windows) to determine if another tpautoconf process is running.
If not, delete the lockfile and re-run device discovery. If another
tpautoconf process is running, wait for it to complete before retrying.

Failed the lockfile check.

491

492

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

In the case of long device-discovery cycles, the interface may timeout

or the user may cancel the process. Part of the timeout or cancellation
is to remove the lockfile. This action tells the device discovery process
that it should not continue making modifications to the device
configuration. If action occurs, run the discovery process again.

Device configuration status code: 48

Message: RSM is not supported.
Explanation: On a request to make a device configuration change, the RSM
(Microsoft Removable Storage Manager) robot type was specified, but it is no
longer supported.
Recommended Action: Use a supported Media Manager robot type.

Device configuration status code: 49

Message: global device database host name is invalid.
Explanation: On a device configuration request, the EMM server name cannot
be obtained.
The EMM server name is obtained through an internal request to read the bp.conf
file (or Windows registry). This request is likely to fail if the EMMSERVER entry
is not set.
Recommended Action: Use tpautoconf -get_gdbhost on a device host to obtain
its EMM server name. Use tpautoconf -set_gdbhost to set the EMM server name,
as needed.

Device configuration status code: 51

Message: No compatible device is registered at these SCSI coordinates.
Explanation: On a request to add or change robot or drive information in the
device configuration, the following occurred: the specified SCSI coordinates did
not correspond to a device in the system registry. This status code applies to
Windows systems only.
Recommended Action: To avoid manually specifying SCSI coordinates (port, bus,
target, and LUN), use the Device Configuration wizard. The wizard fully automates
(on supported device discovery platforms) device configuration requests. Or use
the Media And Device Management interface to browse for devices in the system
registry. Check the operating system registry to ensure that devices are present
at the specified coordinates when SCSI coordinates are manually configured.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 52

Message: The device name is not valid, no device responded.
Explanation: On a request to add or change robot or drive information in the
device configuration, the following occurred: no device was found in the system
registry with the specified device name. This error code applies to Windows
systems only.
Recommended Action: To avoid manually specifying the device name, use the
Device configuration wizard. The wizard fully automates (on supported device
discovery platforms) device configuration requests. Or use the Media And Device
Management interface to browse for devices in the system registry. Check the
operating system registry to ensure that devices are present at the specified
coordinates when devices are manually configured.

Device configuration status code: 53

Message: Shared Storage Option (SSO) is not licensed
Explanation: An attempt to add a path to a drive failed. It failed because the SSO
license was not installed.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that an active SSO license is installed on the following: all servers that
have a path configured to this drive and the server where this operation is
performed.

Device configuration status code: 55

Message: Invalid NDMP hostname
Explanation: An invalid hostname or no hostname was specified.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Use tpconfig -dnh to verify that the host has been configured.

Check the usage of the tpautoconf -list_snapvault_volumes command.

Device configuration status code: 56

Message: Invalid NDMP username
Explanation: An invalid username or no username was specified.

493

494

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Use tpconfig -dnh to verify that the host has been configured.

Device configuration status code: 57

Message: Internal NDMP error
Explanation: An error occurs on the NDMP device.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check the usage of the set_ndmp_attr -probe or tpautoconf -probe

commands.

An error occurs while trying to get the serial number and inquiry string for a
device connected to an NDMP filer. Verify that the device is properly attached
to the filer.

Device configuration status code: 58

Message: NDMP failed to verify host
Explanation: An error occurs while using the NDMP verify functionality.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check the usage of the tpautoconf -verify commands.

Verify that the device is properly attached to the filer.

Device configuration status code: 59

Message: NDMP is not installed on platform
Explanation: The NDMP option is not installed on this server.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that the NDMP option is properly installed and licensed.

Verify that NDMP is supported on the platform in question.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 60

Message: Invalid NDMP password
Explanation: An invalid NDMP password or no password was provided.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that the password is appropriate for the media server and filer pair.

Verify that the password was provided correctly on the command or in the
NDMP Host dialog box.

Device configuration status code: 61

Message: NDMP host exists, use change option
Explanation: An attempt to add a filer fails because the filer already exists in the
EMM database.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Use the -update option of tpconfig instead of -add.

Device configuration status code: 62

Message: NDMP host does not exist
Explanation: The NDMP host does not exist in the EMM database.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Use the -add -nh option on the tpconfig command to add the NDMP host.

Device configuration status code: 63

Message: NDMP request failed
Explanation: An attempt to create an NDMP session failed, or an attempt to send
an NDMP message failed.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

495

496

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Verify NAS filer licenses, supported operating system levels, and network
connectivity.

Device configuration status code: 64

Message: Invalid NDMP device
Explanation: An invalid NDMP device was specified.
Recommended Action: Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Device configuration status code: 65

Message: NDMP robot exists, use change option
Explanation: The robot currently exists in the EMM database.
Recommended Action: Use the NetBackup Administration Console, or the
tpconfig -update -robot command, to change the robot configuration.

Device configuration status code: 66

Message: NDMP robot does not exist
Explanation: An update request was issued for a non-existent robot.
Recommended Action: Use the NetBackup Administration Console, or the
tpconfig -update -robot command, to add the correct robot.

Device configuration status code: 67

Message: Unable to connect to NDMP host verify hostname
Explanation: A network connection to the NAS host failed.

Use the tpautoconf -verify command to verify the hostname, username,

and password.

Use the ping command to verify network access.

Device configuration status code: 68

Message: Unable to process NDMP message
Explanation: An unexpected error occurs while an NDMP message processed.
Recommended Action: Examine debug logs and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

See Using debug logs on page 422.

Device configuration status code: 69

Message: NDMP host not connected
Explanation: Unable to process NDMP messages with the NDMP host.
Recommended Action: Examine debug logs for more information on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Device configuration status code: 70

Message: Unable to create NDMP session
Explanation: An error occurs while opening an NDMP connection to a NAS filer.

Examine debug logs for more information on the error.

See Using debug logs on page 422.

Use the tpautoconf -verify command to verify the hostname, username,

and password.

Use the ping command to verify network access.

Device configuration status code: 71

Message: NDMP get_host_info failed
Explanation: The NAS host fails to correctly process the ndmp_get_host_info
protocol request.
Recommended Action: Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Device configuration status code: 72

Message: NDMP get_server_info failed
Explanation: The NAS host fails to successfully process the get_server_info
protocol request.
Recommended Action: Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

497

498

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 73

Message: Unsupported NDMP version
Explanation: NetBackup supports tape devices on NDMP protocol versions V2,
V3, and V4. For automatic device configuration, only V3 and V4 are supported.

Examine debug logs for a more detailed message on the error.

See Using debug logs on page 422.

See your NAS vendor documentation for instructions on how to switch NDMP
versions.

Device configuration status code: 74

Message: NDMP authorization error, verify username/password
Explanation: NetBackup fails to authenticate the username or password on the
NAS host.
Recommended Action: Use the tpautoconf -verify command to verify the
username and password.

Device configuration status code: 75

Message: NDMP config_get_mover_type failed
Explanation: The NAS host fails to successfully process the config_get_mover_type
protocol request.
Recommended Action: Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Device configuration status code: 76

Message: NDMP config_get_connection_type failed
Explanation: The NAS host fails to successfully process the
config_get_connection_type protocol request.
Recommended Action: Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Device configuration status code: 77

Message: Unable to connect to the EMM server

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: A request was made to the EMM server, but it either did not reach
the EMM server or resulted from a communication failure.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that pbx_exchange and nbemm are running.

Run the tpconfig -d or vmquery -a command to verify that the EMM server
is actively running and that it accepts new connections.

Device configuration status code: 78

Message: The EMM server failed to process the request
Explanation: A request was made to the EMM server, but it either did not reach
the EMM server or resulted from a communication failure.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that pbx_exchange and nbemm are running.

Run the tpconfig -d or vmquery -a command to verify that the EMM server
is actively running and that it accepts new connections.

Device configuration status code: 79

Message: Unable to allocate memory for this process
Explanation: A memory allocation request failed.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that adequate memory is available.

Device configuration status code: 81

Message: This is a drive path operation, use the -drpath option
Explanation: A path operation was specified with the tpconfig command without
the -drpath option. This error can occur when you try to change a drives path
using tpconfig -update -drive.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.

499

500

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check tpconfig usage to ensure that the command is used properly and use
tpconfig -update -drpath instead.

Device configuration status code: 82

Message: Add Drive Name Rule request failed
Explanation: A request to add a drive name rule failed.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

The rule being added already exists.

The specified host does not exist in the EMM database. Use the nbemmcmd
-addhost command to add the host to the EMM database.

Device configuration status code: 83

Message: Update Drive Name Rule request failed
Explanation: An update to a drive name rule failed.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

The rule being updated does not exist. Ensure that the drive name rule is
entered correctly.

The specified host does not have a local drive name rule configured. Configure
a drive name rule.

Device configuration status code: 84

Message: Delete Drive Name Rule request failed
Explanation: A request to delete a drive name rule failed. You cannot add or delete
a global drive name rule.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

A local drive name rule does not exist on the hosts specified.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 85

Message: List Drive Name Rule request failed
Explanation: Could not list the drive name rules for a given host or set of hosts.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that the hosts are known in the EMM database.

Device configuration status code: 86

Message: Invalid Drive Name Rule
Explanation: A drive name rule was not specified, or contained an invalid
character.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Observe the rules for drive names:

Cannot begin with a dash.

Cannot exceed 48 characters.

A literal field can only contain alphanumeric characters and plus (+), dash
(-), period (.), or underscore (_).

An invalid field name was specified; check command usage.

Device configuration status code: 87

Message: System Error
Explanation: An operating system error occurred.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that adequate memory is available.

Verify that Windows networking is properly installed.

Device configuration status code: 88

Message: Invalid host

501

502

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: An attempt was made to add a device to a host that the EMM database
does not recognize.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Use nbemmcmd -addhost to add the host to the EMM database.

Device configuration status code: 89

Message: Drive name rule has exceeded its maximum length of 48 characters
Explanation: The specified drive name rule is too long.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Choose a shorter rule.

Device configuration status code: 90

Message: Another device configuration is already in progress
Explanation: An instance of the Device Configuration Wizard or tpautoconf is
already running.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Retry the operation after the current instance is done.

A lock on the device configuration cache may have been orphaned. Use the
nbemmcmd command to clear the lock, then retry the operation.

Device configuration status code: 91

Message: The drive serial number already exists in the device database.
Explanation: An attempt was made to add a drive with a duplicate serial number.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that the added drive has a unique serial number.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 92

Message: VxSS access denied
Explanation: A user attempts an operation without adequate permissions

Verify that the user has the correct permissions to perform this operation.

Verify that the authentication and authorization security settings are correct,
under Host Properties in the NetBackup Administration Console.
See the NetBackup Security and Encryption Guide for information on how to
use the Symantec Product Authentication and Authorization Service.

Device configuration status code: 93

Message: Database Server is down
Explanation: A request was made to the EMM Server, but the underlying database
server does not respond.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

This error can occur if a cold catalog backup is in progress. Retry the request
after this operation has completed.

Device configuration status code: 94

Message: NetApp Disk Storage Unit feature is not licensed
Explanation: The NetApp NearStore disk storage unit is a licensed feature. You
must install the NearStore license key before NetBackup can configure NearStore
devices.
Recommended Action: Install the appropriate license key.

Device configuration status code: 95

Message: The requested operation is not valid for the specified Disk Type
Explanation: The storage device you configured is not a disk storage device.
Recommended Action: Select an appropriate storage device.

Device configuration status code: 96

Message: The specified Disk Array Host is not configured in NetBackup

503

504

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: You must first add this disk array host to the NetBackup host
configuration before this operation can be performed. To view hosts, see nbemmcmd
-listhosts in the NetBackup Commands Guide.

If you try to update an existing hosts credentials, this host no longer exists
in NetBackup. It must be added again by using the tpconfig or the nbemmcmd
command.

The name you entered for the disk array host does not match any of the
machine aliases in the NetBackup machine configuration. Use the nbemmcmd
command to add the fully qualified array host name (or the name entered) to
the machine alias list for your disk array.

Device configuration status code: 97

Message: No valid license key for Disk Array configuration
Explanation: Disk array snapshot support is a licensed featured. You must install
the Snapshot Client license key before NetBackup can configure disk array
credentials.
Recommended Action: Install the Snapshot Client license key.

Device configuration status code: 98

Message: Open Storage feature is not licensed
Explanation: Credentials for OpenStorage servers cannot be added without the
NetBackup OpenStorage license key.
Recommended Action: Install the OpenStorage license key.

Device configuration status code: 99

Message: Credentials already exist
Explanation: Credentials already exist for the host you are trying to add.
Recommended Action: Delete the existing credentials and then add the new ones.

Device configuration status code: 100

Message: NetBackup Snapshot client not licensed
Explanation: Credentials for this type of host cannot be added without the
NetBackup Snapshot Client license key. Host types that require this license are
disk array manager servers and virtual machine servers.
Recommended Action: Install the NetBackup Snapshot Client license key.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device configuration status code: 101

Message: authorization error, verify username/password
Explanation: Authorization failed with the given set of username and password
values.
Recommended Action: Verify the values provided and check for typographical
errors.

Device management status codes

These status codes appear in exit status and command output for the ltid,
tpclean, tpreq, and tpunmount commands, and in system or debug logs. Programs
that call those commands, such as media and device management user interfaces
and the vmoprcmd command also presented these codes.

Device management status code: 1

Message: Invalid Drive Type/Density
Explanation: An invalid density was specified for the -d parameter on tpreq.
Recommended Action: Check the tpreq man page (command description) for
the list of valid densities. Submit the mount request again with a valid density.

Device management status code: 2

Message: Drive is currently assigned
Explanation: A request was made for a specified drive, but the drive was assigned.
Recommended Action: Display drive status (by using vmoprcmd -d or other
means) to see the list of drives and their assignment status. Run the request later
or first clear the drive assignment: stop application activity on the drive, unmount
the media with tpunmount, or reset the drive. If the wrong drive was specified,
submit the request again. Specify the correct drive name or index as appropriate
for the interface being used.

Device management status code: 3

Message: Error in Sending Operator Message
Explanation: An attempt was made to send an operational message to ltid on
an already existing internal message queue used for inter-process communication.
(ltid is the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux and the NetBackup
Device Manager service on Windows.) An error was encountered in the message

505

506

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

communications. The error probably indicates a lack of system resources for

message queues.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use.

Device management status code: 4

Message: Error in Receiving Operator Message
Explanation: An attempt was made to receive a message from ltid on an already
existing internal message queue used for inter-process communication. (ltid is
the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux and the NetBackup Device
Manager service on Windows.) An error was encountered in the message
communications. The error probably indicates a lack of system resources for
message queues.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use. Investigate whether ltid is tied up in
communications with devices or other components.

Device management status code: 5

Message: Error in Sending Daemon Message
Explanation: ltid made an attempt to send an internal process communications
message to a robotic daemon or process by using an already existing internal
message queue. (ltid is the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux
and the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.) An error was encountered
in the message communications. The error probably indicates a lack of system
resources for message queues.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use. Investigate whether the robotic daemon

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

or process on the local device host is tied up in communications with devices

or other components.

Device management status code: 6

Message: Error in Receiving Daemon Message
Explanation: ltid attempted to receive or process an internal process
communications message to a robotic process by using an existing internal message
queue. (ltid is the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux and the
NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.) An error was encountered in
the message communications. The error probably indicates a lack of system
resources for message queues, or mismatched software components.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use. Check the installed software components
and verify that they are all at a compatible release version.

Device management status code: 7

Message: Error in Sending User Message
Explanation: ltid made an attempt to send a user message to ltid on an already
existing internal message queue used for inter-process communication. (ltid is
the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux and the NetBackup Device
Manager service on Windows.) An error was encountered in the message
communications. The error probably indicates a lack of system resources for
message queues.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use.

Device management status code: 8

Message: Error in Receiving User Message
Explanation: An attempt was made to receive a user message from ltid on an
already existing internal message queue used for inter-process communication.
(ltid is the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux and the NetBackup

507

508

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device Manager service on Windows.) An error was encountered in the message

communications. The error probably indicates a lack of system resources for
message queues. On Windows, this error can also occur if an
internal-system-registered event cannot be opened.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use.

Device management status code: 10

Message: IPC sequence error
Explanation: An internal process communications message sequencing error has
occurred.
Recommended Action:
Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Device management status code: 12

Message: Invalid Operator
Explanation: An internal list of operators could not be obtained.
Recommended Action: This error is an unexpected internal error. Stop and
restart ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux or the
NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows).

Device management status code: 13

Message: Error in IPC SHMGET call
Explanation: A process was unable to get a shared memory identifier associated
with a segment of shared memory that ltid maintains. (ltid is the Media Manager
device daemon on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager service on
Windows.)

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather output from the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use.

Device management status code: 14

Message: Error in IPC SHMAT call
Explanation: A process was unable to attach a shared memory segment that ltid
maintains. (ltid is the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux or the
NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.)

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use.

Device management status code: 15

Message: The drive is DOWN
Explanation: An attempt was made to mount media on a drive or to reserve a
shared drive that was logically configured to the DOWN state.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check the application log files (such as the bptm log) to see why the drive may
have been configured DOWN.

Check the integrity of the drive, drive path, and media.

Device management status code: 16

Message: No mount pending for given mount index
Explanation: An attempt was made to retrieve information about a pending mount
request, but no such pending mount request was found.
Recommended Action: Use a device monitor interface or consult application logs
to see whether the request was completed or canceled. Requests to retrieve
information for pending mount requests are valid only when the mount request
is ongoing.

Device management status code: 17

Message: Drive does not support pending request density

509

510

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: A drive was selected that has a drive type which is not compatible
with the requested density.

Allow the drive selection to be determined automatically.

When you select the drive manually, check the device configuration and the
valid density table (available in the tpreq man page or command description).
Then specify a drive that is compatible with the requested density.

Device management status code: 19

Message: Only the administrative user can perform the requested operation
Explanation: Either an attempt was made to stop ltid (the Media Manager device
daemon on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows).
Or the tpclean command was called, but the user was not root (UNIX and Linux)
or the administrator (Windows).
Recommended Action: If appropriate, give the user or the process administrator
privileges on Windows or root privileges on UNIX and Linux and retry the
operation.

Device management status code: 20

Message: Cannot stop device daemon with tapes assigned
Explanation: An attempt was made to stop ltid, but media is currently mounted
and assigned. (ltid is the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux or
the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.)
Recommended Action: Halt all jobs referencing media, unmount all media, and
stop all applications from using Media Manager before trying to stop ltid. If
unable to unmount media through the application interface, check for the existence
and permissions of the .ltisymlinks file in the /usr/openv/volmgr/misc
directory or in the install_path\Volmgr\misc folder. Initiate tpunmount
filename for each line in the .ltisymlinks file, where filename specifies the
contents of a line in that file. For example, on UNIX and Linux, the command may
look like the following:
tpunmount /usr/openv/netbackup/db/media/tpreq/A00001

Device management status code: 21

Message: The drive is not ready or inoperable
Explanation: A drive was selected for a mount request, but the drive is not ready
with loaded media.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Wait until the drive is ready before you manually assign
a drive to a pending mount request.

Device management status code: 22

Message: IPC Error: Daemon may not be running
Explanation: A request to ltid cannot be serviced. (ltid is the Media Manager
device daemon on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager service on
Windows.) ltid is probably not running. If ltid is still running, its process lock
file may have been removed. Also, message queues may not function correctly on
the system.

If ltid is not running, start ltid and try the operation again. On UNIX and
Linux, run /usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ltid, and on Windows, start the
NetBackup Device Manager service.

If ltid is already running, check for the existence and permissions of the lock
file itself and the lock file directory, which are as follows:
/usr/openv/volmgr/misc/.ltipid (UNIX and Linux) or install_path\
Volmgr\misc\.ltipid (Windows). Terminate the ltid process if it is running.
Create the lock directory or folder and adjust the permissions as needed so
that ltid can obtain the lock.

On UNIX and Linux, check the msgget man page and look for suggestions on
how to troubleshoot the system message queues.

Device management status code: 23

Message: Invalid Drive Number
Explanation: A request was made for drive, but no such drive can be found in the
active configuration.
Recommended Action: Ensure that ltid was stopped and restarted after changes
were last made to the device configuration. (ltid is the Media Manager device
daemon on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.)
Display the device configuration (by using tpconfig -d or other means) to view
the list of valid drives. Specify the drive name or index as appropriate for the
interface being used.

Device management status code: 24

Message: Requested drive could not be reserved

511

512

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: An attempt was made to reserve a shared drive, but the drive
reservation request failed. This status code is related to the internal
implementation of the SSO feature. It is not related to SCSI Reserve or Release.
Recommended Action: This condition is expected for any shared drives that are
retried automatically. If problems persist, verify the following: the EMM server
services requests and it does not list drives as reserved to hosts that currently do
not use the drives.

Device management status code: 25

Message: File name does not exist
Explanation: A logical tape file or help file cannot be found. The tpunmount
command was probably issued with a logical tape file specified that does not exist
for this user.
Recommended Action: Check for existence of the logical tape file at the file path
specified. The specified file path must match the exact case-sensitive path that
was used when the tape mount was requested. Submit the request again with the
correct file path. If the condition occurs during operator display of a pending
request error message, check to see if the help files are properly installed at the
following: /usr/openv/volmgr/help/robots/robot_type/help_file name (UNIX
and Linux) or at install_path\Volmgr\Help\Robots\robot_type\help_file_name
(Windows).

Device management status code: 26

Message: Request terminated because host not validated for volume pool
Explanation: The host where the mount request was initiated is denied access to
the media. It is denied due to defined permissions for the volume pool in which
the media ID is contained.

Query the volume pool information for the requested volume pool on the host
where the mount request was issued by running vmpool -listall -b. Check
the system log to obtain the name of the host where the mount request
originated. This host name is the one returned by the system hostname(1)
command.

Change the volume pool host name security with vmpool or another user
interface that supports volume pool host attributes. Or change the volume
pool that is associated with the volume (if it is not assigned). Or log in to the
host that is allowed to use media in the targeted volume pool. Then, submit
the mount request again.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device management status code: 27

Message: Request terminated because media ID is expired
Explanation: A mount request was canceled because the media was requested
with write access, and the media has expired.
Recommended Action: Request read-only access to the media on the mount
request if a read-only operation is needed. Replace the media or change the
expiration date to a future date that is based on site policy. Use the media
management interface to view and change the expiration date for the media.
Check and correct the system date and time, as needed.

Device management status code: 28

Message: Error in MsgGet
Explanation: ltid made an attempt to obtain a message queue identifier that
was used for internal message communications. (ltid is the Media Manager device
daemon on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.)
The request failed due to a system error. The error probably indicates a lack of
system resources for message queues, or mismatched software components.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use. Check the installed software components
and verify that they are all at a compatible release version.

Device management status code: 30

Message: Request terminated because media id will exceed maximum mount
count
Explanation: A mount request has been canceled because the media being
requested has reached the maximum mount count associated with the media.
Recommended Action: Replace the media or change the maximum mount count
to a higher value that is based on site policy. A media management interface can
be used to view and change the maximum mounts allowed for the media. Check
that the number of mounts for the media is set to a reasonable value given the
medias usage history. Correct it as needed by using vmchange.

Device management status code: 32

Message: Error in getting semaphore

513

514

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: ltid made an attempt to obtain a semaphore that was used for
arbitrating access to shared memory. (ltid is the Media Manager device daemon
on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows) The
request failed due to a system error. The error probably indicates a lack of system
resources for semaphores, or mismatched software components.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use. Check the installed software components
and verify that they are all at a compatible release version.

Device management status code: 33

Message: Error in SEMAPHORE operation
Explanation: A process was unable to perform a semaphore operation (such as
lock or unlock) associated with resources maintained by ltid. (ltid is the Media
Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows.)

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use.

Device management status code: 35

Message: Request terminated because media is unavailable (in DOWN drive,
misplaced, write protected or unmountable)
Explanation: A mount request was canceled because the media being requested
is not available. It may be in a DOWN drive or misplaced, write protected, or
unmountable. Another possible cause of this message is that you are using a
cleaning tape with no cleanings remaining.
Recommended Action: Use robotic inventory or manual means to compare the
contents of media in the robotic library with the volume configuration. Then
update the configuration as needed. Determine the physical location of the media.
Check integrity of the drive, drive path, and media if the media is found in a
logically DOWN drive. Verify that the media is not a misconfigured cleaning tape.
Move the media into the robotic library and update the volume configuration if
the media was not present in the library. Set the cartridge tab to allow write access,

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

or request the media with read-only access if the write protection was the cause
of the error.
If the problem is a cleaning tape with no cleanings remaining, replace the cleaning
tape.

Device management status code: 36

Message: Request terminated by tpunmount call from another process
Explanation: A request was made to change the limit for the following: the number
of times that a volume can be mounted with write access for one or more volumes
in the volume configuration. The value specified was not within the acceptable
range. The maximum number of mounts value may also be invalid in the number
of mounts and cleanings field of a bar code rule.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Specify a maximum-mounts value within the range of 0 to 2,147,483,647.

Device management status code: 37

Message: Drive being assigned is either not NDMP or on the wrong NDMP client
Explanation: A mount request was canceled because the request was targeted to
a drive configured as attached to an NDMP client. The request was manually
assigned to a drive other than the requested drive. The assigned drive is either
not NDMP or it is an NDMP drive configured to a different client.
Recommended Action: Display the device configuration to determine which
drives are configured as being attached to specific NDMP clients. Ensure that ltid
was stopped and restarted after the last configuration changes were made. Reissue
the request and assign it to a drive that is attached to the requested NDMP client.

Device management status code: 38

Message: Character device name for drive is not a character device
Explanation: On a tape mount request, the configured tape drives
no-rewind-on-close device file was neither a character-special device nor of a
known type such as NDMP. (NDMP does not need to be a character special file.)

To avoid configuring invalid device paths and device names, use the Device
Configuration wizard (on supported device discovery platforms). The wizard
automatically configures paths and device names for tape drives.

515

516

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Always use no-rewind tape device files or recognized drive name syntax (such
as for NDMP) for tape drives. Make sure that the specified device paths exist
as character-special files. Check for detailed errors from the command or the
user interface output.
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

Device management status code: 39

Message: Parameter is invalid
Explanation: The tpclean command was called with invalid arguments, or an
internal function encountered a missing reference to data it requires.

If a cleaning operation was requested, check the tpclean usage statement and
compare with the parameters that were specified.

Check the installed software components and verify that they are all at a
compatible release version.

Device management status code: 40

Message: File name already exists
Explanation: On a tape mount request, the file name that is associated with the
request already exists or is already associated with another mount request.
Recommended Action: Submit the request again with a different file name.
Specify a file name that does not correspond to an existing file. Or specify a file
name that is not in use for another mount request that may be in progress.

Device management status code: 41

Message: Unknown drive name
Explanation: A request was made for a specified drive, but no such drive can be
found in the active configuration. This status can occur in the following situations:
if the device files are corrupt or missing, if they cannot be opened or read, or if
there are no devices configured.

Ensure that ltid was stopped and restarted after changes were last made to
the device configuration. (ltid is the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX
and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.) Display the
device configuration (use tpconfig -d or other means) to see the list of valid
drives. Specify the drive name or index as appropriate for the interface being
used.

Check integrity of the EMM database. Display the device configuration to do

the following:

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Determine if the database is corrupt.

Restore a saved copy of the database file from catalog backups, or remove
the devices and recreate the device configuration.

Device management status code: 42

Message: Incorrect tpreq access mode
Explanation: On a tape mount request, the specified access mode was invalid. On
Windows hosts, a user without Administrator privileges made a request for
NetBackup Device Manager services.
Recommended Action: When you use tpreq, specify an access mode argument
of r for read, w for write, or use the default (read) access mode. When you make
any requests that require NetBackup Device Manager services on Windows, do
so under an account with Administrator privileges.

Device management status code: 44

Message: You do not have permission to create the file
Explanation: On a tape mount request, the file name that is associated with the
request cannot be created due to directory permissions or folder permissions.
Recommended Action: Check for existence of a file at the file path specified. If
a file is found, delete the file if it is not needed or submit the request again and
use a different file path. If no file exists at that location, check the directory
permissions or the folder permissions for the following: read and write access for
the user or the application process that issued the mount request.

Device management status code: 46

Message: Tape needs to be write enabled
Explanation: On a tape mount request, the specified access mode was for write
access, but the physical media was write-protected.
Recommended Action: Change the physical media write-protect setting to allow
write access (unlocked), or submit the request again with read-only access. To
request read-only access using tpreq, specify an access mode argument of r for
read or use the default (read) access mode.

Device management status code: 47

Message: Unable to establish scan host for shared drive

517

518

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: On a request to change a shared drives status, an attempt to

establish a connection to the drives scan host failed.

Determine which host serve as the drives scan host: use vmoprcmd output or
by checking the Device Monitor in the Administration Console.

Ensure that vmd (the NetBackup Volume Manager daemon on UNIX and Linux
or NetBackup Volume Manager service on Windows) is running on the scan
host. On the scan host, examine debug logs and system logs for any messages
that are related to the error.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

The detailed reason for the canceled request should be available in the daemon
debug logs on the scan host. Correct the problem and submit the request again
if needed.

Device management status code: 48

Message: Host is not the scan host for this shared drive
Explanation: On a request to assign, reserve, or scan a drive, the targeted device
host determined that it was not the scan host for the drive. The request was refused
(the caller retries it).

If problems are encountered as a result of the reported error, check for

communication, configuration, and system problems among the associated
hosts. To check, use vmoprcmd output or check the Device Monitor in the
Administration Console.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Configure scan ability priorities for assigning scan hosts by changing the Media
Manager configuration. Configure so that less network connections need to
be maintained, and greater system load is placed on hosts with more capability
to service the load.

Device management status code: 49

Message: Tape file path exceeds 255 character maximum
Explanation: On a tape mount request, the file name that is associated with the
request exceeds 255 characters.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Recommended Action: When you request a tape mount, ensure that the file name
does not exceed 255 ASCII characters in length. If the mount requests come from
an application, request an application change to use a shorter file name. Or install
the product in a directory or a folder that does not cause the file name limit to be
exceeded.

Device management status code: 50

Message: No action pending for given mount index
Explanation: On a request to obtain the pending action for a mount request, no
known pending action was associated with the request.
Recommended Action: Use a device monitor interface to display any requests
that have pending actions. Perform requests (like assign, deny, display, or resubmit)
only on the requests that have pending actions.

Device management status code: 52

Message: No robot is defined of this type
Explanation: On internal communications between a robotic daemon or process
and ltid, no robots of the expected type were found actively configured. (ltid is
the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device
Manager service on Windows.)
Recommended Action: Display the running robotic processes to see if processes
from a previous configuration are still running. If any are found, terminate them.
Check the installed software components and verify that they are all at a
compatible release version.

Device management status code: 53

Message: Request has been queued (Cancel to clear message)
Explanation: A mount request or drive-related operation was queued because
drive resources were in use.
Recommended Action: Wait until the drive resources become available, or cancel
pending mount requests as needed.

Device management status code: 55

Message: Operator denied mount request
Explanation: The operator denied a mount request.
Recommended Action: This error occurs when an administrator or operator
cancels a user or application mount request. The request may have been canceled

519

520

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

for a number of reasons: missing or faulty media or the need to allow other, higher
priority requests to obtain drive resources. Check with the administrator or
operator for more information.

Device management status code: 56

Message: Mount canceled, device daemon is terminating
Explanation: Pending mount requests were canceled because the administrator
terminated ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux or the
NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows).
Recommended Action: Wait for ltid to be restarted before you submit the request
again. Check with the administrator as needed to determine daemon or service
availability.

Device management status code: 58

Message: The device is not robotic, cannot perform cleaning
Explanation: An attempt was made to automatically clean a drive, but the drive
is not in a robotic library.
Recommended Action: Clean stand-alone drives by inserting a cleaning tape
when needed. For non-shared drives, update the cleaning statistics with tpclean
or another user interface that supports cleaning-related operations.

Device management status code: 59

Message: No cleaning tape is defined in the devices robot or 0 cleanings remain.
Explanation: An attempt was made to automatically clean a drive, but no usable
cleaning media is available. Or the number of cleanings that remains for the
cleaning tape is zero.

Ensure that cleaning media was added to the robotic library for each drive
type capable of being cleaned with a separate cleaning cartridge.

Ensure that a positive number of cleanings is available for the cleaning media
in the EMM database for the robotic library. Replace the cleaning tape or
increase the number of cleanings for the cleaning media before the count
reaches zero.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device management status code: 60

Message: Robot daemon and/or robotic hardware is not available
Explanation: A robot was not configured or was operationally unavailable.
Specifically, an attempt may have been made to automatically clean a robotic
drive, but the robot is not defined or is unavailable. Alternatively, on an attempt
to initialize the shared drive lists, a drive was found to be configured as robotic,
without the required robot configured.
Recommended Action: Display the device configuration and ensure that the
drive and robotic configuration information are consistent. Check the operational
status of the robot and robotic software by checking the system log files. If more
detail on robot operational status is needed, increase the level of verbosity by
adding the VERBOSE option in the vm.conf file. Then restart ltid (the device
daemon /NetBackup Device Manager service).

Device management status code: 61

Message: No media found in device or robot slot, please verify
Explanation: On a request to mount media, no media was found in the targeted
location before a designated time period had elapsed.
Recommended Action: Resubmit the request, and mount the media in the targeted
drive before the designated time period has elapsed. Check the device configuration
to ensure the following: that the correct drive name has been configured and that
ltid, the device daemon, was restarted after the last device configuration change
was made.

Device management status code: 62

Message: Drive not available in library for mount request
Explanation: A mount request has been canceled because no drive is available.
All compatible drives may be DOWN, or oversubscribed due to other active mount
requests.
Recommended Action: Investigate device availability and scheduling/drive
utilization of applications requesting drive resources. Under some conditions,
mount requests are canceled so that they can be reissued at a later time when
compatible drive resources are available.

Device management status code: 63

Message: Request terminated because mount requests are disabled
Explanation: A mount request was canceled because it cannot be satisfied.

521

522

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Recommended Action:
Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed message
on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.
The detailed reason for the canceled request should be available in the system
log, command output, or from a device monitor interface. Correct the problem
and resubmit the request if needed.

Device management status code: 64

Message: Cannot assign a robotically controlled device
Explanation: An attempt was made to manually assign a specific device to satisfy
a mount request, and the chosen device was configured in a robotic library.
Recommended Action: Assign the request to a standalone drive, or allow requests
for mounts in robotic drives to be automatically assigned.

Device management status code: 65

Message: Invalid volume pool specified
Explanation: On a mount request, the media pool specified was not valid.
Recommended Action: Resubmit the request, specifying a volume pool name
that is no more than 20 ASCII characters in length.

Device management status code: 66

Message: Request terminated because of volume pool mismatch
Explanation: The volume pool that is specified on the tpreq command did not
match the volume pool in the Media Manager configuration for the media ID.
Recommended Action: Use a media management interface to obtain the volume
pool name of the media that is to be mounted. Then resubmit the mount request,
specifying the correct pool name.

Device management status code: 69

Message: Request terminated because media is unmountable
Explanation: A mount request has been canceled because the media being
requested is not mountable. The same media has been found to be unmountable
in at least two different drives.

Check integrity of the drive, drive path, and media.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Verify that the media is not a misconfigured cleaning tape.

Device management status code: 70

Message: Request terminated because media is write protected
Explanation: A mount request has been canceled because the media being
requested for write access is not write-enabled.
Recommended Action: Check the physical media cartridge to see whether
write-protection has been enabled. If write access to the media is desired, disable
write protection for the media.
If read-only access is desired, leave the write-protection enabled. Then make the
necessary administrative requests in the requesting application (such as
suspending the media) to ensure that the media is requested only for read access.
If the media was requested through the command line interface, see the tpreq
man page or command description for specifying the media access mode. The
tpreq command is described in the following manuals:
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume II.
See the NetBackup Commands manual.

Device management status code: 71

Message: Request terminated because media is a cleaning tape
Explanation: A mount request has been canceled because the media that was
found in the drive is a cleaning tape.
Recommended Action: Check to make sure the Media Managers EMM database
is up-to-date. If there are cleaning media in the library, assign appropriate cleaning
media types to them in the Media Manager EMM database.

Device management status code: 72

Message: EMM library call failed
Explanation: A request that was made to read/write data to EMM failed.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that pbx_exchange is running.

Run the tpconfig -d or vmquery -a command to verify that the EMM server
is actively running and accepting new connections.

523

524

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device management status code: 73

Message: Stopping device daemon with tapes assigned
Explanation: An operator requested that ltid shutdown but tapes are still in use.
Recommended Action: None. This message is advisory and no action is required.

Device management status code: 74

Message: Robot operation failed
Explanation: A tape mount via bptm resulted in a failed robotic operation.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that the robotic hardware is functional.

Device management status code: 75

Message: LTI system error
Explanation: A system error occurred.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

A tpclean operation was attempted and Windows networking was not properly
configured.

A malloc system call failed when trying to stop ltid.

Device management status code: 76

Message: Robot/LTI protocol error
Explanation: Communication between ltid and the robotic daemons caused a
protocol error.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that ltid, bptm, and the robotic daemons are at a compatible NetBackup
level.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Device management status code: 77

Message: VxSS access denied
Explanation: A user tried to run tpclean without adequate permissions.

Verify that the user is logged in with permissions adequate for this operation.

Verify that the VxSS settings are correct, under Host Properties in the
NetBackup Administration Console.
See the NetBackup Security and Encryption Guide.

Device management status code: 78

Message: Unable to connect to the EMM server
Explanation: An attempt to retrieve or update information in EMM failed.

Verify that the correct EMM server name is listed in the NetBackup
configuration.

Verify that the media server that is encountering this error is listed in the
NetBackup configuration on the EMM server.

Verify that EMM is running on the EMM server.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Device management status code: 79

Message: Can not retrieve Job ID from Job Manager
Explanation: The tpreq, tpclean, or tpunmount command encountered an error
while trying to get a job ID from the NetBackup Job Manager.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that the NetBackup Job Manager is running on the master server.

Device management status code: 80

Message: Job Manager returned error: see activity monitor
Explanation: The tpunmount command encountered an error while
communicating with the NetBackup Job Manager. The details of this issue may
be found in the Activity Monitor entry for this job.

525

526

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that the NetBackup Job Manager is running on the master server.

Verify that the arguments provided to the tpunmount command are correct.

Device management status code: 81

Message: Retry later
Explanation: An attempt was made to use resources controlled by EMM. These
resources were not available.
Recommended Action: Retry the command at a later time.

Device management status code: 82

Message: No drive available
Explanation: An attempt to use a drive was made but that drive was not available.

Verify that the drive is not DOWN on the intended media server.

Verify that the media server where the drive is found is ACTIVE.

Retry the command with a different drive.

Device management status code: 83

Message: Media does not exist in database
Explanation: The requested media ID was not found in the EMM database.

Verify that the requested media ID was entered correctly.

Retry with a different media ID.

Device management status code: 84

Message: No Error on operation, sideband data only
Explanation: This is only an informational message.
Recommended Action: No action is required by the user.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Robotic status codes

Robotic daemons or processes issue these status codes. They are also issued by
programs that call the robotic operations, such as the vmchange command and
the media and device management user interfaces.

Robotic status code: 200

Message: STATUS_SUCCESS
Explanation: A robotic operation was successfully completed.
Recommended Action: None.

Robotic status code: 201

Message: Unable to open robotic path
The robotic library device could not be opened. The specific case could be one of
the following:

The robot device, path, or library name in the device configuration may not
be valid.

The configured robotic device may not exist.

The robotic device may be incorrect, such as a UNIX and Linux device file that
is not of a character special file format.

The robotic daemon/process lock file could not be opened or a lock obtained.

The open operation on the device or through the API interface (such as NDMP)
failed.

Stop any robot test utilities that may be running, since they have the lock on
the robotic device when they are active.

Check the configuration of the robot against the recommended configuration

as indicated in the documentation for robot configuration.

Check the health of the robotic device by using a robot test utility, then close
the test utility when finished.

Check for the existence and permissions of the lock file itself and the lock
file directory, which is /usr/openv/volmgr/misc/vmd.lock (UNIX and Linux)
or install_path\Volmgr\misc\vmd.lock (Windows). Create the
directory/folder and adjust the permissions as needed so that the robotic
daemon/process can use the lock file. Stop and restart ltid (the device daemon
on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows).

527

528

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Robotic status code: 202

Message: Unable to sense robotic device
An element of the robotic library device could not be sensed. The cause could be
any of the following:

The SCSI commands mode sense, mode select, or read element status (of slot,
drive, transport, i/e element) may have failed.

A network API-controlled library inventory request may have failed.

The robotic daemon/process could not initialize a robotic database file.

Check the configuration of the robot against the recommended configuration

as indicated in the documentation for robot configuration.

Check the health of the robotic device by using a robot test utility, then close
the test utility when finished.

Check for the existence and permissions of the temporary robotic database
and the temporary database directory/folder, which is
/usr/openv/volmgr/misc/robotic_db (UNIX and Linux) or
install_path\Volmgr\misc\robotic_db (Windows). Create the
directory/folder and adjust the permissions as needed so that the robotic
daemon/process can create it or use it. Stop and restart ltid (the device daemon
on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows).

Robotic status code: 203

Message: Timeout waiting for robotic command
Explanation: A robotic operation timed out: it did not return with a status before
a designated time period elapsed.

Stop any robot test utilities, since they have the lock on the robotic device
when they are active, and can block other requests.

Check whether excessive hardware retries have delayed the completion of a

robotic command.

Check to see whether the robotic device still functions. Use a robot test utility
to send commands to the device to see whether it is responsive. Execute vmps
to verify that no unexpected Media Manager processes are running. Some
processes should remain running, but some processes that do not go away can
indicate a more serious problem, such as a hung system call.

Robotic status code: 204

Message: Unable to initialize robot

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Explanation: The robot could not be initialized. This generic status is used for
many conditions.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Investigate the system log messages that are related to the specific error
leading to the robot initialization failure.

Robotic status code: 205

Message: Robotic mount failure
Explanation: The robot could not mount media.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Investigate the system log messages that are related to the specific error
leading to the media mount failure.

Robotic status code: 206

Message: Robotic dismount failure
Explanation: The robot could not dismount media.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Investigate the system log messages that are related to the specific error
leading to the media dismount failure.

Robotic status code: 207

Message: Invalid command code
Explanation: A robotic operation was requested with improper options, when it
was not supported, or a robotic operation encountered an incompatible device
interface. There may be an incompatibility between components or versions of
the product.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

529

530

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Verify that all Media Manager binaries and user interfaces are at a compatible
version level.

Robotic status code: 208

Message: Requested slot is empty
Explanation: No media was found in a specified slot. The volume configuration
may not be consistent with the physical contents of the robotic library that is
associated with the volume.
Recommended Action: Install or realign the container/holder for the media if it
is misplaced or misaligned. Place media right-side-up in the slot if the media is
upside-down. Check to see if the requested slot is reserved to the robotic library
for internal use. Physically correct issues within the robotic library, or use a media
management interface to correct the volume configuration.

Robotic status code: 209

Message: Unable to open drive
Explanation: The drive could not be opened. The drive configuration may be
incorrect and the drive may be logically DOWN. Also, the drive may never have
become ready after media was placed in the drive.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check for improperly configured cleaning media or interference with the drive
cleaning operation. Check for bad media that may have led to the drive not
becoming ready after media was placed within it.

To avoid configuring incorrect device paths and device names, which is a

common cause of drive open problems, do the following: use the Device
Configuration wizard (on supported device discovery platforms) so that device
paths and device names can be automatically configured. Investigate the
system log messages that are related to the specific error leading to the open
failure.

Robotic status code: 210

Message: Unable to SCSI unload drive
Explanation: The drive could not be unloaded. The drive configuration may be
incorrect and the drive may be logically DOWN. Also, the drive may never have
become ready after media was placed in the drive.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check for improperly configured cleaning media or interference with the drive
cleaning operation. Check for bad media that may prevent unloading the drive.
To avoid configuring incorrect device paths and device names, which is a
common cause of drive unload problems, do the following: use the Device
Configuration wizard (on supported device discovery platforms) so that device
paths and device names can be automatically configured. Investigate the
system log messages that are related to the specific error leading to the unload
failure.

Robotic status code: 211

Message: Process killed by signal
Explanation: An unexpected signal or event canceled the robotic operation.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check vendor or operating system administrative interfaces and logs to see if

robotic commands are being canceled.

Robotic status code: 212

Message: Process killed by parent
Explanation: A robotic operation was canceled because of one of the following:
it did not return a status before a designated time period elapsed, or
communications or hardware errors led to the need to reinitialize the device.

Stop any robot test utilities, since they have the lock on the robotic device
when they are active, and can block other requests.

Check to see whether the robotic device still functions.

Check whether excessive hardware or communication problems have delayed

the completion of a robotic command.

Use a robot test utility to send commands to the device to see whether it is
responsive. Execute vmps to verify that no unexpected Media Manager processes
are running. Some processes should remain running, but some processes that
do not go away can indicate a problem, such as a hung system call.

531

532

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Robotic status code: 213

Message: Drive does not exist in robot
Explanation: A targeted drive was not found in the robotic library. The drive
configuration may be incorrect.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Obtain the list of drives using a method that involves a robotic library query,
such as a query available from the robot test utility. Compare the list of drives
against the device configuration. Ensure that ltid was stopped and restarted
after changes were last made to the device configuration. ltid is the Media
Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows.

Robotic status code: 214

Message: Robot number does not exist
Explanation: A targeted robotic library was not found in the active device
configuration.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Ensure that ltid was stopped and restarted after changes were last made to
the device configuration. (ltid is the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX
and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.) On
commands to robotic libraries, specify only robotic libraries that are actively
part of the device configuration.

Robotic status code: 215

Message: Requested tape in other or non-configured drive
Explanation: The targeted media was found in a drive differing from the targeted
drive.
Requested media can be temporarily unavailable, which is normal. Also, media
can remain unavailable until administrator or operator action is taken.

If the media is needed immediately, examine command output (if available),

debug logs, and system logs for messages relating to the targeted media.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Check for conflicts between multiple applications using media in the robotic
library. Check integrity of the drive and drive paths, so that media is not
routinely left in other drives.

Robotic status code: 216

Message: Door is open on cabinet
Explanation: The robotic library door was open.
Recommended Action: Close the door of the robotic library and reissue the robotic
request. See if the door latch mechanism works by comparing what happens with
robot test utility commands when the door is open versus closed.

Robotic status code: 217

Message: Requested slot already has cartridge
Explanation: The requested slot was already held or was associated with a
cartridge.
Recommended Action: Ensure that the inject/eject request does not target a slot
that already contains media. Check for media in drives to ensure that the medias
home slot location is not targeted for use with media to be injected.

Robotic status code: 218

Message: Cannot move from media access port to slot
Explanation: A robotic inject media operation returned a status indicating that
an inject failure occurred.

See whether the robotic library has a media access port (use the robot test
utility to validate). Investigate whether the administrator or operator has
canceled the inject operation.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Robotic status code: 219

Message: Cannot move from slot to media access port
Explanation: A robotic eject media operation returned a status indicating that
an eject failure occurred.

533

534

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

See whether the robotic library has a media access port (use the robot test
utility to validate). Investigate whether the administrator or operator has
canceled the eject operation.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Robotic status code: 220

Message: Media access port does not contain media
Explanation: A robotic inject media operation returned a status indicating that
the media access port does not contain any cartridges/media. The operator or
administrator may not have placed media into the media access port for inject.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Coordinate inject/eject operations between all operators and administrators.

Robotic status code: 221

Message: Media access port already contains media
Explanation: A robotic eject media operation returned a status indicating that
the media access port contains one or more cartridges. The operator or
administrator may not have removed media from the media access port as part
of the latest (or a previous) eject operation.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Media Manager status codes on page 422.

Coordinate inject/eject operations between all operators and administrators.

Ensure that the media access port is empty of media before an eject operation.

Robotic status code: 222

Message: Robotic arm has no addressable holder
Explanation: A holder is gone from an element of the robot and cannot be used.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Investigate the state of the physical hardware and correct the holder status
for storage, drive, and transport elements as needed. Then, resubmit the
request.

Robotic status code: 223

Message: Robot busy, cannot perform operation
Explanation: The robot is busy performing another operation, using resources
that are needed for the requested operation.
Recommended Action: Wait until the robot is done performing current
external-based requests (including robot inventory and inject/eject media) before
starting new requests. Check vendor or operating system administrative interfaces
and logs to see if robotic resources are busy.

Robotic status code: 224

Message: Control daemon connect or protocol error
Explanation: A protocol error occurred between robotic and other components.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Investigate the system log messages that are related to the specific error
leading to the media mount failure. Verify that all Media Manager binaries are
at a compatible version level.

Verify that robotic interfaces to vendor and operating system software have
compatible versions.

Robotic status code: 225

Message: Robot hardware or communication error
Explanation: A hardware or communications error occurred between robotic and
other components.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Investigate the system log messages that are related to the error leading to
the media mount failure.

535

536

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Verify that all Media Manager binaries are at a compatible version level. Verify
that robotic interfaces to vendor and operating system hardware and software
have compatible versions.

Robotic status code: 226

Message: Requested slot contains the wrong tape
Explanation: The media in the requested slot is different from the media that is
expected in that slot. The volume configuration is not consistent with the physical
contents of the robotic library that is associated with the slot associated with the
requested volume.
Recommended Action: The volume configuration or media placement in the
robotic library needs to be adjusted using one of the media management interfaces.
Determine whether the barcode changed or the media changed since the last time
the EMM database was reconciled for the affected slot. If only the barcode has
changed but not the media, issue an update barcode request for each affected
volume. If the media has been changed, use a media management interface to run
robot inventory update, which updates the EMM database with the media location.

Robotic status code: 228

Message: Requested slot does not exist in robot
Explanation: The slot that is associated with a request is not valid for the robot.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Issue a robot inventory Contents report to determine the valid slot range for
the robot. Check the volume configuration to ensure that only valid slots are
referenced in volume records, paying particular attention to the starting and
ending slot numbers. Update the volume configuration as needed, or request
only valid slot ranges for robotic operations.

Robotic status code: 229

Message: Requested operation is not supported by the robot
Explanation: A robotic operation was sent to a robotic component that did not
support that operation. Or the options that were requested for the operation were
not supported. There may be an incompatibility between components or versions
of the product.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that all Media Manager binaries and user interfaces are at a compatible
version level.

Robotic status code: 230

Message: System error occurred during robot operation
Explanation: A robotic operation encountered a system error. This status code
is used for generic system call failures within robotic daemons/processes.

Check for other error messages in the command or interface output to indicate
which system call failed. Examine command output, debug logs, and system
logs for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Check the system application log for error and warning messages.

Verify that the system is not running out of virtual memory. If virtual memory
is the problem, shut down unused applications or increase the amount of
virtual memory. To increase virtual memory on Windows: display the Control
Panel, double-click System, and on the Performance tab, set Virtual Memory
to a higher value.

Verify that all product binaries are properly installed.

Verify that no unexpected Media Manager processes are running by executing

vmps. Some processes should remain running, but some processes that do not
go away could indicate a problem, such as a hung system call.

Robotic status code: 232

Message: Volume not found in library
Explanation: The requested media was not found in the robotic library. The media
has been ejected or become inaccessible for some other reason.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Issue a robot inventory Contents report to obtain the list of media in the robotic
library. See whether inventory filters have been enabled in the Media Manager
configuration file. Inventory filters affect the contents of the media list
returned from the robotic daemon or process. Use a robot test utility or an
operating system/vendor administrative interface to verify the status of media,
as needed. Update the volume configuration and search for the media if it was
not in the robotic library, as needed, and resubmit the request.

537

538

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Robotic status code: 233

Message: Volume is in library, but not in drive domain
Explanation: The media was in the robotic library, in a library domain that is
inaccessible to the drives that are configured in the robot.
Recommended Action: Issue a robot inventory Contents report to obtain the list
of media in the robotic library. Check the device configuration and ensure that
the drive addresses correspond to the correct domain for the media. Correct the
device configuration as needed and restart ltid (the device daemon on UNIX and
Linux or NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows). Use a robot test utility
or a vendor administrative interface to verify the status of media, as needed.
Update the volume configuration and physically move the media into the robotic
library, as needed, and resubmit the request.

Robotic status code: 234

Message: Robot denied access to the resource
Explanation: The media was found in the robotic library, but is denied access
according to an established security policy.
Recommended Action: Issue a robot inventory Contents report to obtain the list
of media in the robotic library. Use a vendor administrative interface to verify
the status of media, as needed. Delete the media in the volume configuration, or
make the volume accessible through a vendor administrative interface, as
appropriate. Update the volume configuration, as needed, and resubmit the request.

Robotic status code: 235

Message: barcode label is unreadable
Explanation: The media was found in the robotic library, but it has an unreadable
barcode label.
Recommended Action: Use the robot test utility or a vendor administrative
interface to verify the status of media. Correct the label or replace the media as
appropriate. Update the volume configuration, as needed, and resubmit the request.

Robotic status code: 236

Message: Robot has misplaced the media
Explanation: The requested media was known according to the vendor software
managing the robotic library, but the media has been misplaced.
Recommended Action: Use a robot test utility or a vendor administrative interface
to verify the status of media. Search for the media inside the robotic library.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Update the volume configuration and search for the media if it was not in the
robotic library, as needed, and resubmit the request.

Robotic status code: 237

Message: Volume is in use
Explanation: The media was in use.
Recommended Action: Use the robot test utility or a vendor administrative
interface to verify the status of media. Determine what applications may be using
the media. Dismount the media if it is not being used. Wait for the media to become
available, as needed.

Robotic status code: 238

Message: Requested drive is in an offline domain
Explanation: The drive that is targeted for a mount request was in a robotic
library domain that is offline.
Recommended Action: Bring the robotic library domain (ACS Library Storage
Module) back online. Or postpone use of drives in that domain until the domain
can be brought back online.

Robotic status code: 239

Message: Requested volume is in an offline domain
Explanation: The volume that is targeted for a mount request was in a robotic
library domain that is in the offline or offline pending state.
Recommended Action: Bring the robotic library domain (ACS Library Storage
Module) back online. Or postpone use of media in that domain until the domain
can be brought back online.

Robotic status code: 240

Message: A memory allocation attempt failed in the robotic daemon
Explanation: An attempt by the robotic control daemon to allocate memory has
failed. This error may indicate serious memory problems on your media server.
Recommended Action: Stop all NetBackup Media Manager daemons. Consult the
documentation for your operating system memory management tools to determine
what remaining process is leaking memory, and stop that process. Restart the
NetBackup Media Manager daemons. Free up memory by terminating unneeded
processes that consume a lot of memory. Add more swap space or physical memory
if necessary.

539

540

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Robotic status code: 242

Message: Robot media access port does not exist
Explanation: the requested media access port was not valid for use with the
targeted media.
Recommended Action: Use the robot test utility or a vendor administrative
interface to verify the media access port address based on the location of the
media. Choose a media access port that is valid, or let one be automatically selected,
and retry the robotic operation.

Robotic status code: 243

Message: Cannot open/create the media access port status file
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process could not create or open a status file in
the database directory/folder.
Recommended Action: Investigate why the robot status file in the directory
/usr/openv/volmgr/database (UNIX and Linux) or folder
install_path\Volmgr\database (Windows) cannot be created or opened. On
Windows, check which account the NetBackup Device Manager service (and thus
the robotic process) is running under. Compare it against the security properties
of the database folder.

Robotic status code: 244

Message: The eject command was aborted by the user
Explanation: An administrator or operator canceled an eject media request.
Recommended Action: This error happens when an administrator or operator
cancels an eject request. The request may have been canceled for a number of
reasons: missing or faulty media, to allow the media access port to be used for
other requests, or to perform the operation at a later time. Check with the
administrator or operator for more information.

Robotic status code: 245

Message: Physical drive is not available
Explanation: A robotic mount operation could not be completed because physical
drive resources are not available for the request. This error may result from an
environment that is based on virtualized resources, such as one involving the
Storagenet 6000 Storage Domain Manager (SN6000).
The SN6000 virtualizes tape drives. Some SN6000 configurations may have more
logical drives than the number of physical drives (or equivalent resources) available

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

for drive requests. Also, the relationship between the number of logical drives
and physical drives may change as hardware failures occur. NetBackup scheduling,
drive allocation, and drive assignment algorithms can only determine logical drive
availability. NetBackup attempts to fully utilize all configured and available logical
drives. If the number of required logical drives exceeds the physical drives
available, a NetBackup job may be started with insufficient drive resources. Instead
of queueing the job in the scheduler, the job runs and encounters the resource
issue when it makes an ACS tape mount request.

Install the Shared Storage Option (SSO) license for mount requests to requeue
when physical drive resources are not available.

The number of drives that can be in use at any one time is limited. Configure
backup windows so the different storage units that are tied to the same physical
drives are active only at non-overlapping times. Increase the media mount
timeout to avoid job failures when the job cannot get a physical drive due to
the drives all being busy.

Robotic status code: 246

Message: Failed to find an available slot to inject to
Explanation: An attempt to inject a volume into a full library failed. This error
should only occur when the library is full. Full means that all storage elements
either contain media or have been assigned media that are currently mounted in
a drive. Note that some libraries that support multiple media types restrict which
type of media can be assigned to each storage element. In this case, this error
might occur even if some of the storage elements in a library were not full. Since
the empty storage elements may not match the media type for the media to inject,
the library is full for this media type.
Recommended Action: Clear the media access port, then re-inventory the robot
by doing a volume configuration update.

Robotic status code: 249

Message: Volume is in home slot
Explanation: Volume is currently in its home slot and ready for eject.
Recommended Action: None.

Robotic status code: 250

Message: Media access port is available
Explanation: Media access port is available for inject or eject.

541

542

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Begin inject or eject operation.

Robotic status code: 251

Message: Media access port is unavailable
Explanation: Media access port is not ready for inject or eject.
Recommended Action: Manually remove any media remaining in the robots
media access port. If this status persists, check robotic console for errors.

Robotic status code: 252

Message: Media access port is in inject mode
Explanation: Media access port is ready to inject and is not available for eject.
Recommended Action: Complete inject operation.

Robotic status code: 253

Message: Media access port is in eject mode
Explanation: Media access port is ready to eject and is not available for inject.
Recommended Action: Complete eject operation.

Robotic status code: 254

Message: Robot busy, inventory operation in progress
Explanation: The robot is not available because it is performing an inventory,
using resources that are needed for the requested operation.
Recommended Action: Wait until the robot is done performing the inventory
before starting new requests. Check the vendor or operating system administrative
interfaces and logs to see if robotic resources are busy.

Robotic status code: 255

Message: Robot busy, inject operation in progress
Explanation: The robot is not available because it is involved in an inject operation,
using resources that are needed for the requested operation.
Recommended Action: Wait until the robot is done performing the inject
operation before starting new requests. check the vendor or operating system
administrative interfaces and logs to see if robotic resources are busy.

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Robotic status code: 256

Message: Robot busy, multiple eject operation in progress
Explanation: The robot is unavailable because a multiple eject is in progress,
using resources that are needed for the requested operation.
Recommended Action: Wait until the robot is done performing the multiple eject
operation before starting new requests. Check the vendor or operating system
administrative interfaces and logs to see if robotic resources are busy.

Robotic status code: 257

Message: Robot busy, multiple inject operation in progress
Explanation: The robot is unavailable because a multiple inject is in progress,
using resources that are needed for the requested operation.
Recommended Action: Wait until the robot is done performing the multiple
inject operation before starting new requests. check the vendor or operating
system administrative interfaces and logs to see if robotic resources are busy.

Robotic status code: 258

Message: Cleaning/unknown media in drive
Explanation: A request to mount a tape failed because cleaning media was found
in the drive.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Retry the operation once the drive cleaning has completed.

Robotic status code: 259

Message: Not authorized by VxSS
Explanation: A request was made to the robot daemons by an unauthorized user.

Verify that the user has the necessary permissions to perform this operation.

Verify that the authentication and authorization security settings are correct,
under Host Properties in the NetBackup Administration Console. Information
is available on using the Symantec Product Authentication and Authorization
Service.
See the NetBackup Security and Encryption Guide.

543

544

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Robotic status code: 260

Message: Robot busy, robot diagnostics in progress
Explanation: The requested robot is running a robot diagnostic.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Retry the operation when the robot diagnostic cycle is complete.

Robotic status code: 261

Message: EMM error
Explanation: A request that was made to read/write data to EMM failed.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Run the tpconfig -d or vmquery -a command to verify that the EMM server
is actively processing commands.

Robotic status code: 262

Message: Configuration has changed, robot daemons and ltid need restarting
Explanation: A device configuration change has been made that is not reflected
in the robotic daemon's run-time cache of the data.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Restart ltid and the robotics on this system or on the robot control host system.

Robotic error codes

These status codes are returned if a robotic daemon/process was started from the
command line and an error occurs. For example, if the administrator executes
the following:
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tl8d

and no robots are configured, the following may be returned:

TL8: No robots are configured

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

These status codes are also logged to the system log.

Usually, robotic daemons/processes are not started from the command line, but
are started automatically, as needed, when ltid starts.

Robot Error status code: 1

Message: You must be ROOT to start daemon
Explanation: A user other than root started a robotic daemon. This status applies
to UNIX and Linux systems only.
Recommended Action: Log on as the root user before starting robotic daemons.
Allow robotic daemons to be started automatically as needed by ltid (the device
daemon).

Robot Error status code: 2

Message: LTI Daemon may not be running
Explanation: On an attempt to start a robotic daemon or process, an attempt to
connect to the ltid message queue failed. This error indicates that ltid (the
device daemon or NetBackup Device Manager service) may not be running.

Start ltid so that shared memory can be initialized, allowing the robotic
daemon/process to function.

If problems persist, examine command output, debug logs, and system logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use.

Robot Error status code: 3

Message: Error in getting shared memory
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was unable to get a shared memory
identifier associated with a segment of shared memory that ltid maintains. (ltid
is the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device
Manager service on Windows.)

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use.

545

546

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Robot Error status code: 4

Message: Error in attaching the shared memory
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was unable to attach a shared memory
segment that ltid maintains. (ltid is the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX
and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows.)

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use.

Robot Error status code: 5

Message: Error in getting process Id
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was unable to obtain its own process
identifier due to a system call failure.
Recommended Action: Investigate operating system functionality regarding a
process obtaining its own process identifier.

Robot Error status code: 6

Message: No devices are configured on the robot
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was started, but no drives are configured
for the robot.
Recommended Action: Some robotic daemons or processes do not run if no drives
are configured for them to manage. Add or reconfigure one or more drives to be
in the associated robot. Then, stop and restart ltid (the Media Manager device
daemon on UNIX and Linux or NetBackup Device Manager service on Windows).

Robot Error status code: 7

Message: No robots are configured
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was started, but no robots of the
associated robot type are configured.
Recommended Action: Robotic daemons or processes do not run if no robots are
configured for the associated robot type. Add or reconfigure robots, then stop and
restart ltid (the Media Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux or NetBackup
Device Manager service on Windows).

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Robot Error status code: 8

Message: No memory available
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process was unable to allocate memory. This
error occurs when insufficient system memory is available. This error could result
from the system being overloaded with too many processes and from insufficient
physical and virtual memory.
Recommended Action: Free up memory by terminating unneeded processes. Add
more swap space or physical memory.

Robot Error status code: 9

Message: Error in SEMAPHORE operation
Explanation: A process was unable to perform a semaphore operation (such as
lock or unlock) associated with resources maintained by ltid. (ltid is the Media
Manager device daemon on UNIX and Linux or the NetBackup Device Manager
service on Windows.)

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

On UNIX and Linux servers, gather the output of the ipcs -a command to see
what resources are currently in use.

Robot Error status code: 10

Message: Fork failure occurred
Explanation: A robotic daemon or process could not create a child process due
to a system error. This error is probably intermittent, based on the availability of
resources on the system (applies to UNIX and Linux servers only).

Restart the device daemon at a later time and investigate system problems
that limit the number of processes.

Examine the system logs for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Restart the device daemon, then retry the operation and examine the system
log file.

Robot Error status code: 11

Message: System error occurred
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process encountered a system error.

547

548

Media and device management status codes and messages

About media and device management status codes and messages

Recommended Action: Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs
for a more detailed message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Robot Error status code: 12

Message: Usage error in creating child process
Explanation: A robotic daemon/process could not create a child process due to
an incompatibility between robotic software components.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Verify that all Media Manager binaries are at a compatible version level.

Robot Error status code: 13

Message: EMM error
Explanation: The robotic daemon had a problem communicating with EMM.

Make sure nbemm is running and responding to requests.

Examine command output, debug logs, and system logs for a more detailed
message on the error.
See Using debug logs on page 422.

Robot Error status code: 14

Message: You must be administrator to execute
Explanation: A robotic process was started under a user account that lacks
Administrator privileges (applies to Windows systems only).
Recommended Action: Allow robotic daemons to be started automatically as
needed by the NetBackup Device Manager service. Ensure that this service starts
from a user account with administrator privilege.

Robot Error status code: 16

Message: Devices located in multiple domains
Explanation: A robotic daemon or process encountered an invalid device
configuration. In this configuration, a single logical robot controls drives from
different domains.

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Recommended Action: Display the device configuration using tpconfig -d or

a device configuration interface to see the robotic and the drive information that
is already configured. Ensure that the drive addresses do not span physical
domains. Drives can only be configured in the same robot if they can be used with
media from a single domain. The domain must include a single physical library
or multiple libraries that are connected by a cartridge exchange or pass-through
mechanism.

Robot Error status code: 17

Message: Robotic daemon not licensed
Explanation: A robotic daemon or process was started without the required,
current product license, or a required database file was missing or corrupt.

Check product documentation for supported device configurations.

Obtain an additional software license that allows robots of the associated robot
type to be configured. Or, limit the configuration to robot types that current
licensing allows. Check for the existence and permissions of the
external_robotics.txt file in the /usr/openv/share directory (UNIX and
Linux) or in the install_path\NetBackup\share folder (Windows).

Media and device management messages

This topic can be used as a cross reference to the status code descriptions and
recommended actions listed previously. Use the information in this topic if you
know the error message itself, but dont have access to the status code number.
Table 6-1 lists the NetBackup error messages alphabetically in the left column
and the corresponding status code number in the right column.
Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

Error message

Status code number

< NONE >

Device Configuration status code 36

A memory allocation attempt failed in the

robotic daemon

Robotic status code 240

a scratch pool is already defined

Media Manager status code 171

A SCSI inquiry sent to the device has failed Device Configuration status code 16
ADAMM GUID does not exist in database

Media Manager status code 168

ADAMM GUID is not unique in the database Media Manager status code 167

549

550

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

Add Drive Name Rule request failed

Device Configuration status code 82

Adding this device would exceed the

maximum allowed

Device Configuration status code 40

Adding this drive would exceed the

maximum allowed

Device Configuration status code 39

another daemon already exists

Media Manager status code 89

Another device configuration is already in

progress

Device Configuration status code 90

barcode does not exist in database

Media Manager status code 78

barcode label is unreadable

Robotic status code 235

barcode not unique in database

Media Manager status code 36

barcode tag is not unique in rule database

Media Manager status code 122

cannot allocate requested memory

Media Manager status code 18

Cannot assign a robotically controlled device Device management status code 64

Cannot assign due to media ID mismatch

Device management status code 57

cannot auto-eject this robot type

Media Manager status code 51

cannot auto-inject this robot type

Media Manager status code 52

Cannot change terminal mode

Device Configuration status code 41

cannot connect to robotic software daemon Media Manager status code 42

cannot connect to vmd [on host host name] Media Manager status code 70
Cannot create miscellaneous working
repository

Device Configuration status code 42

cannot delete assigned volume

Media Manager status code 92

cannot delete one of the default volume

pools

Media Manager status code 118

Cannot discover devices. See the

Troubleshooting Guide for details.

Device Configuration status code 44

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

Cannot execute command, permission denied Device Configuration status code 1

cannot get host name

Media Manager status code 76

Cannot move from media access port to slot Robotic status code 218
Cannot move from slot to media access port Robotic status code 219
cannot obtain daemon lockfile

Media Manager status code 21

Cannot open/create the media access port

status file

Robotic status code 243

cannot perform operation on this host

Media Manager status code 60

Can not retrieve Job ID from Job Manager

Device management status code 79

Cannot stop device daemon with tapes

assigned

Device management status code 20

cannot update database due to existing

errors

Media Manager status code 80

child process killed by signal

Media Manager status code 63

Cleaning/unknown media in drive

Robotic status code 258

Configuration has changed, robot daemons Robotic status code 262

and ltid need restarting
Control daemon connect or protocol error

Robotic status code 224

CORBA communication error

Media Manager status code 195

Could not get hostname

Device Configuration status code 3

Credentials already exist

Device configuration status code 99

Current version does not support remote

device host

Device Configuration status code 38

current version does not support this

configuration

Media Manager status code 149

daemon cannot obtain socket

Media Manager status code 58

daemon failed accepting connection

Media Manager status code 59

551

552

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

daemon resources are busy

Media Manager status code 5

daemon terminated

Media Manager status code 7

database open operation failed

Media Manager status code 26

database read operation read too few bytes Media Manager status code 28
database read record operation failed

Media Manager status code 27

database server is down

Media Manager status code 23 and Device

Configuration status code 93

database write record operation failed

Media Manager status code 32

Delete Drive Name Rule request failed

Device Configuration status code 84

device entry is not unique in global device

database

Media Manager status code 153

device management error

Media Manager status code 83

Device path is already in use

Device Configuration status code 22

device test state file does not exist

Media Manager status code 182

Devices located in multiple domains

Robot Error status code 16

Disk Optimization feature is not licensed

Device Configuration status code 94

Door is open on cabinet

Robotic status code 216

Drive being assigned is either not NDMP or Device management status code 37
on the wrong NDMP client
Drive does not exist in robot

Robotic status code 213

Drive does not support pending request

density

Device management status code 17

Drive index is in use by another drive

Device Configuration status code 29

Drive is currently assigned

Device management status code 2

Drive name does not exist

Device Configuration status code 35

Drive name is already in use by another drive Device Configuration status code 34

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

Drive name rule has exceeded its maximum Device Configuration status code 89
length of 48 characters
Drive not available in library for mount
request

Device management status code 62

Duplicate device path names

Device Configuration status code 20

EMM database error

Media Manager status code 196

EMM DB record not found

Media Manager status code 194

EMM error

Robotic status code 261 and Robot Error

status code 13

EMM library call failed

Device management status code 72

error auto-generating volume group

Media Manager status code 57

Error in attaching the shared memory

Robot Error status code 4

Error in getting process Id

Robot Error status code 5

Error in getting semaphore

Device management status code 32

Error in getting shared memory

Robot Error status code 3

Error in IPC SHMAT call

Device management status code 14

Error in IPC SHMGET call

Device management status code 13

Error in MsgGet

Device management status code 28

Error in Receiving Daemon Message

Device management status code 6

Error in Receiving Operator Message

Device management status code 4

Error in Receiving User Message

Device management status code 8

Error in SEMAPHORE operation

Device management status code 33

Error in SEMAPHORE operation

Robotic Error status code 9

Error in Sending Daemon Message

Device management status code 5

Error in Sending Operator Message

Device management status code 3

Error in Sending User Message

Device management status code 7

553

554

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

Evaluation period expired. Go to

www.symantec.com to order this product.

Media Manager status code 165

failed appending to pool database

Media Manager status code 104

failed appending to rule database

Media Manager status code 121

failed changing terminal characteristics

Media Manager status code 45

failed initiating child process

Media Manager status code 88

failed making the database directory

Media Manager status code 25

failed opening tmp output file

Media Manager status code 86

Failed reading drive or robot config file

Device Configuration status code 13

failed receiving from robotic software

daemon

Media Manager status code 44

failed receiving from vmd

Media Manager status code 72

failed redirecting input to pipe

Media Manager status code 62

failed redirecting tmp output file

Media Manager status code 87

failed sending request to vmd

Media Manager status code 69

failed sending to robotic software daemon

Media Manager status code 43

failed sending to vmd

Media Manager status code 71

Failed to find an available slot to inject to

Robotic status code 246

failed to initialize a connection to the

Enterprise Media Manager

Media Manager status code 189

File name already exists

Device management status code 40

File name does not exist

Device management status code 25

Fork failure occurred

Robot Error status code 10

generic EMM SQL error

Media Manager status code 193

global device database append operation

failed

Media Manager status code 155

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

global device database host name is invalid Device Configuration status code 49
global device database record not found

Media Manager status code 152

Host is not the scan host for this shared

drive

Device management status code 48

incompatible database version

Media Manager status code 146

Incomplete robot information

Device Configuration status code 24

Incorrect tpreq access mode

Device management status code 42

internal database access failure

Media Manager status code 169

Internal NDMP error

Device Configuration status code 57

invalid barcode

Media Manager status code 10

invalid change type

Media Manager status code 75

invalid change-entry request

Media Manager status code 50

Invalid command code

Robotic status code 207

invalid command usage.

Media Manager status code 4

invalid container id.

Media Manager status code 186

invalid database host.

Media Manager status code 19

invalid database version header

Media Manager status code 56

invalid description

Media Manager status code 11

Invalid device path name

Device Configuration status code 19

Invalid drive index

Device Configuration status code 14

invalid drive name

Media Manager status code 129

Invalid Drive Name Rule

Device Configuration status code 86

Invalid Drive Number

Device management status code 23

Invalid drive type for the robot

Device Configuration status code 27

Invalid Drive Type/Density

Device management status code 1

555

556

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

invalid EMM argument

Media Manager status code 191

invalid expiration date

Media Manager status code 113

Invalid host

Device Configuration status code 88

invalid host name

Media Manager status code 136

invalid maximum mounts

Media Manager status code 114

invalid media generation rule

Media Manager status code 140

invalid media ID for naming mode

Media Manager status code 41

invalid media ID

Media Manager status code 8

invalid media type

Media Manager status code 9

Invalid NDMP device

Device Configuration status code 64

Invalid NDMP hostname

Device Configuration status code 55

Invalid NDMP password

Device Configuration status code 60

invalid number of cleanings

Media Manager status code 74

invalid number of mounts

Media Manager status code 141

invalid offsite location

Media Manager status code 142

invalid offsite return date

Media Manager status code 144

invalid offsite sent date

Media Manager status code 143

invalid offsite session id

Media Manager status code 148

invalid offsite slot

Media Manager status code 147

Invalid Operator

Device management status code 12

invalid pool database entry

Media Manager status code 102

invalid protocol request

Media Manager status code 6

invalid query type

Media Manager status code 73

invalid robot coord1

Media Manager status code 16

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

invalid robot coord2

Media Manager status code 17

Invalid robot drive number for the robot type Device Configuration status code 28
invalid robot host

Media Manager status code 14

Invalid robot number

Device Configuration status code 15

invalid robot number

Media Manager status code 13

Invalid robot type

Device Configuration status code 18

invalid robot type

Media Manager status code 12

invalid rule database entry

Media Manager status code 119

invalid scratch pool name

Media Manager status code 173

Invalid SCSI bus number for the robot

Device Configuration status code 8

Invalid SCSI logical unit number for the

robot

Device Configuration status code 10

Invalid SCSI port number for the robot

Device Configuration status code 7

Invalid SCSI target for the robot

Device Configuration status code 9

Invalid Usage

Device Configuration status code 11

invalid volgroup

Media Manager status code 15

invalid volume move mode

Media Manager status code 53

Invalid volume pool specified

Device management status code 65

invalid volume pool

Media Manager status code 90

IPC Error: Daemon may not be running

Device management status code 22

IPC sequence error

Device management status code 10

Job Manager returned error: see activity

monitor

Device management status code 80

List Drive Name Rule request failed

Device Configuration status code 85

LTI Daemon may not be running

Robot Error status code 2

557

558

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

LTI system error

Device management status code 75

Media access port already contains media

Robotic status code 221

Media access port does not contain media

Robotic status code 220

Media access port is available

Robotic status code 250

Media access port is in eject mode

Robotic status code 253

Media access port is in inject mode

Robotic status code 252

Media access port is unavailable

Robotic status code 251

media access port not available

Media Manager status code 166

Media does not exist in database

Device management status code 83

media generation rule already exists

Media Manager status code 138

media generation rule does not exist

Media Manager status code 139

media ID is not the specified media type

Media Manager status code 95

media ID not unique in database

Media Manager status code 34

media type and volume group mismatch

Media Manager status code 101

Mount canceled, device daemon is

terminating

Device management status code 56

NDMP authorization error, verify

username/password

Device Configuration status code 74

NDMP config_get_connection_type failed

Device Configuration status code 76

NDMP config_get_mover_type failed

Device Configuration status code 75

NDMP failed to verify host

Device Configuration status code 58

NDMP get_host_info failed

Device Configuration status code 71

NDMP get_server_info failed

Device Configuration status code 72

NDMP host does not exist

Device Configuration status code 62

NDMP host exists, use change option

Device Configuration status code 61

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

NDMP host not connected

Device Configuration status code 69

NDMP is not installed on platform

Device Configuration status code 59

NDMP request failed

Device Configuration status code 63

NDMP robot does not exist

Device Configuration status code 66

NDMP robot exists, use change option

Device Configuration status code 65

NetApp Disk Storage Unit feature is not

licensed

Device configuration status code 94

NetBackup Snapshot client not licensed

Device configuration status code 100

network protocol error

Media Manager status code 39

No action pending for given mount index

Device management status code 50

no child process to wait for

Media Manager status code 64

No cleaning tape is defined in the device's

robot or 0 cleanings remaining

Device management status code 59

No compatible device is registered at these

SCSI coordinates

Device Configuration status code 51

No devices are configured on the robot

Robot Error status code 6

No drive available

Device management status code 82

no entries changed

Media Manager status code 47

no entries deleted

Media Manager status code 48

no entries inserted

Media Manager status code 49

No Error on operation, sideband data only

Device management status code 84

No media found in device or robot slot,

please verify

Device management status code 61

No memory available

Robot Error status code 8

No mount pending for given mount index

Device management status code 16

no pools in the pool list

Media Manager status code 112

559

560

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

Robot daemon and/or robotic hardware is

not available

Device management status code 60

No robot is defined of this type

Device management status code 52

No robots are configured

Robot Error status code 7

No valid license key for Disk Array

configuration

Device Configuration status code 97

<NONE>

Device Configuration status code 36

Not authorized by VxSS

Robotic status code 259

not authorized to connect to vmd

Media Manager status code 126

Only the administrative user can perform

the requested operation

Device management status code 19

Open Storage feature is not licensed

Device configuration status code 98

operation not allowed on cleaning cartridge Media Manager status code 117
Operator denied mount request

Device management status code 55

oprd request is not supported on the remote Media Manager status code 137
host
oprd returned abnormal status

Media Manager status code 96

Parameter is invalid

Device management status code 39

Physical drive is not available

Robotic status code 245

pool does not exist in pool database

Media Manager status code 109

poolname is not unique in pool database

Media Manager status code 105

pool not defined as a catalog backup pool

Media Management status code 198

pool not defined as a scratch pool

Media Manager status code 172

pool type change is not allowed for

<CatalogBackup> pool

Media Manager status code 22

Process killed by parent

Robotic status code 212

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

Process killed by signal

Robotic status code 211

protocol error

Media Manager status code 20

registering this host would exceed the

maximum allowed

Media Manager status code 150

request can only be performed on the Media Media Manager status code 177
and Device management Domain Server
request completed

Media Manager status code 1

Request has been queued (Cancel to clear

message

Device management status code 53

Request terminated because host not

validated for volume pool

Device management status code 26

Request terminated because media id is

expired

Device management status code 27

Request terminated because media id will

exceed maximum mount count

Device management status code 30

Request terminated because media is a

cleaning tape

Device management status code: 71

Request terminated because media is

unavailable (in DOWN drive, misplaced,
write protected or unmountable

Device management status code 35

Request terminated because media is

unmountable

Device management status code 69

Request terminated because media is write Device management status code 70

protected
Request terminated because mount requests Device management status code 63
are disabled
Request terminated because of volume pool Device management status code 66
mismatch
Request terminated by tpunmount call from Device management status code 36
another process

561

562

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

Requested drive could not be reserved

Device management status code 24

requested drive is already reserved by host Media Manager status code 145
requested drive is already reserved

Media Manager status code 130

Requested drive is in an offline domain

Robotic status code 238

requested drive is not currently registered

Media Manager status code 132

requested drive is not currently reserved

Media Manager status code 134

requested drive is not registered for host

Media Manager status code 131

requested drive is not reserved by host

Media Manager status code 133

requested host is not currently registered

Media Manager status code 135

Requested operation is not supported by the Robotic status code 229

robot
Requested slot already has cartridge

Robotic status code 217

Requested slot contains the wrong tape

Robotic status code 226

Requested slot does not exist in robot

Robotic status code 228

Requested slot is empty

Robotic status code 208

Requested tape in other or non-configured

drive

Robotic status code 215

Requested volume is in an offline domain

Robotic status code 239

Residence is not licensed for multihosted

drive support

Device Configuration status code 37

Retry later

Device management status code 81

Robot busy, cannot perform operation

Robotic status code 223

Robot busy, inject operation in progress

Robotic status code 255

Robot busy, inventory operation in progress Robotic status code 254

Robot busy, multiple eject operation in
progress

Robotic status code 256

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

Robot busy, multiple inject operation in

progress

Robotic status code 257

Robot busy, robot diagnostics in progress

Robotic status code 260

Robot denied access to the resource

Robotic status code 234

Robot drive number in use for this robot

Device Configuration status code 25

Robot hardware or communication error

Robotic status code 225

Robot has misplaced the media

Robotic status code 236

robot host and volume group mismatch

Media Manager status code 82

Robot/LTI protocol error

Device management status code 76

Robot media access port does not exist

Robotic status code 242

robot number and robot host mismatch

Media Manager status code 61

robot number and robot type mismatch

Media Manager status code 54

robot number and volume group mismatch Media Manager status code 55
Robot number does not exist

Device Configuration status code 31

Robot number does not exist.

Robotic status code 214

Robot number is already in use

Device Configuration status code 21

Robot number is in use by another robot

Device Configuration status code 30

Robot operation failed

Device management status code 74

robot type and volume group mismatch

Media Manager status code 81

Robot type must be controlled locally

Device Configuration status code 33

Robotic arm has no addressable holder

Robotic status code 222

Robotic daemon not licensed

Robot Error status code 17

Robotic dismount failure

Robotic status code 206

Robotic mount failure

Robotic status code 205

robotic volume position is already in use

Media Manager status code 37

563

564

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

RSM is not supported

Device Configuration status code 48

rule does not exist in rule database

Media Manager status code 97

Shared Storage Option (SSO) is not licensed Device Configuration status code 53
specified robot is unknown to vmd

Media Manager status code 79

STATUS_SUCCESS

Robotic status code 200

Stopping device daemon with tapes assigned Device management status code 73
Success

Device Configuration status code 0

System Error

Device Configuration status code 87 and

Media Manager status code 2

System error occurred

Robot Error status code 11

System error occurred during robot

operation

Robotic status code 230

Tape file path exceeds 255 character

maximum

Device management status code 49

Tape needs to be write enabled

Device management status code 46

The device is not robotic, cannot perform

cleaning

Device management status code 58

The device_mappings file has invalid license Device Configuration status code 2
info
The device name is not valid, no device
responded

Device Configuration status code 52

The drive is DOWN

Device management status code 15

The drive is not ready or inoperable

Device management status code 21

The drive serial number already exists in the Device Configuration status code 91
device database
The eject command was aborted by the user Robotic status code 244
The EMM server failed to process the request Device Configuration status code 78

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

the global device database device name is

invalid

Media Manager status code 162

the global device database device type is

invalid

Media Manager status code 160

the media is allocated for use

Media Management status code 199

the operation requested has failed

Media Manager status code 163

the query with time failed because a limit

was reached

Media Manager status code 184

The requested operation is not valid for the Device Configuration status code 95
specified Disk Type
the request sent to the Device Allocator has Media Manager status code 190
failed
the robotic daemon returned an invalid
volume GUID

Media Manager status code 164

the robotic library is full and may still have Media Manager status code 185
media in its map
The specified Disk Array Host is not
configured in NetBackup

Device Configuration status code 96

the specified pool is not empty

Media Manager status code 111

This is a drive path operation, use the

-drpath option

Device Configuration status code 81

this machine is not the database host

Media Manager status code 84

This robot type does not support multiple

media types

Device Configuration status code 17

Timeout waiting for robotic command

Robotic status code 203

too many volumes in volume group

Media Manager status code 68

Unable to allocate memory for this process Device configuration status code 79
Unable to connect to NDMP host verify
hostname

Device configuration status code 67

565

566

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

Unable to connect to the EMM server

Device configuration status code 77 and

Device management status code 78

Unable to create NDMP session

Device configuration status code 70

unable to find any records in the device test Media Manager status code 176
database
unable to generate a unique media id

Media Manager status code 127

Unable to initialize robot

Robotic status code 204

Unable to open drive

Robotic status code 209

Unable to open robotic path

Robotic status code 201

unable to open the device test state file

Media Manager status code 175

Unable to process NDMP message

Device configuration status code 68

Unable to SCSI unload drive

Robotic status code 210

unable to send exit status

Media Manager status code 67

Unable to sense robotic device

Robotic status code 202

unexpected data from robotic software

daemon

Media Manager status code 46

unexpected data received

Media Manager status code 40

Unknown drive name

Device management status code 41

unknown EMM error code

Media Manager status code 192

Unsupported NDMP version

Device configuration status code 73

Update Drive Name Rule request failed

Device configuration status code 83

Usage error in creating child process

Robot Error status code 12

user id was not superuser

Media Manager status code 3

volume daemon fork failed

Media Manager status code 85

volume does not exist in database

Media Manager status code 35

volume group does not exist

Media Manager status code 65

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Table 6-1

Media and device management messages and status codes

(continued)

Error message

Status code number

volume has exceeded maximum mounts

Media Manager status code 116

volume has passed expiration date

Media Manager status code 115

volume is already assigned

Media Manager status code 93

Volume is in home slot

Robotic status code 249

Volume is in library, but not in drive domain Robotic status code 233
Volume is in use

Robotic status code 237

volume is not in specified pool

Media Manager status code 94

Volume not found in library

Robotic status code 232

VxSS Access Denied

Media Manager status code 188, Device

management status code 77, and Device
configuration status code 92

VxSS authentication failed.

Media Manager status code 187

You do not have permission to create the file Device management status code 44
You must be administrator to execute

Robot Error status code 14

You must be ROOT to start daemon

Robot Error status code 1

567

568

Media and device management status codes and messages

Media and device management messages

Chapter

Disaster recovery
This chapter includes the following topics:

About disaster recovery

Recommended backup practices

Disk recovery procedures for UNIX and Linux

Disk recovery procedures for Windows

Catalog recovery from an online backup

Clustered NBU server recovery for UNIX and Linux

Clustered NBU server recovery for Windows

About disaster recovery

Effective disaster recovery requires procedures specific to an environment. These
procedures provide detailed information regarding preparation for and recovering
from a disaster. Use the disaster recovery information in this chapter as a model
only; evaluate and then develop your own disaster recovery plans and procedures.
Warning: Before you try any of the disaster recovery procedures in this chapter,
&CompanyName; recommends that you contact technical support.
This topic provides information about NetBackup installation and (if necessary),
catalog recovery after a system disk failure. &CompanyName; assumes that you
recover to the original system disk or one configured exactly like it.

570

Disaster recovery
Recommended backup practices

Warning: NetBackup may not function properly if you reinstall NetBackup and
recover its catalogs on a system disk to a different partition or one that is
partitioned differently due to internal configuration information. Instead,
configure a replacement disk with partitioning identical to the failed disk, then
reinstall NetBackup on the same partition on which it was originally installed.
Specific procedures that replace failed disks, build partitions and logical volumes,
and reinstall operating systems can be complicated and time consuming. Such
procedures are beyond the scope of this manual. Appropriate vendor-specific
information should be referenced.

Recommended backup practices

The following describes a set of recommended backup practices.

Selecting files to back up

In addition to backing up files on a regular basis, it is important to select the
correct files to back up. The first concern is to include all files with that records
that are critical to users and the organization. You also need to back up system
and application files, so you can quickly and accurately restore a system to normal
operation if a disaster occurs.
Include all Windows system files in your backups. In addition to the other system
software, the Windows system directories include the registry, which is needed
to restore the client to its original configuration. If you use a NetBackup exclude
list for a client, do not specify any Windows system files in that list.
You should not omit executables and other application files. You may want to
save tape by excluding these easy-to-reinstall files. However, backing up the entire
application ensures that it is restored to its exact configuration. For example, if
you have applied software updates and patches, restoring from a backup eliminates
the need to reapply them.

Bare Metal Restore

NetBackup Bare Metal Restore (BMR) protects client systems by backing them up
with a policy configured for BMR protection. A complete description of BMR
backup and recovery procedures is available.
See the Bare Metal Restore System Administrator's Guide.

Disaster recovery
Recommended backup practices

Critical policies
When configuring a policy for online catalog backup, you can designate certain
NetBackup policies as critical. Critical policies back up systems and data deemed
critical to end-user operation. During a catalog recovery, NetBackup verifies that
all of the media that is needed to restore critical policies are available.

Full backup after catalog recovery

If the configuration contains Windows clients that have incremental backup
configurations set to Perform Incrementals Based on Archive Bit, you should
run a full backup of these clients as soon as possible after a catalog recovery. The
archive bit resets on the files that were incrementally backed up after the catalog
backup that was used for the catalog recovery. If a full backup of these clients is
not run after a catalog recovery, these files could be skipped and not backed up
by subsequent incremental backups.

Online catalog backups

Online, hot catalog backup is a policy-driven backup that supports tape-spanning
and incremental backups. It allows for restoring catalog files from the Backup,
Archive, and Restore interface. Online catalog backups may be run while other
NetBackup activity occurs, which provides improved support for environments
in which continual backup activity is typical.

Online catalog backup disaster recovery files

&CompanyName; recommends saving the disaster recovery files created by the
online catalog backup to a network share or removable device. Do not save the
disaster recovery files to the local computer. Catalog recovery from an online
catalog backup without the disaster recovery image file is a more complex and
time-consuming procedure.

Automated recovery
The catalog disaster recovery file (created during an online catalog backup) is
intended to automate the process of NetBackup recovery. If you recover a system
other than the one that originally made the backups, it should be identical to the
original system. For example, if the system that performs the recovery does not
include NetBackup servers with identical names to those where the backups were
made, the automated recovery may not succeed.

571

572

Disaster recovery
Recommended backup practices

Online catalog disaster recovery information email

You should configure the online catalog backup policy to email a copy of the
disaster recovery information to a NetBackup administrator in your organization.
Configure this policy as part of every catalog backup. Do not save the disaster
recovery information emails to the local computer. Catalog recovery without the
disaster recovery image file or the disaster recovery information email available
is exceedingly complex, time consuming, and requires assistance.
You may tailor the disaster recovery email process by providing a customized
mail script. More details are available.
See Reference Topics of the NetBackup Administrator's Guide, Volume II.

Identifying the correct catalog backup

A complete catalog should be recovered from the most recent series of backups.
If not, the potential for inconsistency between the catalog and the actual state or
contents of storage media could exist.
The following are two examples of the need for recovering from the most recent
series of backups:

Tape media images have all expired after the catalog backup that the recovery
was done from and the tape designated for and possibly re-used.

Disk-based media whose images expired after the catalog backup that the
recovery was done from and the images were deleted from the disk.

Catalog recovery time

System environment, catalog size, location, and backup configuration (full and
incremental policy schedules) all help determine the time that is required to
recover the catalog. Carefully plan and test to determine the catalog backup
methods that result in the desired catalog recovery time.

Master and media server backups

The NetBackup catalog backup protects your configuration data and catalog data.
You should also set up backup schedules for the master and media servers in your
NetBackup installation. These schedules protect the operating systems, device
configurations, and other applications on the servers.
Master or media server recovery procedures when the system disk has been lost
assume that the servers are backed up separately from the catalog backup. Backups
of master and media servers should not include NetBackup binaries, configuration
or catalog files, or relational database data.

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for UNIX and Linux

Disk recovery procedures for UNIX and Linux

The following section describes the procedures for three different types of disk
recovery for UNIX and Linux:

Master server disk recovery procedures

Media server disk recovery procedures

Client disk recovery procedures

Disk-based images that reside on AdvancedDisk or on OpenStorage disks cannot

be recovered by means of the NetBackup catalog. These disk images must be
recovered by means of the NetBackup import feature. For information on import,
See the topic on importing NetBackup images in the NetBackup Administrators
Guide, Volume I.
When the disk image is imported, NetBackup does not recover the original catalog
entry for the image. Instead, a new catalog entry is created.

Recovering the master server disk for UNIX and Linux

The procedure in this section explains how to recover data if the system disk fails
on a UNIX or Linux NetBackup master server.
The following two scenarios are covered:

Root file system is intact. The operating system, NetBackup software and some
(if not all) other files are assumed to be lost.

Root file system is lost along with everything else on the disk. This situation
requires a total recovery. This recovery reloads the operating system to an
alternate boot disk and boots from this disk during recovery. This operation
lets you recover the root partition without risking a crash caused by overwriting
files that the operating system uses during the restore.

For NetBackup master and media servers, the directory locations of the NetBackup
catalog become an integral part of NetBackup catalog backups. Any recovery of
the NetBackup catalog requires identical directory paths or locations be created
during the NetBackup software reinstallation. Disk partitioning, symbolic links,
and NetBackup catalog relocation utilities may be needed.
NetBackup Bare Metal Restore (BMR) protects client systems by backing them up
with a policy configured for BMR protection. Information is available that describes
backup and recovery procedures.
See the Bare Metal Restore System Administrator's Guide.

573

574

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for UNIX and Linux

Recovering the master server when root is intact

The following procedure recovers the master server by reloading the operating
system, then restoring NetBackup, and finally restoring all other files.
To recover

Verify that the operating system works, that any require patches are installed,
and that specific configuration settings are made. Take corrective action as
needed.

Reinstall NetBackup software on the server you want to recover.

See the NetBackup Installation Guide for UNIX for instructions.

Install any NetBackup patches that had been previously installed. See the
documentation that was included with the patch software.
Note: &CompanyName; does not support the recovery of a catalog image that
was backed up using an earlier version of NetBackup.

If any of the default catalog directories have changed that may be reflected
in the NetBackup catalog backups, recreate those directories before the catalog
recovery.
The following are examples:

Use of symbolic links as part of the NetBackup catalog directory structure.

Use of the NetBackup nbdb_move command to relocate parts of the

NetBackup relational database catalog.

If the recovery scenario involves restoring policy or catalog backups, the

appropriate recovery device(s) must be configured, which may involve the
following tasks:

Install and configure the robotic software for the devices that read backups
of the NetBackup catalog and regular backups of the disk being restored.
If a non-robotic drive is available that can read these backups, then no
robot is required. Although manual intervention is required if multiple
pieces of media are required.
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

Using the NetBackup Device Configuration Wizard to discover and

configure the recovery device in NetBackup.
See the NetBackup Administrator's Guide, Volume I.

Using the NetBackup command tpautoconf to discover and configure the

recovery device in NetBackup.

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for UNIX and Linux

See the NetBackup Command Guide.

Updating the device mapping files.

See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume II.

If you must restore from policy or catalog backups that were done to media,
the appropriate media may have to be configured in NetBackup.
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I.
Configuring the media may require some or all of the following tasks:

Manually load the required media into a stand-alone recovery device.

Use the NetBackup utilities such as robtest or vendor-specific robotic

control software to load media into the required recovery device or devices.

Using the NetBackup Volume Configuration Wizard to inventory the media

contents of a robotic device.

Using the vendor-specific robotic control software to load the media into
the required recovery device(s).

Recover the NetBackup catalogs to the server you are recovering.

The NetBackup catalogs can be recovered only to the same directory structure
from which they were backed up (alternate path recovery is not allowed).

Stop and restart all NetBackup daemons. Use the following NetBackup
commands, or use the Activity Monitor in the NetBackup Administration
Console.
Your configuration may include an EMM server that is separate from the
master server. If so, start NetBackup on the EMM server before starting
NetBackup on the master server.
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

Start the NetBackup Backup, Archive, and Restore interface (or the bp
command) and restore other files to the server as desired. When the files are
restored, you are done.

Recovering the master server when the root partition is lost

The general steps to this procedure are: 1) load the operating system on an
alternate boot disk, 2) install NetBackup on that disk, 3) recover NetBackup catalogs
to that disk, 4) restore the root partition and the latest backed up files to the
recovery disk, and 5) copy the NetBackup catalogs from the alternate disk to the
recovery disk.

575

576

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for UNIX and Linux

This procedure assumes that the root file system is lost along with everything
else on the disk. This procedure reloads the operating system to an alternate boot
disk and boots from that disk during recovery. This operation lets you recover
the root partition without risking a crash caused by overwriting files that the
operating system uses during the restore.
To recover the master server when the root partition is lost

Load the operating system on an alternate boot disk, using the same procedure
as you would normally use for the server type.

Create on the alternate disk the partition and directory where NetBackup and
its catalogs (if applicable) and databases resided on the original disk. By
default, they reside under the /usr/openv directory.

Verify that the operating system works, that any required patches are
installed, and that specific configuration settings are made. Take corrective
action as needed.

Install NetBackup on the alternate disk. Install only the robotic software for
the devices required to read backups of the NetBackup catalogs and regular
backups of the disk being restored. If a non-robotic drive can read these
backups, no robot is required.

Install any NetBackup patches that had been previously installed. See the
documentation that was included with the patch software.

If any changes to the default catalog directories would be reflected in the

NetBackup catalog backups, recreate those directories before the catalog
recovery.
Examples of those directories are the following:

Use of symbolic links as part of the NetBackup catalog directory structure.

Use of the NetBackup nbdb_move command to relocate parts of the

NetBackup relational database catalog.

If the recovery scenario involves restoring policy or catalog backups, the

appropriate recovery device(s) must be configured.
Device configuration may include the following tasks:

Install and configure the robotic software for the devices that read backups
of the NetBackup catalog and regular backups of the disk being restored.
If a non-robotic drive is available that can read these backups, then no
robot is required. Although manual intervention is required if multiple
pieces of media are required.
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for UNIX and Linux

Use the NetBackup Device Configuration Wizard to discover and configure

the recovery device in NetBackup.
See the NetBackup Administrator's Guide, Volume I.

Use the NetBackup command tpautoconf to discover and configure the

recovery device in NetBackup.
See the NetBackup Command manual.

Update the device mapping files.

See the NetBackup Administrator's Guide, Volume II.

If you must restore from policy or catalog backups that were done to media,
the appropriate media may have to be configured in NetBackup.
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I.
Configuring the media may require some or all of the following tasks:

Manually load the required media into a stand-alone recovery device.

Use the NetBackup utilities such as robtest or vendor-specific robotic

control software to load media into the required recovery device or devices.

Using the NetBackup Volume Configuration Wizard to inventory the media

contents of a robotic device.

Using the vendor-specific robotic control software to load the media into
the required recovery device(s).

Recover the NetBackup catalogs to the alternate disk.

See Catalog recovery from an online backup on page 589.
The catalogs can be recovered only to the same directory structure from
which they were backed up (alternate path recovery is not allowed).

10 Start the NetBackup Backup, Archive, and Restore interface (or the bp
command) and restore the latest backed up version of all files to the disk you
are recovering.
You restore these files from the backup of the master server, not from the
NetBackup catalog backup. Be sure to specify the disk that you recover as the
alternate recovery location.
Warning: Do not restore files to the /usr/openv/var, /usr/openv/db/data,
or /usr/openv/volmgr/database directories (or relocated locations) or
directories that contain NetBackup database data. This data was recovered
to the alternate disk in step 9 and is copied back to the recovery disk in step
12.

577

578

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for UNIX and Linux

11 Stop all NetBackup processes that you started from NetBackup on the alternate
disk. Use the Activity Monitor in the NetBackup Administration Console or
the following:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all

12 Maintaining the same directory structure, copy the NetBackup catalogs from
the alternate disk to the disk that you recover. These are the catalogs
recovered in step 9.

13 Make the recovered disk the boot disk again and restart the system.
14 Start and test the copy of NetBackup on the disk that you have recovered.
If your configuration includes an Enterprise Media Manager (EMM) server
that is separate from the master server, start NetBackup on the EMM server
before starting NetBackup on the master server.
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

Try the NetBackup Administration utilities. Also, try some backups and
restores.

15 When you are satisfied that the recovery is complete, delete the NetBackup
files from the alternate disk. Or, unhook that disk, if it is a spare.

Recovering the NetBackup media server disk for UNIX and Linux
NetBackup 6.0 and later media servers store information in the NetBackup
relational database. If you need to recover the system disk on a NetBackup media
server, the recommended procedure is similar to disk recovery for the client.
See Recovering the client disk on page 578.
Note: A separate computer that functions as a NetBackup 6.0 or later media server
is available only on NetBackup Enterprise Server. For NetBackup Server
installations, the master server and the media server are installed on the same
system and have the same host name. Therefore, recovering the master server
disk also recovers the media server.

Recovering the client disk

NetBackup Bare Metal Restore (BMR) protects client systems by backing them up
with a policy configured for BMR protection. A complete description of BMR
backup and recovery procedures is available.
See the Bare Metal Restore Administrator's Guide.

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for Windows

If you installed and configured NetBackup Intelligent Disaster Recovery (IDR) on

the client system, use the recovery procedures in the NetBackup Administrators
Guide, Volume II instead of the following instructions:
To recover the system disk on a client workstation

Reload the operating system as you normally would for a client workstation
of that type.
If the root file system is lost, the best approach may be to reload the operating
system on an alternate boot disk and start from this disk. After restoring the
system, restore root to its original partition. This operation lets you recover
the root partition without risking a crash due to overwriting files that the
operating system uses during the restore. The procedure is similar to the
procedure that is used for the master server, except that recovering the
NetBackup catalogs is not necessary.
See Recovering the master server disk for Windows on page 580.

Reinstall NetBackup client software and patches.

Use the NetBackup Backup, Archive, and Restore interface to select and
restore files.

Disk recovery procedures for Windows

The following section describes the procedures for three different types of disk
recovery for Windows:

Master server disk recovery procedures

Media server disk recovery procedures

Client disk recovery procedures

Disk-based images that reside on AdvancedDisk or on OpenStorage disks cannot

be recovered by means of the NetBackup catalog. These disk images must be
recovered by means of the NetBackup import feature. For information on import,
refer to the section on importing NetBackup images in the following manual:
See NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I.
Note: When the disk image is imported, NetBackup does not recover the original
catalog entry for the image. Instead, a new catalog entry is created.

579

580

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for Windows

Recovering the master server disk for Windows

The procedure in this section explains how to recover data if one or more disk
partitions are lost on a Windows NetBackup master server.
The following two scenarios are covered:

Windows is intact and not corrupted. The system still starts Windows, but
some or all other partitions are lost. NetBackup software is assumed to be lost.

All disk partitions are lost. Windows must be reinstalled, which is a total
recovery. These procedures assume that the NetBackup master disk was
running a supported version of Windows and that the defective hardware has
been replaced.

For NetBackup master and media servers, the directory locations of the NetBackup
catalog become an integral part of NetBackup catalog backups. Any recovery of
the NetBackup catalog requires the identical directory paths or locations be created
before the catalog recovery.

Recovering the master server with Windows intact

This procedure shows how to recover the NetBackup master server with the
Windows operating system intact.
To recover the master server with Windows intact

Determine the install_path in which NetBackup is installed. By default,

NetBackup is installed in the C:\Program Files\VERITAS directory.

Determine if any directory paths or locations need to be created for NetBackup

catalog recovery.

Partition any disks being recovered as they were before the failure (if
partitioning is necessary). Then reformat each partition as it was before the
failure.

Reinstall NetBackup software on the server you are recovering.

Refer to the NetBackup Installation Guide for Windows.

Install any NetBackup patches that had been previously installed. See the
documentation that was included with the patch software.

If any changes to the default catalog directories would be reflected in the

NetBackup catalog backups, recreate those directories before the catalog
recovery. For example, use the NetBackup nbdb_move command to relocate
parts of the NetBackup relational database catalog.

If the recovery scenario involves restoring policy or catalog backups, the

appropriate recovery devices must be configured.

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for Windows

You may have to do some or all of the following:

Install and configure the robotic software for the devices that read backups
of the NetBackup catalog and regular backups of the disk being restored.
If a non-robotic drive is available that can read these backups, then no
robot is required. Although manual intervention is required if multiple
pieces of media are required.
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

Use the NetBackup Device Configuration Wizard to discover and configure

the recovery device in NetBackup.
See the NetBackup Administrator's Guide, Volume I.

Using the NetBackup command tpautoconf to discover and configure the

recovery device in NetBackup.
See the NetBackup Commands manual.

Updating the device mapping files.

See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume II.

If the recovery scenario involves restoring policy or catalog backups, the

appropriate recovery device(s) must be configured.
Configuring the media may involve the following tasks:

Manually load the required media into a stand-alone recovery device.

Use NetBackup utilities such as robtest or vendor-specific robotic control

software to load media into the required recovery devices.

Use the NetBackup Volume Configuration Wizard to inventory the media

contents of a robotic device.

Use the vendor-specific robotic control software to load the media into
the required recovery device(s).

Recover the NetBackup catalogs.

See Catalog recovery from an online backup on page 589.

581

582

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for Windows

10 When catalog recovery is complete, stop and restart the NetBackup services.
Use the following bpdown and bpup commands, the Activity Monitor in the
NetBackup Administration Console, or the Services application in the Windows
Control Panel.
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

Your configuration may include an EMM server that is separate from the
master server. If so, start NetBackup on the EMM server before starting
NetBackup on the master server.
Warning: In step 11, do not restore files to the install_path\NetBackup\db,
install_path\NetBackupDB, install_path\NetBackup\var, or
install_path\Volmgr\database directories. The catalogs were recovered
in step 9 and overwriting them with regular backups leave them in an
inconsistent state.
If the NetBackup relational database files were relocated using nbdb_move
from install_path\NetBackupDB\data, they are recovered in step 9 and
should not be restored in step 11.

11 To restore all other files, do the following in the order shown:

Start the NetBackup Administration interface on the master server.

Start the Backup, Archive, and Restore utility.

Browse for restores and select only the partitions that were lost. Select
the system directory (typically C:\Winnt), which ensures that all registry
files are restored.

Deselect the install_path\NetBackup\db, install_path\NetBackupDB,

install_path\NetBackup\var, and install_path\Volmgr\database
directories (see the caution in step 10).

If you reinstall Windows, select the Overwrite existing files option, which
ensures that existing files are replaced with the backups.

Start the restore.

12 Reboot the system, which replaces any files that were busy during the restore.
When the boot process is complete, the system is restored to the state it was
in at the time of the last backup.

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for Windows

Recovering the master server and Windows

This procedure assumes that all disk partitions in Windows are lost.
To recover the master server and Windows

Install a minimal Windows operating system (perform the Express install).

Install the same type and version of Windows software that was used
previously.

Install Windows in the same partition that was used before the failure.

Install any required patches. Take corrective action as needed.

Specify the default workgroup. Do not restore the domain.

Install and configure special drivers or other software that is required to

get the hardware operational (for example, a special driver for the disk
drive).

Install SCSI or other drivers as needed to communicate with the tape

drives on the system.

Follow any hardware manufacturer's instructions that apply, such as

loading SSD on a Compaq system.

Reboot the system when Windows installation is complete.

Determine the install_path in which NetBackup is installed. By default,

NetBackup is installed in the C:\Program Files\VERITAS directory.

Determine if any directory paths or locations need to be created for NetBackup

catalog recovery.

If necessary, partition any disks being recovered as they were before the
failure. Then reformat each partition as it was before the failure.

Reinstall NetBackup software on the server being recovered. Do not configure

any NetBackup policies or devices at this time.

Install any NetBackup patches that had been previously installed. See the
documentation that was included with the patch software.

If any changes to the default catalog directories would be reflected in the

NetBackup catalog backups, recreate those directories before the catalog
recovery. For example, use the NetBackup nbdb_move command to relocate
parts of the NetBackup relational database catalog.

If the recovery scenario involves restoring policy or catalog backups, the

appropriate recovery device or devices have to be configured.
You may have to do all or some of the following tasks:

583

584

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for Windows

Install and configure the robotic software for the devices that read backups
of the NetBackup catalog and regular backups of the disk being restored.
If a non-robotic drive is available that can read these backups, then no
robot is required. Although manual intervention is required if multiple
pieces of media are required.
See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

Using the NetBackup Device Configuration Wizard to discover and

configure the recovery device in NetBackup.
See the NetBackup Administrator's Guide, Volume I.

Using the NetBackup command tpautoconf to discover and configure the

recovery device in NetBackup.
See the NetBackup Commands manual.

Updating the device mapping files.

See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume II.

If you must restore from policy or catalog backups that were done to media,
the appropriate media may have to be configured in NetBackup.
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I.
When you configure the media, you may have to do some or all of the
following:

Manually load the required media into a stand-alone recovery device.

Use the NetBackup utilities such as robtest or vendor-specific robotic

control software to load media into the required recovery devices.

Using the NetBackup Volume Configuration Wizard to inventory the media

contents of a robotic device.

Using the vendor-specific robotic control software to load the media into
the required recovery devices.

10 Recover the NetBackup catalogs.

See Catalog recovery from an online backup on page 589.

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for Windows

11 When catalog recovery is complete, stop and restart the NetBackup services.
Use the following bpdown and bpup commands, the Activity Monitor in the
NetBackup Administration Console, or the Services application in the Windows
Control Panel.
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

If your configuration includes an Enterprise Media Manager (EMM) server

that is separate from the master server, start NetBackup on the EMM server
first.
Warning:
In step 12, do not restore files to the install_path\NetBackup\db,
install_path\NetBackupDB, install_path\NetBackup\var, or
install_path\Volmgr\database directories. These directories were recovered
in step 10 and overwriting them with regular backups leaves the catalogs in
an inconsistent state. If the relational database files were relocated using
nbdb_move from install_path\NetBackupDB\data, they are recovered in
step 10 and should not be restored in step 12.

12 To restore all other files, do the following in the order presented:

Start the NetBackup Administration interface on the master server.

Start the Backup, Archive, and Restore client interface.

Browse for restores and select only the partitions that were lost. Select
the system directory (typically C:\Winnt), which ensures that all registry
files are restored.

Deselect the install_path\NetBackup\db, install_path\NetBackupDB

(or relocated NetBackup relational database path),
install_path\NetBackup\var, or install_path\Volmgr\database
directories.
See the caution in this procedure).

If you reinstall Windows, select the Overwrite existing files option, which
ensures that existing files are replaced with the backups.

Start the restore.

13 Restart the system, which replaces any files that were busy during the restore.
When the boot process is complete, the system is restored to the state it was
in at the time of the last backup.

585

586

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for Windows

Recovering the NetBackup media server disk for Windows

A separate computer that functions as a NetBackup 6.0 or later media server is
available only on NetBackup Enterprise Server. For NetBackup Server installations,
the master server and the media server are installed on the same system and have
the same host name. Therefore, recovering the master server disk also recovers
the media server.
NetBackup media servers store their information in the NetBackup relational
database. If you need to recover the system disk on a NetBackup media server,
the recommended procedure is similar to disk recovery for the client.
See Recovering the client disk on page 578.

Recovering the client disk

The following procedure explains how to perform a total recovery of a Windows
NetBackup client in the event of a system disk failure.
NetBackup Bare Metal Restore (BMR) protects client systems by backing them up
with a policy configured for BMR protection. A complete description of BMR
backup and recovery procedures is available.
See the Bare Metal Restore System Administrator's Guide.
Note: If you installed and configured NetBackup Intelligent Disaster Recovery
(IDR) on the client system, refer to the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume
II, for recovery procedures instead of the instructions in this procedure.
This procedure assumes that the Windows operating system and NetBackup are
reinstalled to boot the system and perform a restore.
The following are additional assumptions:

The NetBackup client was running a supported Microsoft Windows version.

The NetBackup client was backed up with a supported version of NetBackup

client and server software.

The NetBackup master server to which the client sent its backups is operational.
You request the restore from this server.

The backups included the directory where the operating system and its registry
resided.
If the backups excluded any files that resided in the directory, you may not be
able to restore the system to be identical to the previous configuration.

Defective hardware has been replaced.

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for Windows

Before starting, verify that you have the following:

Windows system software to reinstall on the NetBackup client that is being

restored. Reinstall the same type and version of software that was previously
used.

NetBackup client software to install on the client that is being restored.

Special drivers or other software that is required to make the hardware

operational (for example, a special driver for the disk drive).

IP address and host name of the NetBackup client.

IP address and host name of the NetBackup master server.

The partitioning and formatting scheme that was used on the system to be
restored. You must duplicate that scheme during Windows installation.

To recover a Windows client disk

Install a minimal Windows operating system (perform the Express install).

During the installation, do the following tasks:

Partition the disk as it was before the failure (if partitioning is necessary).
Then, reformat each partition as it was before the failure.

Install the operating system in the same partition that was used before
the failure.

Specify the default workgroup. Do not restore to the domain.

Follow any hardware manufacturers instructions that apply.

Reboot the system when the installation is complete.

Configure the NetBackup client system to re-establish network connectivity

to the NetBackup master server.
For example, if your network uses DNS, the configuration on the client must
use the same IP address that was used before the failure. Also, it must specify
the same name server (or another name server that recognizes both the
NetBackup client and master server). On the client, configure DNS in the
Network dialog, accessible from the Windows Control Panel.

Install NetBackup client software.

Refer to the NetBackup Installation Guide for Windows for instructions. Ensure
that you specify the correct names for the client server and master server.

To specify the client name, start the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface
on the client and click NetBackup Client Properties on the File menu.
Enter the client name on the General tab of the NetBackup Client
Properties dialog.

587

588

Disaster recovery
Disk recovery procedures for Windows

To specify the server name, click Specify NetBackup Machines and Policy
Type on the File menu.

Install any NetBackup patches that had previously been installed.

Enable debug logging by creating the following debug log directories on the
client:
install_path\NetBackup\Logs\tar
install_path\NetBackup\Logs\bpinetd

NetBackup creates logs in these directories.

Stop and restart the NetBackup Client service.

This action enables NetBackup to start logging to the bpinetd debug log.

Use the NetBackup Backup, Archive, and Restore interface to restore the
system files and user files to the client system.
For example, if all files are on the C drive, restoring that drive restores the
entire system.
To restore files, you do not need to be the administrator, but you must have
restore privileges. For instructions, refer to the online Help or refer to the
following:
See the NetBackup Backup, Archive, and Restore Getting Started Guide.
NetBackup restores the registry when it restores the Windows system files.
For example, if the system files are in the C:\Winnt directory, NetBackup
restores the registry when it restores that directory and all its subordinate
subdirectories and files.

Check for ERR or WRN messages in the log files that are in the directories
you created in step 6.
If the logs indicate problems with the restore of Windows system files, resolve
those problems before proceeding.

10 Stop the NetBackup Client service and verify that bpinetd is no longer
running.

11 Restart the NetBackup client system.

When the boot process is complete, the system is restored to the state it was
in at the time of the last backup.

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Catalog recovery from an online backup

This topic explains how to recover a catalog that was backed up using the online,
hot catalog backup method that is described in the following manual:
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I.
This procedure can be stand-alone or part of a larger disk recovery procedure.
See one of the following topics:
See Disk recovery procedures for UNIX and Linux on page 573.
See Disk recovery procedures for Windows on page 579.
Note: When any online catalog backup recovery try that involves media completes,
NetBackup changes the state of the media that contains the catalog backup to
frozen. This operation prevents a subsequent accidental overwrite action on the
final catalog backup image on the media. This final image pertains to the actual
catalog backup itself and its recovery is not part of the catalog recovery.
You can unfreeze the media.
See Unfreezing online catalog recovery media on page 622.
Note: You must have root (administrative) privileges to perform these procedures.
You can recover the catalog from an online, hot backup in either of two ways:

Recovering the entire catalog from an online backup

This procedure is the recommended method for recovering the entire catalog
and recovers the NetBackup relational database as well as NetBackup policy
files, backup image files, and configuration files.

Recovering the catalog image file

This method recovers only the NetBackup policy files, backup image files, and
configuration files. Use this method if the NetBackup relational database is
valid but NetBackup policy, backup image, or configuration files are lost. The
NetBackup relational database can also be recovered separately using the
bprecover -nbdb command.

Recovering the entire catalog from an online backup

The entire catalog can be recovered by using the Catalog Recovery Wizard or the
text-based bprecover -wizard command.

589

590

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Warning: Do not run any client backups before you recover the NetBackup catalog.
The Catalog Recovery Wizard screens that appear when performing these
procedures are very similar for UNIX, Linux, and Windows platforms. Only the
Windows screens are shown in text in the following procedures.

Recovering the entire catalog using the Catalog Recovery

Wizard
This procedure shows you how to recover the entire catalog using the Catalog
Recovery Wizard. You must have root (administrative) privileges.
Note: The Catalog Recovery wizard does not work after performing a change server
operation. You must be logged on locally to the master server that is being
recovered.

Note: During the catalog recovery process, services may be shut down and
restarted. If NetBackup is configured as a highly available application (cluster or
global cluster), freeze the cluster before starting the recovery process to prevent
a failover. Then unfreeze the cluster after the recovery process is complete.
To recover the entire catalog

Your configuration may include an Enterprise Media Manager (EMM) server

that is separate from the master server. If so, start NetBackup on the EMM
server before starting NetBackup on the master server.

Start NetBackup by entering the following:

On UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

The NetBackup Administration Console appears.

If the necessary devices are not already configured, configure them in

NetBackup.

Make available to NetBackup the media that contains the catalog backup.

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Click Recover the Catalogs on the NetBackup Administration Console to start

the Catalog Recovery Wizard.

The Welcome screen appears.

591

592

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Click Next on the Welcome screen to display the Catalog Disaster Recovery
File screen.

This wizard relies on the disaster recovery information that is generated

during the online catalog backup. Part of the online catalog backup
configuration that is included indicates where the disaster recovery
information file was to be stored and-or sent.
In most cases, you specify the most recent disaster recovery information file
available, unless some form of corruption has occurred and you want to
restore to an earlier state of the catalog. If the most recent catalog backup
was an incremental, use the disaster recovery file from the incremental
backup. (There is no need to first restore the full backup that is followed by
the incremental.)
Indicate where the disaster recovery file is stored by entering the fully
qualified path to the disaster recovery file.
More information is available on the email that is sent and the attached
disaster recovery file.
See Recovering the catalog without the disaster recovery file on page 613.

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

The wizard waits while NetBackup searches for the necessary media sources,
then informs you if the necessary backup ID of the disaster recovery image
is located.

Or, if the media is not located, the wizard lists which media is needed to update
the database.
Follow the wizard instructions to insert the media that is indicated and run
an inventory to update the NetBackup database. The information that is
displayed on this screen depends on whether the recovery is from a full backup
or an incremental backup.
If an online catalog backup policy includes both full and incremental backups,
the disaster recovery email may indicate either a full or an incremental backup
for recovery. An incremental backup recovery completely recovers the entire
catalog because it references information from the last full backup. You dont
need to first recover the last full catalog backup, then subsequent incremental
backups.

593

594

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

When the required media sources are all found, click Next to display the
Disaster Recovery Method screen. The Recover entire NetBackup catalog
radio option is selected.

With the Recover entire NetBackup catalog radio option selected, click Next
to initiate the recovery of the entire NetBackup catalog.
NetBackup restores the entire NetBackup relational database, which includes
the following:

NBDB database (including the EMM database)

BMR database (if applicable)

NetBackup policy files

backup image files

other configuration files

If the EMM server is located on a remote computer, the NBDB database is

recovered on the remote computer.

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

10 The wizard displays the recovery progress.

If the recovery is not successful, consult the log file messages for an indication
of the problem.

11 The final screen announces that the full recovery is complete. Each image
file is restored to the proper image directory, and the NetBackup relational
databases (NBDB and optionally BMRDB) have been restored and recovered.
If this step is part of a server recovery procedure, complete the remaining
steps in the appropriate Server Disk Recovery procedure.

12 NetBackup does not run scheduled backup jobs until NetBackup is stopped
and restarted. Before you restart NetBackup, protect the media that contains
any backups that were successfully performed after the catalog backup that
was used to recover the catalog.
This recovery can include the following:

importing the backups from the backup media into the catalog

write protecting the media

ejecting the media and setting it aside

freezing the media

595

596

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

13 You can manually submit backup jobs before you stop and restart NetBackup.
Be aware that if you have not protected the media containing the backups
done after the catalog backup, the media may be overwritten.

14 Stop and restart NetBackup on all the servers.

On UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

If a remote EMM server is being used, start NetBackup on it before you start
NetBackup on the master server.
If you have recovered from removable media, that media is now frozen.
To unfreeze, see the following:
See Unfreezing online catalog recovery media on page 622.

Recovering the entire catalog using bprecover -wizard

The bprecover -wizard command is an alternate way to recover an entire catalog
that is backed up using the online catalog backup method. This method does not
require the NetBackup Administration Console. You must have root
(administrative) privileges to perform this procedure.
Note: You must be logged on locally to the master server that is being recovered.

Note: During the catalog recovery process, services may be shut down and
restarted. If NetBackup is configured as a highly available application (cluster or
global cluster), freeze the cluster before starting the recovery process to prevent
a failover. Then unfreeze the cluster after the recovery process is complete.
The steps are the same as those in the following topic:
See Recovering the entire catalog using the Catalog Recovery Wizard on page 590.

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

To recover the entire catalog using bprecover -wizard

Start NetBackup by entering the following:

If your configuration includes an Enterprise Media Manager (EMM) server
that is separate from the master server, start NetBackup on the EMM server
before starting NetBackup on the master server.
On UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

Run the following command:

bprecover -wizard

The following is displayed:

Welcome to the NetBackup Catalog Recovery Wizard!
Please make sure the devices and media that contain catalog
disaster recovery data are available
Are you ready to continue?(Y/N)

Enter Y to continue. The following prompt appears:

Please specify the full pathname to the catalog disaster
recovery file:

Enter the fully qualified pathname to the Backup ID file. For example:
C:\DR_INFO\HotCatBack_1120078077_FULL

The following is displayed:

All media resources were located
Do you want to recover the entire NetBackup catalog? (Y/N)

597

598

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Enter Y to continue. The following is displayed:

Catalog recovery is in progress. Please wait...
Database server restarted, and completed successful recovery of
NBDB on <EMM Server>
Catalog recovery has completed.
Please review the log file C:\Program
Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\Logs
\user_ops\Administrator\logs\Recover1120078220.log for more
information.

The image file is restored to the proper image directory and the NetBackup
relational databases (NBDB and optionally BMRDB) are restored and recovered.

NetBackup does not run scheduled backup jobs until NetBackup is stopped
and restarted. Before you restart NetBackup, protect the media that contains
backups that were successfully performed after the catalog backup that was
used to recover the catalog.
This procedure can include the following tasks:

importing the backups from the backup media into the catalog

write protecting the media

ejecting the media and setting it aside

freezing the media

Stop and restart NetBackup.

On UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

If a remote EMM server is being used, start NetBackup on it before you start
NetBackup on the master server.

Recovering the catalog image file

Consider performing this recovery procedure only in the following scenarios:

The NetBackup relational database is valid, but NetBackup policy, backup

image, or configuration files are lost.

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

You want to restore part of the NetBackup catalog before you restore the entire
catalog. This procedure recovers only the catalog images and configuration
files.

The catalog backup images contain information about all the data that has been
backed up. This information constitutes the largest part of the NetBackup catalog.
If the backup images are intact but the NetBackup relational database files are
not, you can still recover these files.
See Recovering relational database files from an online catalog backup
on page 608.
The wizard restores whatever catalog images and configuration files are in the
backup set identified by the disaster recovery file. If the disaster recovery file is
from a full backup, all catalog images and configuration files are restored.
For an incremental backup, the wizard restores only catalog images and
configuration the files that were changed since the previous backup. However,
all catalog backup image files back to the last full catalog backup are automatically
included in an incremental catalog backup. This operation allows for the complete
restoration of all backup images by the Backup, Archive, and Restore user interface.
For a catalog that was backed up using the online method of NetBackup catalog
image and configuration files, recovery in either of the following ways:

Use the Catalog Recovery Wizard

Use the bprecover -wizard command

During a manual recovery, the wizard recovers only NetBackup policy files,
NetBackup backup image files, and other NetBackup configuration files. It does
not recover the NBDB (includes EMM) or BMR databases.
If the backup from which you recover is an incremental catalog backup and no
catalog backup images exist in the catalog, the following occurs: only the
NetBackup policy, backup image, and configuration files that are backed up in
that incremental backup are restored. However, all of the catalog backup images
up to the last full catalog backup are restored. So you can restore the rest of the
policy, images, and configuration files from the Backup, Archive and Restore
interface. If catalog backup images already exist, all files that were included in
the related set of catalog backups are restored. The NBDB (includes EMM) and
BMR (if applicable) databases must then be recovered by running the following:
bprecover -r -nbdb

Table 7-1 is a list of the files that you recover in a manual recovery (an asterisk
indicates multiple files within that folder).

599

600

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Table 7-1

Files you recover when you recover catalog image files

UNIX and Linux

Windows

/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf

install_path\NetBackup\db\*

/usr/openv/netbackup/db/*

install_path\NetBackup\vault\sessions\*

/usr/openv/netbackup/vault/
sessions*

install_path\NetBackup\var\*

/usr/openv/var/*

install_path\Volmgr\database\*

/usr/openv/volmgr/database/*

install_path\Volmgr\vm.conf

/usr/openv/volmgr/vm.conf

The following is a list of NetBackup relational database (SQL Anywhere) files that
are not recovered in a manual recovery.
NBDB.db
NBDB.log
EMM_DATA.db
EMM_INDEX.db
BMRDB.db
BMRDB.log
BMR_DATA.db
BMR_INDEX.db
vxdbms.conf
DARS_DATA.db
DARS_INDEX.db
DBM_DATA.db
DBM_INDEX.db

install_path\NetBackupDB\conf\server.conf (Windows only)

install_path\NETBACKUP\DB\conf\databases.conf (Windows only)

You can recover these files.

See Recovering relational database files from an online catalog backup
on page 608.

Recovering the catalog image files using the Catalog Recovery

Wizard
You must have root (administrative) privileges to perform this procedure.

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Note: The Catalog Recovery wizard does not work after performing a change server
operation. You must be logged on locally to the master server that is being
recovered.
To recover the catalog image files

Start NetBackup by entering the following:

If your configuration includes an EMM server that is separate from the master
server, do the following: start NetBackup on the EMM server before starting
NetBackup on the master server.
On UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

Click Recover the Catalogs in the NetBackup Administration Console to start

the Catalog Recovery Wizard.
Warning: Do not run any client backups before you recover the NetBackup
catalog.

601

602

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

This wizard relies on the disaster recovery information that was generated
during the online, hot catalog backup. Part of configuring the catalog backup
included the indication of where the disaster recovery information was to be
stored and sent.

Indicate where the disaster recovery file is stored by entering the fully
qualified path to the disaster recovery file.
For example:
/net/lex/Cat_DR/CatBk_1119304246_INCR

Specify the most recent disaster recovery file available, unless there is a
reason to restore from an earlier state.
Note whether the disaster recovery file is based on a full (*_FULL) or an
incremental (*_INCR) catalog backup.
More information is available on the email that is sent and the attached
disaster recovery file.
See Recovering the catalog without the disaster recovery file on page 613.

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

The wizard waits while NetBackup searches for the necessary media sources,
then tells you if the necessary backup ID of the DR image was located. If the
media is not located, the wizard lists which media is needed to update the
database.

Follow the wizard instructions to insert the indicated media and run an
inventory to update the NetBackup database.

Click Next to display the Disaster Recovery Method dialog. Select the Recover
only NetBackup catalog image and configuration files radio option and click
Next.

603

604

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

The wizard displays the recovery progress and announces when the catalog
has been recovered.

If the recovery is not successful, consult the log file messages for an indication
of the problem.

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

The final screen indicates that the catalog backup images have been recovered.

You can now recover the NetBackup database if necessary.

NetBackup does not run scheduled backup jobs until NetBackup is stopped
and restarted. Before you restart NetBackup, protect the media that contains
backups that were successfully performed after the catalog backup that was
used to recover the catalog.
Media protection may include the following tasks:

importing the backups from the backup media into the catalog

write protecting the media

ejecting the media and setting it aside

605

606

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

freezing the media

Stop and restart NetBackup on all the servers.

On UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

If a remote EMM server is being used, start NetBackup on it before you start
NetBackup on the master server.

Recovering the catalog image file using bprecover -wizard

You must have root (administrative) privileges to perform this procedure.
To recover the catalog image file using bprecover -wizard

Start NetBackup by entering the following:

If your configuration includes an EMM server separate from the master server,
start NetBackup on the EMM server before starting NetBackup on the master
server.
On UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

Run the following command:

bprecover -wizard

The following is displayed:

Welcome to the NetBackup Catalog Recovery Wizard!
Please make sure the devices and media that contain catalog
disaster recovery data are available
Are you ready to continue?(Y/N)

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Enter Y to continue. The following prompt appears:

Please specify the full pathname to the catalog disaster
recovery file:

Enter the pathname to the Backup ID file. For example:

C:\DR_INFO\HotCatBack_1120078077_FULL

The following is displayed:

All media resources were located
Do you want to recover the entire NetBackup catalog? (Y/N)

Enter N to continue. The following is displayed:

Catalog recovery is in progress. Please wait...
This portion of the catalog recovery has completed.

Because this operation is a partial recovery, any remaining portions of the

catalog must be restored using Backup, Archive, and Restore.
Please review the following log file for more information
C:\Program Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\Logs\user_ops\
Administrator\logs\Recover1123008613.log

You can now recover the NetBackup database if necessary.

NetBackup does not run scheduled backup jobs until NetBackup is stopped
and restarted. Before you restart NetBackup, protect the media that contains
backups that were successfully performed after the catalog backup that was
used to recover the catalog.
This media protection may include the following tasks:

importing the backups from the backup media into the catalog

write protecting the media

ejecting the media and setting it aside

607

608

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

freezing the media

Stop and restart NetBackup on all the servers.

On UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

If a remote EMM server is being used, start NetBackup on it before you start
NetBackup on the master server.

Recovering relational database files from an online catalog backup

If the NetBackup (NBDB) or Bare Metal Restore (BMRDB) relational database files
need to be recovered, perform this procedure.
The full procedure is necessary only if the NBDB database has been corrupted. A
temporary database must be created to restore from the catalog backup. If the
NBDB database is available and the SQL Anywhere server is running, then do the
following: perform only steps 11 and 12 to replace the existing database with the
copy from the catalog backup.
Note: If your configuration includes a remote EMM server, perform steps 1 through
7 on the EMM server.

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

To recover relational database files from an online catalog backup

If NetBackup is running, stop it.

On UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown

Move the following set of existing database files from their current location
to a temporary directory.
NBDB:
nbdb.db, nbdb.log, emm_index.db, emm_data.db

BMRDB:
bmrdb.db, bmrdb.log

Change databases.conf so SQL Anywhere does not try to automatically start

them when the server is started.
On UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/db/bin/nbdb_admin -auto_start NONE

On Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\nbdb_admin -auto_start NONE

Start the SQL Anywhere server.

UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbdbms_start_stop start

Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup -e SQLANYs_VERITAS_NB

609

610

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Re-create an empty database.

UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/db/bin/create_nbdb -drop

Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\create_nbdb -drop

If the database has been moved or the environment is clustered, add -staging
staging_dir to the end of the create_nbdb command line.
If the database has been moved or the environment is clustered, and space
constraints or other issues force you to create this temporary database in the
final location, use the following command:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/db/bin/create_nbdb -drop -data <data_dir> -index \
<index_dir> -tlog <tlog_dir> -staging <staging_dir>

Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\create_nbdb -drop -data <data_dir>
-index <index_dir> -tlog <tlog_dir> -staging <staging_dir>

Where the <data_dir>, <index_dir>, <tlog_dir>, and <staging_dir> values are

defined in the vxdbms.conf file as VXDBMS_NB_DATA, VXDBMS_NB_INDEX,
VXDBMS_NB_TLOG, and VXDBMS_NB_STAGING.

Stop and restart NetBackup.

UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Run tpext:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tpext

Windows:
install_path\Volmgr\bin\tpext

If you used the nbdb_move command to relocate NetBackup database files,

re-create the directories where the files were located when you backed up the
catalog. The default location is the following:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/db/data

Windows:
install_path\NetBackupDB\data

Start the device manager:

UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ltid -v

Windows: start the device manager service.

10 Configure the necessary recovery device in NetBackup.

11 Make available to NetBackup the media that contains the catalog backup.
Inventory the robot or add the media for stand-alone drives.

611

612

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

12 For online catalog recovery, run the following command on the master server:
UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/admincmd/bprecover -r -nbdb

Windows: start the device manager service.

install_path\NetBackup\bin\admincmd\bprecover -r -nbdb

13 Stop and restart NetBackup.

UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.kill_all
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

Windows:
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpdown
install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpup

If a remote EMM server is being used, start NetBackup on it before you start
NetBackup on the master server.

Recovering NetBackup access management components from a hot

backup
If you have configured NetBackup Access Control (NBAC), the online, hot catalog
backup automatically backs up your authentication and authorization
configuration information.
Both the Operate and Configure permission sets are required on the catalog object
to successfully back up and recover NBAC authentication and authorization data.
To recover the NetBackup catalog from an online catalog backup when NetBackup
Access Control is configured

Follow the normal NetBackup catalog recovery procedures. Ensure that

NetBackup Access Management Control is installed but disabled before you
run the actual catalog recovery wizard or bprecover command. You must
have root privileges to execute the recovery.

Turn off the authentication and authorization services (Windows) or daemons

(UNIX and Linux).

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Recover the NetBackup catalog from the online catalog backup using the
recovery wizard or bprecover command. Authentication and authorization
data is not copied back to the hosts from which it was backed up. Instead, it
is copied to a staging area for use in step 4.

Run "bprecover -r -vxss -p <policy name>" and supply the name of the
online catalog backup policy. This action recovers authentication and
authorization data from the staging area to the hosts from which it was backed
up.

Start up the authentication and authorization services (Windows) or daemons

(UNIX and Linux).

Configure NetBackup to use NetBackup Access Management Control by setting

up the proper Access Control host properties for master server(s), media
server(s), and client(s).

Restart NetBackup.

Recovering the catalog using a copy of an online catalog backup

The online, hot catalog backup can create multiple copies of the catalog backup
in either of two ways: by specifying multiple copies when the backup is originally
done or by duplicating the catalog backup later.
To recover the catalog from a copy, see the following:
See Recovering the catalog without the disaster recovery file on page 613.

Recovering the catalog without the disaster recovery file

If the disaster recovery file has been lost, consult the email that was sent to the
administrator when the catalog was backed up. The Disaster Recovery file is
written to the location you specify in the catalog backup policy and is appended
to the backup stream itself.
To recover the catalog from an online catalog backup when you no longer have the
Disaster Recovery file

The email identifies the media that contains the Disaster Recovery file, as
well as the media that was used to back up critical policies. Ensure that this
media is available.

Follow the normal catalog recovery steps up until the point where the
NetBackup Recovery Wizard or bprecover command is called for.

613

614

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Run the following command to retrieve all Disaster Recovery files from the
catalog backup media:
bpimport -drfile media_id -drfile_dest
fully_qualified_directory_name

This command recovers all disaster recovery files from the specified media
ID and places them in the specified directory. The ID can be either a tape
media ID or the fully qualified location of a disk storage unit.

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Verify that the correct Disaster Recovery file is available in the specified
directory and that the directory is available from the NetBackup master
server.

615

616

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Continue with the normal catalog recovery procedure by running the

NetBackup Recovery Wizard or bprecover command, providing the Disaster
Recovery file location when prompted.
Refer to the email as your primary source for recovery instructions, because
they are the most current instructions for recovering your catalog. The
instructions are sent when the catalog backup is completed, or when a catalog
backup image is duplicated.
Note: If you restore catalog files directly using bprestore on a Solaris system,
use the following path: /opt/openv/netbackup/bin/bprestore.
The name of the online catalog backup policy is CatalogBackup. The email is
written to the following file:
/storage/DR/CatalogBackup_1123605764_FULL.

The file name itself indicates if the backup was full or not.
The following is an example of a Disaster Recovery email:
Server
ant
Date
Tue Aug

9 11:41:48 2009

Policy
CatalogBackup
Catalog Backup Status
the requested operation was successfully completed (status 0).
To ensure that the NetBackup catalog data is protected through Tue
Aug 9 11:41:48 2009, retain a copy of the attached file, and the
media or files listed below:
Catalog Recovery Media
Media Server
Disk image path
* ant /storage/DiskUnit1/ant_1123605764_C1_TIR
* ant /storage/DiskUnit1/ant_1123605764_C1_F1
* ant /storage/DiskUnit1/ant_1123605713_C1_F1
DR file written to
/storage/DR/CatalogBackup_1123605764_FULL

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

617

* - Primary Media
Catalog Recovery Procedure for the Loss of an Entire Catalog
Symantec recommends creating a detailed disaster recovery plan
should it become necessary to restore your organization's data in
the event of a disaster. A checklist of required tasks can be a
tremendous tool in assisting associates in triage. For example,
after the facility is safe for data to be restored, the power and
data infrastructure need to be verified. When these tasks are
completed, the following scenarios will help to quickly restore the
NetBackup environment, and in turn, restore applications and data.
Disaster Recovery Procedure using the DR Image File
In the event of a catastrophic failure, use the following procedure
to rebuild the previous NetBackup environment.
Note: If new hardware is required, make sure that the devices contain
drives
capable of reading the media and that the drive controllers are
capable of mounting the drives.
1. Install NetBackup.
2. Configure the devices necessary to read the media listed
above.
3. Inventory the media.
4. Make sure that the master server can access the attached DR
image file.
Start the NetBackup Recovery Wizard from the NetBackup
Administration
Console. Or, start the wizard from a command line by entering
bprecover -wizard.
Disaster Recovery Procedure without the DR Image File
NOTE: ONLY ATTEMPT THIS AS A LAST RESORT If you do not have the
attachment included with this email, use the following instructions
to recover your catalog:
1. Install NetBackup.
2. Configure the devices necessary to read the media listed
above.

618

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

3. Inventory the media.

4. Run:
bpimport -create_db_info [-server name] -id
/storage/DiskUnit1
5. Go to the following directory to find the DR image file
CatalogBackup_1123605764_FULL:
/usr/openv/netbackup/db/images/ant/1123000000/tmp
6. Delete the other files in the directory.
7. Open CatalogBackup_1123605764_FULL file and find the
BACKUP_ID
(for example: ant_1123605764).
8. Run:
bpimport [-server name] -backupid ant_1123605764
9. Run:
bprestore -T -w [-L progress_log] -C ant -t 35 -p
CatalogBackup -X -s 1123605764 -e 1123605764 /
10. Run the BAR user interface to restore the remaining image
database
if the DR image is a result of an incremental backup.
11. To recover the NetBackup relational database, run:
bprecover -r -nbdb
12. Stop and Start NetBackup
13. Configure the devices if any device has changed since the
last
backup.
14. To make sure the volume information is updated, inventory
the media
to update the NetBackup database.

Recovering the user-directed online catalog from the CLI

This procedure recovers the catalog manually through the command line interface
(CLI) without a Phase 1 import when the Disaster Recovery (DR) file is available.
You must have root (administrative) privileges to perform this procedure.
Note: Use this procedure only if you want to restore the minimal NetBackup catalog
information that lets you begin to recover critical data.

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

To recover the online catalog from the command line interface

Verify the location of the Disaster Recovery files that are created from Full
and Incremental Hot Catalog backups. These files can be stored in a specified
path of the file system on the master server and in email attachments to the
NetBackup administrator.

Set up each master server and media server in the same configuration as the
configuration used during the last catalog backup. The master server and
media servers have the following same properties as the backed up catalog
configuration: name, NetBackup version, operating system patch level, and
path to storage devices.
Configure any devices and volumes you may need for the recovery.

Locate the latest DR image file corresponding to the backup that are used for
recovery. Open the file in an editor and find values for the following:

master_server use the exact name that is specified in NetBackup

configuration for the Master Server

media_server the location of the robot or disk storage unit that is used
for catalog backup.

timestamp the four most significant digits in the DR filename and six
zeroes attached.

media the media where the catalog backup that is specified by the DR
file is located. Found in the DR file under the FRAGMENT keyword.

backup_id found in the DR file under BACKUP_ID.

Example:
file: Hot_Backup_1122502016_INCR
timestamp: 1122000000

Create the DR recovery directory on the master server.

UNIX and Linux:
/usr/openv/netbackup/db/images/master_server/timestamp/tmp

Windows:
C:\Program Files\VERITAS\NetBackup\db\images\master_server
\timestamp\tmp

Copy the DR file to the newly created directory.

Edit the DR file in netbackup/db/images/master_server/timestamp/tmp

as follows:

619

620

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

Change the value of IMAGE_TYPE to 1

Change the value of TIR_INFO to 0

Change the value of NUM_DR_MEDIAS to 0

Remove ALL lines containing DR_MEDIA_REC

If your catalog recover media is on tape, run the vmquery command to assign
the media to the media server.
vmquery -assigntohost media timestamp master_server

Example:
vmquery -assigntohost DL005L 1122000000 klingon

Run a Phase II import on the media that is specified by the DR file to recover
the catalog .f file from the hot catalog backup.
bpimport -server master_server -backupid backup_id

If your catalog backup was an incremental, recover all the other catalog
backup images up to and including the most recent Full Catalog backup.

Open the Backup, Archive, and Restore client interface for NetBackup.
Select NBU-Catalog as the policy type. Set the source clients and
destination clients to your master server.

Search the backups and restore all files that are located in the following
directory:
install_path/netbackup/db/images/master_server

Verify that all files are restored successfully on the master server.

Restore your critical data by using the Backup, Archive, and Restore client
interface or the command line.

Restore the catalog backup images for each media server which requires
data recovery.

To restore the backup images, select NBU-Catalog as the policy type.

Source and destination clients should be your master server. Refresh your
view in the BAR GUI. Traverse the file system for the master server to the
following:
install_path/netbackup/db/images

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

and restore the images for each configured media server. Verify that your
images are present by searching for them in the catalog.

10 Recover backup data from each media server in the previous step. Change
the Policy Type, Source, and Destination client to match the client that is
used to back up the desired data. Select the desired files from the Backup,
Archive, and Restore client interface and restore them.

11 To recover the NetBackup relational database, run the following:

bprecover -r -nbdb

This command restores NetBackup media usage information, ensure that

media containing backups are not overwritten, and restore the storage unit
configuration.
You cannot recover the NetBackup relational database to a configuration that
is not identical to the configuration on which the catalog was backed up.
Instead, you must import each piece of backup media.

12 If your catalog recovery media is on tape, freeze the media that contains the
catalog backup that is used for recovery. This action protects the media from
being reused:
bpmedia -freeze -m media -h master_server

Run bpmedialist to verify that the media is frozen.

13 Recover your policies and configuration data on each master server and media
server.
Before recovering NetBackup policy files, ensure that you have recovered all
of your critical data, or protected the media that contains your critical data.
When policy information is recovered, NetBackup starts to run scheduled
jobs that may overwrite media that was written after the last catalog backup.
Open the Backup, Archive, and Restore client interface for NetBackup and
select NBU-Catalog as the policy type.
For each server to be restored, set the source clients and destination clients
to your server, starting with the master server.
Restore all files that are backed up by the hot catalog backup on each server.

14 Stop and restart the NetBackup services.

Restoring files from an online catalog backup

Because the online catalog backup uses the standard backup format, you may
recover specific files using the NetBackup Backup, Archive, and Restore user

621

622

Disaster recovery
Catalog recovery from an online backup

interface. Restoring catalog files directly to their original location may cause
inconsistencies in the NetBackup catalog or cause NetBackup to fail. Instead, you
should restore catalog files to an alternate location.

Select the "NBU-Catalog" policy type (from the Specify NetBackup Machines
and Policy Type menu).

Specify the Master Server as the source client for the restore.

Unfreezing online catalog recovery media

This procedure shows how to unfreeze your online catalog recovery media.
To unfreeze the online catalog recovery media, do the following:

On the master server, go to the image database. In the master server's portion
of the image catalog, locate the catalog backup image file from which the
recovery was done.

Identify the associated catalog backup parent image file by viewing the
PARENT_IMAGE_ID value.

Identify the media that the catalog backup was written to by viewing the
second to last field in the DR_MEDIA_REC line(s).

Save the catalog backup parent image file identified in step a.

Relocate or remove all other image files that relates to the catalog backup
policy.

If the NetBackup configuration includes a remote EMM server, on the master

server, go to the image database for the remote EMM server. Relocate or
remove any images that relates to the catalog backup policy.

On the master server, for each media that is identified in step 1b, run the
following command:
bpimport -create_db_info -server server_name -id media_id

On the master server, run the following command:

bpimport

On the master server, for each media that is identified in step 1b, run the
following command:
bpmedia -unfreeze -m media_id -h server_name

Disaster recovery
Clustered NBU server recovery for UNIX and Linux

Clustered NBU server recovery for UNIX and Linux

NetBackup server clusters do not protect against catalog corruption, loss of the
shared disk, or loss of the whole cluster. Regular catalog backups must be
performed. More information is available about configuring catalog backups and
system backup policies in a clustered environment.
Refer to "Configuring NetBackup" in the NetBackup High Availability Guide.
Warning: Before attempting any of the recovery procedures in this topic, contact
technical support.

Replacing a failed node on a UNIX or Linux cluster

Cluster technology-specific information is available about how to bring the
NetBackup resource group online and offline. Also, information about how to
freeze and unfreeze (that is, disable and enable monitoring for) the NetBackup
Resource group.
Refer to "Configuring NetBackup" in the NetBackup High Availability Guide.
The following procedure applies when the shared disk and at least one configured
cluster node remain available.
To replace a failed node on a UNIX or Linux cluster

Configure the hardware, system software, and cluster environment on the

replacement node.

Verify that the device configuration matches that of the surviving nodes.

Ensure that the NetBackup Resource group is offline on all nodes before
installing NetBackup on the replacement node.

Ensure that the NetBackup shared disks are not mounted on the node on
which NetBackup is to be installed.

Freeze the NetBackup service.

Reinstall NetBackup on the new or replacement node. Be sure to use the

NetBackup Virtual Name as the name of the NetBackup server. Follow the
instructions for installing the NetBackup Server software.
Refer to the NetBackup Installation Guide.

Install any maintenance packs and patches required to bring the newly
installed node to the same patch level as the other cluster nodes.

Bring the NetBackup Resource group online on a node other than the freshly
installed node.

623

624

Disaster recovery
Clustered NBU server recovery for UNIX and Linux

Log onto the node on which the NetBackup resource group is online and run
the following command:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/cluster/cluster_config -s nbu -o
add_node -n node_name

node_name is the name of the freshly installed node.

10 Switch the NetBackup resource group to the replacement node.

11 Freeze the NetBackup group.
12 Ensure that the appropriate low-level tape device and robotic control device
configuration necessary for your operating system has been performed.
Information is available for the your operating system.
Refer to the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

13 Run the Device Configuration wizard to configure the devices. You do not
have to rerun the device configuration on the pre-existing nodes.
Configuration information on your particular cluster is available.
Refer to the NetBackup High Availability Guide.

14 Check that the robot numbers and robot drive numbers for each robot are
consistent across all nodes of the cluster. Repeat for any other servers
connected to that robot, and correct if necessary.
Refer to the "Media" section of the NetBackup Administrators Guide , Volume
1.

15 Test the ability of NetBackup to perform restores using the configured devices
on the replacement node.

16 Unfreeze the NetBackup resource group.

Recovering the shared disk on a UNIX or Linux cluster

The following procedure is applicable in situations where the configured cluster
nodes remain available but the NetBackup catalog, the database files, or both on
the shared disk have been corrupted or lost.
The following conditions must be true to proceed with this procedure:

The shared storage hardware is restored to a working state, so that the shared
disk resource can be brought online with an empty shared directory.

Valid online catalog backups exist.

Disaster recovery
Clustered NBU server recovery for UNIX and Linux

To recover the shared disk on a UNIX or Linux cluster

Clear the faulted NetBackup resource group, disable monitoring and bring
the shared disk and virtual name resources up on a functioning node.

Manually create the following directories on the shared disk:

<shared disk path>/netbackup/db
<shared disk path>/db/data
<shared disk path>/var/global
<shared disk path>/volmgr/misc/robotic_db

If this is an emm server, enter the following to bring up the database server
and emm, then run tpext to initialize the emm db:
# SHARED_DISK=<top-level shared disk mount point>
# dataDir=${SHARED_DISK}/db/data
# /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbdbms_start_stop start
/usr/openv/db/bin/create_nbdb \
-data ${dataDir} \
-index ${dataDir} \
-tlog ${dataDir} \
-mlog ${dataDir} \
-staging ${dataDir}/staging \
-drop
# /usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tpext -loadEMM

Configure required devices and media and recover the NetBackup catalogs.
See Recovering the master server when root is intact on page 574.

Manually shut down and restart NetBackup on the active node.

Re-enable monitoring of the NetBackup resource group.

Verify that the NetBackup server can now be brought online on all configured
nodes.

Recovering the entire UNIX or Linux cluster

The following procedure applies to the clustered NetBackup server environment
that must be re-created from scratch.
Before you proceed, ensure that you have valid online catalog backups.

625

626

Disaster recovery
Clustered NBU server recovery for Windows

To recover the entire UNIX or Linux cluster

Configure the hardware, system software and cluster environment on the

replacement cluster.

Ensure that the appropriate low-level tape device and robotic control device
configuration necessary for your operating system has been performed.
Refer to the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

Reinstall NetBackup on the each of the cluster nodes. Be sure to use the
NetBackup Virtual Name as the name of the NetBackup server. Follow the
instructions for installing NetBackup Server software.
Refer to the NetBackup Installation Guide.

Configure the clustered NetBackup server.

Refer to the NetBackup High Availability Guide.

Install any maintenance packs and patches required to bring the newly
installed NetBackup server to the same patch level as the server that is being
replaced.

Configure required devices and media and recover the NetBackup catalogs.
See Recovering the master server when root is intact on page 574.

Bring the NetBackup resource group on each node in turn and run the Device
configuration wizard to configure the devices.
Configuration information on your particular cluster is available.
Refer to the NetBackup High Availability Guide.

Clustered NBU server recovery for Windows

NetBackup server clusters do not protect against catalog corruption, loss of the
shared disk, or loss of the whole cluster. Regular catalog backups must be
performed. More information is available about configuring catalog backups and
system backup policies in a clustered environment.
Refer to "Configuring NetBackup" in the NetBackup High Availability Guide.
Warning: Contact technical support before you try these recovery procedures.

Disaster recovery
Clustered NBU server recovery for Windows

Replacing a failed node on a Windows VCS cluster

Cluster technology-specific information is available about how to bring the
NetBackup resource group online and offline. Also, it is available on how to freeze
and unfreeze (disable and enable the monitoring for) the resource group.
See "Configuring NetBackup" in the NetBackup High Availability Guide.
Check the following conditions before you proceed with this procedure:

The hardware, system software and cluster environment on the replacement

node have been configured.

The reconfigured or replacement node has been made a member of the cluster
and has the same name as the failed node.

The following procedure applies when the shared disk and at least one configured
cluster node remain available.
To replace a failed node on a Windows cluster using VCS

Freeze the NetBackup service.

Ensure that the NetBackup shared disks are not mounted on the node on
which NetBackup is to be installed.

Reinstall NetBackup on the new or replacement node. Be sure to use the

NetBackup Virtual Name as the name of the NetBackup server. Follow the
instructions for installing the NetBackup Server software.
Refer to the NetBackup Installation Guide.

Ensure that the node is a member of an existing cluster and that it performs
the necessary configuration automatically.

Install any maintenance packs and patches required to bring the newly
installed node to the same patch level as the other cluster nodes.

Unfreeze the NetBackup service and verify that it can be brought up on the
replacement node.

Recovering the shared disk on a Windows VCS cluster

The following procedure is applicable in situations where the configured cluster
nodes remain available but the NetBackup catalog, database files, or both on the
shared disk have been corrupted or lost.
Check the following conditions before you proceed with this procedure:

The shared storage hardware is restored to a working state, so that the shared
disk resource can be brought online with an empty shared directory.

Valid online catalog backups exist.

627

628

Disaster recovery
Clustered NBU server recovery for Windows

To recover the shared disk on a Windows cluster that uses VCS

Clear the faulted NetBackup resource group, disable monitoring, and bring
the shared disk and virtual name resources up on a functioning node.

Ensure that all NetBackup shared disks are assigned the same drive letters
that were used when NetBackup was originally installed and configured.

To reconfigure NetBackup for the cluster, initialize the database by running

the following commands in sequence on the active node:
bpclusterutil -ci
tpext
bpclusterutil -online

Use the appropriate NetBackup catalog recovery procedure to restore the

NetBackup catalog information on the shared disk.
See Recovering the master server and Windows on page 583.

If the clustered NetBackup server is a media server, verify that the restored
vm.conf file contains the correct host-specific MM_SERVER_NAME
configuration entry for the active node. If MM_SERVER_NAME is different
from the local host name, edit the file and change the server name to the local
host name:
MM_SERVER_NAME=<local host name>

Use NetBackup to restore any data on the shared disks. Details are available
on how to perform a restore.
Refer to the NetBackup Backup, Archive, and Restore Getting Started Guide.

Configure required devices and media and recover the NetBackup catalogs.

Manually shut down and restart NetBackup on the active node.

Re-enable monitoring of the NetBackup resource group.

10 Verify that the NetBackup server can now be brought online on all configured
nodes.

Recovering the entire Windows VCS cluster

The following procedure applies to the clustered NetBackup server environment
that must be re-created from scratch.
Before you proceed, ensure that you have valid online catalog backups.

Disaster recovery
Clustered NBU server recovery for Windows

To recover the entire UNIX or Linux cluster

Configure the hardware, system software and cluster environment on the

replacement cluster.

Ensure that the appropriate low-level tape device and robotic control device
configuration necessary for your operating system has been performed.
Refer to the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

Reinstall NetBackup on the each of the cluster nodes. Be sure to use the
NetBackup Virtual Name as the name of the NetBackup server. Follow the
instructions for installing NetBackup Server software.
Refer to the NetBackup Installation Guide.

Configure the clustered NetBackup server.

Refer to the NetBackup High Availability Guide.

Install any maintenance packs and patches required to bring the newly
installed NetBackup server to the same patch level as the server that is being
replaced.

Configure required devices and media and recover the NetBackup catalogs.
See Recovering the master server and Windows on page 583.

Bring the NetBackup resource group on each node in turn and run the Device
configuration wizard to configure the devices.
Configuration information on your cluster (MSCS or VCS) is available.
Refer to the NetBackup High Availability Guide.

629

630

Disaster recovery
Clustered NBU server recovery for Windows

Appendix

Backup and restore

functional overview
This appendix includes the following topics:

About backup and restore functional overview

Backup and restore startup process

Backup and archive processes

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

Restore processes

NetBackup directories and files

NetBackup programs and daemons

NetBackup catalogs

About backup and restore functional overview

This appendix provides a functional overview of NetBackup backup and restore
operations for both UNIX and Windows. This section explains the operation of
NetBackup during . The discussions include descriptions of important services or
daemons and programs, and the sequence in which they execute during backup
and restore operations. The databases and the directory structure of the installed
software are also described.
Note that this appendix does not describe the NetBackup products for backing up
relational databases (such as NetBackup for ORACLE). The guides for those
products have information regarding their operation.

632

Backup and restore functional overview

Backup and restore startup process

Backup and restore startup process

When the NetBackup master server starts up, a script automatically starts all
services, daemons, and programs that are required by NetBackup. (The start-up
commands that are used by the script vary according to the platform.)
The same is true on a media server. NetBackup automatically starts additional
programs as required, including robotic daemons. For more information, see the
following topic:
Information is available on SAN client and Fibre Transport startup processes.
See the NetBackup Shared Storage Guide.
Note: No daemons or programs need to be explicitly started. The necessary
programs are started automatically during the backup or restore operation.
A daemon that executes on all servers and clients is the NetBackup client daemon,
bpcd. On UNIX clients, inetd starts bpcd automatically so no special actions are
required. On Windows clients, bpinetd performs the same functions as inetd.
Netware clients do not use inetd or bpinetd but are configured to start the bpcd
NLM (bpcd.nlm) automatically. An NLM is similar to a service; NLM stands for
NetWare Loadable Module.
Note that all NetBackup processes can be started manually by running the
following:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all

Backup and archive processes

The backup processes and archive processes vary depending on the type of client.
The following explains the variations and describes the synthetic backup process.
A description is included about how NetBackup operates when backing up its
catalogs.

Job scheduling
The scheduler process bpsched consists of the following services:

The nbpem service (Policy Execution Manager) does the following: creates
policy/client tasks and determines when jobs are due to run. It starts the job
and upon job completion, determines when the next job should run for the
policy-client combination.

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

The nbjm service (Job Manager) accepts requests from nbpem to run backup
jobs, or to run media jobs from commands such as bplabel and tpreq. nbjm
acquires resources for each job, such as storage unit, drives, media, and client
and policy resources, and executes the job.

The nbrb service (Resource Broker) allocates resources in response to requests

from nbjm. nbrb acquires physical resources from nbemm (the Enterprise
Media Manager service). It also manages logical resources such as multiplex
groups, maximum jobs per client, and maximum jobs per policy. nbrb is also
responsible for initiating drive unloads and manages pending request queues.

EMM server and master server

The NetBackup master server and the Enterprise Media Manager (EMM) server
can be on the same physical host or on different hosts.
The master server is responsible for running jobs as configured in NetBackup
policies. The nbpem and nbjm services run only on the master server.
The EMM server allocates resources for one or more master servers. The EMM
server is the repository for all device configuration information. The nbemm service
and the nbrb service run only on the EMM server. The nbemm service centralizes
resource selection and maintains devices, media, and storage units in a relational
database.

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

For UNIX clients, NetBackup supports scheduled, immediate manual, and
user-directed backups of both files and raw partitions. User-directed archives of
files are also supported (you cannot archive raw partitions). When the operations
start, they are all similar to the extent that the same daemons and programs
execute on the server.
Each type of backup is started differently as follows:

Scheduled backups begin when the nbpem service detects that a job is due.
nbpem checks the policy configurations for the scheduled client backups that
are due.

Immediate manual backups begin if the administrator chooses this option in

the NetBackup Administration Console or runs the bpbackup command with
the i option. This action causes bprd to contact nbpem, which then processes
the policy, client, and schedule that are selected by the administrator.

User-directed backups or archives begin when a user on a client starts a backup

or archive through the user interface on the client. The user can also enter

633

634

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

the bpbackup or bparchive commands on the command line. This action

invokes the clients bpbackup or bparchive program, which sends a request
to the request daemon bprd on the master server. When bprd receives the user
request, it contacts nbpem, which checks the policy configurations for schedules.
By default nbpem chooses the first user-directed schedule that it finds in a
policy that includes the requesting client.
For user-directed backups or archives, it is also possible to specify a policy and
schedule. A description is available of the UNIX BPBACKUP_POLICY and
BPBACKUP_SCHED options in bp.conf and the Windows equivalents.
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I I.

Backup process
This topic uses a diagram and a table to describe each step of a backup process.
PBX (not shown in the diagram) must be running for NetBackup to operate.
See Resolving PBX problems on page 66.
Figure A-1 illustrates the various operations that comprise the backup process.

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

Backup or archive to tape or disk

Figure A-1

Master server
Configuration
Database

UNIX client
NetBackup
Policy
Management

File
Database

NetBackup
user interface

bprd
EMM
Database

bpdbm

nbproxy

nbpem
Bpbackup or
bparchive

nbproxy

Mo

t
un

nbrb
Ca

tal

og

Inf

Master or media server

e
ag
Im
up
ck

bpcd

bptm
(parent)
Tape request

Mount

Ba

nbjm

re

nbrmms

Disk
volume

nbemm

t
es
qu

Command
line

bpbrm

Ba

ltid*

ck

up

Im

ag
e

Shar
e
mem d
ory

bptm
(child)**

Cat

bpcd
alo

g In
fo

bpbkar
Backup Image

Tape
Mount

Notes:
* For details on these components, see the Media and Device Management Functional
Description later in this chapter. Itid is for tape backup only
.
** If the media server is backing up itself (server and client on same host), there is no
bptm child: bpbkar sends the data directly to shared memory.

Client disk

Table A-1 shows the sequence of operation of a backup process.

Table A-1

Backup to tape or disk sequence of operation

Agent

Action

Start-up script

Launches bprd on the master server and ltid on the master

server and all media servers.
All other daemons and programs are started as necessary including
nbpem, nbjm, nbrb, and nbemm.

635

636

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

Table A-1

Backup to tape or disk sequence of operation (continued)

Agent

Action

Policy execution
manager service
(nbpem)

Gets the policy list from bpdbm.

Creates a policy-client task for all policy-client combinations
specified in the policy list.
Computes the due time for each policy-client task (policy priority
is honored for internal processing).
Submits to nbjm all jobs as policy-client tasks become due.
When a job finishes, it recomputes the due time of that
policy-client task.

Job manager service

(nbjm)

Issues a single request (with a request ID) to nbrb, for all resources
that are required by a job. nbrb gets the storage unit, tape drive,
and media id information from nbemm and allocates client and
policy resources. nbrb returns to nbjm an allocation sequence
that contains one allocation for each resource (each allocation
contains a unique ID).
nbrb also returns allocation data for the specific resource type.
nbrb also returns the request ID along with the allocations so
that nbjm can correlate the response with the right request (and
job).
Note that nbrb allocates all resources that are included in a
request. If the resources are temporarily unavailable the request
is queued in nbrb. If the resource cannot be allocated, nbrb fails
the request.
nbjm starts the backup by using the client daemon bpcd to start
the backup and restore manager bpbrm.
For normal backup (not snapshots), nbjm starts bpbrm on the
media server, which may or may not be the same system as the
master server.

Backup and restore

manager (bpbrm)

Starts bptm.
Starts the actual backup (or archive) by using the client daemon
bpcd to start the backup program and archive program bpbkar
on the client.

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

Table A-1

Backup to tape or disk sequence of operation (continued)

Agent

Action

Backup and archive

manager (bpbkar)

Sends the information about files within the image to bpbrm,

which directs the file information to the NetBackup file database.
The information is sent by means of bpdbm on the master server.
Transmits the backup image to bptm depending on one of the
following: whether the media server backs up itself (bptm and
bpbkar are on the same host) or back ups a client that resides on
a different host.
If the media server backs up itself, bpbkar stores the image
block-by-block in shared memory on the media server.
If the media server backs up a client on a different host, the bptm
process on the server creates a child process of itself. The child
receives the image from the client by means of socket
communications and then stores the image block-by-block in
shared memory on the server.
Use the NOSHM file to force a media server that backs up itself
to do the following: create a child process and use socket
communications, as though the client is on a different host.
More information on the NOSHM file is available.
See the NetBackup Backup Planning and Performance Tuning
Guide.

637

638

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

Table A-1

Backup to tape or disk sequence of operation (continued)

Agent

Action

backup manager for

tape (bptm) or disk
(bpdm)

The bptm process or bpdm process on the server takes the image
from shared memory and directs it to the storage media.
If the storage media is tape, bptm requests information for the
first media and drive to use, by exchanging information with nbjm.
bptm sends mount requests for specific media and drives to the
NetBackup Device Manager (ltid). This action causes the media
to be mounted on the appropriate devices.
If, during the backup, a tape span is required, bptm again
exchanges information with nbjm to release the correct tape and
to get another one. nbjm exchanges information with nbrb to
accomplish this function.
For AdvancedDisk and OpenStorage, bptm requests the volume
from nbjm. nbjm then passes the request to nbemm to choose the
volume server and media server to use.
nbemm calls nbrmms on the media server that was chosen to mount
the volume.
If, during the backup, a tape span is required, bptm again
exchanges information with nbjm to release the correct tape and
to get another one. nbjm exchanges information with nbrb to
accomplish this function.
For BasicDisk, bpdm writes the images to the path that is
configured in the disk storage unit. The system disk manager
controls the actual writing of data.
In the case of an archive, bpbrm deletes the files from the client
disk after the files are successfully backed up.

Job manager service

(nbjm)

Receives the completion status of the job from bpbrm.

Releases the resources to nbrb and returns the status to nbpem.

Backup with multiple data streams

For multiplexed backups, the process is essentially the same. An exception is that
a separate bpbrm process and bptm process is created for each backup image being
multiplexed onto the media. NetBackup also allocates a separate set of shared
memory blocks for each image.
The other client and server processes are the same as shown in Figure A-1.

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

Figure A-2 shows multiplexed images from two clients.

Multiplexed backups example (two streams)

Figure A-2

NetBackup server

UNIX client
bprm
(parent)

Only on
maser server

bpcd

File info

bpdbm

bprm
(child)

File in

fo

bpbkar
bptm
(child)**

le
Fi

See Figure A-1 for process

details leading to nbemm.

inf

Mount request

S
m har
em ed
or
y

nbemm

e
mag

up I

k
Bac

Client disk

UNIX client

ag
Im
up
ck
Ba

Disk
volume

bptm
(parent)
Tape request

Mount

nbrmms

ltid*

bprm
(child)

Sha
mem red
ory

Ba

ck

up

Im

ag
e

bpcd

File
bptm
(child)**

info
bpbkar

Backup Image

Tape
Mount

Notes:
* For details on these components, see the Media and Device Management Functional
Description later in this chapter.
.
** If the server is backing up itself (server and client on same host), there is no
bptm child: bpbkar sends the data directly to shared memory.

Client disk

Snapshot backup and Windows open file backups

Figure A-3 shows the overall snapshot backup process. PBX (not shown in the
diagram) must be running for NetBackup to operate.

639

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

Snapshot backup and Windows open file backup using multiple

data streams

Figure A-3

Master server
Configuration
Database

UNIX client

File
Database

Backup Policy
Management

NetBackup user
interface or
command line

bprd
EMM
Database

bpbackup or
bparchive

bpdbm

nbproxy

nbpem

nbproxy

t
un

nbemm

bpfis

nbrb

nbjm

Create
Snapshot

Mo

st
ue
eq

bpcd

Ca

tal

og

Inf

Master or media server

nbrmms

Client
disk

bpbrm

ag
Im
up
ck

Disk
volume

bptm
(parent)
Tape request

Mount

bpcd

Ba

640

ltid*

bpcd
bpbrm

Ba

Sha
r
mem ed
ory

ck

up

Im

ag
e

bptm
(child)**

Cat

alog

Info
bpbkar

Backup Image

Tape
Mount

Notes:
* For details on these components, see the Media and Device Management Functional
Description later in this chapter.
.
** If the media server is backing up itself (server and client on same host), there is no
bptm child: bpbkar sends the data directly to shared memory.

A separate parent job creates all snapshots followed by a child job that backs up
the snapshot. An exception is when Windows opens file backups that do not use
multiple data streams.
The following sequence of operation is for snapshot creation and backup that
includes Windows open file backups that employ multiple data streams:

The NetBackup master server or primary client initiates the backup. This
action causes the NetBackup request daemon bprd to submit a backup request

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

to the Policy Execution Manager nbpem. nbpem processes the policy

configurations.

nbpem (through nbjm) starts a parent job to create the snapshot. This job is

separate from the job that backs up the snapshot.

nbjm starts an instance of bpbrm through bpcd on the media server, and bpbrm

starts bpfis through bpcd on the client.

bpfis creates a snapshot of the clients data by means of a snapshot method.

When bpfis is finished, it sends snapshot information and completion status

to bpbrm and exits. bpbrm, in turn, reports the snapshot information and status
to nbjm and exits. nbjm relays the information and status to nbpem.

nbpem submits a child job for the backup to nbjm, with a file list derived from

the snapshot information. nbjm starts bpbrm to back up the snapshot.

bpbrm starts bpbkar on the client. bpbkar sends the file catalog information

to bpbrm, which relays it to the NetBackup file database bpdbm on the master
server.

bpbrm starts the process bptm (parent) on the media server.

The next step depends on whether the media server backs up itself (bptm and
bpbkar are on the same host) or the media server backs up a client that resides
on a different host. If the media server backs up itself, bpbkar stores the
snapshot-based image block by block in shared memory on the media server.
If the media server backs up a client that resides on a different host, bptm on
the server creates a child process of itself. The child receives the
snapshot-based image from the client by means of socket communications
and then stores the image block-by-block in shared memory.

The original bptm process then takes the backup image from shared memory
and sends it to the storage device (disk or tape).
Information is available on how the tape request is issued.
See Media and device management process on page 685.

bptm sends backup completion status to bpbrm, which passes it to nbjm.

When nbpem receives backup completion status from nbjm, nbpem tells nbjm
to delete the snapshot. nbjm starts a new instance of bpbrm on the media server,
and bpbrm starts a new instance of bpfis on the client. bpfis deletes the
snapshot on the client, unless the snapshot is of the Instant Recovery type, in
which case it is not automatically deleted. bpfis and bpbrm report their status
and exit.
For more information on snapshot backups involving Snapshot Client, refer
to the following:

641

642

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

See the NetBackup Snapshot Client Administrators Guide.

Note that Windows open file backups do not require Snapshot Client.

SAN client
For backups to disk, the SAN Client feature provides high speed data movement
between NetBackup media servers and NetBackup SAN-attached clients.
SAN-attached clients send backup data to the media server by means of fibre
channel connections.
As part of SAN Client, the FT Service Manager (FSM) is a domain layer service
that resides on the EMM server. The FSM provides discovery, configuration, and
event monitoring of SAN Client resources. The FSM collects fibre channel
information from the client and from the media server; FSM then populates the
EMM database with the information. (FSM runs in the same process as EMM.)
FSM interacts with the nbftclnt process on NetBackup clients and with the nbftsrvr
process on media servers.
The initial stages of a backup are the same as shown in Figure A-1
Figure A-4 shows the server and client components that are unique to SAN client
backup over Fibre Channel.

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

SAN client backup over Fibre Transport

Figure A-4

EMM Server

FT Service Manager
(FSM - Part of EMM)

nbjm

Master or Media
Server

bpcd

UNIX Client
bpcd

bpbrm

Bptm
(parent)

catalog Info
bpbkar

age

Backup Im

Shared
Memory

Shared
Memory
Client disk
nbftsrvr

nbftclnt
Backup Image
sent over Fiber
Channel

Storage
Disk

The process flow for a SAN Client backup is as follows (in the order presented):

A start-up script launches bprd on the master server and ltid on the master
server and all media servers.
All other daemons and programs are started as necessary including nbpem,
nbjm, nbrb, and nbemm.

The policy execution manager service (nbpem) does the following:

Gets the policy list from bpdbm.

Builds a work list of all scheduled jobs.

Computes the due time for each job.

Sorts the work list in order of due time.

Submits to nbjm all jobs that are currently due.

Sets a wakeup timer for the next due job.

643

644

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

When the job finishes, re-computes the due time of the next job and submits
to nbjm all jobs that are currently due.

The job manager service (nbjm) requests backup resources from the resource
broker (nbrb). nbrb returns information on the use of shared memory for SAN
Client.

nbjm starts the backup by means of the client daemon bpcd, which starts the
backup and restore manager bpbrm.

bpbrm starts bptm. bptm does the following:

Requests SAN Client information from nbjm.

Sends a backup request to the FT server process (nbftsrvr).

Sends a backup request to the FT Client process on the client (nbftclnt).

nbftclnt opens a fibre channel connection to nbftsrvr on the media server,
allocates shared memory, and writes shared memory information to the
backup ID file.

bpbrm starts bpbkar by means of bpcd. bpbkar does the following:

Reads the shared memory information from the BID file (waits for the file
to exist and become valid).

Sends the information about files in the image to bpbrm.

Writes the file data to tar, optionally compresses it, and writes the data to
the shared buffer.

When the buffer is full or the job is done, sets buffer flag.

The FT Client process nbftclnt waits for the shared memory buffer flag to be
set. nbftclnt then transfers the image data to the FT Server (nbftsrvr) shared
memory buffer, and clears the buffer flag.

nbftsrvr waits for data from nbftclnt; the data is written to the shared memory
buffer. When the transfer completes, nbftsrvr sets the buffer flag.

bptm waits for the shared memory buffer flag to be set, writes data from the
buffer to the storage device, and clears the buffer flag.

At the end of the job:

bpbkar informs bpbrm and bptm that the job is complete.

bptm sends bpbrm the final status of the data write.

bptm directs nbftclnt to close the fibre channel connection.

nbftclnt closes the fibre channel connection and deletes the BID file.

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

Backups and archives - Windows

NetBackup supports the same types of operations on Windows clients as it does
on UNIX clients.
Figure A-5 shows the Windows client processes.
In this figure, the following items applies:

NBWIN is the user interface program on the client. The bpbackup function and

the bparchive function are merged into NBWIN.

BPINETD serves the same purpose as inetd on UNIX clients.

The NetBackup client daemon is called BPCD.

BPBKAR32 serves the same purpose as bpbkar on UNIX clients.

The server processes are the same as described for UNIX.

Figure A-5

Backup and archive - Windows clients

Server

Windows 2000 Client

For details on the server processes, see

Backups and Archives - UNIX Clients
earlier in this chapter.

NetBackup User
Interface

bprd

NBWIN

request

BPINETD

bpbrm
File

bptm

Inf

om

BPCD

atio

Backup

Image

BPBKAR32

Client Disk

645

646

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

Backups and archives - NetWare clients

NetBackup supports the same types of operations on NetWare clients as it does
on UNIX clients, with the following exceptions:

Raw partition backups are not supported.

NetBackup for NetWare does not support archiving.

Figure A-6 shows the NetWare client processes.

In this figure, the following item applies:

For NetWare nontarget operations, the Windows-based user interface program

is called NBNWNT. For NetWare target operations, the user interface program
is called BP.NLM on the Netware console. The bpbackup, bparchive, and bplist
functions are merged into the user interface programs on the clients.

The NetBackup NetWare client daemon is called BPCD. The bpbkar functions
are merged into BPCD.

The server processes are the same as described for UNIX.

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

Figure A-6

Backup and archive -- NetWare clients

Server

NetWare client

For details on the server processes, see

Backups and Archives UNIX Clients earlier
in this chapter.

bprd

Request

NetBackup
user interface

NBNWNT (NetWare nontarget)

BP (NetWare target)

File information

bpbrm

bpcd

ge

up
ack

Ima

bptm
Client disk
.

Synthetic backups
The typical NetBackup backup process accesses the client to create a backup. A
synthetic backup is a backup image created without using the client. Instead, a
synthetic backup process creates a full or a cumulative incremental image by
using only previously created backup images, called component images.
Note: Synthetic archives do not exist.
For example, an existing full image and subsequent differential incremental
images may be synthesized to create a new full image. The previous full image
and the incrementals are the component images. The new synthetic full image
behaves like a backup that is created through the traditional process. The new

647

648

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

synthetic full image is a backup of the client that is as current as the last
incremental. The synthetic image is created by copying the most current version
of each file from the most recent component image that contain the file. A
synthetic backup must be created in a policy with the True Image Restore with
Move Detection option selected. This option enables the synthetic backup to
exclude the files that have been deleted from the client file system from appearing
in the synthetic backup.
Like a traditional backup, nbpem typically initiates a synthetic backup. nbpem
submits a request to nbjm to start the synthetic backup job. nbjm starts bpsynth.
bpsynth executes on the master server. It controls the creation of the synthetic
backup image and the reading of the files that are needed from the component
images. If directory bpsynth exists in the debug log directory, additional debug
log messages are written to a log file in that directory.
bpsynth makes a synthetic image in several phases:

Phase 1 - Prepare catalog information and extents

In phase 1, bpsynth makes a synthetic backup request to the database manager,
bpdbm. bpdbm uses the entries and the TIR information from the catalogs of the
component images to build the catalog for the new synthetic image. It also builds
the extents to be copied from the component images to the synthetic image. Bpdbm
returns the list of extents to bpsynth. (An extent is the starting block number and
the number of contiguous blocks within a specific component image.) A set of
extents must usually be copied from each component image onto the new synthetic
image.
Figure A-7 shows how phase 1 operates.
Figure A-7

Synthetic backup -- preparation phase

nbpem

nbjm
Request to make
synthetic backup
bpsynth

bpdbm
Extents and media
needed to form the
synthetic backup

Catalog

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

Phase 2 - Obtain resources

In phase 2, bpsynth obtains write resources (storage unit, drive, and media) for
the new image. It also reserves all the read media containing component images
and obtains the drive for the first media to be read.
When the component images reside on BasicDisk or NearStore, no resource
reservation is done.

Phase 3 - Copy data

In phase 3, bpsynth starts the writer bptm (for tape and disk) on the media server
to write the new synthetic image. bpsynth starts a reader bptm (tape) or bpdm (disk)
process for each component image on a media server that can access the
component image. The reader process reads all extents for the component image.
Figure A-8 illustrates how phase 3 operates.
Figure A-8

Synthetic backup -- copy data phase

Master server

bpsynth

Media server
new
image

parent
bptm
child
bptm

data flow

child
bptm or
bpdm
parent bptm
or bpdm

component
image(s)

Note that bpsynth only starts the parent bptm (writer) and bpdm (reader) process
on the media server. The parent in turn starts a child process. The parent and
child communicate by means of buffers in shared memory.
The bpsynth process sends the extents (starting block and count) for each
component image to the corresponding child bptm or bpdm reader process.

649

650

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

The parent bptm or bpdm reader process reads the data from the appropriate media
into the shared buffers. The child bptm or bpdm reader process sends the data in
the shared buffers to the child bptm writer process over a socket. The child bptm
writer process writes the data into the shared buffers.
The parent bptm writer process copies the data from the shared buffers to the
media and notifies bpsynth when the synthetic image is complete.

Phase 4 - Validate the image

In phase 4, the bpsynth process validates the image. The new image is now visible
to NetBackup and can be used like any other full or cumulative incremental backup.
Synthetic backup requires the following:

That True Image Restore (TIR) with move detection be selected for each
component image.

That the component images are synthetic images.

NetBackup online, hot catalog backup

Online, hot catalog backup. This type of catalog backup is policy-based, with all
of the scheduling flexibility of a regular backup policy. This backup type is designed
for highly active NetBackup environments where other backup activity usually
takes place. The catalog backup is performed online, meaning that the catalog is
not turned off. More details are available.
See Hot catalog backup process on page 650.
You can use an option in the Administration Console to start a manual backup of
the NetBackup catalogs. Or, you can configure a NetBackup policy to automatically
back up its catalogs.

Hot catalog backup process

Figure A-9 shows the hot catalog backup that is followed by the backup process
itself.

Backup and restore functional overview

Backups and archives - UNIX clients

Hot catalog backup process

Figure A-9

Backup Policy
Management

Master Server

Command line
1
bpbackup
bprd

nbpem
2
nbjm

Back up Relational Database Files

Relational
database files

Sybase ASA
database agent

bpdbm

Back up NetBackup Database Files

bprd

3a
3b

/usr/openv/db/s
taging

bprd

See Backup to tape or disk

on page591.
Note: the master server backs
up itself.

See Backup to tape or disk on page591.

Note: the master server backs up the EMM server.

A hot catalog backup consists of the following jobs that run on the master server:

A parent job that is started manually by the administrator or by a catalog

backup policy schedule.

A child job that backs up the NetBackup relational database files.

A child job that copies the NetBackup database files on pre-6.0 media servers,
if any.

A child job that backs up the NetBackup database files (all files in
/usr/openv/netbackup/db).

A hot catalog backup process is as follows (in the order presented):

A manual backup or a catalog backup policy initiates the backup.

651

652

Backup and restore functional overview

Restore processes

nbpem submits a parent job to nbjm; nbjm sends a request to bpdbm.

bpdbm handles the backup of the relational database files, in two steps:

The SQL Anywhere files database agent makes an online copy of the
relational database files to /usr/openv/db/staging. See the Disaster
Recovery chapter for a list of the relational database files.

After the files are in the staging area, the SQL Anywhere database agent
backs them up in the same manner as is used for an ordinary backup.

NetBackup backs up the database files that are in /usr/openv/netbackup/db

and important NetBackup files to the master server.

NetBackup creates the disaster recovery file, and emails it to the administrator
if the email option was selected in the policy.

Consult the following logs for messages on hot catalog backup:

bpdbm, bpbkar, bpbrm, bpcd, bpbackup, bprd

Note: If the EMM server is on its own host (separate from the master server),
consult this log on the EMM server: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/admin (UNIX),
or install_path\NetBackup\logs\admin (Windows).
For messages pertaining only to the relational database files, see the progress log
file in the following directory:

/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/user_ops/dbext/logs (UNIX)

install_path\NetBackup\logs\user_ops\dbext\logs (Windows)

Restore processes
NetBackup restore operations, like backups, can vary according to client type.
The following explains the variations.

Restoring UNIX and Linux clients

Before starting a restore, a user browses the file catalog to list the files available
in the backup images. The desired files can then be selected from the list.
The browsing is done through the bplist program on the client. The bplist
program can be started directly from the command line and the NetBackup user
interface programs can use it.
bplist obtains the file list by sending a query to the request daemon, bprd, on

the master server (see Figure A-10).

Backup and restore functional overview

Restore processes

The request daemon, in turn, queries bpdbm for the information and transmits it
to bplist on the client.
Figure A-10

List operation - UNIX and Linux client

Master Server

UNIX Client

File
Database

NetBackup User
Interface

Command line

query
bpdbm

File list

bprd

File list
bplist

Refer to one of the following topics as you read through the restore process.
See Figure A-11 on page 655.
See Figure A-12 on page 656.
The following are the processing steps in a restore (in the order presented):

When the user starts a restore, NetBackup invokes the clients bprestore
program which sends a request to the request daemon, bprd. This request
identifies the files and client. The request daemon then uses bpcd (client
daemon) to start the backup and restore manager (bpbrm).
Note: To restore Backup Exec images, bpbrm initiates mtfrd instead of tar on
the clients. The server processes are the same as those used for NetBackup
restores.

If the disk device or tape device on which the data resides attaches to the
master server, the following occurs: bprd starts the backup and restore manager
on the master server. If the disk unit or tape unit connects to a media server,
bprd starts the backup and restore manager on the media server.

The backup and restore manager starts bptm and uses the client daemon (bpcd)
to establish a connection between the NetBackup tar program on the client
and bptm on the server.

653

654

Backup and restore functional overview

Restore processes

The bptm process identifies which media (disk or tape) is needed for the restore,
based on the image catalog. bptm then requests the allocation of the required
media from nbrb through nbjm. nbjm then asks mds (part of nbemm)for the
resources. nbemm allocates the media and selects and allocates an appropriate
drive (for tape media).
For tape: bptm asks ltid to mount the tape in the drive. For disk: (such as
AdvancedDisk or OpenStorage), nbrb tells nbemm to issue the mount by means
of nbrmms, after nbemm allocates the resources.
For restore from non-shared disk (BasicDisk, PureDisk, NearStore, SnapVault),
bptm does not need to ask nbrb for an allocation, because disk inherently
supports concurrent access. bptm uses the file path in a read request to the
system disk manager.

When the allocation is granted to it, bptm starts retrieving data. bptm stores
the image block-by-block in shared memory.

bptm directs the image to the client in one of two ways. If the server restores

itself (server and client are on the same host), tar reads the data directly from
shared memory. If the server restores a client that resides on a different host,
it creates a child bptm process which transmits the data to tar on the client.
Note: Only the part of the image that is required to satisfy the restore request
is sent to the client, not necessarily the entire backup image.

The NetBackup tar program writes the data on the client disk.

PBX must be running for NetBackup to operate (PBX is not shown in the next
diagram).
See Resolving PBX problems on page 66.
Figure A-11 shows how to restore from tape in the UNIX and Linux environments:

Backup and restore functional overview

Restore processes

Restore from tape (UNIX and Linux)

Figure A-11

Master server

UNIX client

NetBackup
user interface

Command
line

EMM
Database
bprd

nbemm

nbrb

nbjm

Master or media server

bpcd

bptm
(parent)
Tape request
ltid*

bprestore

bpbrm
Shar
e
mem d
ory

Ba

ck

up

Im

ag
e

bptm
(child)**

bpcd

Backup Image

NetBackup
tar

Tape

Mount

Notes:
* For details on this component, see the Media and Device Management Functional
Description later in this chapter. Itid is for tape backup only
.
** If the media server is restoring its own data (server and client on same host), there
is no bptm child: tar reads the data directly from shared memory.

Client disk

Figure A-12 shows how to restore from disk in the UNIX and Linux environments:

655

Backup and restore functional overview

Restore processes

Restore from disk (UNIX and Linux)

Figure A-12

Master server

UNIX client

NetBackup
user interface

EMM
Database

nbemm

nbrb

nbjm

Mount
request

Master or media server

nbrmms

bprd

Command
line

bprestore

bpcd

bptm
bpbrm

ck

up

Im

ag

Mount

Shar
e
mem d
ory

bpcd

bptm*
Backup Image

NetBackup
tar

Ba

656

Disk volume
Note:
* If the server is restoring its own data (server and client on same host), there
is no
.
bptm child: tar reads the data directly from shared memory.

Client disk

Restoring SAN client (UNIX or Windows)

Figure A-13 shows the server and client components that are used in a restore of
a SAN client over Fibre Channel.

Backup and restore functional overview

Restore processes

Figure A-13

SAN client restore with Fibre Transport

Master server

UNIX client

NetBackup
user interface

nbjm

bprd

Command
line

bprestore

Master or media server

bpcd
Backup
Image
bptm

bpbrm

bpcd

Storage device
(tape or disk)

Shared
memory

bptm
child

Backup
Image

NetBackup tar UNIX TAR32 Windows

Shared
memory

nbftsrvr

nbftclnt
Backup image sent over
Fibre Channel
.

Client disk

The process flow for a SAN Client restore is as follows (in the order presented).

When the user starts a restore, NetBackup invokes the clients bprestore
program which sends a request to the request daemon, bprd. This request
identifies the files and client. The request daemon then uses bpcd (client
daemon) to start the backup and restore manager (bpbrm).
Note: To restore Backup Exec images, bpbrm invoke mtfrd instead of tar on
the clients. The server processes are the same as those used for NetBackup
restores.

657

658

Backup and restore functional overview

Restore processes

If the disk device or tape device on which the data resides attaches to the
master server, then bprd starts the backup and restore manager on the master
server. If the disk unit or tape unit connects to a media server, bprd starts the
backup and restore manager on the media server.

bpbrm starts bptm and provides bptm with the backup ID and the shmfat
(shared memory) flag.

bptm does the following:

Requests SAN Client information from nbjm.

Sends a restore request to the FT server process (nbftsrvr).

Sends a restore request to the FT Client process on the client (nbftclnt).

nbftclnt opens a fibre channel connection to nbftsrvr on the media server,
allocates shared memory, and writes shared memory information to the
backup ID file.

bpbrm starts tar by means of bpcd and provides tar with the backup ID, socket
information, and the shmfat (shared memory) flag.

bptm does the following:

Reads the image from the storage device.

Creates a bptm child process. This process filters the backup image so that
only the files that are selected for the restore are sent to the client.

Writes the image data to the shared buffer on the server.

When buffer is full or job is done, sets buffer flag (partial buffers may be
sent to the client).

tar does the following:

Sends the status and control information to bpbrm.

Reads the shared memory information from the local backup ID file (waits
for the file to exist and become valid).

Waits for the buffer flag that indicates the data is ready to be read.

Reads data from the buffer, extracts files and restores them. When the
shmfat (shared memory) flag is provided, tar considers the data to be already
filtered.

The FT Server process nbftsrvr waits for the shared memory buffer flag to be
set. nbftsrvr then transfers the image data to the FT Client (nbftclnt) shared
memory buffer, and clears the buffer flag.

The FT Client (nbftclnt) waits for the data from nbftsrvr and writes the data
to the shared memory buffer on the client. nbftclnt then sets the buffer flag.

Backup and restore functional overview

Restore processes

At the end of the job:

bptm informs tar and bpbrm that the job is complete.

bptm directs nbftclnt to close the fibre channel connection.

nbftclnt closes the fibre channel connection and deletes the BID file.

Restoring Windows clients

NetBackup supports the same types of operations on Windows clients as it does
for UNIX clients.
The following are the Windows processes involved in restore operations:

NBWIN is the user interface program on the client. The bpbackup function and

the bparchive function are merged into NBWIN.

BPINETD serves the same purpose as inetd on UNIX clients.

The NetBackup client daemon is called BPCD.

TAR32 is part of NetBackup for Windows and serves the same purpose as

NetBackup tar on UNIX.

Note: To restore Backup Exec images, bpbrm invokes mtfrd.exe instead of
tar32.exe on the clients. The server processes are the same as those used for
NetBackup restores.
The server processes are the same as described for UNIX.
Figure A-14 shows the client processes involved in these operations.

659

660

Backup and restore functional overview

Restore processes

Restore - Windows client

Figure A-14

Server

Windows Client

For details on the server processes, see

Backups and archives - UNIX clients
earlier in this chapter.

bprd

Request

NetBackup User
Interface

NBWIN

BPINETD
bpbrm

BPCD
bptm

Backup Im

age

TAR32

Client Disk

Restoring NetWare clients

NetBackup supports the same types of restore operations on NetWare clients as
it does on UNIX clients.Figure A-15 shows the client processes involved in these
operations. In this figure, the following applies:

The NetWare nontarget user interface program is called NBNWNT. The NetWare
target user interface program is BP on the Netware console. The bprestore
function and the bplist function are merged into the user interface programs
on the clients.

The NetBackup NetWare client daemon is called BPCD. The NetBackup tar
functions are merged into BPCD.

Backup and restore functional overview

Restore processes

mtfrd functionality (used to restore Backup Exec images) has been merged

into BPCD. The server processes involved in import and restore operations for
Backup Exec images are the same as those involved for NetBackup restores.
The server processes are the same as described for UNIX.
Figure A-15 shows the restore operation for a NetWare client
Figure A-15

Restore - NetWare client

Server

NetWare client

For details on the server processes, see

Backups and Archives UNIX Clients earlier
in this chapter.

bprd

Request

NetBackup
user interface

NBNWNT (NetWare nontarget)

Backup Image
bptm

BPCD (NetWare)

Client disk
.

661

662

Backup and restore functional overview

Restore processes

Restoring catalog backups

A catalog restore can be initiated by the NetBackup Catalog Recovery Wizard in
the Administration Console, or by manual use of the bprecover command. More
information is available in the following topic:
See About disaster recovery on page 569.
Figure A-16 illustrates the catalog restore and recovery process.
Figure A-16

Catalog restore and recovery

NetBackup Catalog
Recovery Wizard

bprd

Command line

bprecover

Restore NetBackup
Database Files
See Restore from
tape (UNIX) or
Restore from
disk, depending
on the catalog
backup policy.

bprd

Sybase ASA
database agent

Restore Relational
Database Files
See Restore from
tape (UNIX) or
Restore from
disk, depending
on the catalog
backup policy.

/usr/openv/db/
staging

Relational
database files

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup directories and files

A restore of the NetBackup database and relational database files from a hot
catalog backup consists of the following steps (in the order presented):

The NetBackup database files are restored by means of the standard NetBackup
restore procedure.

The relational database files are restored by means of the standard NetBackup
restore procedure. The database files are restored to /usr/openv/db/staging
(UNIX and Linux), or to install_path\NetBackupDB\staging (Windows).

After the files are restored to the staging directory, the relational database is
recovered. Each transaction log in the staging area is applied in order, one by
one.

The relational database files are moved from the staging directory to a location
determined by the following: the bp.conf file VXDBMS_NB_DATA setting on UNIX
or Linux and by the corresponding registry key on Windows. The default
location is /usr/openv/db/data on UNIX and Linux, and
install_path\NetBackupDB\data on Windows.
If the relational database files are relocated, they are moved from the staging
directory to the /usr/openv/db/data/vxdbms.conf file (UNIX) or the
install_path\NetBackupDB\data\vxdbms.conf file (Windows). A description
is available of how the NetBackup relational database files can be relocated
after installation.
See "NetBackup Relational Database" in the NetBackup Administrators Guide,
Volume I.

Messages that are related to this catalog recovery process are divided into the
following three areas:

For messages that are related to all catalog recovery steps, consult the
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/admin logs (UNIX and Linux), or
install_path\NetBackup\logs\admin (Windows).

For messages that are related to the first two bulleted items, consult the tar,
bpbrm, and bpcd logs.

For messages pertaining only to the relational database files, see the progress
logs in the following directory:
/usr/openv/netbackup/logs/user_ops/root/logs (UNIX and Linux), or
install_path\NetBackup\logs\user_ops\root\logs (Windows).

NetBackup directories and files

Figure A-17 shows the NetBackup file and directory structure on UNIX servers
and clients. If a host is only a client and not a server, only the files in the Client

663

664

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup directories and files

portion are present. If a host is both a client and a server, the client shares files
as necessary from those in the Server portion.
A Windows NetBackup server has equivalent files and folders that are located
where NetBackup is installed (C:\Program Files\VERITAS by default).

NetBackup directory structure - UNIX

Figure A-17 lists the items that are described in tables on the following pages.
NetBackup directories and files

Figure A-17

NetBackup server
/usr/openv/
bin/

db/

java/

lib/

logs/

man/

msg/

netbackup/

resources/

share/

tmp/

var/

volmgr/

/usr/openv/netbackup/
bin/

bp.conf

client/

db/

dbext/

help/

logs/

nblog.conf

nblog.conf.template

nbsvcmon.conf

remote_versions/

version

version_master

NetBackup client
/usr/openv/
bin/

java/

lib/

msg/

netbackup/

resources/

share/

tmp/

var/

/usr/openv/netbackup/
bin/

bp.conf

dbext/

help/

logs/

nblog.conf1

nblog.conf.template

Table A-2 describes the /usr/openv/ files and directories.

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup directories and files

Table A-2

Directories and files in /usr/openv/ - servers and UNIX clients

File or directory in

Contents

/usr/openv/
bin/

Contains miscellaneous executable binaries including the

vnetd daemon and utilities for legacy enhanced authentication.

db/

Contains the NetBackup Relational Database Manager (SQL

Anywhere) and database data file.

java/

Contains the NetBackup-Java Administration Console and the

Backup, Archive and Restore user interface.

lib/

Contains shared libraries that are required for NetBackup

operation.

logs/

Contains all logs that are written by unified logging. You do

not have to create subdirectories for these logs.

man/

Contains man pages for NetBackup commands.

msg/

Contains the message files and a configuration file for all

installed languages of NetBackup.

NB-Java.tar.Z

A tar file that contains the NetBackup-Java interfaces.

netbackup/

See Table A-3 on page 666.

resources/

Contains the NetBackup message catalogs that are used by

unified logging (VxUL).

share/

Contains static configuration files. These files are normally

unchanged between NetBackup releases.

tmp/sqlany

Contains the NetBackup Relational Database Manager (SQL

Anywhere) installation trace files, and the log files regarding
to database start and stop.

var/

Contains the variable configuration files. These files, which

are related to licensing, authentication, authorization, and
networking, may change while NetBackup is running.
/usr/openv/var/global contains various static and
variable configuration files. In a cluster, the /global
directory is shared between nodes.

volmgr/

Contains the media and device management directories and

files.
See NetBackup directory structure - UNIX on page 664.

665

666

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup directories and files

Contents of /usr/openv/netbackup
Table A-3 describes the /usr/openv/netbackup files and directories.
Table A-3

Directories and files in /usr/openv/netbackup/ - servers and UNIX

clients

File or Directory in

Contents

/usr/openv/netbackup/
bin/

Commands, scripts, programs, daemons, and files that are

required for NetBackup operation and administration. On a
server, there are two subdirectories under bin.
admincmd: Contains various commands that used internally
by NetBackup. Use these commands ONLY if they are
documented. Most of these commands are not documented
and should not be used directly.
goodies (UNIX only): Contains scripts and information that
may be useful to the administrator.
These subdirectories are not present on clients.

bp.conf

Configuration file containing options for NetBackup operation.

A detailed explanation is available about each option and how
to set it.
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Vol II.
On a Windows server, these options are set in the NetBackup
Administration Console.

client/

NetBackup client software that is installed on the clients

during installation. Do not install this directory on a media
server.

db/

NetBackup catalogs.
See Table A-5 on page 681.

dbext/

For NetBackup database agent software, contains the version

file, compressed tar file, and install_dbext script.

help/

Help files that are used by NetBackup programs. These files

are in ASCII format.

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-3

Directories and files in /usr/openv/netbackup/ - servers and UNIX

clients (continued)

File or Directory in

Contents

/usr/openv/netbackup/
logs/

Legacy debug logs for NetBackup processes. You must create

the necessary subdirectories in order for these log files to be
written.
See Legacy NetBackup logging on page 101.
See Table A-4 on page 668. for an explanation of the processes
that produce the logs.

nblog.conf

Specifies the settings for unified logging.

Note: Do not edit this file manually: use the vxlogcfg

command instead.
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.
nblog.conf.template

Specifies the settings for unified logging.

Note: Do not edit this file manually: use the vxlogcfg

command instead.
See Configuring and using unified logging on page 93.
nbsvcmon.conf

Configuration file for the NetBackup Service Monitor. It tells

the Service Monitor what services to monitor and how to
restart them if they fail unexpectedly.

remote_versions/

A cache of the versions of other media servers in the system.

version

Version and release date of the software.

version_master

Identifies the NetBackup master server.

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4 describes the programs and daemons that provide most of the control
for backup, archive, and restore operations.
The explanations include what starts and stops the program or daemon, and the
debug log subdirectory (if any) where it records its activities.
You must create legacy logging directories manually; see "logs" in the previous
table. More information is available.
See Legacy NetBackup logging on page 101.

667

668

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs

Program/Daemon

Description

bp

On UNIX clients, this menu-driven, character-based interface

program has options for starting user-directed backups, restores,
and archives.
Started By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp command on the
client.
Stopped By: Exiting the interface program.
Debug Log: /usr/openv/netbackup/logs/bp on the client.
The debug logs for bpbackup, bparchive, bprestore, and
bplist also have information about bp activities.

BP.NLM

On NetWare target clients, BP.NLM is the NetWare Loadable

Module that starts the client-user interface.
Started By: LOAD BP command.
Stopped By: Choosing Quit Utility from the main menu.
Debug Log:
SYS:\VERITAS\NBUCLT\NETBACK\LOGS\BP\mmddyy.log file
on the client.

bpadm

On a UNIX master server, this administrator utility has a

menu-driven, character-based, interface with options for
configuring and managing NetBackup.
Started By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpadm command on
the master server.
Stopped By: Quit option from within bpadm.
Debug Log: admin legacy log directory on the server.

bparchive

On UNIX clients, this program communicates with bprd on the

master server when a user starts an archive.
Started By: Starting an archive by using the client-user interface
or by executing the /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bparchive
command on the client.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bparchive legacy log directory on the client.

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs (continued)

Program/Daemon

Description

bpbackup

On UNIX clients, this program communicates with bprd on the

master server when a user starts a backup.
Started By: Starting a backup by using the client-user interface
or by executing the /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpbackup
command on the client.
Stopped By: Completion of operation
Debug Log: bpbackup legacy log directory on the client.

bpbkar

On UNIX clients the Backup/Archive Manager generates the

backup images.
Started By: bpbrm on the server with the storage unit.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bpbkar legacy log directory on the client.

BPBKAR32

On Windows clients, the Backup/Archive Manager generates the

backup images.
Started By: BPCDW32 on the client.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: BPBKAR legacy log directory in the NetBackup logs
directory on the client.

bpbrm

On master and media servers, the Backup/Restore Manager

manages the client and bptm or bpdm process. It also uses error
status from the client and from bptm or bpdm to determine the
final status of backup or restore operations.
Started By: For each backup or restore, nbjm starts an instance
of bpbrm on the server with the appropriate storage unit.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bpbrm legacy log directory on the server.

669

670

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs (continued)

Program/Daemon

Description

bpcd

On UNIX clients, bpcd is the NetBackup client daemon and lets

NetBackup start programs on remote hosts (can be UNIX clients
or other servers). For example, the server can connect to UNIX
clients without requiring /.rhosts entries on the remote host.
The program is used when nbjm starts bpbrm and when bpbrm
communicates with the client.
(For a description of the NetBackup client daemon on PC clients,
see BPCDW32.EXE and BPCD.NLM in this table.)
Started By: inetd.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bpcd legacy log directory on both client and server.

BPCD.NLM

On NetWare clients, BPCD.NLM is the executable file that starts

the NetBackup client daemon.
Started By: When you enter BPSTART.NCF at the NetWare Server
console. Or, add BPSTART.NCF to your autoexec.ncf file.
Stopped By: UNLOAD BP command
Debug Log: BPCD legacy log directory on the client.

BPCDW32.EXE

On Windows clients, BPCDW32.EXE is the executable file that

starts the NetBackup client daemon.
Started By: When Windows starts if the daemon is in the Startup
group. Otherwise, by double clicking on its icon.
Stopped By: On Windows, you can stop it through the Services
application in the Control Panel.
Debug Log: BPCD legacy log directory on the client.

bpdbjobs

On UNIX master servers, this program is used to clean up the

NetBackup jobs database.
Started By:
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/admincmd/bpdbjobs. When
bprd starts, it runs this command automatically. The
administrator can also execute it manually or with a cron job.
Stopped By: No terminate option exists for this command outside
of using kill.
Debug Log: bpdbjobs legacy log directory on the server.

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs (continued)

Program/Daemon

Description

bpdbm

On master servers, the NetBackup database manager program

that manages the configuration, error, and file databases.
Started By: bprd (also by
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/initbpdbm on UNIX)
Stopped By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpdbm -terminate
command on UNIX and by stopping the NetBackup Database
Manager service on Windows.
Debug Log: bpdbm legacy log directory on the server.

bpdm

On master and media servers, bpdm is used for the following disk
operations: read phase of disk duplication, read phase of synthetic
backups, disk verify and disk import, true image restore from disk,
disk image deletion.
Started By: For each backup or restore, bpbrm starts an instance
of bpdm, on the server with the storage unit.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bpdm legacy log directory on the server.

bpfis

On clients, bpfis creates and deletes snapshots. Note that bpfis is

part of the Snapshot Client add-on product.
Started By: bpbrm.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bpfis legacy log directory on the client or alternate
client.

bphdb

On SQL, Oracle, Informix, Sybase, DB2, and SAP database clients,

bphdb executes scripts to back up the database.
Started By: Client-user interface when the user starts a database
backup operation.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bphdb legacy log directory on the client.

671

672

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs (continued)

Program/Daemon

Description

bpjava-msvc

NetBackup-Java master server application program. This program

runs on all NetBackup UNIX systems and authenticates the users
that start the NetBackup-Java interface programs.
Started By: inetd during startup of the NetBackup Java interfaces.
Stopped By: When authentication is complete.
Debug Log: bpjava-msvc legacy log directory on the server.

bpjava-usvc

NetBackup-Java user server application program. This program

services all requests from the NetBackup-Java user and
administration interfaces.
Started By: bpjava-msvc upon successful login through the Login
dialog box that is presented when a NetBackup-Java interface is
started.
Stopped By: When the interface program is terminated.
Debug Log: bpjava-usvc legacy log directory.

bplist

On UNIX clients, this program communicates with bprd on the

master server when a user browses the database during a restore
operation.
Started By: Starting a search of the image database by using the
client-user interface or by executing the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bplist command on the client.
Stopped By: Completion of operation
Debug Log: bplist legacy log directory on the client.

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs (continued)

Program/Daemon

Description

bprd

On master servers, the request daemon responds to client and

administrative requests for the following:

Restores

Backups (scheduled and user-directed)

Archives

List that is backed up or archived files

Manual immediate backups (started through the NetBackup

administration interface manual backup option)

Started By: Initiate Request Daemon option on the Special Actions

menu in bpadm (also the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/initbprd command).
Stopped By: Terminate Request Daemon option on the Special
Actions menu in bpadm.
Debug Log: bprd legacy log directory on the server.
bprestore

On UNIX clients, this program communicates with bprd on the

master server when a user starts a restore.
Started By: Starting restore by using the client-user interface (or
by executing the /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bprestore
command on the client).
Stopped By: Completion of operation
Debug Log: bprestore legacy log directory on the client.

BPSVR.NLM

On NetWare nontarget clients, BPSVR.NLM is the program that

allows the system that has the client-user interface to
communicate with the Netware server that is the NetBackup client.
Started By: Enter bpstart.ncf.
Stopped By: Enter bpstop.ncf.
Debug Log: SYS:VERITAS\NBUCLT\NetBack\logs\bpsrv\
directory on the client.

BPSYS.EXE

On Windows clients, BPSYS.EXE is the NetBackup System Registry

Replacement utility.
Started By: NetBackup as required.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: BPSYS legacy log directory on the client.

673

674

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs (continued)

Program/Daemon

Description

bptm

On master and media servers, bptm manages both disk and tape
backup and restore. It is used when the storage unit type is either
disk or Media Manager. This program manages the transfer of
images between the client and the storage device.
Started By: For each backup or restore, bpbrm starts an instance
of bptm on the server that has the storage unit.
Stopped By: Completion of operation.
Debug Log: bptm legacy log directory on the server.

jbpSA

A Java-based program for performing backups, archives, and

restores of UNIX clients.
Started By: On UNIX, the /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/jbpSA
command.
Debug Log: None, although the logs for the bpbackup,
bparchive, bplist, and bprestore commands on the client
can be useful. Also, check the bpjava-msvc and bpjava-usvc
logs.

jnbSA

A Java-based administration utility for managing NetBackup on

UNIX. In addition, administration of supported UNIX systems can
be performed by using the NetBackup-Java Windows Display
Console on a Windows system.
Started By: On UNIX, the /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/jnbSA
command. On a NetBackup-Java Windows Display console, the
NetBackup - Java on host menu item on the Programs/NetBackup
menu.
Stopped By: Exit option in jnbSA.
Debug Log: None, although the logs for bpjava-msvc and
bpjava-usvc can be helpful.

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs (continued)

Program/Daemon

Description

nbemm

On the server that is defined as the EMM server, nbemm manages

devices, media, and storage unit configuration, and performs
resource selection. Replaces vmd as the device allocator.
Started By: Started when NetBackup starts.
Stopped By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbemmm
-terminate
Debug Log: On the server, /usr/openv/logs (UNIX) or
install_path\logs (Windows).
See Unified logging on page 83.

nbaudit

On the master server, the audit daemon accepts audit requests

from other NetBackup components and persists the audit records
in the database. It also queries and returns the audit records from
the database to display to the user.
Started By: Started when NetBackup starts.
Stopped By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbaudit
-terminate.
Debug Log: On the server, /usr/openv/logs/nbaudit (UNIX)
or install_path\logs\nbaudit (Windows).

nbfdrv64

On a media server that is enabled for SAN Client backup over fibre
channel, nbfdrv64 is the following: a user mode component that
is used for both backup and restore. nbfdrv64 uses a windrvr6
proxy to move fibre channel data between nbftclnt and bptm
buffers.
Started By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbftsrvr
Stopped By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbftsrvr
-terminate
Debug Log: On the server, /usr/openv/logs (UNIX) or
install_path\logs (Windows).
See Unified logging on page 83.

675

676

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs (continued)

Program/Daemon

Description

nbftclnt

On clients that are enabled for SAN Client backup over fibre
channel, nbftclnt transfers the backup image over fibre channel
to nbftsrvr on the media server.
Started By: Started when NetBackup starts.
Stopped By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbftclnt
-terminate.
Debug Log: On the client, /usr/openv/logs (UNIX) or
install_path\logs (Windows).
See Unified logging on page 83.

nbftsrvr

On a media server that is enabled for SAN Client backup over fibre
channel, nbftsrvr does the following: reads the backup image from
nbftclnt and transfers it to shared memory on the media server.
Started By: Started when NetBackup starts.
Stopped By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbftsrvr
-terminate.
Debug Log: On the server, /usr/openv/logs (UNIX) or
install_path\logs (Windows).
See Unified logging on page 83.

nbjm

On master servers, the nbjm service accepts job requests from

nbpem and from media commands such as bplabel and tpreq. nbjm
acquires job resources from nbrb, and runs the jobs once resources
are available.
Started By: Started when NetBackup starts.
Stopped By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbjm -terminate
Debug Log: On the server, /usr/openv/logs (UNIX) or
install_path\logs (Windows).
See Unified logging on page 83.

NBNWNT.EXE

For NetWare nontarget clients, NBNWNT.EXE is the executable

file that starts the client-user interface on Windows systems.
Started By: From the Windows Start menu, under Programs/
NetBackup.
Stopped By: Exiting the client-user interface.
Debug Log: none.

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs (continued)

Program/Daemon

Description

nbpem

On master servers, the nbpem service uses nbproxy to get the

policy list from bpdbm, creates the policy-client tasks, determines
when jobs are due to run, and starts due jobs.
Started By: Started when NetBackup starts.
Stopped By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbpem -terminate
Debug Log: On the server, /usr/openv/logs (UNIX) or
install_path\logs (Windows).
See Unified logging on page 83.

nbproxy

Runs on the master server and the media server as a child of the
process it serves. nbproxy provides a thread-safe API for the
libraries that are not yet thread safe.
Started By: the process that uses nbproxy as a proxy.
Stopped By: stops the process that uses nbproxy.
Debug Log: nbproxy legacy log directory on the server.

nbrb

On the server that is defined as the EMM server, the nbrb service
accepts resource requests from nbjm, acquires physical resources
from nbemm, and manages logical resources.
Started By: Started when NetBackup starts.
Stopped By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbrb -terminate
Debug Log: On the server, /usr/openv/logs (UNIX) or
install_path\logs (Windows).
See Unified logging on page 83.

ndmpagent

Controls backup and restore operations on a NAS server.

ndmpagent is for remote NDMP: backing up NDMP data to a drive
that is configured in a Media Manager storage unit on a NetBackup
media server.
Started By: bpbrm.
Stopped By: Completion of backup or restore.
Debug Log: On the server, /usr/openv/logs (UNIX) or
install_path\logs (Windows).
See Unified logging on page 83.

677

678

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs (continued)

Program/Daemon

Description

nbstserv

Runs on the master server. The nbstserv service manages lifecycle

operations including duplication, staging, and image expiration.
Started By: Started when NetBackup starts.
Stopped By: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbstserv
-terminate
Debug Log: On the server, /usr/openv/logs (UNIX) or
install_path\logs (Windows). For more information about
OID 226 and 272, see the following topic:
See Server processes that use unified logging on page 86.

NBWIN.EXE

For Windows clients, NBWIN.EXE is the executable file that starts

the client-user interface on Windows systems.
Started By: From the Windows Start menu, under Programs/
NetBackup.
Stopped By: Exiting the client-user interface.
Debug Log: NBWIN legacy log directory on the client.

nbrmms

Remote Manager and Monitor Service (nbrmms) is the conduit

through which EMM discovers and configures storage on media
servers. In addition to configuration management, nbrmms
provides all access to media server resources for monitoring and
event notifications.
Started By: Started when NetBackup starts, or by
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbrmms
Stopped By: Stopped when NetBackup stops, or by
/usr/openv/netbackup/bin/nbrmms -terminate
Debug Log: On the server, /usr/openv/logs (UNIX) or
install_path\logs (Windows).
See Unified logging on page 83.

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup programs and daemons

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs (continued)

Program/Daemon

Description

pbx_exchange

Private Branch Exchange (PBX) is a common services framework

that helps limit the number of TCP/IP ports that the CORBA
services of NetBackup use.
Started By: Started when NetBackup starts, or by
/opt/VRTSpbx/bin/vxpbx_exchanged start
Stopped By: Stopped when NetBackup stops, or by
/opt/VRTSpbx/bin/vxpbx_exchanged stop
Debug Log: On the server, /opt/VRTSpbx/log (UNIX) or
install_path\VxPBX\log (Windows).
See PBX logging on page 68.

ql2300_stub

On a Solaris media server that is enabled for SAN Client transfers

over fibre channel: ql2300_stub is a device driver used to read and
write to the NVRAM on a target mode Fibre Channel Host Bus
Adapter. On Linux, it also prevents initiator mode drivers from
binding to the target mode fibre channel HBAs.
Started By: Device driver that is started by the operating system
on a reboot after nbftsrv_config -nbhba on Linux and Solaris.
On Linux, it is also started on all reboots after nbftsrv_config.
Stopped By: Device driver that is stopped by nbfdrv64 on Linux
and nbftsrv_config on Solaris.
Debug Log: The host operating system handles the logging for the
device driver in the system messages log: /var/adm/messages
(Solaris) or /var/log/messages (Linux).

tar

On UNIX clients, the Tape ARchive program is a special version

of tar provided with NetBackup and used to restore images.
Started By: For each restore, bpbrm starts an instance of tar on
the client.
Stopped By: Completion of restore operation.
Debug Log: tar legacy log directory on the client.

679

680

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup catalogs

Table A-4

NetBackup daemons and programs (continued)

Program/Daemon

Description

TAR32

On Windows clients, the TAR32 program is a special version of

tar provided with NetBackup and used to restore images.
Started By: For each restore, NetBackup starts an instance of
TAR32 on the client.
Stopped By: Completion of restore operation.
Debug Log: TAR legacy log directory on the client.

windrvr6

On a Media Server that is enabled for SAN Client transfers using

fibre channel: windrvr6 is a kernel device driver used to
communicate through the PCI bus to the target mode Fibre
Channel Host Bus Adapters.
Started By: Device driver that is started by the operating system
at boot (Solaris) or by nbfdrv64 (Linux).
Stopped By: Device driver that is stopped by the operating system
at shutdown.
Debug Log: The host operating system handles the logging in the
system messages log log: /var/adm/messages (Solaris) or
/var/log/messages (Linux).

NetBackup catalogs
The NetBackup catalogs contain the information that is used internally by
NetBackup and reside in the /usr/openv/netbackup/db directory on UNIX servers
and in the install_path\NetBackup\db directory on Windows NetBackup servers.
Note also that the /usr/openv/netbackup/db/class directory
(install_path\NetBackup\db\class on Windows) has a subdirectory for each
NetBackuppolicy, that contains information about the policy.
Table A-5 describes the NetBackup catalogs.

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup catalogs

Table A-5

NetBackup catalogs

Database

Contents

config

Configuration information. This database resides on the master server

and has three parts:
policy: Contains the information about each NetBackup policy.
config: Contains the information about global attributes, storage
units, and database backups.
altnames: Contains the information about client names for restores.

error

Error and status information about NetBackup operations. This

database resides on the master server and has two parts:
error: Contains the information that is recorded during backup
operations and used in the NetBackup reports.
failure_history: Contains the daily history of backup errors.

images

Information about the backup images and resides only on the master
server. One of the files in the images directory is the file database.
The file database is the one that NetBackup accesses when a user
browses for files to restore.

jobs

Job information that is used by the NetBackup job monitor (UNIX

NetBackup server) and activity monitor (Windows NetBackup server).
The Jobs database is on the master server.

media

Media related information that is used by bptm. Also has an errors

file that contains error history information for media and devices.

681

682

Backup and restore functional overview

NetBackup catalogs

Appendix

Media and device

management functional
description
This appendix includes the following topics:

Media and device management startup process

Media and device management process

Shared Storage option management process

Barcode operations

Media and device management components

Media and device management startup process

Media and device management processes are automatically initiated during
NetBackup startup. To start these processes manually, run bp.start_all (UNIX) or
bpup (Windows). ltid automatically starts other daemons and programs as
necessary. The daemons should be running after initial startup.
See Figure B-1 on page 685.
In the case of robotic daemons, such as tl8d and tlhd, the associated robot must
also be configured for the daemon to run. There are also additional ways to start
and stop daemons.
See Table B-1 on page 692.
TL8, TLH, and TLD require following types of daemons:

684

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management startup process

robotic

Each host with a robotic drive attached must

have a robotic daemon. These daemons
provide the interface between ltid and the
robot or, if different drives within a robot
can attach to different hosts, the robotic
daemon communicates with a
robotic-control daemon (see below).

robotic control

Robotic-control daemons centralize the

control of robots when drives within a robot
can connect to different hosts. A
robotic-control daemon receives mount and
unmount requests from the robotic daemon
on the host to which the drive is attached
and then communicates these requests to
the robot.

You must know the hosts involved in order to start all the daemons for a robot.

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management process

Figure B-1

Starting media and device management

At system startup, the server automatically starts ltid

which starts applicable robotic daemons.

To start the processes manually, enter:

On UNIX: /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bp.start_all
On Windows: install_path

acsd

\NetBackup\bin\bpup

acsssi

Automated
Cartridge System

acsel
ltid
Optical Disk
Library

odld

Tape Library 4mm

tl4d

vmd

tl8d

tl8cd

Tape Library 8mm

tldd

tldcd

Tape Library DLT

tlhd

tlhcd

Tape Library
Half-inch

avrd

tlmd

Tape Library
Multimedia

tshd

Tape Stacker
Half-inch

Media and device management process

When the media and device management daemons are running, NetBackup,
Storage Migrator (UNIX only), Storage Migrator for Microsoft Exchange (Windows
only), or users can request data storage or retrieval. The request is initially handled
by the scheduling services.
See Backup and archive processes on page 632.

685

686

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management process

The resulting request to mount a device is passed from nbjm to nbrb, which
acquires the physical resources from nbemm (the Enterprise Media Manager
service).
If the backup requires media in a robot, ltid sends a mount request to the robotic
daemon that manages the drives in the robot that are configured on the local host.
The robotic daemon then mounts the media, and sets a drive busy status in memory
shared by itself and ltid. Drive busy status also appears in the Device Monitor.
See Figure B-2 on page 687.
Assuming that the media is physically in the robot, the media is mounted and the
operation proceeds. If the media is not in the robot, nbrb creates a pending request,
which appears as a pending request in the Device Monitor. An operator must then
insert the media in the robot and use the appropriate Device Monitor command
to resubmit the request so the mount request can occur.
A mount request is also issued if the media is for a nonrobotic (standalone) drive
and the drive does not contain media that meets the criteria in the request. If the
request is from NetBackup and the drive does contain appropriate media, then
that media is automatically assigned and the operation proceeds. More information
is available on NetBackup media selection for nonrobotic drives.
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume II.
Note: On UNIX systems, when a tape is being mounted, the drive_mount_notify
script is called. This script is in the /usr/openv/volmgr/bin directory. Information
on the script can be found within the script itself. A similar script is called for the
unmount process (drive_unmount_notify, in the same directory).
When a robotic volume is added or removed through the media access port, the
media management utility communicates with the appropriate robotic daemon
to verify the volume location and/or barcode. The media management utility
(through a library or command-line interface) also calls the robotic daemon for
robot inventory operations.
Figure B-2 shows an example of the media and device management process.

Media and device management functional description

Shared Storage option management process

Media and device management example process

Figure B-2
User

Backup and
archive processes

Device
monitor

nbjm
EMM
Database

Devicemanagement utility

bptm
Request tape
mount
Itid

nbemm

Media-management
utility

Mo
t
un

Inventory
barcodes
or inject/eject

dia

me
ID

SDLT600

tl8d

LT0-3

Non-robotic
drives

tl8cd
Robotic
control
Tape
library TL8

Shared Storage option management process

Shared Storage Option (SSO) is an extension to tape drive allocation and
configuration for media and device management. SSO allows individual tape drives
(stand-alone or in a robotic library) to be dynamically shared between multiple
NetBackup media servers or SAN media servers.
See the NetBackup Shared Storage Guide.
The following shows the shared storage option management process in the order
presented:

NetBackup, Storage Migrator, or users can initiate backups. nbjm makes a

mount request for the backup.

687

688

Media and device management functional description

Shared Storage option management process

nbrb tells the EMM server to obtain a drive for the backup.

nbrb tells the device allocator (DA) in the EMM server to stop scanning the
selected drive.

nbemm tells the appropriate media server (the scan host for the selected drive)
to stop scanning the drive. The stop scan request is carried out by means of
oprd, ltid, and avrd in the media servers shared memory.

nbemm informs nbrb when scanning on the selected drive has stopped.

nbrb informs nbjm that the selected drive (A) is available for the backup.

nbjm conveys the mount request and drive selection to bptm, which proceeds
with the backup. To protect the integrity of the write operation, bptm uses
SCSI reservations.
See How NetBackup reserves drives in the NetBackup Administrators Guide,
Volume II.

The mount-media operation is initiated.

bptm makes position checks on the drive to ensure that the drive has not been
rewound by another application. bptm also does the actual write to the tape.

When the backup is complete, nbjm tells nbrb to release resources.

nbrb de-allocates the drive in EMM.

EMM tells the scan host to resume scanning the drive. The scan request is
carried out by means of oprd, ltid, and avrd in the media servers shared
memory.

Figure B-3 illustrates the shared storage option management process.

Media and device management functional description

Barcode operations

Media and device management process flow showing SSO

components

Figure B-3

Device
monitor

User
EMM
Database

Backup and
archive processes

Devicemanagement utility

nbrb

nbemm/DA

an

nbjm

St
o

sc

bptm
Request tape
mount

ltid

ltid

ltid

ltid

bptm

avrd

avrd

bptm

6.5 Media Server 1

6.5 Media Server 2

Scan host for drive A

Scan host for drive B

Shared drive A

Shared drive B

Note: Shaded area represents shared

memory on the media server.

Barcode operations
Barcode reading is mainly a function of the robot hardware rather than media
and device management. When a robot has a barcode reader, it scans any barcode

689

690

Media and device management functional description

Barcode operations

that may be on a tape and stores the code in its internal memory. This associates
the slot number and the barcode of the tape in that slot. NetBackup determines
that association for its own use by interrogating the robot.
If a robot supports barcodes, NetBackup automatically compares a tapes barcode
to what is in the EMM database as an extra measure of verification before mounting
the tape. A request for media that is in a robot that can read barcodes begins in
the same manner as other requests.
See Figure B-4 on page 691.
ltid includes the media ID and location information in a mount request to the
robotic daemon for the robot that has the media ID. This request causes the robotic
daemon to query the robotic-control daemon or the robot for the barcode of the
tape in the designated slot. (This is a preliminary check to see if the correct media
is in the slot.) The robot returns the barcode value it has in memory.
The robotic daemon compares this barcode with the value it received from ltid
and takes one of the following actions:

If the barcodes dont match, and the mount request is not for a NetBackup
backup job, the robotic daemon informs ltid and a pending action request
(Misplaced Tape) appears in the Device Monitor. An operator must then insert
the correct tape in the slot.

If the barcodes dont match and the mount request is for a NetBackup backup
job, the robotic daemon informs ltid and the mount request is canceled.
NetBackup (bptm) then requests a new volume from nbjm and from EMM.

If the barcodes match, the robotic daemon requests the robot to move the tape
to a drive. The robot then mounts the tape. At the start of the operation, the
application (for example, NetBackup) checks the media ID and if it also matches
what should be in this slot, the operation proceeds. For NetBackup, a wrong
media ID results in a media manager found wrong tape in drive error
(NetBackup status code 93).

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management components

Figure B-4
Devicemanagement utility

User

Barcode request
NetBackup
EMM
Database

Request media ID mount

Itid

nbemm

Media-management
utility

vmd

Mount media ID
Robot inventory
request or inject/eject
tl8d

tl8cd

What is Barcode Mount

barcode
tape

Tape library TL8

Media and device management components

This topic shows the file and directory structure and the programs and daemons
assoicated with the media and device management.
Figure B-5 shows the file and directory structure for media and device management
on a UNIX server. A Windows NetBackup server has equivalent files and directories
that are located in the directory where NetBackup is installed (by default,
C:\Program Files\VERITAS).

691

692

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management components

Media and device management directories and files

Figure B-5
NetBackup server

/usr/openv/volmgr/
debug/ 1

bin/

help/

NetBackup_DeviceConfig_Guide.tx

/usr/openv/volmgr/debug/1

/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/
driver/

format/

goodies/

vm.conf2

misc/

avrd/1
robots/1

daemon/1
tpcommand/1

ltid/1

reqlib/1

/vmscd

1. Created by administrator to enable legacy debug logging.

2. Created by administrator or automatically by media management utilities.

Table B-1 describes the directories and files that are of special interest.
Table B-1

Media and device management directories and files

File or directory

Contents

bin

Commands, scripts, programs, daemons, and files

required for media and device management. There
are three subdirectories under bin.
driver: Contains SCSI drivers used on various
platforms to control robotics.
format: Disk format information for optical
platters on Solaris (SPARC only) platforms.
goodies: Contains vmconf script and scan utility.

debug

Legacy debug logs for the Volume Manager

daemon, vmd, and all requesters of vmd, ltid, and
device configuration. The administrator must
create these directories for debug logging to occur.

help

Help files used by media and device management

programs. These files are in ASCII format.

misc

Lock files and temporary files required by various

components of media and device management.

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management components

Table B-1

Media and device management directories and files (continued)

File or directory

Contents

vm.conf

Media and device management configuration

options.

Table B-2 describes the media and device management programs and daemons.
The explanations include what starts and stops the program or daemon, and the
log (if any) where it records its activities. On UNIX, all of the components discussed
in this table reside under /usr/openv/volmgr/bin. On Windows, they reside under
install_path\volmgr\bin.
Note: The following table contains references to the system log. This log is managed
by syslog on UNIX (the facility is daemon). On Windows the Event Viewer manages
the system log (the log type is Application).
Table B-2

Media and device management daemons and programs

Program or daemon Description

acsd

The Automated Cartridge System daemon interfaces with the

Automated Cartridge System. It communicates with the server
that controls the ACS robotics through the acsssi process (UNIX)
or the STK Libattach Service (Windows).
Also, for UNIX, see the acsssi and acssel programs.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ascd command.
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding
the PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: Errors are logged in the system log and robots debug
log. Debug information is included by adding VERBOSE to the
vm.conf file. On UNIX, debug information is also included by
starting the daemon with the -v option: this option can also be
used through ltid, or by putting VERBOSE in the vm.conf file.

acssel

Available only on UNIX.

See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

acsssi

Available only on UNIX.

See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.

693

694

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management components

Table B-2

Media and device management daemons and programs (continued)

Program or daemon Description

avrd

The automatic-volume-recognition daemon controls automatic

volume assignment and label scanning. This lets NetBackup read
labeled tape and optical disk volumes and to automatically assign
the associated removable media to requesting processes.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/avrd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid, (or on UNIX, independently by finding
the PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug
information is included by adding VERBOSE to the vm.conf file.
On UNIX, debug information is also included by aborting avrd and
starting the daemon with the -v option.

ltid

The device demon (UNIX) or NetBackup Device Manager service

(Windows) controls the reservation and assignment of tapes and
optical disks.
Started By: /usr/openv/volmgr/bin/ltid command on UNIX or
Stop/Restart Device Manager Service command in Media and
Device Management window on Windows.
Stopped By: /usr/openv/volmgr/bin/stopltid command on UNIX
or Stop/Restart Device Manager Service command in the Media
and Device Management window on Windows.
Debug Log: Errors are logged in the system log and ltid debug log.
Debug information is included if the daemon is started with the
-v option (available only on UNIX) or adding VERBOSE to the
vm.conf file.

odld

The Optical Disk Library daemon interfaces with the Optical Disk
Library, communicating with the robotics through a SCSI interface.
This library is not supported on Windows.
Started By: Starting ltid or independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/odld command.
Stopped By: Stopping ltid or independently by finding the PID
(process id) and then using the kill command.
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug
information is included if the daemon is started with the -v option
(either by itself or through ltid) or adding VERBOSE to the vm.conf
file.

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management components

Table B-2

Media and device management daemons and programs (continued)

Program or daemon Description

tl4d

The Tape Library 4MM daemon is the interface between ltid and
the Tape Library 4MM and communicates with the robotics
through a SCSI interface.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tl4d command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding
the PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: All errors are logged in the system log. Debug
information is included by adding VERBOSE to the vm.conf file.
On UNIX, debug information is also included by starting the
daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through ltid).

tl8d

The Tape Library 8MM daemon provides the robotic control for
a TL8 robot (Tape Library 8mm or Tape Stacker 8mm). The Tape
Library 8MM daemon drives in the same TL8 robot may be
attached to different hosts than the robotic control. tl8d is the
interface between the local ltid and the robotic control. If a host
has a device path for a drive in a TL8 robot, then mount or
unmount requests for that drive go first to the local ltid and then
to the local tl8d (all on the same host). tl8d then forwards the
request to tl8cd on the host that is controlling the robot (could be
on another host).
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tl8d command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding
the PID (process id) and then using the kill command.
Debug Log: Errors are logged in the system log and robots debug
log. Debug information is included by adding VERBOSE to the
vm.conf file. On UNIX, debug information is also included by
starting the daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through
ltid).

695

696

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management components

Table B-2

Media and device management daemons and programs (continued)

Program or daemon Description

tl8cd

The Tape Library 8MM Control daemon provides the robotic

control for a TL8 robot and communicates with the robotics
through a SCSI interface. tl8cd receives mount and unmount
requests from tl8d on the host to which the drive is attached and
then communicates these requests to the robot.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tl8cd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid or by using the tl8cd -t command.
Debug Log: Errors are logged in the system log and robots debug
log. Debug information is included by adding VERBOSE to the
vm.conf file. On UNIX, debug information is also included by
starting the daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through
ltid).

tldd

The Tape Library DLT daemon works in conjunction with tldcd

to handle requests to TLD robots (Tape Library DLT and Tape
Stacker DLT). tldd provides the interface between the local ltid
and the robotic control (tldcd) in the same manner as explained
previously for tl8d.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tldd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding
the PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: Errors are logged in the system log and robots debug
log. Debug information is included by adding VERBOSE to the
vm.conf file. On UNIX, debug information is also included by
starting the daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through
ltid).

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management components

Table B-2

Media and device management daemons and programs (continued)

Program or daemon Description

tldcd

The Tape Library DLT Control daemon provides robotic control

for a TLD robot in the same manner as explained previously for
tl8cd.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tldcd command).
Stopped By: Using the tldcd -t command. Stopping ltid or by using
the tldcd -t command.
Debug Log: Errors are logged in the system log and robots debug
log. Debug information is included by adding VERBOSE to the
vm.conf file. On UNIX, debug information is also included by
starting the daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through
ltid).

tlhd

The Tape Library Half-inch daemon works in conjunction with

tlhcd to handle requests to TLH robots that are in an IBM
Automated Tape Library (ATL). tlhd provides the interface between
the local ltid and the robotic control (tlhcd) in the same manner
as explained previously for tl8d.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tlhd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid (or on UNIX, independently by finding
the PID (process id) and then using the kill command).
Debug Log: Errors are logged in the system log and robots debug
log. Debug information is included by adding VERBOSE to the
vm.conf file. On UNIX, debug information is also included by
starting the daemon with the -v option (either by itself or through
ltid).

697

698

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management components

Table B-2

Media and device management daemons and programs (continued)

Program or daemon Description

tlhcd

The Tape Library Half-inch Control daemon provides robotic

control for a TLH robot that is in an IBM Automated Tape Library
(ATL) in a similar manner to that which was explained previously
for tl8cd.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tlhcd command).
Stopped By: Stopping ltid or by using the tlhcd -t command.
Debug Log: Errors are logged in the system log and robots debug
log. Debug information is included if the daemon is started with
the -v option (either by itself or through ltid). The -v option is
available only on UNIX. Also, add the VERBOSE option to the
vm.conf file.

tlmd

The Tape Library Multimedia daemon is the interface between

ltid and a TLM robot that is in an ADIC Distributed AML Server
(DAS). This daemon communicates with the TLM robotics through
a network API interface.
Started By: Starting ltid or independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tlmd command.
Stopped By: Stopping ltid or independently by finding the PID
(process id) and then using the kill command.
Debug Log: Errors are logged in the system log and robots debug
log. Debug information is included if the daemon is started with
the -v option (either by itself or through ltid). The -v option is
available only on UNIX. Also, add the VERBOSE option to the
vm.conf file.

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management components

Table B-2

Media and device management daemons and programs (continued)

Program or daemon Description

tpconfig

The Tape Library Multimedia daemon is the interface between

ltid and a TLM robot that is in an ADIC Distributed AML Server
(DAS). This daemon communicates with the TLM robotics through
a network API interface.
Started By: Starting ltid or independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tlmd command.
Stopped By: Stopping ltid or independently by finding the PID
(process id) and then using the kill command.
Debug Log: Errors are logged in the system log and robots debug
log. Debug information is included if the daemon is started with
the -v option (either by itself or through ltid). The -v option is
available only on UNIX. Also, add the VERBOSE option to the
vm.conf file.

tshd

The Tape Stacker Half-inch daemon is the interface between ltid

and the half-inch-cartridge stacker and communicates with the
robotics through a SCSI interface. This robot is not supported on
Windows.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tshd command).
Started By: tpconfig command.
Stopped By: Quit option from within the utility on UNIX. On
Windows, tpconfig is only a command-line interface that runs to
completion (no quit option).
Debug Log: tpcommand debug logs.

vmd

The Volume Manager daemon (NetBackup Volume Manager service

on Windows) allows remote administration and control of Media
and Device Management. vmd provides a proxy to EMM for pre-6.0
NetBackup servers.
Started By: Starting ltid (or on UNIX, independently by using the
Initiate Media Manager Volume Daemon option in vmadm)
Stopped By: Terminate Media Manager Volume Daemon option
in vmadm).
Debug Log: System log and also a debug log if the daemon or reqlib
debug directories exist

699

700

Media and device management functional description

Media and device management components

Table B-2

Media and device management daemons and programs (continued)

Program or daemon Description

vmadm

Available only on UNIX. An administrator utility with options for

configuring and managing volumes under control of media and
device management. It has a menu-driven, character-based
interface that can be used from workstations that do not have
graphical display capabilities.
Started By: /usr/openv/volmgr/bin/vmadm command
Stopped By: Quit option from within the utility.
Debug Log: /usr/openv/volmgr/debug/reqlib

vmscd

The Media Manager Status Collector Daemon keeps the EMM

server database up-to-date with the actual status of drives attached
to 5.x servers.
Started By: the EMM server.
Stopped By: the EMM server.
Debug Log: /usr/openv/volmgr/debug/vmscd (UNIX),
install_path\Volmgr\debug\vmscd (Windows)

Appendix

Networks and hostnames

This appendix includes the following topics:

Background for troubleshooting

Background for troubleshooting

In a configuration with multiple networks and clients with more than one
hostname, NetBackup administrators must configure the policy entries carefully.
They must consider the network configuration (physical, hostnames and aliases,
NIS/DNS, routing tables, and so on). If administrators want to direct backup and
restore data across specific network paths, they especially need to consider these
things.
For a backup, NetBackup connects to the host name as configured in the policy.
The operating systems network code resolves this name and sends the connection
across the network path that is defined by the systems routing tables. The bp.conf
file is not a factor making this decision.
For restores from the client, the client connects to the master server. For example,
on a UNIX system, the master server is the first one named in the
/usr/openv/netbackup/bp.conf file. On a Windows system, the master server
is specified on the Server to use for backups and restores drop-down of the Specify
NetBackup Machines and Policy Type dialog box. To open this dialog, start the
NetBackup Backup, Archive, and Restore interface and click Specify NetBackup
Machines and Policy Type on the File menu. The clients network code that maps
the server name to an IP address determines the network path to the server.
Upon receipt of the connection, the server determines the clients configured
name from the peername of its connection to the server.
The peername is derived from the IP address of the connection. This means that
the address must translate into a host name (using the gethostbyaddr() network

702

Networks and hostnames

Background for troubleshooting

routine). This name is visible in the bprd debug log when a connection is made as
in the line:
Connection from host peername ipaddress ...

The clients configured name is then derived from the peername by querying the
bpdbm process on UNIX systems. On Windows systems, you must query the
NetBackup Database Manager service.
The bpdbm process compares the peername to a list of client names that are
generated from the following:

All clients for which a backup has been attempted

All clients in all policies

The comparison is first a simple string comparison. The comparison is verified

by comparing hostnames and aliases that are retrieved by using the network
function gethostbyname().
If none of the comparisons succeed, a more brute force method is used, which
compares all names and aliases using gethostbyname().
The configured name is the first comparison that succeeds. Note that other
comparisons might also have succeeded if aliases or other "network names" are
configured.
If the comparison fails, the clients hostname as returned by the gethostname()
function on the client is used as the configured name. An example of a failed
comparison is when the client had changed its hostname but its new hostname
is not yet reflected in any policies.
These comparisons are logged in the bpdbm debug log if VERBOSE is set. You can
determine a clients configured name by using the bpclntcmd command on the
client. For example:
# /usr/openv/netbackup/bin/bpclntcmd -pn (UNIX)
# install_path\NetBackup\bin\bpclntcmd -pn (Windows)
expecting response from server wind.abc.me.com
danr.abc.me.com danr 194.133.172.3 4823

Where the first output line identifies the server to which the request is directed
and the second output line is the servers response in the following order:

Peername of the connection to the server

Configured name of the client

IP address of the connection to the server

Networks and hostnames

Background for troubleshooting

Port number that is used in the connection

When the client connects to the server, it sends the following three names to the
server:

browse client

requesting client

destination client

The browse client name is used to identify the client files to list or restore from.
The user on the client can modify this name to restore files from another client.
For example, on a Windows client, the user can change the client name by using
the Backup, Archive, and Restore interface. (See the NetBackup online Help for
instructions). For this change to work, however, the administrator must also have
made a corresponding change on the server.
See the NetBackup Administrators Guide, Volume I.
The requesting client is the value from the gethostname() function on the client.
The destination client name is a factor only if an administrator pushes a restore
to a client from a server. For a user restore, the destination client and the
requesting client are the same. For an administrator restore, the administrator
can specify a different name for the destination client.
By the time these names appear in the bprd debug log, the requesting client name
has been translated into the clients configured name.
The name that used to connect back to the client to complete the restore is either
the clients peername or its configured name. The type of restore request (for
example, from root on a server, from a client, to a different client, and so on)
influences this action.
When you modify client names in NetBackup policies to accommodate specific
network paths, the administrator needs to consider:

The client name as configured on the client. For example, on UNIX the client
name is CLIENT_NAME in the clients bp.conf file. On a Windows client, it is on
the General tab of the NetBackup Client Properties dialog box. To open this
dialog box, select NetBackup Client Properties from the File menu in the
Backup, Archive, and Restore interface.

The client as currently named in the policy configuration.

Client backup and archive images that already exist as recorded in the images
directory on the master server. On a UNIX or Linux server, the images directory
is /usr/openv/netbackup/db/. On a Windows NetBackup server, the images
directory is install_path\NetBackup\db\images.

703

704

Networks and hostnames

Background for troubleshooting

Any of these client names can require manual modification by the administrator
if the following: a client has multiple network connections to the server and
restores from the client fail due to a connection-related problem.
On UNIX, the public domain program traceroute (not included with NetBackup)
often can provide valuable information about a networks configuration. Some
system vendors include this program with their systems.
The master server may be unable to reply to client requests, if the Domain Name
Services (DNS) are used and the following is true: the name that the client obtains
through its gethostname() library (UNIX) or gethostbyname() network (Windows)
function is unknown to the DNS on the master server, The client and the server
configurations can determine if this situation exists. gethostname() or
gethostbyname()on the client may return an unqualified host name that the DNS
on the master server cannot resolve.
Although you can reconfigure the client or the master server DNS hosts file, this
solution is not always desirable. For this reason, NetBackup provides a special file
on the master server. This file is as follows:
/usr/openv/netbackup/db/altnames/host.xlate (UNIX and Linux)
install_path\NetBackup\db\altnames\host.xlate (Windows)

You can create and edit this file to force the desired translation of NetBackup
client host names.
Each line in the host.xlate file has three elements: a numeric key and two
hostnames. Each line is left-justified, and a space character separates each element
of the line.
key hostname_from_client client_as_known_by_server

The following describes the preceding variables:

key is a numeric value used by NetBackup to specify the cases where the
translation is to be done. Currently this value must always be 0, which indicates
a configured name translation.

hostname_from_client is the value to translate. This value must correspond

to the name that is obtained by the clients gethostname() function and sent
to the server in the request.

client_as_known_by_server is the name to substitute for hostname_from_client

when responding to requests. This name must be the name that is configured
in the NetBackup configuration on the master server. It must also be known
to the master servers network services.

This following is an example:

Networks and hostnames

Background for troubleshooting

0 danr danr.eng.aaa.com

When the master server receives a request for a configured client name (numeric
key 0), the name danr is always replaced by the name danr.eng.aaa.com. The
problem is resolved, assuming the following:

The clients gethostname() function returns danr.

The master servers network services gethostbyname() function did not

recognize the name danr.

The client was configured and named in the NetBackup configuration as

danr.eng.aaa.com and this name is also known to network services on the
master server.

705

706

Networks and hostnames

Background for troubleshooting

Appendix

Robotic test utilities

This appendix includes the following topics:

About robotic test utilities

Robotic tests on UNIX

Robotic tests on Windows

About robotic test utilities

Each of the robotic software packages includes a robotic test utility for
communicating directly with robotic peripherals. The tests are for diagnostic
purposes and the only documentation is the online Help that you can view by
entering a question mark (?) after starting the utility. Specify -h to display the
usage message.
Note: Do not use the robotic test utilities when backups or restores are active. The
tests lock the robotic control path and prevent the corresponding robotic software
from performing actions, such as loading and unloading media. If a mount is
requested, the corresponding robotic process times out and goes to the DOWN
state. This usually results in a media mount timeout. Also, be certain to quit the
utility when your testing is complete.

Robotic tests on UNIX

If the robot has been configured (that is, added to the EMM database), start the
robotic test utility by using the robtest command. This action saves time, since
robotic and drive device paths are passed to the test utility automatically. The
procedure is as follows:
To use the robtest command, do the following (in the order presented):

708

Robotic test utilities

Robotic tests on Windows

Execute the following command:

/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/robtest

The test utility menu appears.

Select a robot and press Enter.

The test starts.

If the robot is not configured, you cannot use robtest and must execute the
command that applies to the robot you test.
ACS

/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/acstest -r ACSLS_hostpath
for acstest to work on UNIX and Linux, acssel and acsssi must
be running

ODL

/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/odltest -r roboticpath

TL4

/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tl4test -r roboticpath

TL8

/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tl8test -r roboticpath

TLD

/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tldtest -r roboticpath

TLH

/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tlhtest -r robotic_library_path

TLM

/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tlmtest -r DAS_host

TSH

/usr/openv/volmgr/bin/tshtest -r roboticpath

More information on ACS, TLH, and TLM robotic control is available.

See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.
In the previous list of commands, roboticpath is the full path to the device file for
the robotic control (SCSI). You can review the section for your platform to find
the appropriate value for roboticpath.
An optional parameter specifies the device file path for the drives so that this
utility can unload the drives using the SCSI interface.

Robotic tests on Windows

If the robot has been configured (that is, added to the EMM database), start the
robotic test utility by using the robtest command. This action saves time, since
robotic and drive device paths are passed to the test utility automatically.
To use the robtest command, do the following (in the order presented):

Robotic test utilities

Robotic tests on Windows

Execute the following command:

install_path\Volmgr\bin\robtest.exe

The test utility menu appears.

Select a robot and press Enter.

The test starts.

Note: If the robot is not configured, you cannot use robtest and must execute the
command that applies to the robot you are testing (see following list).
ACS

install_path\Volmgr\bin\acstest -r ACSLS_HOST

TL4

install_path\Volmgr\bin\tl4test -r roboticpath

TL8

install_path\Volmgr\bin\tl8test -r roboticpath

TLD

install_path\Volmgr\bin\tldtest -r roboticpath

TLH

install_path\Volmgr\bin\tlhtest -r
robotic_library_name

TLM

install_path\Volmgr\bin\tlmtest -r DAS_Hostname

More information on ACS, TLH, and TLM robotic control is available.

See the NetBackup Device Configuration Guide.
In the previous list of commands, roboticpath is the full path to the device file for
the robotic control (SCSI). You can review the section for your platform to find
the appropriate value for roboticpath.
An optional parameter specifies the device file path for the drives so that this
utility can unload the drives using the SCSI interface.
Usage is:
install_path <-p port -b bus -t target -l lan | -r
roboticpath>

where: roboticpath is the changer name (e.g., Changer0).

709

710

Robotic test utilities

Robotic tests on Windows

Index

A
acssel, description 693
acsssi, description 693
acstest 709
Adaptive Server Anywhere 62
admin log 102
admincmd
directory 666
administration interface
activity logging 125
errors 123
AdvancedDisk 573, 579
All Log Entries report 82
Allow multiple data streams 172
Alternate client restores
host.xlate file 704
Alternate Read Server 218
altnames file 681
application server status codes (Java interface) 123
archiving
for NBCC 147
for nbsu 138
asc value 254
ascd, description 693
ascq value 254
Audit report 82
Auth User
for PBX 68
auto-configuration problems 30
avrd, description 694

B
backup
NetBackup catalogs 650
process
files 632
multiplexing 638
NetWare clients 646
Windows clients 645
process overview 635, 643
snapshot overview 639

backup (continued)
synthetic processes 647
UNIX clients 633
Backup Status report 82
Bare Metal Restore 570, 573, 586
base NetBackup license key 178
bin
Media and Device Management 692
UNIX client 665666
BP 660
bp
description 668
log 117
UNIX client log 114
bp.conf
file 634
UNIX client/server 666
SERVER entries 72
bp.kill_all 69, 71, 176
BP.NLM 646, 668
bp.start_all 71, 176
bpadm
description 668
bparchive
description 668
log 114, 117
bpbackup
description 669
log 114, 117
bpbackup log 117
BPBACKUP_POLICY 634
BPBACKUP_SCHED 634
bpbackupdb and catalog backup 208
bpbkar
description 669
log 114, 117
bpbkar and VxFS_Checkpoint 242
bpbkar log 117
BPBKAR32 645, 669
bpbrm 641
description 669
bpbrm log 102

712

Index

BPCD 660
bpcd
description 670
server log 102
UNIX client log 114, 117
BPCD.NLM 670
BPCDW32.EXE 670
bpdbjobs
description 670
bpdbjobs log 102
bpdbm
description 671
bpdbm log 102
bpdm
description 671
bpdm log 102
bpdown command 7071, 582, 585
bperror command 153
bpfis 641, 671
bphdb
description 671
log 114
BPINETD 645, 659
bpinetd log 117
bpinetd.log 117
bpjava-msvc 672
bpjava-msvc log 103, 125
bpjava-usvc log 125
bplist
description 672
log 114, 118
bplist log 118
bpmount
log 114
bpmount log 118
bporaexp log 114
bporaexp64 log 114
bporaimp log 114
bporaimp64 log 114
bppfi log on client 247
bpps 24
bprd
description 673
bprd log 103
bprecover 228
bprestore
description 673
log 114, 118
bprestore log 118

bpsched
see also nbpem 677
bpsrv
log 118
bpsrv log 118
BPSVR.NLM 673
bpsynth 648
BPSYS.EXE 673
bptm
description 674
bptm log 103
bptpcinfo 77
bpup command 71, 176, 582, 585
bundling
NBCC output 147
nbsu output 138

C
cache
partition 171
catalog backup 650
checkpoint
removing 242
class database file 681
client
NetBackup
configured name 702
debug logs. See UNIX clients. See Windows
and NetWare clients
installation problems 28
multiple hostnames 701
peername 702
software location. See UNIX clients
testing configuration 34, 37
Client Backups report 82
Client Properties dialog 61
client, NetBackup
Windows disk recovery 586
clone (mirror
removing) 244245
CommandCentral Storage 74
communications problems
PC clients 45
UNIX clients 40
compression
for NBCC 147
for nbsu 138
compression device 33
config file 681

Index

configuration database 681

configuration device file does not exist 32
configuration problems 28

D
daemons
robotic 683
robotic control 683
database backup (see catalog backup) 650
database extension 631
DAYS_TO_KEEP_LOGS 105
DAYS_TO_KEEP_LOGS vm.conf setting 108
db directory
NetBackup 665666
debug level 116, 120, 126
debug logs 83, 125
analysis utilities 129
NetBackup 692
vmd 105, 692
debug.properties file 125
debugging
NBCC 147
nbsu 140
define the problem 13
device configuration problems 30
Device Configuration Wizard 581
directory structure
Media and Device Management 691
disk full 61
disk recovery
Windows client 586
disk space
for logs files 99
drive
type not determined 32
drive_mount_notify script 686
drive_unmount_notify script 686
driver directory 692
duplex mode and performance 71

error codes (see status codes) 154

error database 681
evaluation license key 178
Event viewer logging option 120
eventlog 121
file entries 121
exception errors in Java admin interface 123
expired license key 178

F
failure_history file 681
fibre channel 642
file database 681
file list
symbolic link 240
file pathname (max length) 155
files
archive process 632
backup process 632
restore process 652
format directory 692
frozen image
source
for symbolic link 240
fsckptadm command 243
FSM 642
FT Service Manager 642
full disk 61
full duplex mode 71
functional overview
introduction 631
Media and Device Management
device management 685
directories and files 691
volume management 685
NetBackup
backup and archive 632
restores 652
startup 632

E-mail 572
EMM server 633
enable debug logging 105
Enable Robust Logging 110
Enable robust logging 109
Enterprise Media Manager 578
Enterprise Media Manager (EMM) 633

Global Logging Level 110

Global logging level 9091
goodies
directory 666
goodies directory 692

713

714

Index

H
Half duplex and poor performance 71
help files
Media and Device Management 692
UNIX client 666
host name entries
checking 48
Host Properties 60
host.xlate file 704
hostID
unified logging 85

I
IDR 579, 586
ifconfig
for checking NIC duplex mode 72
images database 681
images on Media report 82
inetd 27
Information E-mail 572
installation
Linux 27
installation problems 27
Intelligent Disaster Recovery (IDR) 579, 586
ipconfig
for checking NIC duplex mode 72

J
Java interface
debug logging 125
troubleshooting background 123
jbpSA
overview 674
job ID search in unified logs 94
jobs
queued for long periods 61
jobs database 681

K
Keep logs For setting 93
Keep Logs setting 107
key value 254

L
legacy logging 101
client logs 113
configuring rotation 109

legacy logging (continued)

controlling size of 107
directories 102
file name format 109
locations 101
PC clients 116
rotation of 107
levels for logging 90
libsfr.so file 159
license key 178
license problems 3132
links (in file list) 240
Linux 27
local system account 239
log (bppfi) 247
log analysis utilities
debug logs 129
how to run 131
installation 130
limitations 131
output format 130
Log level
Windows and NetWare clients 116, 120
logging
changing location of 84
levels 90
see legacy logging 101
setting level for clients 116
setting level on PC clients 120
synthetic backup 111
VxUL (see unified logging) 83
logs
activity
see debug 83
debug
enabling detailed 125
introduction 83
event viewer logging option 120
file retention 93
overview[Logs
aaa] 79
PC client activity
bp 117
bparchive 117
bpbackup 117
bpbkar 117
bpcd 117
bpinetd 117
bplist 118

Index

logs (continued)
PC client activity (continued)
bpmount 118
bprestore 118
bpsrv 118
tar 118
user_ops 119
reports
NetBackup 81
server activity
acssi 105
admin 102
bpbrm 102
bpcd 102
bpdbjobs 102
bpdbm 102
bpdm 102
bpjava-susvc 103
bprd 103
bpsynth 103
bptm 103104
daemon 105
ltid 105
nbjm 86
nbpem 86
nbrb 86
reqlib 106
robots 106
tpcommand 106
setting retention period 105, 107
system 83
UNIX client activity
bp 114
bparchive 114
bpbackup 114
bpbkar 114
bpcd 114
bphdb 114
bpjava-msvc 103
bplist 114
bpmount 114
bprestore 114
obackup_tape 115
tar 115
user_ops 115
user progress 83
logs directory
UNIX client/server 667
ltid 111

ltid, description 694

M
master server
test procedure 34, 37
maximum pathname length 155
MaxLogFileSizeKB 96, 9899, 109
media database 681
Media Log Entries report 82
media server
test procedure 37
message
finding message text from status code 153
messages
NetBackup 397
messages (see status codes) 154
mirror (VxVM snapshot) 241
mirror snapshot (removing) 244245
misc file 692
mklogdir.bat 102
moving log locations 84
multiple data streams option 172
multiplexed backups 638
multiplexing 170

N
name format
legacy logging 109
NB_dbsrv daemon 62
nbaudit 675
NBCC
archiving and compression 147
does the following 141
introduction 141
location of 142
nbcc-info.txt file 148
Notes on running 147
output 146
progress display 142
Server aliases file 145
troubleshooting 147
when to use 142
nbcc-info.txt file 148
nbdb_move 580
nbemm 24, 633, 675
nbfdrv64 675
nbftclnt 113, 116, 642, 644, 658, 676
and bp.conf 73

715

716

Index

nbftsrvr 642, 644, 658, 676

nbjm 25, 86, 633, 641, 648, 676677
NBNWNT 646, 660
NBNWNT.EXE 676
nbpem 25, 86, 632633, 641, 648, 677
nbproxy 677
nbrb 24, 62, 86, 633, 677
nbrmms 678
nbstserv 678
nbsu
and status codes 139
archiving and compression 138
bundling 138
creating xml output file 139
introduction 135
location of 135
nbsu_info.txt file 141
output files 137
progress display 136
troubleshooting 140
when to use 135
nbsu_info.txt file 141
NBWIN 645, 659
NBWIN.EXE 678
ndmpagent
overview 677
NearStore 649
NetBackup
if unresponsive 61
product ID 85
NetBackup Administration Console
debug logging 125
errors 123
NetBackup Client Service 239
start and stop 26
NetBackup consistency check
see NBCC 141
NetBackup Database Manager service
start and stop 26
NetBackup Device Manager service
start and stop 26
NetBackup Enterprise Media Manager service
start and stop 26
NetBackup Job Manager service
start and stop 26
NetBackup Policy Execution Manager service
start and stop 26
NetBackup Request Manager service
start and stop 26

NetBackup Resource Broker service

start and stop 26
NetBackup Status Collection daemon.. See vmscd
NetBackup Support Utility
see nbsu 135
NetBackup Volume Manager service
start and stop 26
network connections
multiple 701
network daemon (vnetd) 104
network interface cards 71
network problems
PC clients 45
UNIX clients 40
NIC cards and full duplex 71
Novell
values affecting restore 173, 175
NumberOfFiles 99
NumberOfLogFiles 98, 109

O
obackup_tape log 115
odld, description 694
odltest 708
off-host backup 77
OpenStorage 257, 573, 579
operating system errors 124
originator IDs
list of 86
originatorID
unified logging 85

P
pass-thru not supported 32
patch
troubleshooting 159
patches (installing during recovery) 588
pathname length 155
PBX
Auth User 68
logging 68
Secure Mode 6869
starting 67
starting/stopping 70
troubleshooting 66
pbx_exchange 67, 679
pbxcfg 67
preliminary troubleshooting procedure 23

Index

Private Branch Exchange (PBX) 66

problems report 82
procedures
recovery
Windows client disk 586
troubleshooting
communications problems 40
host names and services 48
installation and configuration 27
introduction 21
master server and clients 34
media server and clients 37
preliminary 23
processes (see functional overview) 631
product ID for NetBackup 85
productID
unified logging 85
progress logs
user 83

Q
ql2300_stub 679
query string 126
queued jobs 61

R
raw partitions
backup process 632
restore process 652
recording information 15
recovery procedures
Windows client disk 586
RedHat 27
relational database 62
removing a snapshot checkpoint 242
removing a snapshot clone 244245
reports
NetBackup 81
reqlib directory 107
restore
problem with sparse file 184
restore process 652
NetWare client 660
Windows 2000 client 659
restoring
NAS_Snapshot 239
retention
of logs 93

robot
drive number unknown 31
type not determined 31
unknown 31
robot drive selection 686
robotic control daemons 684
robotic daemons 684
robotic test utility 707
acstest 709
odltest 708
tl4test 708709
tl8test 708709
tldtest 708709
tlhtest 709
tshtest 708
robtest 707708
robust file logging 96
RolloverMode 98
rotation
legacy logging 107
of logs 92
unified logging 85

S
SAN Client 642
SAN client
and bp.conf 73
SANPoint Control 74
Secure Mode
for PBX 68
serialization problems 30
server
installation problems 27
NetBackup debug logs 101
test procedure for master 34, 37
test procedure for media server 37
SERVER entries
bp.conf 72
services entries
checking 48
SharedDisk 74, 573, 579
slow performance and NIC cards 71
snaplist command 242
snapoff command 242
snapshot
backup process overview 640
cache partition 171
mirror (VxVM) 241
removing 244245

717

718

Index

snapshot (continued)
stale 242
Snapshot Client
pathname length 155
software version
determining
Macintosh clients 172
NetWare nontarget clients 172
NetWare target clients 172
UNIX client/server 667
UNIX servers 172
Windows clients 172
Windows servers 172
sparse files (restore problem) 184
stale snapshots 242
starting NetBackup processes 71, 176
startup
NetBackup 632
status code
finding message from 153
status codes
and nbsu 139
NetBackup
sorted by code 154
sorted by message 397
Status Collection Daemon 107
stderr 123
stdout 123
stopping NetBackup processes 69, 71, 176
storage units 73
SuSE 27
symbolic links 240
synthetic backup 647
logs 111
syslogd 83, 106
system logs 83

T
tar
log 118
log files 101
NetBackup 679680
TAR32 659
test utility
robotic 707
third-party copy 253
and multiplexing 170
tl4d, description 695
tl4test 708709

tl8cd, description 696

tl8d, description 695
tl8test 708709
tldcd, description 697
tldd, description 696
tldtest 708709
tlhcd, description 698
tlhd, description 697
tlhtest 709
tlmd, description 698
tpautoconf 106, 492, 577
tpconfig 106
tpconfig, overview 699
traceroute 704
troubleshooting procedure
communication problems
PC clients 45
UNIX clients 40
general
introduction 33
master server and clients 34, 37
media server and clients 37
host name and services entries 48
installation 27
preliminary 23
try file 112
tshd, overview 699
tshtest 708

U
unavailable 73
unified logging 83
changing location of 84
client logs 113
command examples 93
configuring settings 96
controlling disk space usage 99
controlling number of log files 98
controlling size of 96
deleting logs 95
file name format 85
file rotation 92
format of files 93
listing settings 98
location 83
message types 84
NetBackup product ID 85
PC clients 116
processes using 86

Index

unified logging (continued)

retention 93
setting level on PC clients 120
settings levels 90
submitting to support 100
tar log files 101
viewing 93
upload directory 101
user-directed backups 634
user_ops log 104, 115, 119
utility
robotic test 707

V
VERBOSE 111
verbose flag 111
VERBOSE level 91
Veritas Volume Manager 241
vm.conf 105, 111
vm.conf file 693
vmadm, overview 700
vmd 105
debug logging 105
overview 699
vmscd 107
logging 106
vmscd, overview 700
vnetd log 104
Volume Configuration Wizard 581
vxassist command 241, 246
VxFS_Checkpoint snapshot 242
vxlogcfg 84, 109
vxlogcfg command 91, 96, 98, 109
vxlogmgr command 95, 98
vxlogview command 93
query string overview 126
with job ID option 94
vxpbx_exchanged 70
vxprint command 246
VxUL logging
see unified logging 83
vxvm frozen image method 241
vxvol command 241

W
Windows open file backup 640
windrvr6 680

X
xinetd 27
XML 114
xml
for nbsu 139

719